UNIT - II Partial Differentiation 12 Hrs PDF

SYLLABUS FOR B.E.
(FIRST SEMESTER)
APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I (BESI-1)
UNIT- I: Differential Calculus: (12 Hrs)

Successive Differentiation, Taylor‟s & Maclaurin‟s series for one variable, indeterminate forms, Curvature
and Radius of curvature, Circle of Curvature.
UNIT- II: Partial Differentiation: (12 Hrs)

Functions of several variables, First and Higher order derivatives, Euler‟s theorem , Chain rule and total
differential coefficient, Jaccobians, Taylor‟s & Maclaurin‟s series for two variables, Maxima & Minima of
functions of two variables, Langrage‟s method of undetermined multipliers.
UNIT - III: Matrices (06 Hrs)

Matrix, Inverse of Matrix by adjoint method, Inverse by Partitioning method, Solution of system of linear
equations, Rank of Matrix, Consistency of linear system of equations
UNIT - IV: First Order Differential Equations (10 Hrs)

First order& first degree differential equations: Linear, Reducible to linear & Exact differential equations
(excluding the case of I. F.).
First order& higher degree differential equations
Application of First order& first degree differential equations to simple electrical circuits
UNIT - V: Higher Order Differential Equations (14 Hrs)

Higher order differential equations with constant coefficients, P. I. by method of Variation of parameters,
Cauchy„s & Legendres‟s homogeneous differential equations, Simultaneous differential equations,
Differential equations of the type and .Applications of differential equations to Oscillations of a Spring,
Oscillatory Electrical Circuits, Deflection of Beams. ) ( 2 2 x f xd y d ) ( 2 2 y f xd y d
UNIT - VI: Complex Numbers (06 Hrs)

Cartesian & Polar forms of Complex Numbers, Geometrical representation of fundamental operations on
complex numbers, De Moivre‟s theorem, Hyperbolic functions and their inverse, Logarithm of complex
number, Separation of real and imaginary parts.
Books Recommended:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics by B. S. Grewal
2. Applied Mathematics Volume I & II, by J. N. Wartikar
3. Textbook of Engineering Mathematics by Bali, Iyenger (Laxmi Prakashan)
1
ENGINEERING PHYSICS (BESI-2T)
Unit - I: Quantum Mechanics (10 Hrs)

Plank‟s Hypothesis, Properties of Photons, Compton Effect ,Wave – particle duality, De-Broglie
Hypothesis, Matter Waves ,Davisson - Germer Experiment; Bohr‟s Quantization condition.
Unit - II: Wave Packet & Wave Equations (10 Hrs)

Concept of Group and phase velocities, Wave packet, Heisenberg‟s uncertainty principle, Thought
experiment on single slit electron diffraction, Wave function and its probability interpretation,
Schrödinger‟s Time dependent & time independent equations, Solution of Schrödinger‟s equation for one
dimensional infinite potential well, Barrier Tunneling.
Unit - III: Crystal Structure (08 Hrs)

Crystal structure, Meaning of lattice and basis, Unit cell: primitive and non primitive unit cell; Cubic
crystal structure: Body and Face centered cubic structures, SC, BCC and FCC unit cells. Unit cell
characteristics: Effective number of atoms per unit cell, atomic radius, nearest neighbor distance,
coordination number, atomic packing fraction, void space, density; Crystal planes and Miller indices, Inter-
planar distance between adjacent planes, Bragg‟s law of X-ray diffraction, Tetrahedral and octahedral
voids.
Unit - IV: Semiconductor Physics (12 Hrs)

Qualitative idea on the formation of electron energy bands in solids, Band-theory based classification of
solids into insulators, semiconductors and conductors, Fermi-Dirac distribution Function, Intrinsic
semiconductors: Germanium and silicon; Fermi- energy, Typical energy band diagram of an intrinsic semi-
conductor, Doping and Extrinsic semiconductors, Current conduction in semiconductors.
PN- junction diode; Unbiased, Forward baised & Reverse biased mode with Energy band diagram
reference, Diode rectifier equation, Bipolar Transistor action, Hall effect, Hall coefficient & Hall
Angle, V-I characteristics of i) Tunnel diode, ii) Zener diode iii) LED.
Books Recommended:
Text Books:
1 Fundamentals of Physics: David Halliday, Robert Resnick and Jerle Walker, (John-Wiley India, 8e,
extended)
2 Electronic Engineering Materials and Devices: John Allision, (TMH edition, 10th reprint)
3 Engineering Physics:M. N. Avadhanulu, (S. Chand & Co.)
4 Concepts of Modern Physics: Baiser (Tata McGraw Hill).
Reference Books:
1 University Physics:Young and Freedman(Pearson Education)
2 Solid State Physics: C. Kittel
3 Solid State Physics: R.L. Singhal
4 Quantum Mechanics: Schiff
2
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY (BESI-3T)
Unit – I: Water Technology (12 Hrs)

Hardness of water and types of hardness
Domestic water treatment: Brief discussion of coagulation and sterilization using UV. Ozone, chlorine,
Break point chlorination.
Softening of water-principle, reactions, advantages, limitations and Comparison of – Lime-Soda process,
Zeolite process, and de-mineralization process.
Boiler Troubles-(causes, effect on boiler operation and methods of prevention) – Carry over-priming and
foaming; Scales and sludges, caustic embrittlement, boiler corrosion; internal conditioning-phosphate,
carbonate, calgon conditioning.
Numericals based on lime-soda and Zeolite process.
Desalination-using electro dialysis and reverse osmosis processes.
Waste water treatment (introduction and importance) – Brief idea about tertiary treatment methods.
Unit – II: Corrosion Science (10 Hrs)

Introduction, Causes and Consequence of corrosion, brief idea about electrochemical & galvanic series,
Factors influencing corrosion) Nature of metal b) Nature of environment, Chemical and electrochemical
corrosion, Mechanisms of electrochemical corrosion; Pilling Bed worth rule; Differential aeration theory of
corrosion.
Types of Corrosion – Pitting, inter granular, stress, waterline and galvanic corrosion. Corrosion Prevention
– a) Design and material selection b) Cathodic and anodic protection, c) Protective surface coatings-
tinning, galvanizing and powder coating, metal cladding and electroplating.
Unit – III: Construction Materials (08 Hrs)

Cement: Portland cement – Raw material, Dry and wet process of manufacture, Proportion and role of
microscopic constituents, Additives of cement ,Setting and hardening of cement; heat of hydration,
soundness; Types of cement ( characteristics & applications ) – White, High alumina, Low heat ,Rapid
hardening cement, Ready Mix Concrete, fly ash as cementing material( properties, advantages, limitations
& application)
Unit – IV: Green Chemistry and Battery Technology (10 Hrs)

Green Chemistry: Introduction, Principles and significance, industrial application (supercritical fluids as
Solvents, Example-super critical CO2 ), Biocatalysis and concept of carbon credits.
Battery Technology: Types of batteries, primary, secondary and reverse batteries, important definition-
energy density, power density.
a) Secondary Battery: Lithium ion, Nickel-Cadmium b) Fuel cell application, advantages and limitation
(Example: Alkaline fuel Cell).
Books Recommended:
Text Books:
1. Text Book of Engineering Chemistry: S.S. Dara, S. Chand and Company Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Engineering Chemistry: Arty Dixit Dr. Kirtiwardhan Dixit, Harivansh Prakashan, Chandrapur.
3. Textbook of Engineering Chemistry: P.C. Jain and Monica Jain, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi.
4. Textbook of Engineering Chemistry: S.N. Narkhede, R.T. Jadhav, AB. Bhake, A.U. Zadgaonkar, Das
Ganu Prakashan, Nagpur.
5. Applied Chemistry: A.V. Bharati and Walekar, Tech Max Publications, Pune.
Reference Books:
1. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry : Shashi Chawla; Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.
2. A textbook of Polymer Science : Fred, Billmeyer Jr. ,Wiley India Third edition.
3. Applied Chemistry by N. Krishnamurthy:P. Vallinavagam. And K. Jeysubramanian TMH
3
4. Applied Chemistry for Engineers : T.S. Gyngell.
5. Chemistry of Advanced Materials : CNR Rao, Rsc Publication.
6. Chemistry of Engineering Materials: Robert B Leighou Mc Graw – Hill Book Company, Inc New York
7. Engineering Materials: Kenneth G Budinski (Prentice – Hall of India)
8. Fuels and Combustion by Amir Circar, Orient Longmans
9. Fundamentals of Engineering Chemistry (Theory and Practice) :S. K. Singh (New Age Materials
10. Materials Science and Engineering an Introduction, William D. Callister, (Jr. Wiley publisher).
11. Fundamentals of Corrosion : Michael Henthorne, Chemical Engineering.
12. Water Treatment : F. I. Bilane, Mir publisher
4
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (BESI- 4T)
Unit – I: Electric Circuits (10Hrs)

EMF, Potential difference, current, power, Energy (Definition & Units SI), Ohms Law, types of sources
(Current & Voltage), Ideal and Practical Sources (Independent Sources only), Source Conversion,
Superposition theorem with DC source.
Circuit element resistance, factors affecting resistance, series & parallel combination of resistances,
Kirchhoff‟s Laws (KVL, KCL) statement & Numerical, star Delta transformation, Circuit Element
Inductance, Self and Mutual Inductance, Circuit Element Capacitance.
Unit – II: Magnetic Circuits (8Hrs)

Types of Magnetic Materials, flux, flux density, flux intensity, MMF, reluctance, permanence,
permeability, analogous electric circuit, calculation for composite magnetic circuit, concept of leakage flux
and fringing, B-H curve, phenomena of magnetic hysteresis.
Unit - III: AC Circuits (12Hrs)

Generation of single phase voltage, average and RMS value for sinusoidal waveform, periodic function,
phasor representation of sinusoidal electrical quantities, steady state behavior of RLC circuit with
excitation, reactance, impedance, power and energy in AC circuit, simple numerical on series and parallel
AC circuit, concept and importance of power factor, resonance in series circuits.
Principal of Generation of three phase voltage, Phase sequence, Star & Delta Connected three phase
system, Voltage, Current & Power relations for Balanced three phase system only (With numericals).
Unit – IV :Single Phase Transformer (10Hrs)

Basic construction of Transformer (core & shell type), Principle of operation, EMF equation, Transformer
ratings, No load & On load operation with leakage reactance, losses, efficiency, Definition & formula for
voltage regulation, OC & SC test, equivalent circuit of the Transformer.
Books Recommended:
1) Basic Electrical Engineering: D.C. Kulshreshtha,Revised 1st edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd.
2) A Text Book of Electrical Technology: B. L. Thareja and A. K. Thareja, S. Chand Publication (Volume
I, II & III).
3) Generation of Electrical Energy:B. R. Gupta 4th Edition, S Chand Publication
4) Art & Science of Utilization of Electrical Energy: H. Pratab, Third Edition, Dhanpat Rai and Sons.
5) Electric Circuits & Network: K. Suresh Kumar, Pearson Publication.
5
BASICS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING (BESI-5T)
Unit –I: (10 Hrs)

Introduction to Civil Engineering
Introduction and scope of Civil Engineering. Role of Engineers in the infrastructure development. General
concepts related to building. Selection of site, basic functions of buildings, types of buildings – Residential,
Public, Commercial, and Industrial. Principles of planning, orientation of buildings, introduction to bye-
laws regarding building line, Height of building, open space requirement, F.S.I., Carpet area, built up area,
setbacks, ventilation. Components of Buildings Introduction to Types of loads on buildings. Substructure –
Types of soils; rocks and foundation strata, concept of bearing capacity, Types of foundation and their
suitability. Superstructure –Types of construction: Load Bearing, Framed, and Composite. Building
Materials Introduction to basic construction materials; cement, bricks, stone, aggregates, reinforcing steel,
structural glazing, structural steel; Concrete types: PCC, RCC, Prestressed, Precast and Ready Mix
Concrete. Use of various eco- friendly materials in construction.
Unit – II: (10 Hrs)

Surveying Various types of maps and their uses; Introduction to digital mapping; Principles of survey.
Introduction to various survey instruments such as EDM, Lasers, Total Station, and digital planimeter.
Modern survey methods.Introduction to GIS, GPS and their applications. Transportation Engineering Role
of transportation in national development; Various modes of Transportation. Classification of Highways:
Expressways, NH, SH, MDR, ODR, VR; Types of Pavements, Traffic Signs, signals, Parking system, and
Causes of Accidents.
Unit –III: (10 Hrs)

Environment and Natural Resource Management Water supply - Sources, drinking water requirements,
impurities in water and their effects; Purification of water, modern purification processes; Standards of
purified water. Waste Management: Collection and Disposal methods of Liquid, solid and gaseous wastes.
Water Resources Engineering Introduction to Hydraulic structures of storage; water conveyance
systems;Watershed management: Definition, Necessity and methods; Roof top rain water harvesting and
Ground water recharge: relevance and methods.
Unit –IV: (10 Hrs)

Instrumentation in Civil Engineering Structures: Various Instruments used in construction, water resources,
Environmental Engineering, Foundation Engineering, Thermocouples, condition monitoring equipments,
Half Cell Potentiometers, Strain Gauges. Management of Utilities using telemetry & SCADA System.
Sustainable Development: Role of Engineers in Sustainable Development. Concept of green buildings and
LEED Certification.
Books Recommended:
1. Elements of Civil Engineering:By S. S. Bhavikatti
2. Basic Civil Engineering:By Dr. B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain.
3. Concrete Technology:By M.S.Shetty
4. Surveying And Levelling:By Kanetkar and Kulkarni
5. Irrigation And Hydraulic Structures:By S.K.Garg
6. Water Supply And Sanitary Engineering: Including Environmental Engineering, Water And Air
Pollution Laws And Ecology:By G. S. Birdie, J. S. Birdie
7. Building Construction:By Sushil Kumar
8. Transportation Engineering:By Khanna & Justo
9. Building Drawing Design:By Shah and Kale
10. Construction Planning ,Equipments And Methods:Robert Peurifoy, Clifford J. Schexnayder, Aviad
Shapira and Robert Schmitt
6
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – I (BESI-6T)
UNIT – I: (08 Hrs)

Introduction to Engg. Drawing & Curves used in Engineering Practice
Introduction , Use of various drawing instruments, lettering, Layout of drawing sheets, sizes of drawing
sheets, different types of lines used in drawing practice, Dimensioning – linear, angular, aligned system,
unidirectional system, parallel dimensioning, chain dimensioning, location dimension and size dimension.
Introduction to scales & scale factor (RF). Conic sections - Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola, (No Directrix –
Focus Method), Cycloid, Involute & Archimedean Spiral. Basics of Orthographic Projections. Basic
principles of orthographic projection, reference planes, concepts of four quadrants, methods of orthographic
projections – First angle projections, Third angle projections, conventions used to represent methods of
orthographic projection. Projections of Points and Lines Projections of points in all possible positions w.r.t.
reference planes, projections of lines when it is perpendicular to one of the reference planes, when line is
inclined to one & parallel to other reference plane, lines inclined to both reference planes. (Lines in First
Quadrant Only), simple problems on straight lines.
UNIT – II (08 Hrs)

Projections of Planes
Projection of planes when it is parallel to one of the reference planes, lying in reference plane, when it is
perpendicular to one & inclined to other reference plane, when it is inclined to both reference planes. Use
of Auxiliary Plane method for solving the problems. Projections of Solids Projections of solids when axis
is perpendicular to one of the reference planes , when axis is inclined to one & parallel to other reference
plane, when axis is inclined to both the reference planes, projections of cube, right regular prisms, right
regular pyramids, right circular cylinder, right circular cone, tetrahedron.
UNIT – III (07 Hrs)

Orthographic Projections Conversion of pictorial view into orthographic views.
UNIT – IV ( 07 Hrs)
Isometric Projections
Definition of Isometric view/projection, Isometric scale to draw Isometric projection, Non-Isometric lines,
construction of Isometric view from given orthographic views and to construct Isometric view of combined
two simple solids (axes vertical & coinciding) such as Cube, Pyramid, Prism, Cone, Cylinder & Sphere.
Books Recommended:
Text Books:
1. N.D. Bhatt: Elementary Engineering Drawing, Charotor Publishing house, Anand, India.
2. A. R. Bapat: Engineering Graphics, Allied Publishers, New Delhi
3. D. N. Johle,:Engineering Drawing, Tata Mcgraw-hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
4. M.B. Shah:B.C. Rana, Engineering Drawing, Pearson
5. Pakhatkar:Engg. Drawing, Nirali Prakashan.
6. P J. Shah:Text Book of Engineering Drawing,S Chand & Publications
Reference Books:
1. P.S. Gill: Engineering Graphics.
2. Luzadder Warren J, Duff John: Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing,PHI Publications
3. N.D. Bhatt: Machine Drawing, Charotor Publishing house, Anand, India.
7
COMMUNICATION SKILL (BESI-7)
Following points are to be covered while demonstration of Communication Skill Practicals:

a) Practical and practice of letter writing: Business, Job and Bank Correspondence.
b) Technical Report Writing.
c) Grammar:
1. Correction of Common Error
2. Exercise on rewrite as directed
3. Correct use of words, idioms, phrases, prepositions etc.
1. Principles of Public Speaking

2. Reading Comprehension
1. Professional Communication Skill

(Meaning, Significance, Types, Dimensions & Barriers)
2. Group Discussion (GD) and Personal Interview (PI)
(Importance of GD, Modules of GD, How to prepare for GD; Meaning, Types & Techniques
of PI, How to prepare for PI)
Books Recommended:
1. Public Speaking and Influencing Men in Business: Dale Carnegie.
2. Professional Communication Skills: Bhatia and Sheikh.
3. Business Communication: K. K. Sinha.
4. Communication Skills: Dr. P. Prasad.
5. Technical Communication: Raman and Sharma.
6. High School Grammar and Composition: Wren and Martin.
7. Modern English Grammar Usage and Composition: N. Krishnaswami.
8
COMPUTATIONAL SKILLS (BESI-8)
Practical Slot – 1:
Fundamentals of Computers and Operating System

Contents: 1) To demonstrate the internal structure of Computer, its assembly, use of each I/O device and
ports.
2) To demonstrate the use of System Software like: Windows Operating System, Linux Operating System.
3) To explain about “C” language Complier options and C++ language overview.
Fundamentals of “C” language

Contents:
1) To demonstrate all types of operators (Arithmetic, Logical and Relational) of “C” language.
2) To demonstrate different data types in “C” language.
3) To demonstrate the use of “printf” and “scanf” with all possible options.
Fundamentals of Decision Control Structures

Contents:
1) To demonstrate the use of if-else structure, nested if structure.
2) To demonstrate the use of Conditional operators (? Operator).
3) To demonstrate the use of Switch.Case construct.
Fundamentals of Loop Control Structures

Contents:
1) To demonstrate the use of “while” control structure.
2) To demonstrate the use of “do..while” control structure.
3) To demonstrate the use of “for” control structure.
4) To demonstrate the use of “break” and “continue” construct.
Practical Slot – 5 and 6:
Fundamentals of One Dimensional Arrays

Contents:
1) To demonstrate the creation of array, addition of an element, deletion of an element and displaying the
elements from one dimensional array.
2) To demonstrate the implementation of bubble sort, selection sort and insertion sort.
3) To demonstrate the implementation of linear search and binary search.
Fundamentals of Two Dimensional Arrays

Contents:
1) To demonstrate the matrix manipulation operations like addition, multiplication.
2) To demonstrate the operations on row and columns of two dimensional matrix.
Fundamentals of Pointers
Contents:
1) To demonstrate the pointer declaration and its use.
9
2) To demonstrate the implementation of pointer on array.
3) To demonstrate the creation of dynamic arrays using pointer.
Fundamentals of Strings
Contents:
1) To demonstrate the basic operations on string like “length”, “copy”, “reverse”, “truncate”.
2) To demonstrate the implementation of two dimensional array of characters.
Fundamentals of Functions
Contents:
1) To demonstrate the implementation of functions.
2) To demonstrate the call by value parameter passing method.
3) To demonstrate the call by reference parameter passing method.
Fundamentals of Functions
Contents:
1) To demonstrate the implementation of recursive function.
2) To demonstrate the use of library function (mathematical and string).
Books Recommended:
1. Herbert Schildt - C Complete Reference (Tata-McGraw Hill)
2. Byron Gottfried,” Programming with C”, Schaum;s Outline Series .
3. R Venugopal & S R Prasad. “Mastering C” Tata-McGraw Hill-2207.
10
SYLLABUS FOR B.E. (SECOND SEMESTER)
APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II (BESII-1)
UNIT - I : Integral Calculus-I

Beta and Gamma functions, Differentiation of definite integral, Mean Value and Root Mean Square Values.
UNIT - II: Integral Calculus-II

Tracing of curves (Cartesian and polar curves), Rectification of simple curves, Quadrature, volume and
surface of solids of revolution (Cartesian, polar and parametric forms).
UNIT- III: Multiple Integrals and their Applications

Elementary double integrals, Change of variable (simple transformations), Change of order of integration,
(Cartesian and polar), Applications to find Mass, Area, Volume and Centre of Gravity (Cartesian and polar
forms), Elementary triple integrals.
UNIT - IV:Vector Differential Calculus

Vector triple product, Product of four vectors, Scalar point function, Vector point Function, Vector
differentiation, Gradient, Divergence and Curl, Directional derivatives with their physical interpretation,
Solenoidal and irrotational motions.
UNIT- V : Vector Integral Calculus

Vector integration, Line, Surface and Volume integrals, Statement (without proof) of Stoke‟s theorem,
Gauss divergence theorem and Green‟s theorem, Simple applications of these theorems.
UNIT - VI:
(A) Statistics
Fitting of straight line , Parabola and Exponential curves by method of least squares, Lines of regression
and Correlation, Rank correlation. x ba y 2 x c x b a y
(B) Finite Differences:
Operator E and , Factorial notations, Langrange‟s interpolation formula for unequal intervals, Difference
equations with constant coefficients.
Books Recommended:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics: B. S. Grewal
2. Applied Mathematics Volume I & II: J. N. Wartikar
3. Textbook of Engineering Mathematics: Bali, Iyenger ( Laxmi Prakashan)
11
ADVANCED PHYSICS (BESII-2T)
Unit - I: Lasers & Wave Optics (07 Hrs)

Spatial and temporal coherence of a light wave, Quantum Transitions: Absorption, Spontaneous emission
& stimulated Emission, Metastable states, Pumping schemes, Principle of laser, Laser characteristics,
Components of a laser, Principle & working of He-Ne, Ruby & Semiconductor lasers, Applications.
Interference in thin films, Interference in Wedge shape thin film, Newton‟s rings, Anti-reflection coating,
advanced applications of interference in thin film.
Unit - II: Electron Ballistics (05 Hrs)

Lorentz force, Motion of changed particles in uniform electric and magnetic fields: parallel, perpendicular
and at an acute angle, Effect of electric and magnetic fields on kinetic energy of charged particle, Crossed
electric and magnetic field configurations, Velocity filter, Electrostatic and magnetostatic deflection.
Unit - III: Electron Optics (06Hrs)

Bethe‟s law, Electric and Magnetic focusing, Construction & working of Electrostatic lens, Devices: CRT,
CRO, Block Diagram, Function & working of each block, Bainbridge mass spectrograph, Cyclotron.
Unit - IV: Optical Fiber & Nanoscience (12Hrs)

Optical fibers: Propagation by total internal reflection, structure and classification (based on material,
refractive index and number of modes), Modes of propagation in fiber, Acceptance angle, Numerical
aperture, Attenuation and dispersion. Light sources and Detectors.
Applications: I) As a Sensors - i) Temperature Sensor ii) Pollution / Smoke detector iii) Liquid level sensor.
II) As a Detectors- i) PIN detector ii) Avalanche Detector.
Introduction to nanoscience and nanotechnology, Classification of nano materials, Synthesis of
Nanomaterials, General idea about physical and chemical methods. e.g; Physical Vapour
Deposition and Sol gel method. Comparison of properties of nanomaterials with bulk materials, Some
special nanomaterials:
1) Zeolites, 2) Graphine,
Application of nanomaterials in engineering, Impact of Nanoscience and nanotechnology .
Books recommended:
Text Books:
1 Fundamentals of Physics: David Halliday, Robert Resnick and Jerle Walker, John-Wiley India(8e,
extended)
2 A text book of Engineering Physics: M. N. Avadhanulu, S. Chand & Co.
3 Nano The Essentials: Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, T.Praddep; TMH Publications.
4 Introduction to Nanotechnology:Pooly & Owens; Willey Publication
5 Text Book of Optics: Brijlal and Subramanyam (S. Chand and Company)
6 Laser: M. N. Avadhanulu, S. Chand & Co.
Reference Books:
1 LASERS: Theory and Applications: Thyagarajan K and Ghatak A.K.
2 Nanomaterials & Nanotechnologies and Design:M.F.Ashby, Paulo Ferreira and Daniel L.Schodek,
Elsevier Publications.
3 University Physics: Young and Freedman (Pearson Education).
4 Optics: Jenkins and White (Tata Mcgraw Hill)
12
MATERIALS CHEMISTRY (BESII-3T)
Unit - I: Energy-I (10 Hrs)

Fuels: Introduction: Calorific value, Higher and lower calorific value; determination of calorific value by
Bomb and Boy‟s calorimeter; numerical based on calorific value determination;
Solid fuels-significance of proximate and ultimate analysis; numerical (Dulong‟s formula)
Composition, properties, advantages, limitations and applications of bio-diesel, LPG, CNG
Non-conventional energy sources: General applications advantages and limitations of non-conventional
energy sources.
Rocket propellants: Principle and classification of propellants.
Unit – II: Energy-II (10 Hrs)

Liquid fuels –fractional distillation of crude petroleum(boiling point wise separation only) use of gasoline
and diesel in internal combustion engine: knocking and chemical constitution of fuel, Octane and Cetane
number, doping agents, fischer-tropsch process for manufacturing synthetic gasoline; cracking of
petroleum-principle, types , catalysts used, advantages
Combustion calculations – Numericals based on combustion calculations for solid, liquid and gaseous
fuels.
Unit – III: Lubrication (10 Hrs)

Lubricants- Introduction, mechanisms-Hydrodynamic, boundary and extreme pressure lubrication;
Classification-solid, semisolid and liquid lubricants;
Biodegradable lubricants-properties, application, advantages and limitations;
Synthetic lubricants-Silicones ,Lubricating emulsion; Properties of greases-drop point test and consistency
test; Properties of liquid lubricants:-Acid value, saponification number, flash and fire point, viscosity and
viscosity index, Aniline point, Cloud and Pour Point, Criteria for selection of lubricants-IC engine,
refrigeration, gear, transformer, steam turbine, delicate mechanical system.
Unit – IV :Advanced materials (10 Hrs )

Properties and applications – Biodegradable polymers-polylactic acid (PLA) and Polycaprolactone(PCL).
Conducting polymers – polycetylene, polyaniline. Polypyrrole,
Composite materials-introduction, general classification –Particle reinforced , fibre reinforced, structural
and its industrial applications.
Liquid crystal polymers-general properties and application.
Nanomaterials-Definition, nano scale. Carbon nano tubes (CNT)typses and difference between Single wall
NT, Multi wall NT; applications of nanomaterials in medicine, environment and electronics.
Books Recommended:
Text Books:
1. Text Book of Engineering Chemistry; S.S. Dara, S. Chand and Company Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Engineering Chemistry: Arti Dixit, Dr. Kirtiwardhan Dixit, Harivansh Prakashan, Chandrapur.
3. Textbook of Engineering Chemistry: P.C. Jain and Monica Jain, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi.
4. Textbook of Engineering Chemistry: S.N. Narkhede, R.T. Jadhav, AB. Bhake, A.U. Zadgaonkar, Das
Ganu Prakashan, Nagpur.
5. Applied Chemistry: A.V. Bharati and Walekar, Tech Max Publications, Pune.
Reference Books:
1. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry : Shashi Chawla; Dhanpat Rai & sons, New Delhi
2. Chemistry in Engineering : Lloyd a. Munro, Prentice-hall, Inc Nj
3. Chemistry of Advanced Materials : CNR Rao, Rsc Pbl‟
4. Chemistry of Engineering Materials: Robert B Leighou Mc Graw – Hill Book Company, Inc New York
5. Engineering Materials: Kenneth G Budinski (Prentice – Hall of India)
6. Fuels and Combustion : Amir Circar, Orient Longmans
13
7. Materials science and engineering an introduction:William D. Callister, (Jr. Wiley publisher)
8. Polymer science and technology: Joel R Fried (Prentice- Hall of India)
14
ENGINEERING MECHANICS ( BESII-4T )
Unit - I :
Important Vector Quantities: ( 10 Hrs )
Position-vector, moment of a force about a point about an axis, couples, couple moment as a free vector.
Equivalent force systems:
Resultant of a 2 dimensional distributed loads and three-dimensional general force system Wrench.
UNIT - II :
Equations of Equilibrium: ( 10 Hrs )
Free body diagrams, Equations of equilibrium coplanar concurrent and Non-concurrent systems, General
spatial force system.
Analysis of simple pin jointed frames by method of joints method of sections.
Friction forces: Law of Coulomb friction, problems involving dry friction, simple applications like wedges
and band brakes.
Unit - III : (10 Hrs)

Centriods and Moments of Inertia:
Second Moment and products of inertia of plane areas, Moment of inertia of masses. Transfer theorems for
moment of inertia and Product of inertia, Polar moment of inertia, Principal axes, Mohr‟s circle of inertia.
Introduction of Virtual work theorem:
Principle of Virtual work applied to equilibrium of Mechanisms, simple beam, Pin jointed frames.
Unit -IV: (10 Hrs)

D'Alembert„s Principle, work Energy method, (Expressions based on center of mass).
Methods of Momentum : Linear impulse momentum, considerations for a system of particles,
Consideration of linear momentums, Elastic impact of two bodies, Direct central impact.
Books Recommended:
1. Engineering Mechanics: F.L Singer
2. Engineering Mechanics: Tmoshenko & Young
3. Engineering Mechanics: Bear and Johnson
4. Engineering Mechanics: I.H.Shames
5. Engineering Mechanics: R.D.Askhedkar & P.B.Kulkarni
15
ADVANCED ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (BESII-5)
Unit – I : Introduction to Electrical Power System : (8Hrs)

Introduction to Power Generation (Thermal, Hydro, Nuclear, Wind, and Solar) with block schematic
presentation only. Single line diagram for Generation, Transmission & Distribution through different
voltage levels; Low voltage distribution system (Over head & Underground, single phase & three phase)
Necessity of equipment earthings, Fuses (Rewirable & HRC), MCB, ELCB (Elementary concepts only),
Basic operation of UPS & Invertors (Block schematic representation).
Unit – II :DC Machines (12Hrs)

Construction of a D.C Machine (without details of armature winding), Principle of working as a generator
and as a motor, EMF equation of a DC machine, types of DC machines.
Concept of Back EMF, speed and torque equations, characteristics of motors, necessity of
starters, Applications of DC motors.
Unit – III :Utilization of Electrical Energy Tariff (8Hrs)

One part (KWH based) tariff with simple numerical: Students should be able to calculate the domestic
electricity charges.
Illumination:
Definitions of luminous flux, luminous intensity, candle power, illumination, luminance, luminous
efficiency (lumens/watt) of different types of lamps, working principle of Fluorescent/ Sodium Vapour/
Mercury vapour & CFL Lamps. Simple numerical to determine number of lamps to attain a given average
lux level in an area.
Unit – IV :AC motor (12Hrs)

Three-phase Induction Motors : Working principle, types & constructions of three phase Induction Motor,
synchronous speed, torque, slip, torque -speed characteristic, application (No numerical).
Single Phase Induction Motor: Types of single phase Induction motors, operating principle and their
applications.
Books Recommended:
1) Basic Electrical Engineering, S.N. Singh, PHI, Learning Private Limited.
2) A Text Book Of Electrical Technology, B. L. Tharaja and A. K. Tharaja, S. Chand Publication (Volume
II & III)
3) Electrical Machines M. N. Bandyopadhya, PHI, Learning Private Limited.
4) Electrical Machines, Ashfaq Husain, Dhanpatrai Company, 4th edition.
5) Basic Electrical Engineering, D.C. Kulshreshtha, revised 1st edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill education pvt.
Ltd.
6) Generation of Electrical Energy- B. R. Gupta 4th Edition S Chand Publication
7) Testing Commissioning Operation & Maintenance Of Electrical Equipment – S. Rao Khanna
Publication
16
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – II (BESII-6)
Introduction to CAD (10 Hrs)

Advantages of using Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) packages, applications of CAD, basic operation of
drafting packages, use of various commands for drawing, dimensioning, editing, modifying, saving and
printing/plotting the drawings. Introduction to 3D primitives.
Sections of Solids (08 Hrs)

Types of section planes, types of sectional views i. e. sectional FV , sectional TV, sectional SV, to project
sectional views of above solids cut by different section planes (when solid is in simple position , when axis
is parallel to one & inclined to other reference planes ), to find true shape of sections.
Development of Lateral Surfaces (DLS) of Solids (06 Hrs )

Applications of DLS, method of development, development of lateral surface of above solids, development
of lateral surface of cut solids.
Interpretation of Given Views/Missing Views (06 Hrs)

Identification of lines/edges and surfaces, visualization of given orthographic views, adding a missing/third
view.
Books Recommended:
Text Books:
1. N.D. Bhatt, Elementary Engg. Drawing, Charotor Pub. House, Anand, India.
2. A. R. Bapat, “ Engineering Graphics”, Allied Publishers, New Delhi
3. D. N. Johle, Engineering Drawing, Tata Mcgraw-hill Publishing Co. Ltd..

4. M.B. Shah, B.C. Rana, Engineering Drawing, Pearson.
5. CAD software user manual
Reference Books:
1. P.S. Gill, Engineering Graphics.
2. N.D. Bhatt, Machine Drawing, Charotor Publishing house, Anand, India.
17
WORKSHOP (BESII-7)
Teachers/Instructors are expected to introduce the tools & equipments used in following shops with their
operations & safety precautions.
1. Fitting - 1 Job
2. Carpentry - 1 Job
3. Welding - 1 Job
4. Smithy - 1 Job
Students are expected to prepare minimum four Jobs during practical periods of workshop.
Text/Reference Books:
Elements of Workshop Technology (Volume - 1): Hajra Choudhury
18
ETHICAL SCIENCES (BESII-8)
Unit – I :
1) Concept of Culture and Civilization.
2) Applied Humanities and Social Engineering.
3) Socio-Legal Awareness: Right to Information(RTI), Public Interest Litigation (PIL), Intellectual
Property Rights(IPR) & Parents, Lokpal and Lokayukta .
Unit – II :
1) Meaning and Scope of Industrial Psychology and Industrial Sociology.
2) Fatigue, Selection and Training of Workers, Motives for Work in Industry.
3) Transactional Analysis.
Unit – III :
1) Sustainable development.
2) Professional Ethics.
3) Organizational Behavioral Dynamics: Leadership in Industry.
Unit – IV :
1) Indian Constitution and Federal System.
2) Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles.
3) Role of Bureaucracy in Modern Society.
Unit – V :
1) Industrial Democracy.
2) Works Organization: Power, Authority and Status System; Formal and Informal Organization.
3) Industrialization and Urbanization: Study of Slums.
Books Recommended:
1) A New Look into Social Science – Shabbir, Sheikh and Dwadashiwar
2) An Introduction to Sociology – Vaidya Bhushan and Sachadeva
3) Social Science: The Indian Scene – Yogesh Atal
4) Applied Humanities – rajni Tondon
5) A History of World Civilizations – J.E. Swain
6) Industrial Psychology – Haire Mason
7) Introduction to Constitution of India – Durga Das Basu
8) Industrial Sociology in India – N. R. Seth
9) Human Resource Development and Management – Dr. A. M. Sheikh
10) The Economics of Sustainable Development – Surender Kumar
19
SYLLABUS FOR III SEM. B.E. (CIVIL) EXAMINATION
APPLIED MATHAMATICS III 3CE01
Unit-I :
Fourier Series : Periodic functions and their Fourier expansions, even and odd functions, change of
interval, half range expansion. 06
Unit-II :
Partial Differential Equations : P.D.E. of first order first degree i.e. Lagranee's form Linear
homogeneous P.D. of nth order with constant co-efficients, method of separation of variables,
applications to simple problems of vibration of strings and beams, elementry concept of double
pourier series and their applications to simple problems of vibration of ractangular membrane. 08
Unit-III :
Calculus Of Variations :Maxima and minimum of functionals, variations and its properties Eular's
equations, functionals dependent on first and second order erivatives. The Rayligh-Ritz methodssimple
applications. 07
Unit-IV:
Matrices :Inverse of a matrix by adjoint method, Rank of matrix, consistency of system of
simultaneous equations and their solutions. Inverse of a matrix by partitioning method, Linear
dependence, Linear and orthogenal transformations, charaoterictic equation, eigen values and eigan
vectors, reduction to diagonal form, statement, verification and use of Caylay - Hamilton Theorem,
statement and use of Sylvestor's Theorem, Quadric form transformation of co-ordinates,
transformation of forces and couples association of matrices with linear differential equations of 2nd order
with constant coefficient 10
Unit-V
Numerical Mehods :Errors in numerical calculations. Errors in series approximations. Rounding of
errors solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations. Iteration method, Bisection method, False
position method, Newton Raphaon's method, (and their rate of convergence) Solution of system of
linear equations by Gauss Elimination mehtod. Gauss Jorden method, Gauss Seidel method , Crouts
method and relaxation method, Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation by Taylor series
method. Picards method, Runga Kutta methods, Modified Euler's method. Milnes predictor/corrector
Method 10
Unit-VI
Introduction to optimization Techniques Linear programming Simplex method.
20
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 3 CB2/3ST02
Unit-I
Machanical Properties and Uniaxial Problems: Types of force distribution, concept of stress and strain,
stress strain behavior of ductile and brittle material in uniaxial state of stress. Elestic, plastic and
strain hardened zones stress-strain relations, elastic constants, relation between elastic constants.
Uniaxial loading and deformation of simple cases of statically indeterminate problems under-axial
loading, temperature change etc. Thin walled pressure vessel cylindrical and spherical subjected to
internal pressure.
Unit - II
Axial Force, Shear Forces and Bending Moment Diagram : Concepts of free body diagrams, types of
loads, determinate of axial forces, shear forces and bending moment at a sectio. Axial forces and
bending moment at a section. Axial force. SF and BM diagrams in beams and simple frames,
differential relations between shear force and bending moments. Relation between load and shear
force.
Unit-III
Stresses In Beams : Bending stresses in simple beams, assumptions and derivation of simple bending
theory relation between bending moment bending stress and curvature homogeneous and composite
beams. Shear Stresses in simple beams, shear flow and shear stress distribution, shear stress in composite
beams. Combined effect of BM and axial force.
Unit-IV
Torsion of Shafts : Torsion of circular sections, assumptions and derivation of relations between torsional
moment, shear stress and angle of twist. Torsional stress in solid and circular sections, torsion in thin
walled hollow sections closely coiled helical springs. Leaf Springs.
Unit-V
Deflection of Beams : Derivation of differential equation of moment curvature relation, differential
equation relating deflection and moment, shear and load, Deflecting of simple beams by integration.
Unit-VI
State of Stress In Two Dimensions :State of stress in two dimensions, differential equation of equilibrium,
transformation of stresses, principle stresses, maximum shear stresses, Mohrs circle, combined bending
and torsion, combined effect of Torsion and Shear.Shear flow in thin walled sections, concept of shear
center of thin walled sections, unsymmetrical bending.
21
FLUID MECHANICS-I 3CE03
Unit-I :
Fluids and Their Properties : Definition of fluid, Difference between solids, liquids and gas a fluid
properties mass density, specific weight and specific gravity, viscosity, netwtons quation, coefficients of
dynamic and kinemetic viscosity. Rheological Diagram. Ideal and real fluids. Compressibility and bulk
modulus. Surface tension capillarity, pressure inside a bulb and cylindrical jet vapour pressure and
cavitation. Effect of pressure and temperature on fluid properties. Fluids Pressure and Its
Measurement : Fluid pressure, law of fluid pressure, variation of fluid pressure with depth, pressure and
head, Atmospheric pressure and vacuum. Gauge and absolute pressures. Pressure measurement open and
differential manometers.
Unit-II
Hydrostatics :Total hydrostatics pressure on plans and curved surfaced. Centre of pressure. Fluids in
relative equilibrium; fluid masses subjected to horizontal vertical and inclined acceleration. Buoyancy And
Floatation :Buoyant force and centre of buoyancy. Archimedas principle. Metacentre, its determination
by analytical and experimental methods. Statility of floating boides and three states of equilibrium.
Unit-III
Fundamentals of Fluid Flow-I : Kinematics of Flow :Velocity, its variation with space and time.
Steady unsteady, uniform non-uniform. One two and three dimensional rotational, irrotational flow.
Acceleration. of fluid particles Normal and tangential acceleration.Stream line, path line, streak line, streak
line, Lagrangian and Eularian approaches in fluid flow description. Equation of continuity in cartesian
co-ordinates stream functions, velocity potential and potential flow Relationship between stream
function and velocity potential, flow nets, circulation, vorticity, source and sink. Free and forced
vertices.
Unit-IV
Fundamental of Fluid Flow - II : Kinetic of Flow : Poreas influencing motion, Eulers equations of
motion, Navier-stokes, Reynolds Equations. Bernoullis equation, Assumptions, derivation,
limitations and application, Kinetic energy correction factor. Momentum equation, Impact or Jets,
forces excerten on platespipe bends and closed conduits, momentum : Venturimeter,
orifice meter and flow nozzles. Fluid Measurement-I : Velocity measurement : pitot tube, pitot-static
tube and prandit tube. Discharge measurement: Venturimeter, orifice meter and flow nozzles.
Unit-V
Fluid Measurement-II : Orifices and Mouth pieces; Orifice: defnintion types, Hydraulic coefficients
factor affecting them and their experiments determination. Large orifices and submerged orifices. Time
for exptying tanks by orifices Mounthpieces : Definition and utility, External and Mounthpieces, running
free and running full pressure at Vena contracta, Coefficients of discharge. Flow Measurement And Control
: Notches & Weirs : Definition Types; Rectangular triangular and trapezoidal, End contraction. Co-
efficient of discharge and its determination. Error in measurement of head. Velocity of approach and
its effects cipolletti, broad-crested and submerged weirs.
Unit-VI
Dimensional Analysis And Theory of Models : Dimensional Analysis; Definition and use fundaments
and derived dimension. Dimensional analysis by Releighs and Buckingham Pi methods. Similitude
Geometric, Kinematic and Dynamic similarities. Predominant forces, Force ratio, Dimension less
numbers and their significances. Behaviour of Real Fluids : Viscous flow : Laminar and Turbulent flows,
Reynolds apparatus critical velocity. Reynolds Number, simple problems on determination of
Laminar and Turbulent flows in pipes.
22
GEOTECHNICAL ENGG. – I 3CEO4
Unit-I
Introduction : Formation of soil, residual & transported soil, soil solids generally used in practice such
as sand, gravel, organic silt, clay, Bentonite, Hard pan Cellche, peat; loass, black cotton soil etc. Phases
of Soil : Various soil weight & volum inter-relationship. Density index, methods of determining in situ
density.
Unit-II
Index Properties & Their Determination : Water content specific gravity sieve analysis particle size
distribution curve, sedimentation analysis Differential and free swell value. Consistency of soil -
Atterberge limits, determination soilstructures and application. Classification of Soil : Criteria of
classification particle size classification Textural classification Unified & I.S. classification system
field identification Expansive solid their indentification and related problems.
Unit-III
Permeability :Darcys law & its validity, Discharge & seepage velocity, factors affecting permeability
Determination of co-efficients of permeability by Laboratory and field methods, permeability of
atratified soil. Seepage :Seepage pressure, quick condition, flownets, Laplace equation, method to
draw flownets characteristics & uses of flownets characteristics & uses of flownets, Preliminary problems
of discharge estimation or homogeneous soils, Effective Neural and total stresses in soil mass.
Unit-IV
Stress Distribution : Stress distribution in soil Mass Boussinesque, point load, Unifirmly loaded
rectangular & circular areas, Newmarks charts.
Unit-V
Consolidation :Compression of laterally confined soil Terzaghis 1-D consolidation theory (formation
of Differential equation) determinationof coefficient of consolidation, degree of consolidation.
Determination of preconsolidation pressure, settlement, rate of settlement.Compaction : Mechanics of
compaction factors affecting compaction standard & modified proctot Tests OMC field compaction
equipment quality control.
Unit-VI
Shear Strength : Introduction, Mohrs diagram, mohr Coloumbs theory, Measurement of shear
strength by direct shear test, triaxial test unconfied compression testvane shear test sensitivity. Mechanical
Soil Stabilization :Blending of soils, P.I. Concept.
23
ENGINEERING GEOLOGY SCE05
Unit-I
Indian Geology : Principles of stratigraphy & the geologic time scale, Physiographic and tantonic
divisions of India, Introduction to the statigraphy of India. Geomorphology : Geomorphology processes,
External and internal agents, Geological action of wind glaciars, running water and oceans and the
resuiting landforms, Geomorphic forms and their consideration in engineering structures.
Unit - II
Structural Geology : Deformation of rocks, poldsparts of fold, nomenclature & classification, effects
on outcrops, identification joints- Defination nomenclature and classification. Faults Terminology
nomenclature and classification. Effect on outcrops. Recognition of faults, outliner & inlier. Problems on
dip, strike thickness and depth of rock strata.
Unit-III
Mineralogy : Defination and classification of minerals Ismorphism, polymphism and
pseudomorphism. General chemical and physical characters of the following mineral groups, Silica,
Feldspar, Olivins, Pyroxene, Amphibole Mica, Peilpathoid and clay. Petrology :Rock cycle Igneous Rocks
+ Magma and formation of ignorous rocks Textures and structures. Forms and tabular classification of
igneous rocks. Seimentary rocks : Weathering, Soils, soil profile and soil types, Erosion, Transportation
and deposition of sediments, Sedimentary Environments, Classification of sedimentary rocks.
Matamorphic rocks : Definations & agents of metemorghism Types of metamorphism rocks Zones &
grades of metamorphism, metasomatism anataxis.
Unit - IV
Engineering Geology : (i) Applicationof geology to Civil Engineering projects engineering properties
of rocks. Engineering considerations of structures of rocks. Rock as a construction material building
stone, road metal ballest. Surface and sub-surface geotechniucal investigation Geological mapping
sampling, drilling, photogeology geophysical methods. Application of geology to the location, design
and construction of dams and hydraulic structures, bridges, tunnels and buildings.
Unit-V
General Geology : Defination and scops of Geology Earth in relation to the Universe gross features and
internal structurs of the earth. Introduction to continental draft and plate tactonies. Isostasy and
deastrophism. Volcanoes and their products Earthquake Engineering : Earthquake waves, Gauses and
effects, magnitude and intensity earthquaks zones of India, asosmic structures.
Unit-VI
Geohydrology : Hydrologic cycle : Occurance and distribution of ground water, Water table and water
table maps. Acqucludes, acquifuges and aoguitards confined and unconfined ground water, springs and
gaymeres I,[prtamce amd grpidm water stidoes om Civil Engineering Works. Stability of slopes and
Landelides, causes of lanoslides and their prevention. Environmental aspects of geology.
24
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 3CE06 / 3ST06
PROGRAMMING IN FORTRAN - 95
Unit -I
Introduction : Introduction to computer flowchart, Fortran charcter, set coding format, constants and
varibles, hierarchy of arithmatic operations. Arithmatic expressions and statements, relational and
logical operators and expressions, Built - in- functions. Input/output : Format Statements
Unit –II
Control Statements : Type Decleration, Subscripted variables, Dimentions, Double Precision, GOTO,
IF, Do statements , PAUSE, STOP and END Statements
Unit-III :
Advanced Topics : Functions & Subroutines , RETURN, COMMON STATEMENTS, BLOCK DATA
SUBPROGRAMS.
PROGRAMMING IN C
UNIT-IV
Introduction : C-Fundamentals, CHARACTER SET data type contant & varibles, Declaration of
constants & variables, Expression, Statements, Symbolic Constants. Operator and Expression ,
Arithmatic Operator Unary operator, Relational & Logical operator Assignment operators, the
conditional operator, Libratary function. Data Input & output Interactive progamming preparing & running
a complete simple program.
Unit-V
Control statements : Control statemen, THe WHILE statements, do-while, for nested loop, if-else,
switch break, continue, goto statement, comma operator.
Unit-VI
Advance Topics : Functions, storage class, Arrays, Pointers, structures & Unions, Data files.
25
SYLLABUS FOR IV SEM. B.E. (CIVIL) EXAMINATION
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - I 4 CEO1 / 4 ST01
Unit - I
Analysis of fixed and continues beams by theorem of three moments effect of sinking of support.
Unit-II
Analysis of continues beams and simple portals (Non sway) using Moment Distribution methods
Unit-III
Rolling loads on simply supported beams with concentrated and uniformly distributed loads, maximum
B.M. and S.F. Influence lines for reactions, bending moments and shear forces in simply supported beams,
cantilevers and beams with overhangs. Influence lines for forces in members of simple trusses and for BM
and SF in panels of simple trusses.
Unit-IV
Strain energy method as applied to the analysis of redundant frames and redundant trusses 'up to two
degrees. Determination of deflection of trusses. Willot Mohr diagram. Castiglanos theorems, Maxwells
reciprocal theorem. Battis theorem.
Unit-V
Bucking of Columns and beams columns, Eulers and Rankines formula. Analysis of Two-Hinged
arches, S.F. and normal thrust, parabolic arches.
Unit-VI
Slope deflection method as applied to indeterminate beams & continues beams portal frames, frame
with inclined legs upto 3 degrees of freedom.
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION & MATERIALS 4CE02
Unit-I :
Foundations : Necessity and types of foundations. Details shallow foundations. Bearing capacity of soils
and its assessment. Preumptive bearing capacity values from codes. Loads on foundations. Causes of
failures of foundations and remedial measures, Foundation on black cotton soils Setting out foundation
trenches, excavation timbering of foundation trenches. Load bearing and framed structures.
Unit-II
Brickwork :Qualities of good bricks, classification of bricks tests on bricks as per as codes. Terms used
in brickwork, commonly used types of bonds in brickwork such as header, stretcher, english and
flamish bonds, principles of construction. Reinforced brickwork, brick knogging Parapets, copings, sills
and corbels, brief introduction to cavity walls, load bearing and partition walls. Masonry construction
using cement concrete blocks and clay walls, load bearing and partition walls. Masonry construction using
cement concrete blocks and clay blocks. Precest construction;introduction to method and
materials.Precast elements likes poles, cover, jallies, steps corbets, truss element etc.
Unit-III:
Stone Work : Stones, cutting and dressing, selection of stones types of stone masonary, principles of
construction joints in masonary. Lifting heavy stones, common building stones in India. Arches and Lintels
: Terminology in contraction, types chajjas and canopies, pre cast Lintels & Arches. Damp Proofing :
Causes and effect of dampness. Various methods of damp proofing
26
Damp proofing in plinth protection, New Techniques of Damp Proofing Damp Proofing in Plinth
Protection, New Techniques of Damp proofing. Epoxy etc.
Unit-IV
Floors And Roofs : Floors : General principals, types and method of construction upper floors finisheem
quality and testing floor tiles, synthetic & Creamic Tiles. Roofs : Flat and pitches roofs, roof coverings,
types AND their constructional features. Thermal Insulation.
Unit-V :
Stairs : Types of stairs, functional design of stairs. Doors and Windows : Purpose materials of
construction and types.
Unit-VI :
Plastering and Pointing : Necessity, types and methods Temporary Timbering : Centering and formwork
shoring, underpining and scaffolding. Painting : White washing, colour washing and distempering new
materials & Techniques.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING – I 4CE03
Unit - I
Introduction, Importance and necessity of water supply scheme. Water demand : types of demand,
empirical formulae, factors affecting per Capita demand, variation in demand, design period and
population forecasting methods & examples. (4) Sources of water rain water, Ground water-springs,
infiltration galleries, Dug wells, tube wells, Surface water -stream, lake river, impounding reservoirs,
ponds (2) Intake structures : Location types-river, lake, canal reservoir etc. (2)
Unit II
Conveyance of water: types of pipes joints, fittings, (2) Hydraulic design aspects : friction Mannings,
Hazen William, Harcy Weish bach and problems Minor head losses (4) Rising main and pumps :
Classification working merits and demerits selection of pumps
Unit - III
Water quality: General idea of water borne diseases, Physical, Chemical, & bacteriological
characteristics of water,Standards of drinking water (3) Water treatment: Objective of treatment unit
operations and processes, treatment flow sheet of conventional water treatment plant (3)Aeration :
Purpose, types of aerators Coagulation and Flocculation : Definition, Principals, types of coagulants and
reactions, coagulant doses, types of mixing and flocculation devices. (3)
Unit - IV
Sedimentation : Principles, types of setting basins, inlet and outletarrangements Clariflocculators :
Principles and operation (1) Filtration : Mechanism of filtration, types of filters - RSF, SSF, Pressure
filters, elements of filters UDS, operation and design aspects filter sand specification-ES, UC, operational
problems in filtratiion
Unit-V
Disinfection :Purpose Mechanism, criteria for good disinfectant various disinfectants their
characteristics, disinfection by chlorination using different forms of chlorine.(4) Distribution systems :
Requirements for a good distribution system, methods of distribution systems and layouts of DS,
appurtenances in water distribution system (3) Leakage and leak detector. Storage reservoirs for treated
water : Types, capacity of reservoir, mass curve
27
Unit-VI
Municipal solid waste management: Generation sources, composition, Quality, Methods of
Collection, transportation, treatment and disposal. Recycle, Reuse, Examples on simple hydraulic design
of pipes, estimatiion of population and water quality, plain sedimentation tanks, cascade aerators, filters,
pumps dose of chlorine. Only simple sizing of units no detailed design.
Concrete Technology 4CE04
Unit- I
Main constituents of cement Hydration of cement, Water required, Physical properties and testing of
cement. Effect of fineness, Initial final and false setting of cement, Soundness test, Hardening and
compressive strength Grades and different types of cements. Ordinary Portland cement, Rapid
Hardening Cement, G.G. Blast furnace slag cement Low heat Portlant cement, Portland pozzalan cement,
Portland flyash cement. Sulphate resisting cement. Aggregates : Sources of aggregates, classification
and nomenclature, Coarse and fine aggregate, normal weight (light and heavy weight aggregates).
Aggregate characteristics and their significance in strength, workability, placement and compaction
of concrete. Sampling. Particle shape and texture, Bond of aggregate, size & grading of aggregates
strength of aggregate. Mechanical properties and test- Specific gravity, bulk density, porosity absorption
of aggregates, moisture content of aggregate, bulking of sand abrasion test, impact value, Deleterious
substances in aggregates, organic impurities clay and other fine material etc.Soundness of aggregate.
Crushed sand. Alkali aggregate reaction. Intorduction of IS: 383 Water - Water quality for mixing and
curing, acceptable water, pH value, Seawater chloride content. Provisions in IS : 456.
Unit - II
Fresh Concrete : Batching, Mechanical mixers, automatic batching and mixing plants. Efficiency of
mixing. Workability- Measurement- Slump cone test, compacting factor test, flow table. Vee-Bee
consistometer. Factor affecting workablity, setting time. Significance of w/c ratio. Segregation,
bleeding, voids, permeability. Hot weather concreting. Converyence of concrete. Placing of concrete.
Compaction-vibrators. Curing of concrete-Significance, methods of curing, Temperature effect on curing
& strength gain. IS code on curing. Maturity of concrete. Framework for Concrete-IS Code.
Unit-III
Strength of concrete-Gain of strength, w-c ratio. Factor affecting compressive strength-w/c ratio, type
of cement, air entrainment, aggregrate, mixing water, admixtures, curing conditions. Tensile and
flexural strength. Relation between compressive and tensile strength. Failure modes in concrete,
cracking in compression. Impact strength fatigue strength, shear strength, Bond between concrete &
reinforcement. Modulus of elasticity, Poison's ratio. Testing of Hardened Concrete. Compression test-cube
strength & cylinder strength,their relation, effect of aspect ratio on strength. Flexural strength of
concrete, Determination of tensile strength, Indirect tension test. Splitting test. Abrasion resistance.
Accelerated curing test. Non-destructive test-significance. Rebound hammer. Ultrasonic pulse velocity
test.
Unit -IV
Mix Design - Process. Statisical relation between mean & characteristic strength, Variance, Standard
deviation. Factor affecting mix properties. Grading of aggregate, aggregate/cement ration etc. Degree of
quality control. Design mix by Road note-no. 4(BS) ACI method.
Unit -V
Additives & Admixures. Types of admixtures. Natural products-Diatomaceous earth, calcined clays of
shales, volcanic glasses. By Products-Pozzplonas, fly ash, silica fume, rice husk ash, metakaoline,
G.G> blast furnace slag. admixures-air entraining, water reducing, acceletors, retarders, plasticizers
& Superplasticizers, permeability reducing, grouting agents, surface harderners.
28
Shrinkage-early volume changes, drying shrinkage, mechanism of shrinkage, factor affecting shrinkage.
Influence of curing & Storage conditions, differential shrinkage. Carbonation Shrinkage. Creep-
Factors influencing .Relation between creep & time, nature of creep, effect of creep.
Unit-VI
Durability of concrete- significance water as an agent of deterioration. Permeability of concrete, air
sulphate attack & control. Sea water attack, acid attack, Efforescence. Resistance of crosion, abrasion
and cavitation. Process of rustling of steel.
SURVEYING - I 4CE05
UNIT - I
CLASSIFICATION OF SURVEYS: (4)
a) Chain & Tape Survey, Errors & Corrections, Obstacles in chain surveying, Cross Staff surveying,
b) Construction, use & testing of optical square, line ranger.
COMPASS SURVEYING: (3)
Prismatic & Surveyor's Compass. True & Magnetic Bearing, Local Attraction, Magnetic Declination,
Compass traversing, Adjustments of traverse,
UNIT - II
LEVELLING: (8)
a) Types of Level, Study of Dumpy Level.
b) Profile Levelling: Longitudinal Section And Cross Sections, plotting L-Section and Cross section.
c) Reciprocal Levelling: Curvature and Refraction Corrections, distance to the visible horizon.
d) Principle Axes of Dumpy Level: Testing and adjustment of axis of bubble tube and line of
collimation. Sensitivity of Bubble Tube.
UNIT - III
PLANE TABLE SURVEY : (5)
a) Equipment required for plane table surveying and uses. Advantages, Disadvantages and limitations.
b) Methods of Plane table Survey - Radiation, Intersection, Traversing and Resection methods,
Errors of plane table survey.
c) Two Point and Three Point problems and their solution by different methods.
UNIT - IV
THEODOLITE : (10)
a) Introduction to 20" Vernier Theodolite ; Type of Theodolite ; Principle Axes of Theodolite.
b) Use of Theodolite: Measurement of Horizontal angles, vertical angles, Magnetic Bearings,
prolonging a line, lining in, measuring deflection angles, setting out angles, finding out elevation of
objects (Base accessible and inaccessible) by trignometrical
observations.
c) Theodolite traversing: Computation of Consecutive and independent coordinates, adjustment of closed
traverse, Gale's traverse table, omitted measurement, area calculation by coordinates.
d) Testing and permanent of transit Theodolite
29
UNIT - V
TACHEOMETRY - I : (3)
a) Principle of stadia, Fixed hair method with vertical staff to determine horizontal distance and
elevation of the point.
b) Annalatic lens, Contouring (2)
a) Methods, Chrecteristics, interpolation, uses, locating contours.
b) Use of tacheometry in surveying, Tacheometric Contour Survey.
Computation Of Areas & Volumes : (2)
a) Trapezoidal, Simpson's Rule & Other methods of determining the areas & Volumes,
UNIT - VI
CURVES - I : (3)
a) Simple Circular Curves - Element and setting out by linear and angular methods.
MINOR INSTRUMENTS : (2)
Study and use of Abney Level, Box sextant, Indian Pattern clinometer, Subtense bar. Use Of modern
Electronic distance measuring instruments like EDM, geodimeter.
HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES 4CE06
Unit- I
Introduction : Hydrology , Definition , Engineering Hydrology and its importance Development of
Hydrology and allied sciences, Hydrological cycle, hydrological equation and brief description of its
component, The earth and its atmosphere, importance of temperature, humidity and wind in hydrological
studies. Precipitation : Definition and mechanisms pf precipitation, artificial rains, types of
precipitation, orthographic, conventional and cyclonic, Factors affecting precipitation with references to
physiographic divisions of India. Measurement of precipitation : non-automatic and automatic rain
gauges. Selection of site Density and adequance of rain gauge stations. Optimum number of rain
gauges, radar measurement of rain fall, mass curves, Supplementary rain fall data missing records,
Intensity- Duration-Frequency and Depth -Area-Duration analysis. (9)
Unit-II
Infiltration : Definition, mechanism, factors affecting infiltration, infiltration indices, measurment
application on problems. Evaporation and transpiration : Definition, mechanism, Factors affecting
evaporation. Evaporation estimation by pans, water budget energy budget and empirical formulae,
control of evaporation. Transpiration, factors affecting, its measurement and control.
Evapotranspiration and its measurements. Interception and its measurement.
(8)
Unit III
Run Off : Sources and components of rum - off. Classification of streams, factors affecting the run off
process. Estimation methods, measurement of discharge of a stream by Area-Slope and Area -Velocity
methods. Hydrographies : Flood hydrgraphs, Definition. Typical Flood Hydrograph and its
componumts, Base flow and base flow separation, unit hydrograph. Theory, S-Curves and its uses.
Instanteeous UEG. (9)
30
Unit-IV
Statistical Methods: Statisics in hydrological analysis, probability and probability distributions, average
measures of dispresiion, co-relation. Analysis of time series, Frequency analysis. Floods : Causes and
effects, Factors affecting peak flows and estimation of peak flows, low flow, Basin flood, Flood routing
and Flood forecasting Economic planning for flood control. (8)
Unit-V
Geohydrology : Introduction, Occurrence and distribution of Groundwater, Water table and water
table maps, aquifer, aquiclude, acquired and aquifuge. Groundwater xploration, electrical resistivity
method, confined and Unconfined aquifers, Porosity, Permeablility, specific Yield, Specific retention,
Darcy's law, introduction to hydraulics of wells, Open wells Safe yield test.
Groundwater quality, Geomorphic and geological control on groundwater storage and movement.
Groundwater provices of India. (8)
Unit -VI
Groundwater Recharge : Concepts of recharge selection of recharge sites, Recharging methods,
Spreading method, Induced recharge method, Recharge well method Sub-surface dams, waste water
recharge, recharge by urban storm run - off, recharge through rain water harvesting.
Project Planning for water resources : Multipurpose projects, Inter basin water transfer and inter state river
disputes. Water resources planning through planning through watershed management. Economic planning
for domestic and industrial water supply. (6)
V Semester B.E. (Civil )

5CE01 \ 5ST01 STEEL STRUCTURES (3L+1T+2D)
SECTION-A
UNIT I
1. Steel as a structural material, various grades of structural steel , properties, various rolled steel sections (
including cold formed sections, structural pipe (tube) sections) and their properties. Introduction to I.S.
800,808,816,875 etc. ( 8)
2. Design of axially loaded members: (a) Tension members, (b) Compression members (9)
3.Design of roof truss: Load assessment for DL, LL and WL. (6)
UNIT II
4. Design of simple and builtup beams: Laterally restrained and unrestrained, (symmetrical as well as
unsymmetrical section). Curtailment of flange plates. (10)
SECTION-B
UNIT III
5. Design of welded plate girder, concept of gantry girder. (8)
6. Design of single rolled steel section column subjected to axial load and biaxial moment including base
design. (8)
7. Design of axially loaded built up columns. Laced and battened (Column bases slab base gusseted base
moment resistant bases) (9)
31
UNIT IV
8. Structural Fasteners:
A) Behaviour of bolted and welded connections (types, Designations, properties, permissible
stresses), failure of bolted and welded joints. Strength of bolt and strength of weld. Efficiency of joints.
Design of simple bolted and welded connections. Moment resistant bolted and welded connection.(bending
and torsion) (6)
B) Design of connection: Beam to beam, beam to column: framed connection.
(9)
Term Work
Minimum two design assignments based on above topics along with the detailed structural drawings on A2
size sheets. Examination shall be based on the above Practical work.
V-01
5CE02 :ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING – II (3L+1T)
SECTION-A
Unit – I
1. General Aspects of Enviromental Engineering - System of collection and conveyance of sewage -
seperate and combined systems, patterns of sewage collection systems. Quantity of storm water and
sanitary waste water sewer:Types,Shapes,Hydraulic Design(Capacity, Size, Grade, etc.) (8)
Unit - II
2. Construction of sewer - Shoring, Trenching and laying to grade. Sewer materials Sewer Appurtences
- manhole street inlets, storm water overflows, inverted syphons, flushing and ventilation. House
plumbing systems - sanitary fitting and appliances, traps, anti-syphonage, inspection chambers and
intercepting traps. Sewage pumping - location of pumping station and types of pumps. Sewer testing
and maintenance. (8)
Unit - III
3. Physical and chemical characteristics of wastewater, significance of BOD,COD,BOD rate constant,
Sewage treatment flow sheet, site selection for sewage treatment plant Preliminary and primary
treatment - Screens, Grit chambers, Primary settling tank(including simple design) (8)
SECTION-B
Unit - IV
4. Secondary treatment - Principle of Biological Treatment Activated sludge process, trickling filter,
Methods of disposal - disposal on land and in water stream, Sewage farming, self purification of
stream. Sludge digestion, sludge drying beds .(8)
Unit - V
5. Rural sanitation -Pit privy, aqua privy, bio-gas recovery. Septic tank including soak pit, (including
design problem)Sullage collection and disposal. (5)
6. Industrial Waste Water Treatment – Significance of Industrial Waste Water Treatment, important
physical and chemical parameters, unit operations and treatment processes( flow equalization,
neutralization, adsorption, chemical and biological treatment etc.)
(5)
Unit VI
7. Introduction to air pollution Sources of air pollution and its classification Ill - effects of air pollutants
on man, animal & materials Meterological parameters Methods of air pollution control. ( 8)
32
Reference Books :
1. B.C.Punmia, " Waste Water Engineering " - Laxmi Publication
2. S.K.Garg, "Environmental Engineering" - Vol II Standard Publication.
3. G.S.Birdie, "Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering"
4. M.J.Macghee, "Water Supply & Sewage - McGraw Hill Publication
5. M.N.Rao & H.V.N.Rao, "Air Pollution" McGraw Hill publicatin
6. C.S.Rao,"Enviromental Pollution Control Engineering,
5CE03: SURVEYING – II (3L+1T+2P)

SECTION-A
UNIT I
Tacheometric Surveying (8)
Classification , principal of stadia method, theory of Anallatic lens, distance and elevation formulae,
tangential method, errors in stadia surveying.
UNIT II
Simple ,Compound, Reverse Curves, Vertical Curves. (8)
a) Simple Curves: Elements of simple curves, methods of curve ranging, obstacles in setting out curves.
(4)
b) Compound Curves: Elements of compound Curves, setting out the curve. (1)
c) Reverse Curves: Elements of reverse Curves, setting out the curve. (1)
d) Vertical Curves: Elements of vertical curves, types, tangent correction, location of highest or lowest
point. (2)
UNIT III
Transition Curves (8)
Elements of transition curves, superelevation, length of transition curve, Ideal transition curve, characteristics
of transition curve , setting out the transition curve.
SECTION-B
UNIT IV
Geodetic Surveying and Triangulation Adjustment (10)
a) Geodatic Surveying: Classification of triangulation survey, intervisibility of stations, field work,
reduction to centre, base line measurement ,corrections. (7)
b) Triangulation Adjustment: Definitions,weighted observations, laws of weights, station adjustment,
figure adjustment( triangle only) (3)
UNIT V
Photographic Surveying (8)
Basic definitions, terrestrial and aerial photography,tilt and height displacements,heights from parallax
measurements, flight planning, study of phototheodolite and stereoscope.
33
UNIT VI
Astronomy, Remote Sensing ,GIS & GPS (8)
Astronomy: Elements of spherical trignometry , Napier’s rule of circular parts,celestial sphere,
astronomical terms. (2)
Remote Sensing: Introduction, definitions, Remote sensing systems, advantages over conventional
system,energy interaction in the atmosphere, Indian remote sensing satellite series and their characteristics
(3)
GIS & GPS: Components of geographical information system (GIS),advantages, function of GIS, Raster
and vector data, advantages and disadvantages, global positioning system.(GPS),Introduction,
definitions,GPS receivers, antenna, advantages of GPS. (3)
List of Practicals:
A) PRACTICALS: Any five Practicals out of following:
1. Determination of constants of Tacheometer.

2. Determination of elevation of points by Tacheometric surveying.
3. Determination of elevation of points and horizontal distance between them by Tacheometric survey.
4. Determination of gradient of given length of road by Tacheometric survey.
5. Setting out of simple circular curve by offsets from chord produced method
6. Setting out of simple circular curve by Rankine method of tangential angle.
7. Setting out of simple transition curve by tangential angle method.
8. Study of streoscope.
B) SURVEY CAMP: On any of the following topics for minimum three days.
1. Road Project
2. Irrigation Project
3. Water Supply Project
Reference Books:
1) Surveying & Levelling by B.C.Punmia (Vol 2 & Vol 3)

2) Surveying & Levelling by Kanetkar & Kulkarni (Vol 2)
3) Remote sensing & G.I.S. by Dr.M.Anji Reddy
34
5CE04 -Transportation Engineering – I (3L+1T+2P)
(Highways & Bridges)
SECTION-A
Highways:
Unit - I:
1. Development & Planning: Road transport Characteristics, Classification of roads, development plants,
network patterns, data collection & surveys, principles of alignment, evaluation of plan proposals.(5)
2. Traffic Engineering: 3E`s of, traffic characteristics, Surveys, Intersection-types, layouts, design
principles, Urban traffic, parking, lighting, Accidents,Traffic control Devices-marking, Signs,
Signals, Regulations Motor Vehicle Act & Rule. (5)
Unit - II:
3. Geometric Design: Road, road user & road vehicle characteristics, Factors affecting design
standards. Cross Section elements, stopping & overtaking sight distance overtaking zones.
Horizontal alignment-Curves, design of super elevation , widening, `transition curves, vertical
alignments, Design of summit & Valley Curves,I.R.C. standards for Geometric Design, Geometrics
of Hill Roads (7)
4. Pavement Design:
Types of pavements & characteristic,Design parameters,Axel & Wheel load,tyre pressure,ESWL for
dual Wheels, repetitions,Group Index & CBR method of flexible pavement design. Analysis of load
& temperature stresses of rigid pavement, joints. (5)
Unit – III
5. Materials Subgrade Soil -AASHO Classification, group Index, Subgrade soil Stabilization. CBR,
aggregates Physical and mechanical properties & tests - Bituminous materials classification sources
properties and tests. Cutback & Emulsions, IRC/IS Standards, Introduction to Geotextiles.(5)
6. Construction & Maintenance

IRC,MOST specifications for quality & quantity of materials, techniques, tools and plant, for
the Earthwork, sub base, base and wearing/ surfacing course of flexible pavements with gravel,
WEM, stabilized Bituminous & Concrete as Construction material, Drainage, shoulders, rob-
oriculture maintenance & repairs, Choice of construction. (5)
35
SECTION-B
Bridges
General:
Unit-IV
7. General: Components, classification and identification, Data Collection site selection. Economic
Span.(3)
8. Hydrology:
Estimation of flood, discharge, water way,scour depth,depth of foundation, Afflux, clearance and
free board. (5)
Unit- V
9. Loads,Forces,Stresses:
IRC Specification & code of practices, Critical combinations. (4)
10. Sub-Structure:
(A) Types of foundations & their choice,estimation of BC of foundation strata,Open,Pile and well
foundation,pneumatic Caissions,cofferdams. (6)
(B) Abutment, Piers & Wingwalls Their types general design principles (empirical),Choice. (2)
Unit-VI
11. Super Structure:
Different structural forms culverts,causeways, minor and major bridges, suitability and choice
precost post tensioned and segmental construction. Launching, operation systems, Bearings,
Architecture. (4)
12. Rating and Maintenance:

Methods & Techniques of rating of existing bridges Inspection, Repairs, maintenance, corrosion-
causes and prevention, Aesthetics .(4)
Practicals:
(A) Every student must carry minimum of 10(Ten)experiments from the following:
(a) Subgrade Soil: Classification,group index and rating CBR test(Vide IS:2720)
(b) Aggregates:Specific Gravity Water absorption flankiness index Impact, crushing and Abrasion
value tests.Petrographic identification (Vide IS:2386)
(c) Bitumen: Penetration , Softening Point , flash point, Ductility, Stripping, Viscosity of Tar &
Cutback.
(d) Students should be familiar with relevant BIS,IRC MOSt specifications of various materials for
different constructions.
(B) At least one field vist & its report in journal.
36
5CE05/ 5ST05 : BULDING DESIGN & DRAWING (1L+4D)
UNIT-I
1. Introduction:
Importance of Building drawing as Engineer's Language in construction & costing.
UNIT-II
2. Method of Drawing:
Selection of scales for various drawings, Thickness of lines, Dimensioning, Combined First angle and
Third angle method of projection, Abbreviations and conventional representations as per IS 1962.
(i) Free hand dimensioned sketches of various building elements. Importance in Civil Engineering.
(ii - a ) Developing working drawings to scale as per I.S. 962 from the given sketch design and general
specifications for terraced and pitched roofs.
(ii - b ) Developing submission drawings to scale with location site and block plan complete.
UNIT-III
3. Designing of Buildings :
Introduction : Site requirements, requirements of owner and Building byelaws. Climate and design
consideration, orientation, recommendations of CBRI, Roorki and general principles of planning with
emphasis on functional planning. Graph paper design (line plans) based on various requirements for
residential, public, education and industrial buildings.
UNIT-IV
4. Two point perspective of Residential building neglecting small elements of building such as plinth
offset, chajja projections etc.
SESSIONAL WORK :
1. Working drawing of residential single storied building of terrace and pitched roofs with foundation
plan of load bearing structure. (Two assignment)
2. Submission drawing of single storied residential building( framed structure) with access to terrace
including all details and statements as per the local bye-laws. (One assignment A1 sheet)
3. Working drawing of multistoried Public/ Educational/ Health/ Community/ Industrial building
including structural details and layout of services. (One assignment)
4. Two point perspective of the single storied Residential building neglecting small building elements. (
Two assignment – pitched & terraced roof)
5. Minimum 30 free hand self explanatory dimensioned sketches of various building elements in sketch
book.
6. Line plans of various types of buildings e.g. public/ educational/ industrial/ hospital/ community on
graph papers(04 assignments)
7. Submission drawing of 02 storied residential building framed structure including all details and
statements as per the local bye laws.
8. One compulsory field exercise.
37
5CE06 \ 5ST06 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3L+1T)
SECTION - A
I. ENGINEERING ECONOMICS :
UNIT - I
1. Nature and scope of Economics and relationship with Engineering. [3]

2. Demand analysis : Law of demand, Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting [4]
3. Production : Meaning and Factors of Production, Law of return, economics of scale location of
Industries [5]
UNIT - II
4. Cost analysis : Fixed and variable cost, Prime and supplementary costs, Average and marginal cost,
methods of allocation of overhead costs [5]
5. Money and banking : Functions of money, functions of Commercial and central Banks, Foreign
investments. [3]
6. Various types of Markets and price determination under these market conditions, scope of
Privatisation in India. [4]
SECTION - B
II. Project Planning and Management
UNIT - III
1. Introduction : Project Management, Types of Projects, Various phases of Project, Project proposal,
Components of planning, Objectives of planning, factors effecting planning, organisational
setup, establishment of premises and site organisation programme. [2]
2. Job Planning :- Bar diagrams and bar charts, C.P.M., activity identification computation of
activity time, network preparation and analysis. Logical and other constraints, project duration,
floats and slacks. Ladder construction. P.E.R.T. : Event identification, event time, network
preparation and analysis, precedence network, network and cost interaction. Optimisation of project
cost. Cost slope concept and simple compression calculation. [5]
UNIT - IV
3. Resource Planning, Resource Allocation, Resource leveling, Resourcebased Net work. [3]
4. System approach, system formation, effectiveness and control, general principles of quality control
measurements and achievements. [3]
5. Planning for safety: construction hazards, safety in construction, industry and at work site.
National safety council, Safety organisation, accidents, its cost, cause, types and preventions,
losses, during natural calamities, floods and fire, and methods to reduce them. [3]
38
UNIT - V
6. Management Information System: System approach to management, Management and systems.

Inference Techniques – Use of various statistical methods and tests, graphical representation.
7. Material Management : Functions, objectives, purchasing, procedures, records, stock taking, inventory
control, ABC analysis, storing. [3]
8. Equipment management : Classification of Construction equipments, factors effecting selection,
Operation and Maintenance cost, Depreciation and Replacement cost,Economic life,down time
cost,cost of owning equipment. [3]
UNIT - VI
9. Equipments of Major Projects :- Excavating machines such as : Power shovels, Drag Line,
Bulldozer, Scraper, Drilling and Blasting Equipments, Material Transporting and handling
equipment such as Cranes, Hoists, conveyer belts, dumpers, cableways, rail system (Size,
performance and limitations) [5]
10. Concrete equipments : Different types of mixers Vibrators, batch mixing plants, transportation of
concrete, concrete pumps and placers. Guniting and its equipment. [4]
SELECT REFERENCE BOOKS:-

1. Construction Management Peurifoy
2. CPM and PERT L. Srinath
3. Project Management- Roy Choudhary
4. Equipment Management – Mahesh Verma
Question paper pattern :-

Section A : Two questions (14 marks each )are to be solved out of three
Section B : Four questions (13 marks each )are to be solved out of six
5CE07 S ITE VISITS (3P)
3 Practical hours (College Assessment) Marks : Grade Students should be taken for visit to various
Civil Engineering construction sites such as R.C.C. Structures, Steel Structures, Bridges, culverts,
Hydraulic Structures, watertanks, Roadworks, Railways, Watersupply and Sanitary works,
Geotechnical Exploration, Maintenance and Rehabilitation works, Irrigation systems, Formwork,
Reconnaissance and Detailed Surveying & levelling etc. Minimum Five visits are expected. Students
should submit a detailed report on the visit duly approved by the concerned teacher.
The Detailed Report should mainly consist of the following: -
1. Name of Construction Site with address

2. Nature of construction work and various structural components
3. Nature of ownership, executing and supervising authority
4. Architect and Structural Engineer
5. Architectural concept and Design features
6. Commencement of the work and tentative completion
7. Present Status of work
8. Estimated cost of the work ( Money spent till date)
9. Mode of availability of finance
10. Various types of manpower for the work
11. Various safety measures and amenities provided to manpower
12. Various construction equipments for the work
13. Various materials used for the work
39
14. CPM / PERT of the project
15. Type of inventory control
16. Resource planning implemented
17. Social benefits and implication
18. Safety measures during and posts construction
19. Post Construction Maintenance provisions
20. Effect on environmental aspect and sustainable development
21. Various of scaffolding, Formwork, lifting devices
22. Site of precast units for the work and its mode of transportation
23. Use of local available material like fly-ash, slag, silica-fumes, etc.
24. Clauses for delay / faulty construction
25. Clause for Arbitration
VI SEMESTER B.E. CIVIL
6CE01 / 6ST01 Structural Analysis- II

(3L + 1T + 2P)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. Kani’s Method applied to symmetrical and unsymmetrical frames with sway (Up to single bay Two storey)
UNIT-II
2. Approximate method of Structural analysis for multi-storeyed frames with lateral loads (Portal and Cantilever
method), Approximate methods for vertical loads i.e. Substitute frame method etc. (Max three bay three storey)
UNIT-III
3. Column Analogy method, Applications to beams, Calculations of Stiffness factors and carry over factors for
non-prismatic method, Analysis of non-prismatic fixed beams.
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
4. a) Introduction to Flexibility Method of structural analysis, influence coefficients, Choice of base determinate
structure and redundant forces, compatibility equations. Hand solution of simple beam problems.
b) Moment distribution applied to frames with sway(upto single storey two bay)
UNIT-V
5. Strain energy method applied to simple composite structures (Simple problems), Introduction to basic theory of
elasticity, Concept of stress, strains, strain displacement relationship, equation of equilibrium, boundary
conditions, generalized Hooks low, plane stress and plane strain problems.
40
UNIT-VI
6. Theory of photoelasticity applicable to beams. Study of various types of strain gauges , Analysis of strains by
strain Guages.
(VI-01)
PRACTICALS:
Minimum TEN of the following :

1. To find the slope & deflection of continuous beam.
2. To find the value of Flexural rigidity (EI) for a given beams & compare with theoretical value.
3. To determine the moment required to produce a given rotation at one end of a beam when the other end is i)
Pinned ii) Fixed
4. To study the behavior of different types of struts and to calculate the Eulers Buckling load for each case.
5. To verify the Maxwell’s reciprocal theorem for beam.
6. To measure the strain in the cantilever beam with the help of acoustic strain gauge.
7. Study of various types of strain gauges.
8. Plotting of influence lines by making use of Muller-Breslau principle.
9. Determination of deflection of trusses by Willot-Mohrs diagram.
10. Determination of material fringe value.
11. Determination of stress in beam by photoelastic method.
12. To find horizontal thrust and to draw the influence line for horizontal thrust for two hinge arch.
13. To calculate horizontal deflection at roller end in two hinged arch.
14. To measure the strain in the cantilever beam with the help of electrical resistance strain gauge.
15. To determine horizontal thrust for indeterminate portal frame
16. Study of Poloriscope
References:
1. C K Wang, ‘Intermediate Structural Analysis’

2. S P Timoshenko, ‘Theory of Structure’
3. Jain, Jai krishna, ‘Plain and Reinforced concrete Structures’, Vol.-II
4. S P Timoshenko, ‘Theory of Elasticity’
5. Rally & Dally ,‘Experimental Stress Analysis’
41
6C02/6ST03 RCC STRUCTURES 3(L)+1(T)+2(D)
SECTION A
(Four question of 10 marks are to be answered out Six questions of 10 marks each to be set on Units I to
IV)
Unit – I
1. Introduction to the Working Stress Method of RCC design. Basic concepts in design for flexure,
assumptions, design constants. Analysis of the rectangular section. Balanced, under-reinforced and
over-reinforced sections. Drawbacks and limitations of Working stress method. (3)
2. Prestressed Concrete : Properties of high grade materials, concepts of prestressed concrete, methods of
prestressing, losses in prestressing. Various systems for prestressing with particular reference to
Freyssinet, Magnel Blatton and Gifford Udall systems. Analysis of rectangular, T and I section.
(3)
Unit – II
3. Introduction to Limit State Design: Concept of probabilistic design and limit state design.
Characteristic values, partial safety factors, stress strain relationship stress block parameters, failure
criteria, types and properties of reinforcement, limit state of Serviceability and limit state of collapse.
Other limit states. Review of IS – 456- 2000. (2)
4. Limit state of collapse in flexure: Analysis and design of singly reinforced rectangular section.
Balanced failure mode, primary tension failure mode and primary compression failure mode.
Unit – III
6. Limit state of Collapse in Flexure: Analysis & Design of the Tee & L-beam section. (3)
7. Limit state of collapse in compression: Analysis & design of short axially loaded column. Columns
subjected to uniaxial bending, use of interaction curves. (3)
Unit – IV
8. Limit state of Collapse in Shear & Bond: Design of beam for shear, shear span, post cracking
resistance, shear mechanism approach, shear failure modes and collapse loads, interaction of shear,
flexure and axial force, Check for bond. (3)
9. Limit state of Serviceability :

(i) Causes and control of cracking: Crack in plastic concrete at early age, Cracks due to temperature
and shrinkage, restrain induced cracks, Cracks due to loading. Needs for crackwidth control.
(ii) Moment- curvature relationship, deflection control of beams and one way slabs. (no numerical
calculations) (2)
42
SECTION B
(Two questions of 20 marks are to be answered out of Three questions of 20 marks each to be set on Units
V and VI)
Unit – V (with WSM)

10. Design of circular water tank with roof slab/ dome resting on ground by Approximate methods/ IS
code method. (4)
11. Design of rectangular water tank with one-way roof slab resting on ground by approximate method/ IS
code method. (4)
12. Design of prestressed slab/ rectangular beam. (2)
Unit- VI (with LSM)

13. Design of one-way, simply supported, single span and cantilever slabs, and continuos slab/ beam with
IS coefficients. (4)
14. Design of rectangular pad / slopped footing for axial load. (3)
15. Design of Dog-legged and Open Well Staircases (4)
PRACTICALS
Practical shall consist of minimum Four design assignments with detailed drawing on A-2 size sheets and
detailed calculations in journal.
i) Circular water tank with roof slab/dome resting on ground.
ii) Rectangular water tank with one-way roof slab resting on ground.
iii) Single span prestressed concrete rectangular beam, slab.
iv) One-way slab, continuous slab.
v) Rectangular pad / slopped footing.
vi) Dog- legged / Open well staircase.
vii) One field visit and its report in the journal.
6CE03 : GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING-II (3L+1T)

SECTION-A
Unit-I:
GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION:
Importance and objectives of field exploration, principal methods of subsurface exploration, open pits &
shafts, types of boring, number, location and depth of boring for different structures, type of soil samples &
samplers. Principles of design of samplers, collection & shipment of samples, boring and sampling record.
Standard penetration test, corrections to N-values & correlation for obtaining design soil parameters. (6)
Unit-II:
STABILITY OF SLOPES:
Causes and types of slope failure, stability analysis of infinite slopes and finite slopes ,φcenter of critical slip
circle, slices method for homogeneous c-φ soil slopes with pore pressure consideration. Taylor’s stability
numbers &stability charts, methods of improving stability of slopes, types, selection and design of graded
filters.(7)
Unit-III:
LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE:
Earth pressure at rest, active & passive pressure, General & local states of plastic equilibrium in soil.
Rankine’s and Coulomb’s theories for earth pressure. Effects of surcharge, submergence. Rebhann’s criteria
for active earth pressure. Graphical construction by Poncelet and Culman for simple cases of wall-soil system
for active pressure condition. (8)
43
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV:
GROUND IMPROVEMENT:
Methods of soil stabilization use of admixtures (lime, cement, flyash) in stabilization. Basic concepts of
reinforced earth, use of geosynthetic materials Salient features, function and applications of various
geosynthetic materials. Vibroflotation, sand drain installation, pre-loading. (5)
UNIT-V
SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS:
Bearing capacity of soils: Terzaghi’s theory, its validity and limitations, bearing capacity factors, types
ofshear failure in foundation soil, effect of water table on bearing capacity, correction factors for shape and
depth of footings. Bearing capacity estimation from N-value, factors affecting bearing capacity,
presumptive bearing capacity.
Settlement of shallow foundation: causes of settlement, elastic and consolidation settlement, differential
settlement, control of excessive settlement. Proportioning the footings for equal settlement. Plate load test:
Procedure, interpretation for bearing capacity and settlement prediction. (8)
UNIT-VI
PILE FOUNDATION:
Classification of piles, constructional features of cast-in-situ & pre cast concrete piles. Pile driving methods,
effect of pile driving on ground. Load transfer mechanism of axially loaded piles. Pile capacity by static
formula & dynamic formulae, pile load test and interpretation of data ,group action in piles, spacing of piles in
groups, group efficiency, overlapping of stresses. settlement of pile group by simple approach, negative skin
friction and its effect on pile capacity ,general feature of under reamed piles. _ (8)
Books:
1) Arora K.R : Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering.
2) Punmia B C : Soil Mechanics & Foundations
3) Gopal Ranjan & Rao : Basic & Applied Soil Mechanics
4) P Raj : Geotechnical Engineer
6CE-04 FLUID MECHANICS-II (3L+1T+2P)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. LAMINAR FLOW:(03)
Steady uniform laminar flow in circular pipes; Velocity and shear stress distribution; Hagen-Poiseuille
equation.
2. BOUNDARY LAYER THEORY: (04)
Nominal thickness, displacement thickness, momentum thickness of the boundary layer: Boundary
layer along a long thin plate and it’s characteristics; Laminar boundary layer; turbulent boundary layer;
laminar sublayer: Separation of boundary layer on plane and curved surfaces.
3. REAL,INCOMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOW AROUND IMMERSED BODIES: (04)
In general definition of drag and lift; Flow past plates, cylinders and spheres; drag on sphere, cylinder
and flat plate.
44
UNIT-II
4. FLOW THROUGH PIPES: (10)

Hydraulically smooth and rough pipes; Frictional resistance to flow of fluid in smooth and rough
pipes; Nikurade’s experiment; Moody’s chart; Darcy-Weisbach & Hazen- William’s equation for
frictional head loss; Hydraulic gradient and energy gradient: Pipes in series and parallel; Branched
pipes; Siphon; transmission of power through pipes; Hardy-Cross method of pipe networks;
Waterhammer pressure head due to sudden closure of valve.
UNIT-III
5. FLOW THROUGH OPEN CHANNEL:

(A) GENERAL: (01)
Types of channel and their geometrical properties; Types of flow in open channel
(B) UNIFORM FLOW: (05)

Chezy’s and Manning’s equations;Hydraulically most efficient rectangular, triangular and trapeziodal
sections; Computations of normal depth of flow ,conveyance of channel,section factor for uniform flow,
normal slope and normal discharge.
(C) CRITICAL FLOW:(04)
Specific enery and it’s diagram;alternate depths;Computations of critical depth, section factor for critical
flow ,critical slope ;normal critical slope;Specific force and it’s diagram;Conditions of critical flow.
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
(A) APPLICATIONS OF SPECIFIC ENERY ,GRADUAL TRANSITIONS OF

CHANNELS.(02)
(B) GRADUALLY VARIED FLOW: (05)

Dynamic equation for GVF; Classification and characteristics of surface profiles; Direct Step method of
computing profile length.
(C) RAPIDLY VARIED FLOW : (03)

Defination of hydraulic jump; Equation of hydraulic jump in horizontal rectangular channel; Length &
heigth of jump; Energy loss in jump; Classifications of jump.
UNIT-V
6. HYDRAULIC MODELS: (05)

Difference between model and prototype;Similitude- type of similarities; Model laws- Reynolds model law
and Froude model law; Types of model- distorted, undistorted; Froude’s method of determining resistance
to partially submerged objects like ship.
7. FLUID MACHINERY:
(A) Impact of Jet stationary and moving curved vanes.(02)
(B) TURBINES: (03)
Definition: Gross and net heads; different efficiencies; Classification of turbines;component parts and
working principles;selection of turbines on the basis of head and specific speed.
45
UNIT-VI
8. Centrifugal and Reciprocating Pumps
(A) CENTRIFUGAL PUMP: (06)
Component parts; Working principle; Static and manometric heads;different efficiencies; Specific speed;
Theoretical aspects of multistage pump, pump in parallel; Priming devices; Trouble & remedies; Main &
operating characteristics curves.Selection on basis of operating characteristics.
RECIPROCATING PUMPS: (03)

Components parts, Working principle, Work done of single & double acting pumps;Negative slip, Air
vessels – Working principle and necessity.
6CE-04 FLUID MECHANICS-II (3L+1T+2P)
PRACTICALS:
Minimum TEN practicals, from the list given below shall be performed:
1. Study of flow around immersed bodies.

2. Determination of Darcy-Weisbach friction factor for given pipes.
3. Determination of Manning’s or Chezy’s constant for an open channel.
4. Developing specific energy diagram for a rectangular channel.
5. Study of GVF profiles.
6. Study of hydraulic jump in a horizontal rectangular channel.
7. Study and performance of Francis turbine.
8. Study and performance of Pelton Wheel turbine.
9. Study and performance of Centrifugal pump.
10. Study and performance of Reciprocating pump.
11. Design problem on pipe network analysis.
Recommended books:
1. Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics- Dr.Modi & Dr. Seth

2. Fluid Mechanics-Streeter & Wylie
3. Fluid Mechanics- Dr. A.K.Jain
4. Fluid Mechanics through problems- Garde
5. Theory and applications of Fluid Mechanics- K. Subramanya
6. Foundation of Fluid Mechanics-Yuan
7. Flow through open channel – K.G.Rangaraju.
46
6CE05/ 6ST06 COMPUTER APPLICATION IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
(3L + 1T + 4P)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I Introduction
C-Fundamentals,CHARACTER SET data type constants and variables, Declaration of constants &
variables, Expression, Statements, Symbolic constants. Operator and Expression, Arithmetic operator
Unary operator, Relational and Logical operator, Assignment operators, the conditional operator, Library
functions. Data Input & output Interactive programming preparing & running a complete simple program.
UNIT-II Control Statements

Control statement, the WHILE statements, do-while, for nested loop, if-else, switch break, continue, goto
statement, comma operator.
UNIT-III Advance Topics

Functions, storage class, Arrays, Pointers, structures and Unions, Data files, File Handling, Link list.
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
1. Fundamental of Numerical Methods, Interpolation & extrapolation. Numerical Integration
(Simpson’s method, Trapezoidal method, Newton Gauss quadrature method), Interactive Computer
Program Development
UNIT-V
2. Solution of linear Algebraic Equations, Gauss elimination, Cholesky method), solution errors.
Interactive Computer Program Development
UNIT-VI
3. Solution of non Linear Equations (Newton Raphson schemes), Initial & Two point boundary value
problem, Euler's, Runge-kutta, Milne's etc, Interactive Computer Program Development
Practical : Minimum Sixteen Computer program development min. one from each of the following field
using FORTRAN-95 / C language . Atleast two programs on mixed language i.e. using both FORTRAN95
and C and four programs in any one language. It is recommended to have atleast four programs based on
Numericals methods in either Fortran or C and Two assignments in application software’s such as spread
sheets, database management programs etc.
1. Engineering Mechanics
2. Strength of Material
3. Transportation Engineering
4. Geotechnical Engineering
5. Hydraulic Engineering
6. Irrigation and Water Resource Engineering
7. Surveying
8. Estimating and Costing
9. Structural Analysis
10. Structural Design
11. Environmental Engineering
12. Matrix algebra, Solution Techniques
13. Numerical Integration
14. Table generation from IS:456
15. Earthquake force calculation on structures as per IS:1893
47
References:
1. Schildt, ‘The complete reference C’

2. Balagurusamy ,‘Programming with C ‘
3. Ramkumar ,‘Programming with C ‘
4. Gottfried,‘Programming with C ‘
5. Rajaraman ,‘Programming with Fortran 90/95 ‘
6. Digital Fortran Manual
7. Lahey’s Fortran Manual
6CE06 TECHNICAL WRITING (3P)
1. Reading strategies : Practice in various reading techniques, skimming, scanning , eye reading etc.
Active and passive reading and interpreting charts and diagrams - Need and role of reading in
technical/Industrial organization.
2. Return Communication : Introduction to technical writing - Discourse writing : Definition ,Description

. Instructions - Summary writing - cohesive paragraphs.
3. Business Communication : Business correspondence - format , tone and massage of business letters -
prospective / point of view in purposive writing - sales letters.
4. Listening & language developments : Barriers to listening : Physical and psychological - steps to
overcome them - listening with a propose - active listening and anticipating the speaker - precise in
note - taking - steps to improve speaker's contribution.
5. Successful speaking techniques : How to improve self - expression - Need for clear thinking - The
speech process - Fluency and Accuracy in speech - Developing persuasive speaking skills - Goal
oriented group discussion - Formal and public speaking practice.
REFERENCES:
1. Alan Maley and Sandra Moulding , Learning to listen - Task for developing listening skills ,
Cambridge University Press , 1981.
2. Deborah C. Andrews, Margaret D. Blickle, Technical writing : Principle and forms , Macmillan 1978.
3. Eric H. Glendinning and Beverly Holmstrom, Study reading - A course in reading for academic
purpose, Cambridge University Press 1992.
4. John Kirkman , Good style - Writing for Science and Technology, E and FN spon , an imprint of
chapman anf Hall 1992.
5. List hamplyoms , Benheasley, Study writing , Cambridge University Press , 1987.
6. Louis Trimple, English for Science and technology - A discourse approach , Cambridge University
Press 1985.
7. Patric Hanks , Gim Corbett, Business listening tasks, Cambridge University Press 1986.
8. Sharon Bower, Painless/speaking, Thorsons 1990.
9. Stewart Zimmer and Camp., College English and communication , Macraw Hill, 1987.
10. Tom Hutchinson , Alan Waters , English for specific purpose, Cambridge University Press 1987.
48
VII Semester B.E.(Civil)
7CE01/7ST01 Structural Analysis-III (4L + 1 T + 2 P)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. Basic concept, Degree of Freedom,Basic concept of Direct Stiffness Method. Formulation of elemental/local
stiffness matrix and global stiffness matrix for plain truss. Transformation Matrix, Assembly of Global /
Structure stiffness matrix up to (8x8). Member load matrix, Assembly of Global / Structure load matrix
,Solution to problems with maximum degree of freedom four.
UNIT-II
2. Formulation of element / local stiffness matrix and global stiffness matrix for Beam members (without axial
deformations) for continuous beams,Transformation matrix Assembly of global / structure stiffness matrix,
Member load matrix due to concentrated loads, uniformly distributed Loads ,Moments Assembly of global/
structure load matrix up to (8x8) Solution to problems with maximum degree of freedom four.
UNIT-III
3. Formulation of element / local stiffness matrix and global stiffness matrix for Plane Frame member (With axial
deformation), Transformation Matrix, Assembly of global / structure stiffness matrix, Member load matrix due
to concentrated loads, uniformly distributed Loads , moments, Assembly of global/ structure load matrix.
Solution to plane frame problems with maximum degree of freedom six, Inclined member problems.
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
4. Formulation of element / local stiffness matrix and global stiffness matrix for Plane Grid transformation
Matrix, Assembly of global / structure stiffness matrix, Member load matrix due to concentrated loads,
uniformly distributed Loads , moments, Assembly of global/ structure load matrix. Solution to problems with
maximum degree of freedom six.
UNIT-V
5. Analysis of Member for temperature loading, initial joint displacement (sinking of support), lack of fit in
trusses, trusses with inclined roller, storing of global / structure stiffness Matrix, full storage, banded storage,
band Mininisation
UNIT-VI
6. Introduction to finite Element method, basic concepts, discretisation of structure, Rayleigh Ritz member for bar
elements (prismatic/ Non- prismatic) Displacement based Bar elements (prismatic/ Non- prismatic) and Bean
elements (prismatic), Load Matrix for body forces.
Note: There shall be one question with 4 DOF & rest with 3DOF.
PRACTICAL:
Minimum Eight Problems, on complete syllabus with hand calculations using scientific calculators and also solution
to same problems by using available readymade software. (Solution is restricted to four degree of freedom problems
and assembly restricted to eight degree of freedom problems)
BOOKS:
1. Matrix Method of Structural Analysis - Gere and Weaver
2. Computer Analysis of Structures - Beaufait, Rowen, Headly et al
3. Computer Analysis of Structures - Flemmings
4. Computational Structural Mechanics, S Rajasekaran & G Sankarasubramanian
5. Finite Element Method – R D Cook
49
7CE02/7ST02 ADVANCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES (3L+1T+4P/D)
SECTION A
( Three question of 13/14 marks are to be answered out of Five questions of 13 marks-one question of 14
marks – to be set on Units I to III )
Unit – I
1. Limit state of collapse in flexure : Analysis and design of doubly reinforced rectangular, Tee and L-
sections. (4)
2. Limit state of collapse in torsion : Concept of interaction of torsion, shear and flexure. Analysis and
design of rectangular section for torsion, shear and flexure. (3)
3. Limit state of serviceability : Deflection calculations for beams and one-way slabs. (3)
Unit – II
4. Analysis and design of columns subjected to biaxial moments. Design of long columns. (5)
5. Design of Isolated footing , for uniaxial and Biaxial bending. For Square , Rectangular & Circular.
(5)
Unit – III
6. Moment redistribution :Analysis and Design of fixed beam, propped cantilever, two-span symmetric
continuous beam. (10)
SECTION B
(Two question of 20 marks are to be answered out of Three questions of 20 marks each to be set on Units
IV and V )
Unit-IV (with LSM)

7. Analysis and design of portal frames ( single bay single storey) hinged or fixed at base. Design of
hinge and design of foundation. (5)
8. Design of combined footing (10)
i) Rectangular footing.
ii) Strap beam footing.
iii) Trapezoidal footing.
iv) Raft footing.
Unit – V ( with LSM )

9. Design of RCC Two way slab with various end conditions using with IS Code coeff.
(5)
10. Design of R.C.C. Cantilever and counterfort Retaining wall (10)
PRACTICALS
Practical work shall consist of
1. Design assignments with detailed drawing on A-2 size sheets and detailed calculations in journal.
i) Two way slab with various end conditions.
ii) Cantilever/ Counterfort retaining wall.
iii) Combined footing.
iv) Portal frame.
2. One field visit & its report in journal.
50
7CE03 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING (3L+1T+2P)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. GENERAL: (03)
Necessity and importance of Irrigation Engineering;Benefits & ill effects of Irrigation;Classification of
Irrigation;General principles of flow,lift,perennial, inundation Irrigation systems;Comparative study of
sprinkler and drip Irrigation systems.
2. WATER REQUIREMENTOF CROPS: (07)
Suitability of soils for Irrigation ;Standards of irrigation water;PET-R method of crop water
requirements;Depth and frequency of irrigation;definations of field capacity,wilting point, available
moisture,duty,delta,GCA,CCA,kor depth,base period,outlet factor ,capacity factor,time factor,root zone
depth: Relation between duty and delta; Factors affecting duty; Principal crops in India;Crop
rotation;Methods of assesssment of irrigation water .
UNIT-II
3. RESERVOIR PLANNING: (06)
Selection of site for Reservoirs; Enginering surveys,Geological and Hydrological Investigations;Fixing of
LWL,FTL,TBL,HFL;Different storage zones in reservoir; Determination of storage capacity by mass
curve method; Reservoir sedimentation; Life estimation of reservoir by Brune’s method; Organisation &
Administration of Irrigation projects.
4. DAMS:
(A) GENERAL: (01)
Classification of dams as per use , hydraulic design and materials; Factors governing selection of type of
dams.
UNIT-III
(B) GRAVITY DAM: (06)
Definition; forces acting on gravity dam; stability requirements; Theoretical & practical profile of gravity
dam; Low & High dam;Galleries.
(C) EARTHEN DAMS: (06)
Types of earthen dam; Description of component parts of earthen dams-foundation, cut off trench,rock toe,
hearting, central impervious core, pitching and chipping, turfing; Seepage through body of earthen dam and
drainage arrengements; Failure Of earthen dams; Plotting of phreatic line for homogeneous earthen dams
with horizontal filters ; Stability of foundation against shear.
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
5. SPILLWAYS: (05)
Types of spillway with their working operations; General principle of design of ogee spillway; Spillway
gates- vertical lift, radial , rolling and drum; Energy dissipation methods d/s of spillways.
6. DIVERSION HEAD WORKS: (07)

Component parts of diversion headworks – Fish ladder ,guide wall, devide all, silt excluder and silt ejector;
Causes of failure of weirs on permeable foundation; Bligh’s Creep theory; dr. Khosla’s theory for design of
wiers on permeable foundations.
51
UNIT-V
7. CANALS:
(A) GENERAL: (02)
Types of canal; Alignments of canal; Cross section of Irrigation canals; Balancing depth; Schedule of area
statistics; Losses in canals
(B) CANALS IN ALLUVIAL SOILS: (05)
Kennedy’s silt theory – Design procedure ,silt supporting capacity, drawbacks; Lacey’s silt theory-
Definition of initial final and permenent regime channels, Lacey’s Regime equation, channel design
procedure, drawbacks; Garret’s diagram for channel design.
(C) LINED CANALS: (03)
Design procedure; Types of lining; relative merits and demerits of canal lining;
Economics of canal lining.
UNIT-VI
8. CANAL STRUCTURES:
(A) CANAL REGULATION WORKS: (03)
Only theoretical aspects of location, objects, classification ,components and schematic section of Head
Regulator, Cross regulators, canal escapes, Canal falls and canal outlets.
(B) CROSS DRAINAGE WORKS : (02)
Only theoretical aspects of location , objects, classfication, components and schematic section of aqueducts,
siphon aqueducts, super passege, canal siphon, inlets outlets and level crossings.
9. WATER LOGGING AND LAND DRAINAGE: (03)

Causes, effects, preventive measures of water logging, Types of drains, Layout of tile drains system; flow
of ground water to drains.
10. RIVER TRAINING WORKS: (02)

Defination; Classification; theoretical aspects of river training works like as Guide banks, Groynes and
Spurs, Bank protection.
PRACTICALS:
Following Designs and Drawing should be included (Minimum Five)
1. Reservoir Planning- Capacity of reservoir.

2. Life of Reservoir
3. Gravity Dam – Checking of various modes.
4. Earthen Dam – Phreatic Line , checking of foundation against shear
5. Design of canals (Lined and Unlined)
6. Design of Lift Irrigation Scheme.
7. Drawing of various canal structures.
8. Site visit to irrigation project – Detail report should be submitted.
Recommended Books:
1. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures- Santosh Kumar Garg
2. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures- S.R. Sahastrabudhe
3. Irrigation Engineering and Water Power Engineering- B.C. Punmia
4. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures- K.R.Arora
5. Irrigation Engineering- N.N. Basak
6. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures-R.K.Sharma
7. Irrigation Engineering- G.L. Asawa
8. Water Resource Engineering Principles and Practice-C.S. Murty
9. Water Resources and Irrigation Engineering- P.N. Modi
52
7CE04 MAINTENANCE AND REHABILETATION OF CIVIL
ENGINEERING STRUCTURES (3L+1T)
SECTION-A
UNIT – I
1. INTRODUCTION :-
Deterioration of structures. Definition of maintenance, Need for maintenance of different Civil
Engineering structures. Maintenance characteristics that influence maintenance needs. A study of the
cause of neglect and poor maintenance of structure. Measure of maintenance. [3]
2. CLASSIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE WORK :-

Servicing, rectification, replacement, planned, unplanned, preventive, corrective, predictable and
avoidable maintenance works. Renovation and Rehabilitation. [3]
3. COMMON MAINTENANCE PROBLEMS :-

Relating to various Civil Engineering Structures and systems. Technology of maintenance. Area prone
to frequent maintenance. Causes that aggravate maintenance work like high rise buildings. Special
construction methods, new materials, difficult accessibility, Environment etc. [4]
UNIT – II
4. FACTORS AFFECTING INCIDENCE AND MAGNITUDE OF MAINTENANCE WORK :-
Over loading, movement of grounds, temperature variations, moisture leakages and dampness, chemical
actions and corrosion, growth of trees, earthquake, flood and fire, riots and vandalism. Design defects.
Defects in construction and use of materials, choice of materials for durability and maintainability.
Design, expose and other factors effecting durability, precautions to increase durability. [5]
5. Inspection, Identification and diagnosis of Common defects and failures with possible causes
inbuildings, Roads, Bridges, Railway Tracks, Canals and C.D.Works, Tunnels and Special Structures
like Service Reservoirs, Water Supply, Sewerage, Storm water Drains, [5]
UNIT – III
5. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE :-
General - Site selection, choice of structural systems and materials, specifications & detailing.
Buildings Special attention to foundations, wells, roofs, terraces, floors, doors and windows, plinth,
compound walls,
expansion joints stair cases to improve maintainability. Pumping and sanitary works. Termite control.
External finishes. Roads Stabilization techniques, compaction and drainage, slope protection, joints in
C.C. Pavements, Routine and service maintenance. Bridges and C.D. Works Repairs, strengthening and
rehabilitation. Service life and expected Road carrying capacity. Service and Stability requirements.Future
service requirements, loads, fatigue, creep. [10]
53
SECTION-B
UNIT – IV
6. MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES FOR MAINTENANCE :-

Materials for repairs like cement, cement grouts, epoxy grouts, mortars and coatings, polymer concrete
composites, sealants, membrane overlays, fiber reinforcement concrete, Resin based compounds,
emulsions and paints, geotextiles. Techniques like stiffening, linings, guniting, protection systems,
prestressing, Post-tensioning and base isolation technology. Temporary supporting systems for Structures
like timbering, shoring etc. [5]
7. ECONOMICS OF MAINTENANCE :-
The burden of maintenance work, complexity of the work and the conflicting interests involved.
Various economic factors that affect maintenance work. Initial and user costs. Impact of inflation on
maintenance. Life of structures : Structural life and economic life. Basics of life cycle costing
Techniques. [5]
UNIT - V
8. MAINTENANCE PLANNING :-
The deeper significance of maintenance as opposed to cosmetic treatments. Broad action plan,
planning, Budgeting and controlling the cost of maintenance work. Policy formulation, standards of
maintenance, Controlling Cost. Planned maintenance. Inspection cycles and condition surveys.
Investigations for assessing condition of structures including non-destructive evaluation
techniques like proof load test, photogrammetric analysis, asets and optelectric motion analysis,
bovescopes, fiber-optic probes, chain-dragging, acoustic emission and ultrasonic techniques, infrared
thermography, high-speed non-contact sensors, sonar and sound penetrating radar techniques.
Reliability rating. Maintenance cost records. Maintenance manuals, their function. contents and
types. Difficulties in the way of planned maintenance. [10]
UNIT - VI
9. MAINTENANCE ORIENTED DESIGNS :-
Design and its relation to maintenance. Relation ship between initial, maintenance and running costs.
Cost appraisal techniques. Consideration of maintenance at design stage. Design needs. Importance of
feed back. Feed back systems. Information gathering, the design data communication. Interaction
amongst designers, contractors. Uses maintenance and researchers. Maintainability, role of design
professional. [4]
10. MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT :-

Need for data. Data relationship of the data base system to management process. Cost data bases and
management. Uses of data base. Problems in data collection and use. Setting criteria from data
collected, operational assessment. [3]
11. RESEARCH INTO MAINTENANCE :-

Importance of research. Areas of research including materials, techniques, field equipment and tools
for investigation, repairs and monitoring non-destructive evaluation techniques.[3]
54
SELECT REFERENCE BOOKS:-
1. Building maintenance by Ivor H. Seeley; The Macmillan Press Ltd.

2. Facilities Maintenance and Repair of damaged structures by Karper. A. Compilation of technical
papers issued by maharastra – India Chapter of American Concrete Institute.
3. Building Maintenance Economics and Management, Edited by Alan Speeding, E. & F.
N. Spon, London.
4. Proceeding of the All India Seminar on Maintenance of Civil Engineering Structures and
systems, Nagpur.
5. Common Building Defects, Diagnosis and Remedy, compiled by National Building Agency,
Construction Press, London and New York.
6. Learning from Failures, Deficiencies in Design. Construction and Service, by R. N. Raikar,
Structural Designers and Consultants Pvt. Ltd., New Bombay
7. I.R.C / B.I.S / C.B.R.I. Publications.
7CE05 Elective-I OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++

(3 L+1T)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. Program Design
Introduction to Problem Definition, Modular Program Design, Program Composition, Comments, Statements,
Flow Control, Functions, Modules, Dynamic Memory Management, Program evaluation and testing, Program
documentation, Object Oriented Formulations
Data Types :Intrinsic Types, User Defined Data Types, Abstract Data Types.
UNIT-II
2. Object Oriented Programming Concepts
Introduction, Encapsulation, Inheritance, and Polymorphism, Object Oriented Numerical Calculations, Operator
Overloading
Features of Programming Languages : Comments, Statements and Expressions, Flow Control, Explicit Loops,
Implied Loops, Conditionals, Subprograms, Functions, Global Variables, Exception Controls. Interface Prototype.
Characters and Strings, User Defined Data Types, Overloading Operators, User Defined Operators, Pointers and
Targets, Pointer Type Declaration, Pointer Assignment, Using Pointers in Expressions Pointers and Linked Lists ,
Accessing External Source Files and Functions, Procedural Applications .
UNIT-III
3. Object Oriented Methods : Inheritance and Polymorphism
Introduction,, Example Applications of Inheritance, Polymorphism
55
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
4. OO Data Structures
Data Structures , Stacks , Queues, Linked Lists, Linked Lists, File, Direct (Random) Access Files
UNIT-V
5. Arrays and Matrices
Subscripted Variables: Arrays , Initializing Array Elements , Intrinsic Array Functions, User Defined Operators,
Computation with Matrices, multi-file programmes
UNIT-VI
6. Advanced Topics : Templates, Virtual functions, Exceptions
Reference:
Robart Lofare ‘Object Oriented C++”
Robart Lafore,’ OOP in Turbo C++’
Balagurusamy, ‘ OOP with C++’
Prata,’ C++ Primer Plus’
N Barkakati,’ OOP in C++’
7CE05 - Elective – I Traffic Engineering

(3 L+1T)
SECTION-A
Unit – I
General Road,Road user & Road Vehicle Characteristics Traffic on Indian Roads.Traffic Surveys:Speed,
journey time and delay studies, methods of measurement of spot speed headways gaps volume/
capacity surveys speed, volume- density interrelations, measurements of running and journey speeds
Origin- Destination surveys necessity, survey methods sample size, data analysis &
Presentation, Highway capacity, level of service concepts .(10)
Unit - II
Traffic Events: Statistical methods for interpretation Regression application of Binomial,
Normal Poission distributions, Discrete and continuous distribution to traffic flow, Test of
significance - Chisquare &`T' test. (4)
Unit - III
Road Geometry’s: Hierarchy of urban roads and their standards Diverging, merging crossing
weaving manourver`s, conflict points, types of road junctions channelization of traffic flow,
traffic rotary design Grade separated inter-sections, Drive ways, design of pedestrian facilities Design
criteria for separate cycle track, Exclusive Bus lane. (12)
SECTION-B
Unit - IV
Traffic Control:Traffic signs, road markings, traffic signals, design of signalized intersections &
signaling systems, queing Theory, Traffic control aids, and street furniture.(10)
56
Unit - V
Traffic Safety:Driver error, vehicle & road surface Laws and enforcement traffic accident conditions
in India Collection and interpretation of accident data and recording in Std. from skidding
sped and weather effects on accidents, Analysis of Accidents. Pedestration cyclists & auto
vehicle drivers safety. Traffic regulation 3R and 5E`s of traffic management. (8)
Enforcement and Education: Motor Vehicle act and Rules, Education, Need and Methods, Air pollution &
Noise Pollution by Traffic .(2)
Unit - VI
Parking:Parking surveys, on and off street parking & parking systems, parking demand, design
of off-street parking lot, underground & Multistoried parking. (4)
Urban Traffic:Urban transportation problems and Analysis of characteristics of mixedtraffic flow,
head and administrative set up of traffic colls at various levels,co-ordination with other transport modes,
traffic organisation. General principles of urban transport planning in context to India cities(specially
metropolitan).(8)
7CE05 ELECTIVE –I
ADVANCED HYDRAULICS (3L+ 1T)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. Computation of uniform flow. Computation of critical flow. (04)
2. Theory of gradually varied flow. Analysis of surface profile of gradually varied flow. (05)
UNIT-II
3 Computation of gradually varied flow, Bresse’s method, Chew’s method, Direct step method,
standard step method. (10)
UNIT-III
4. Theory of Hydraulic jump, Location of hydraulic jump, application of hydraulic jump in design of
hydraulic jump type stilling basin with horizontal apron (10)
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
5. Equation of unsteady flow in a pipe line for incompressible fluid. Time of flow establishment. Rigid
water column theory of water hammer and computation of water hammer pressures. (10)
UNIT-V
6.Equation describing water hammer phenomena when compressibility of fluid and elasticity of pipe is
considered, computation of water hammer pressure of frictionless flow in horizontal pipe, for sudden and
slow closer of valve, Application of allievi’s method and charts approximate pressures. Water hammer
pressures in pumping systems. Method characteristics. (08)
7. Computation of water hammer pressures in branched pipe system and in surge tank system. Various
devices, used for protection from water hammer pressures. (03)
UNIT-VI
8. Function of surge tank and different type of surge tanks. Equations governing the flow in the simple
surge tank system. Analysis of flow in a simple surge tank system. Computation of maximum surges in a
simple surge tank, study of problem of hydraulc stability in a simple surge tank system. (10).
57
Recommended books:
1.Flow through open channels - K.G.Ranga Raju
2.Open channel hydraulics - Ven Te Chow
3.Flow in open channels - K.Subramanya
4.Fluid mechanics - Streeter & Wylie
5.Fluid mechanics for Engineers - P.N.Chatterjee
7CE05 : ELECTIVE-I: SOIL DYNAMICS (3L+1T)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I:
1. Elastic properties of soils, applicability of Hooke's law to soils, elastic constants of soil and their
determination. Coefficient of elastic uniform compression and shear; cyclic plate load test. (6)
UNIT-II:
2. Theory of vibration, degree of freedom, theory of free & forced vibrations, natural frequency,
resonance, effect of soil inertia on forced vertical vibration of foundation, methods/approaches of
determining dynamic characteristics of soil-foundation systems :empirical method, Pauw method,
Balkrishna-Nagraj approach, Richert's elastic half space approach. (9)
UNIT-III:
3. Strength & deformation characteristics of soil under dynamic loads, liquefaction in soil, criteria of
liquefaction field and laboratory assessment of liquefaction. (6)
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV:
4. Residual soil settlement under dynamic loads, damping property of soil, effects of vibration on
internal friction, cohesion, viscosity, prosity & permeability; vibroviscous soil resistance. (6)
UNIT-V
5. Earthquakes, earthquake effects on soil-foundation system ,types of waves & their characteristics
,response spectrums, seismic forces and damage potential indices. (4)
6. Propagation of elastic waves in isotropic material, application to dynamic problems ,energy
transmission from machine foundation in elastic half space. (4)
UNIT-VI:
7. Machine foundation: Special features, resonant frequency of block foundation, permissible
amplitudes. Analysis & design of single engine reciprocating machine foundation, methods of
decreasing vibrations of foundation. (7)
Books :
1. Shamsher Prakash: Soil Dynamics.

2. Barkan, D.D: Dynamics of Bases & Foundation
3. Richarts,Hall & Woodes: Vibrations of soils & Foundations.
4. Winterkom H.F. and Fang H:Foundation Engineering handbook
58
7CE05:ELECTIVE – I: AIR POLLUTION AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
SECTION - A (3 L+1T)
Unit - I
1. Introduction to air pollution : Definition, air pollution episodes, atmosphere and its zones. (4)
2. Classification and sources of air pollutants (2)
3. Effects of air pollutants on man, plants animal & materials (3)
Unit – II
4. Meteorolgy and air pollution : Primary and secondary parameters, atmospheric stability, plume
behaviour. (5)
5. Air sampling and measurement: ambient air samplingand stack sampling, colllection of particulate
and gaseous pollutants, methods of estimation. (6)
Unit – III
6. Air pollution control methods and equipments: Principle of controll methods particulates and gaseous
pollutants, gravity settlers, electrostatic precipitators, bag filters cyclones, wet scrubbers (6)
7. Automobile exhaust: Pollution due to disel and petrol engines, exhaust treatment and abatement. (3
8. Noise Pollution: Sources, ill effects, control measures. (1)
SECTION - B
Unit IV
9. Introduction to solid waste management. (2)
10. Sources, quantity and quality: Sources of solid waste, classification and componenets,
physical and chemical characteristics, per capita, sampling and analysis. (8)
Unit V
11. Collection and transportation of solid waste: method of collection,equipment used for collection and
transportation, transfer stations. (7)
12. Solid waste processing: methods of processing, choice of methods, merits and demerits of various
methods. (3)
UNIT-VI
13. Composting of waste:method of composting,factors affecting composting (4)
14. Sanitary land filling: site requirements,methods,leachate management. (4)
15. Inceneration: Principles of incineration, types of incinerators, advantages and disadvantages. (2)
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. M.N.Rao & H.V.N.Rao, "Air Pollution", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. C.S.Rao,"Enviromental Pollution Control Engineering, Wiley Estern Ltd. New Delhi.
3. Stern A.C.,"Air pollution" Vol I to X
4. A. D.Bhide & Sunderesan B.B.,"Solid Waste Management in Developing countries, INSDOC, New
Delhi.
5. Tchobanoglous, "Integrated Solid Waste Management Engineering Principle and Management
Issues.
6. K.V.S.G. Murlikrishna “Air Pollution “ JTNU, Kakinada
59
7C05 Elective – I: ADVANCED RCC DESIGN (3L+1T)
SECTION A
Unit – I
1. Design of overhead circular service reservoirs. Analysis of staging by cantilever method. Analysis and
design for earthquake as per relevant IS codes. Design of foundation- Annular raft, Full raft. (10)
Unit –II
2. Design of highway bridges with IRC loading and equivalent UDL. Slab type, Two/Three girder type.
(10)
SECTION B
Unit –III
3. Design of building frames upto two bay/two storey, including design of foundation.Using Limit state
Method. (10)
Unit – IV
4. Design of cylindrical shells by beam theory, advantages, assumptions, ranges of validity and beam
analysis. Design of shells with or without edge bems. (10)
7CE06 : Industrial Case study (2P)
The student is expected to prepare Mini project report on the basis of data collected in summer training of 3
/ 4 Weeks and submit detailed report .
7CE 07 : PROJECT AND SEMINAR (3P)
This includes preparation of preliminaries for the project work to be under taken in 8th Semester.
1. Finalising the title of the Project .
2. Literature Survey
3. Collection of Datas
4. Scope of the project
Each group shall deliver seminar on the work done during the semester. In addition student will deliver
one more seminar on the topic finalised by him with the consent of his guide.
60
SEMESTER – VIII
8CE01 : ESTIMATING & COSTING (3L+1T+4P)
SECTION - A
Unit I
1. General :Importance of the subject, purpose of quantity estimates, Mode and Unit of measurement
as per I.S.1200. Methods and Stages of estimates. Item of a work and Description of an item of
work, Approximate estimation of Civil Engineering Works [5]
2. Proposal and Development of Project, Nature of contract between owner and Architect / Engineer,
Duties and liabilities of Architect / Engineer, Architect's / Engineer's normal professional services,
Various important terminology required like Work charged establishment, muster roll,
contingencies, centage charges, measurement book, overheads etc. [7]
Unit II
3. Quantity and cost estimates :
a) Methods of detailed estimates, forms used for detailed estimates, Working out the quantities of
various materials required for construction of various Civil Engineering works, Building,
Culverts, Hydraulic Structures, Water supply and Sanitary works, road works, retaining
walls, water tanks etc.
b) Earthwork estimates in road ( Including hill roads), canals, mass excavation, mass haul curve
c) Detailed estimates of Steel in RCC works, bar bending Schedule [18]
SECTION - B
Unit III
4. Arranging works : P.W.D. as the construction agency, method of carrying out works, arranging
contract works, pretender and contract planning, tender notice, acceptance of tender, essentials of
contract, type of contracts, conditions of contract, contract documents, various schedules in the
tender document, measurement and payment to contractor, indian contract law, and the [10]
Unit IV
5. Specifications : Purpose and principles of specifications. Writing types of specifications, writing
an developing detailed specifications of Important items. [5]
6. Cost Build up : Purpose and principles, Importance of Schedule of rates (DSR) in Cost Estimate :
Factors affecting analysis of rates, information from National Building Organisation. Task
work, factors afffecting task work. Markets rates, escalation. [5]
Unit V
7. Valuation :- Purpose of valuation, Factors affecting value of property price and cost,
marketvalue, potential value, sentimental value, scrap value, reversionary value etc. Real Estate,
Guild edged securities, Net and Gross return, tenure of land, Valuation of land. Free hold and
lease hold, sinking fund, depreciation, Capitalised value, methods of valuation, differed annuity.
Time-cost relationship, Valuation tables, rent fixation [7]
8. Cost Accounting : Various methods, classification of cost, direct and indirect charges, distribution of
overheads, M.A.S. Account, issue rates and store account. [3]
REFERENCE BOOKS:-
1. Estimation by Dutta
2. Valuation by Roshan Namavati
3.Philosophy of Valuation. – S. S. Rathore.
61
Question paper pattern :-
Section A : One compulsory question on Estimate for 25 marks and one question is to be solved out of
the remaining two questions.
Section B : Three questions are to be solved out of five questions
PRACTICAL :
Term Work : The candidate shall submit 12 experiments in the following :
1. A complete set of contract documents (Including specifications along with a building estimate.
2. Detailed estimates of the following :- (Minimum three)
Load bearing Structure, R.C.C. framed structures, Hydraulic structures, steel structure, culvert,
Watersupply & Sanitary work, road work,Water tank.
3. Rate analysis of 10 major items of building and 3 items of road work
4. Specification of 10 major items of building and 3 items of road work
5. Site Visit to : Study of Schedule of Rates and Comparison with market rates and report by the students.
6. Valuation and rent fixation
7. Earth work of road for 1 km length
8. Detailed estimate wood work of Doors and windows
9. Calculation of reinforcement in RCC with bar bending schedule.
10. Study of IS –1200
11. Expert lecture by legal advisor on various legal aspects of contracts and report by the students.
12. Expert lecture by accountant of Construction Department(Preferably Govt.) on various accounting
methods, materials management etc. and report by the students.
Practical examination shall consist of written test and viva voce based on the syllabus and sessional work.
8CE02 Transportation Engg.- II (3L+1T)

Section - A (Railways)
Unit-I
1. Railways Transportation and its development, Long term operative plans for Indian Railways.
Classification of Railway: lines and their track standards. Railway terminology. Railway
Adminitration & Management.(2)
2. Traction and tractive Resistance, Hauling capacity and Tractive effort of locomotives, Different
Types of Tractions.(2)
Unit -II
3. Permanent Way: Alignment Surveys, Requirement, gaugaes, track section. Coning of wheels,
Stresses in railway track. High speed track.(4)
4. Rail types and functions, selection for rails, Test on rails wear & defects, corrugations and creeps
of rails. Rail joints short and long welded panels, sleepers - function, types, merits and
demerits, sleeper density. Ballast cushion, Ballest section Rail fixtures and fasteners.(4)
5. Geometric design of railway track, Gauge, Gradients speed, super elevation, can deficiency
Negative super elevation, curves, length of transition curves, grade compensations.(3)
6. Points of crossings: Left and right hand turnout ,design calculations for turnout & Crossover,
railway track functions.(4)
Unit – III
7. Station and Yards : Types, functions facilities & equipment.(3)
8. Railway signaling and interlocking: Objects of signaling principles of signaling classification
and types of signals,control and movement of trains, track circuiting.Necessity of
interlocking & methods and mechanical devices.(4)
9. Railway track construction, Inspection & modern, techniques of maintenance.(2)
10. Modern Technology related to track & Tradition, Rolling Stock, Signaling & Controlling.(2)
62
Section – B (Airports)
Unit-IV
1. Development of Air Transportation in India : Comparison with other transportation modes. Aircraft
components and characteristics, Airport site election. Modern aircrafts.(4)
2. Airport obstructions: Zoning Laws, Imaginary surfaces, Approach and Turning Zone, clear zone,
vert. Clearance for Highway & Railway.(2)
3. Runway and taxiway design :Windrose, cross wind component, Runway Orientation and
configuration. Basic runway length and corrections, runway geometric design standards. Taxiway
Layout and geometric design standards. Exit Taxiway.(5)
Unit V
4. Airport layout Airport classification: Terminal Area, Aircraft parking & parking system. Unit
terminal concept, Aprons, Hangers ,International Airports layouts, phase development Helipads ,and
Heliports.(3)
5. Visual Aids: Airport marking and Lighting for runway, Taxiway and other areas.(2)
6. Air traffic control: Need, Network, control aids, Instrumental landing systems ,Advances in Air- traffic
control.(4)
Unit- VI
7. Tunnel alignment Tunnel Surveys, Cross section of Highway & Railway.(2)
8. Tunneling methods in Hard Rock and Soft Grounds, Tunnel linning.(5)
9. Drainage, Ventilation and lighting of tunnels.(1)
10. Advances in Tunneling, Tunnel boring Mechanics, Case studies.(2)
8CE03 Elective-2 Advanced Structural Analysis (4L + 1T)

SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. BEAMS ON ELASTIC FOUNDATIONS Introduction, Case studies, infinite beams on elastic foundation
.Development of Computer program.
2. BEAM CURVED IN PLAN(Statically Determinate Beams Only)
Introduction, circular beam loaded uniformly and supported on symmetrically placed columns, semicircular
Beams,Varandah circular beams.
UNIT-II
3. Advanced MATRIX METHOD OF ANALYSIS FOR PLANE Frames, Analysis of Symmetrical &
Unsymmetrical plane frames, Effect of Shear deformation. Symmetry, Antisymmetry conditions for solving
symmetric frames
UNIT-III
4. MATRIX METHOD OF ANALYSIS FOR PLANE GRIDs Analysis of Symmetrical & Unsymmetrical
plane Grids, space trusses using stiffness approach subjected to member loading (UDL, Conc. Load,
Temperature etc) and Joint loads. Introduction to computer program development. Introduction to MATRIX
METHOD OF ANALYSIS FOR Space Structures frames.
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV
5. INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS : Basic concepts, D’Alemberts Principal, equation of
Motion of the Basic Dynamic System, Effect of Gravitation force, Influence of Support Excitation, Analysis for
Free & Forced Damped/ undamped vibrations for SDOF only, Transmissibility ratio, Response to Harmonic
Loading
63
UNIT-V
6. Response to Periodic loading, Response ti Impulse loading, Numerical methods, Approximate methods for
analysis of impulsive loading, Response to ground dynamic Loading
UNIT-VI
7. Earthquake Analysis of Structures using IS:1893 : Introduction to Earthquake code, Calculations of earthquake
forces on buildings, ESRS, Bridges, Chimneys, retaining Walls using codal coefficient method.
Note : Solution is restricted upto three DOF problems and assembly restricted upto 8 DOF problem.
BOOKS
Matrix Method of Structural Analysis - Gere and Weaver
Computer Analysis of Structures - Beaufait, Rowen, Headly et al
Computer Analysis of Structures - Flemmings
Structural Dynamics- Clough & Penzin
Finite Element Method – R D Cook
Computational Structural Mechanics, S Rajasekaran & G Sankarasubramanian
IS:1893 (Revised)
8CE03 Elective-II PAVEMENT DESIGN (4L+1T)
Unit - I
1. General:
Structural action of flexible and rigid pavements. characteristics of highway anf airfield pavements.
(6)
2. Design Parameters:
Standard Axie load and wheel assemblies for road vehicles. under carriage system for
aircraft, Type and contact pressure, contact area imprints, Computations of ESWL for flexible and
rigid pavements. Load repetitions and distributions of traffic for highway and airfield
pavement, airport traffic areas. (6)
Unit - II
3. Materials Characteristics:
AASHO subgrade soil classification. Group index, CBR, North Dakota cone bearing value,
plate load test for K", Marshal`s method of Bituminous mix design, modulus of rupture and
elasticity, poision`s ratio & coefficient of thermal expansion of concrete. layer equivalent concepts.
(8)
4. Analysis of Flexible and Rigid Pavements:
Stress, Strain deflection analysis for single, two three and multi layered flexible pavement systems.
stress and deflections for rigid pavements due to load and temperature, influence Charts,
ultimate load analysis joints. (10)
Unit - III
5. Highway Pavement Design:
(a) Flexible: North Dakota cone, Group index, CBR, IRC-37, Brumister, Triaxial(Kansas),
AASHO method of design.
(b) RIGID IRC-15, P.C.A., AASHO methods of design, Design of joints and reinforcement.(10)
6. Airfield Pavement Design:
(a) Flexible: U.S. Corps of Engineering, CBR, FAA, Mcload(Canadian)
(b) Rigid PCA,FAA &LCN, ultimate load Analysis yield lines patterns, methods. (5)
64
Unit -IV
7. Pavement Testing and Evaluation: Field Density, CBR,plate load Test, Condition surveys and
surface evaluation for unevenness, rut depth, profilometers, Bump integrators, Benkalman Beam
Deflection Study. (4)
8. Strengthening of Pavements:
Design of flexible, composite and rigid overlays for flexible and rigid pavements, Repairs,
Maintenance and rehabilitation of pavements. (6)
9. Specifications and Cost Estimates:
Review of IRC/MOST/ICAO/IAAI specification and standards for highway and airfield
constructions. Cost evaluation and comparative study.(2)
10. Pavement Systems Management: Systems management, case studies of Highway and Airfield
pavement projects.(2)
8CE-03 ELECTIVE –II : WATER POWER ENGINEERING

(4L+1T)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I
1. INTRODUCTION:(05)
Sources of energy; Importance of water power; Estimate of water power potential; Primary &
secondary power; Load factor; load curve.
2. TYPES OF HYDROPOWER PLANT:(06)
Low & high head; Run-of-river plant; Valley dam; Pumped storage plant; Reservoir plant. Plants
diversion channel; High head diversion pumped storage underground; General description of layout;
Topographic requirements of each of above.
UNIT-II
3. PENSTOCKS:(04) General classification; Design criterion; Economic diameter; Anchorage’s
accessories.
4. WATER HAMMER:(05)Meaning; Equation for uniform diameter penstock; Use of Allievi`s chart.
UNIT –III
5. SURGE TANKS:(10)Types; Functions; Locations; Hydraulic design & stability of surge tanks.
SECTION-B
UNIT – IV
6. INTAKES:(05)Types; Locations; Trash rack & other components; Control gates; Emergency gates.
7. HYDAL CHANNEL FORBAY:(05) General principles of alignment and balancing tank.
UNIT- V
8. TURBINES:(10)
Types; Hydraulic features; Size; General description and layouts; Specific speed; Choices;
Approximate costs.
UNIT-VI
9. POWER HOUSES:(04)
Types; General layout and approximate dimensions.
10. NON CONVENTIONAL SOURCES OF ENERGY:(05)
Tidal power; Wind power; Geothermal power; Solar power; Elementary principles & description;
Application of Water power in drilling & blasting of rocks.
Recommended books:
1. Water power engineering - M. M. Deshmukh
65
8CE03 ELECTIVE-II : EARTH & EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES
(4L+1T)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I:
1. EARTH PRESSURE ON RETAINING WALLS
Rankine's & Coloumb"s earth pressure theories, Poncelet's and Culmann's graphical constructions for
active and passive pressures.Effects of wall movement, wall friction, type if slip surface, wall angle,backfill
slope angle, surcharge & line loads on lateral earth pressure. Direction & point of earth force application
UNIT-II
2. STABILITY OF EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES:
Types of walls: gravity, cantilever walls, walls with counter forts and relief shelves, their typical
dimensional details. Stability requirements for overturning, sliding, bearing capacity failure; overall
stability against shear failure in backfill & foundation soil; application of geosynthetics in earth retaining
structures.
UNIT III
3. SHEET PILE RETAINING STRUCTURES:
Sheet piles walls bulk heads. Types of sheet piles, constructional features cantilever & anchored walls,
their suitability . Analysis for design of cantilever walls in cohesionlesss and cohesive soils, approximate
analysis, Analysis for anchored sheet pile walls with free end & fixed end support condition . Blum's
citeria .Deadman and anchors : location and design principles. (8)
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV:
4. COMPACTED EMBANKMENTS:
Compaction control in field compaction, consideration of placement moisture content during field
compaction, over compaction, effects of compactive effect on compaction of clayey and sandy soil, effects
of lifts in deep compaction, correction for excluded grain sizes in laboratory compaction Tests Theories of
compaction: water film and lubrication concept, microstructure concept. _ _ _(8)
UNIT-V:
5. STABILITY OF SLOPES:
Friction circle methods, factors of safety ,stability numbers and use of stability charts, base failure
,stability of earthdam slopes, for steady seepage and sudden draw down, approximate analysis for plain
slip surface, bishop's method for slope stability._ _ _(6)
UNIT-VI:
6. COFFERDAMS:
Types, suitability, stability analysis of cellular and diaphragm type cofferdams, TVA method , interlocked
stresses. (4)
7. BRACED CUTS:
Sheeting and bracing systems in shallow and deep vertical cuts in different t types of soils.Failure modes
,lateral pressure distribution on sheeting ,stability of bottom of excavation. (3)
66
BOOKS :
1.Arora K.R: Soil mechenic & foundation Engineering.

2. Punmia B.C.: Soil mechanics & foundation.
3. Gopal Ranjan & Rad : Basic & Apnlied mechenics.
4. Puruthottarn Raj ; Geotechnical Engineering.
5. B.M. Das: Principal of Geotechnical Engineering.
6. Winterkom H.F. & Farg H. Foundation Engineering Hard Book.
8CE03 : ELECTIVE – II
WATER TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
(4L+1T)
SECTION - A
Unit I
1. General Hydraulic Principles:Frictional head loss in pipes, different formulea, minor head loss in
pipes, equivalent pipe (4)
2. Resevoir, Pumps and Valves:
Impounding reservoir, Service and balancing reservoirs, Three reservoir system, Multy-reservoir
system, Pumps and pump combinations, Valves-their types, analysis of reservoir system with
checks valves and pressure reducing valves.(Hydraulic) (8)
Unit II
3. Analysis of Water Distribution Networks:
Types and parameters, Parameter relationship, Formulation of equations, Analysis of network
using Hardy Cross method, Newton Raphson method and linear theory method, Introduction of
gradient method, Introduction of Dynamic analysis. (13)
Unit III
4. Node Flow Analysis(NFA):
Difference between Node Head and Node Flow Analysis, Necessity of NFA, Bhave's approach-
Node classification, node category compatibility, NFA theory. Introduction to other NFA methods
- Germanopolus approach, Wagner et al. approach, Gupta and Bhave's approach.(12)
SECTION - B
Unit IV
5. Reservoir capacity: Estimation of minimum required reservoir capacitty using graphical and
analitical method (7)
6. Design of pumping main: Optimal design of pumping main considering pipe diameter as
continuous and discrete variable. (6)
Unit V
7. Design of Water Distribution Networks: Design of single source branching networks using critical
path method, Number of branching configuration of looped networks using Graph theory principles,
selection og branching configuration using path concept and minimum spanning tree concept. Design
of Single source looped networks using critical path method. (13)
67
Unit VI
8. Optimal Design Water Distribution Networks: Cost Head Loss Ratio(CHR) method - CHR
criterion, Problem formulation, CHR methodology(for single source branching networks). Linear
pogramming formulation and solution using Simplex Method. (7)
Reference Books:
1. Jeppaon R.W.(1977),"Analysis of Flow in Pipe Networks" Ann Arbor Science.Ann Arbor Michigan,
USA
2. Walski T.M.(1984), "Analysis of Water Distribution System" Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. New York,
N.Y.,USA
3. Bhave P.R. (1991), "Analysis of flow in water distribution networks" Tecnhnomic Publishing
CO. Lancaster, Pennsylvania, USA
8CE03 : ELECTIVE - I I : ADVANCE ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

(4L+1T)
SECTION-A
Rock Mechanics
Unit-I
1. Strength and failure of rocks, Crep behavior, elastic constants and rheological models.dynamic
Properties of rocks. (8)
Unit-II
2. Methods of rock exploration: Drilling, geophysical exploration; gravity, magnetic and seismic
methods,in-situ tests, deformability,shear tests,strength tests. (8)
Geo-hydrology
Unit-III
3. Groundwater and well Hydraulics - Various Field (Pumping and other) methods for determination of
permeability, storage capacity, transmissivity, specific capacity, safe yield.Groundwater trends and
fluctuations. (12)
SECTION-B
Unit-IV
4.Groundwater Modeling : Surface and sub-surface investigations of Groundwater. (Including
Geological,remote sensing and geophysical methods); Artificial recharge of ground-water;Management
of groundwater. (12)
Environmental Geology
Unit-V
5.Land use and land planning;pollution of surface and groundwater;waste disposal site location for
solid and liquid wastes. (8)
Unit-VI
6.Geological Hazards:With emphasis on earthquakes.Stability of slopes and landslides, prediction
,prevention and rehabilitation (8)
68
Text Books
1. Crynine X Indd: Engineering geology

2. H.M.Rughunath : Groundwater Hydrology
3. K.Todd : Groundwater Hydrology
4. T.Lundgrear : Environmental Geology
8C04 : ELECTIVE-III: ADVANCED STEEL DESIGN (3L+1T+2D)
SECTION-A
UNIT I
1. Gantry Girders
Cranes –Hand operated, Electrically operated overhead ,Design considerations , Crane girder and Gantry
girder design. (6)
2. Industrial building frames
i. Upto two bay single storeyed, foundations, connections, detailing of steel connections.
ii. North light trusses and lattice girders for industrial buildings. (9)
UNIT II
3. Bridges
Types of bridges foot bridge ,road bridge, railway bridge.
Rolled beam bridges, plate girder bridges, trussed bridge, through type, deck type bridges.
Weight of bridge truss by empirical formulae.
Loading on foot ways, IRC loading, loading on railway bridges.
Design of a foot bridge, design of components of railway and road bridges.(10)
4 Bearings
Types of bearings, bearing pads, design of rocker and roller bearings.(5)
SECTION-B
UNIT III
5. Storage Vessels:
General concepts, design of bunkers,Circular and rectangular, including oil tanks.(10).
6. Open web sections
Introduction , design of open web sections.
UNIT IV
7. Composite construction. General Concepts.

Properties, steel –concrete composite design of encased beams , columns, shear connectors.
8. Advance welding technique .
Practicals:
Minimum two design assignments including detailed structure drawings on A-2 size sheets based on the
above topics.
69
8C04 : ELECTIVE-III : PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (3L+1T+2D)
Use of IS –1343 is expected for this course, and will be allowed in the examination
SECTION-A
Unit-I
1. Losses in prestress .
2. Partial prestressing
3. Analysis and design of End Blocks as per IS 1343 Method. (Only comparative study with the other
methods is expected)
4. Use of untensioned reinforcement
5. Types of prestressed concrete structures- Type- I, II, and III
Unit-II
6. Structural design of prestressed concrete beams by Limit state method, including Limit state design
criteria for prestressed concrete members.
7. Deflections of prestressed concrete beams.
8. Behaviour of unbonded and bonded prestressed concrete beams.
Unit-III
9. Shear and torsional resistance of the prestressed concrete members.
10. Composite construction of prestressed concrete structures and in-situ concrete, Differential shrinkage,
deflection, flexural strength, serviceability (Limit state) of the composite sections.
SECTION-B
Unit-IV
11. Statically Indeterminate structures, Continuous beams, primary and secondary moment, transformation
profile, concordant profile
12. Flexibility Influence coefficient, Analysis of single-storey, single-bay fixed portal frame.
Unit-V
13. Analysis and design of circular water tank, fixed, hinged and sliding base at the bottom, use of IS
3370.
14. Design of prestressed concrete poles.
Unit VI
15. Special problems in prestressed concrete structures like stress corrosion, fatigue, dynamic behaviour of
prestressed concrete beams, behaviour of prestressed concrete structures under fire.
16. Introduction to prestressed concrete bridges, pavements, one way, two way and grid floor.
17.
Practicals:
A minimum of four design assignments containing the detailed calculation and structural drawings.
Any four of the following:
1. Single span rectangular beam.
2. Continuous beam.
3. Circular water tank
4. Prestressed concrete pole.
5. Two way slab.
70
Books:
1. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE by Dr, N. Krishna Raju

2. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE by Dr. TY Lin
8CE04: ELECTIVE-III: ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

(3L+1T+2P)
SECTION-A
UNIT-I:
1. Physico- chemical properties of clays:
Origin and classification of clay minerals, lattice structures and characteristics of kaolinite, illite and
montmorillonite, isomorphic substitutions, specific surface, adsorption of ions & diapole water molecules
on clay particles, base exchange & its engineering significance, formation & characteristics of flocculated
& dispersed clay structures, sensitivity, thixotropy, thixotropic fluids Swelling - shrinking of clays,
identification of clay minerals by x-ray diffraction and DTA methods. (8)
UNIT-II:
2. EXPANSIVE SOILS:
Mechanism of swelling, recognition & identification of expansive soil. Free swell indices, ground heave,
swelling pressure & swelling potential, factors affecting expansivity and swelling pressure of soil,
properties and uses of benotonite slurry, design approaches for foundations in swelling soil, introduction to
CNS technique, Underreamed piles, functions construction & load capacity of single and double
underreamed piles (8)
UNIT-III:
3. DRAINAGE & DEWATERING:
Purpose, various methods, well point systems, their suitability, flow towards slots from line source,
concept of electroosmosis. (5)
SECTION-B
UNIT-IV:
4. CONSOLIDATION:
2-D consolidation theory, application to consolidation due to sand drains, constructional features and
design of sand drain installation. Secondary consolidation, phenomenon & estimation of secondary
consolidation settlement. Over consolidated soils, over consolidation ratio, Schmertmann’s method for
determination of Preconsolidated pressure field consolidation curve. (7)
UNIT-V:
5. INTRODUCTION TO ROCK MECHANICS:
Rock as engineering material, index properties of rock, RQD, point load strength, slaking & durability,
sonic velocity, Rock classifications for engineering purposes rock mass rating, uniaxial strength behavior of
rocks ,tensile strength test, insitu stresses in rocks ,elastic properties of rocks (7)
UNIT-VI:
6. DRILLED PIERS & CAISSONS:
Uses, classification & methods of construction, safety requirements in pneumatic caissons, floating stability
of box cassion Well foundation -Use & constructional features, sinking of well, tilt and shift, their
rectification, depth of well ,grip length, Terzaghis method for stability analysis of well based on ultimate
resistance ,principles of design of components of well (7)
71
Recommended Books:
1. Arora K.R.: Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg.
2. Punmia B.C. : Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg.
3. Purushottam Raj: Geotechnical Engg.
4. Gopal Ranjan and Rao: Basic & Applied Soil Mechanics.
PRACTICALS:
(A) Any three of the following laboratory practicals:
1. Determination of swelling pressure of soil .

2. Determination of swelling potential of soil.
3. Determination of tensile strength of rock by Brazilian test.
4. Determination of stress -strain nature, compressive strength and elastic modulus of rock from uniaxial
Compression test.
5. Determination of consolidation property parameters.
(B) Any two design assignments:
1. Design of sand drain installation.

2. Design of underreamed pile foundation.
3. Stability analysis of well foundation.
8C04 : Elective-III : COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND APPLICATIONS

(3L+1T+2P)
Unit-I
1. Graphical Input, and communications, Display Devices, Scan Conversion: Graphical input devices,
storage devices, communication devices, display devices, scan-converting a point, straight line, a
circle, an ellipse, arc, sector, a rectangle, Region filling, side effects of a scan conversion
Unit-II
2. Two dimensional Graphic Transformations, View Transformation and clipping : Geometric
transformation, Coordinate Transformation, Composite transformation, Instance transformation,
Viewing Transformation, Clipping and shielding
Unit-III
3. Three dimensional Graphic Transformation: Geometric transformation, Coordinate Transformation,
Composite transformation and matrix concatenation, Instance transformation, three dimensional
viewing, Clipping, view transformation
Unit-IV
4. Geometric Forms and Models, Hidden Surfaces: Simple geometric forms, Wireframe models, Curved
surfaces, Curve design, Transforming curves & surfaces, Hidden surfaces, Depth buffer Algorithm,
Scan-line Algorithm, The painter’s Algorithm, Subdivision Algorithm, Hidden-line Elimination
Unit-V
5. Computer Graphics applications Using OPENGL / Windows Graphic routines
Unit-VI
6. Computer Graphic Applications for Civil Engineering Problems
Practicals ;- Minimum TEN practicals based on syllabus.
References
Theory and Problems in COMPUTER GRAPHICS- Roy A Plastock, Gordon Kelly
Computer Graphics- A Programming Approach by Steven Harrington
Computer Graphics by Donald Hearn & M P Baker
72
8CE04 ELECTIVE - III
WATER AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT (3L+1T+2P)
SECTION - A
Unit I
1. Objective of water treatment, unit operation and unit processes, treatment flow sheet, site selection
for water treatment plant. (3)
2. Aeration: Objectives of aeration, types of aerators, , design of cascade aerator (5)
Unit II
3. Coagulation - Flocculation: Theory of coagulation, objectives, types of rapid and slow mixing
devices(hydraulic and mechanical), design of flash mixer, design of flocculator (hydraulic and
mechanical), factors affecting coagulation and flocculation, nature and types of chemical
coagulants used in water treatment, coagulant and flocculent aids. (6)
4. Sedimentation: Theory of sedimentation, factors affecting, types of settling, analysis of discrete and
flocculent settling, design of sedimentation tank and clariflocculators. (6)
Unit III
5. Filteration: Mechanism of filteration, types of filters, design ofrapid sand filters, filter media
specifications, problems in filteration. (6)
6. Disinfection: Methods of disinfection, kinetics of disinfection , chlorination, method of
chlorination (Breakpoint chlorination), factors affecting efficiency of chlorination. (4)
7. Recent development in water treatment. (1)
SECTION – B
Unit IV
8. Physical and chemical characteristics of waste water, DO, BOD, COD, determination of BOD rate
constant. (4)
9. Disposal of sewage by dilution and by land disposal, (6)
Unit V
11. Treatment Methods: Waste water treatment flow sheet, preliminary,primary and secondary methods
of treatment, design of screen. grit chamber and primary settling tank. (10)
Unit VI
12. Biological unit processes: Principle of biological treatment processes, design parameters of
activated sludge process, trickling filters, aerated lagoons and stabilization ponds. (Excluding design).
(5)
13. Sludge treatment, aerobic and anaerobic digestion and sludge drying beds(Excluding design). (3)
14. Recent development in waste water treatment. (1)
Practical:
A) Min. 5 Experiment.
1. Determination ofVolatile fatty acids.
2. Determination of sulphates.
3. Determination of Biochemical oxygen demand.
4. Determination of Chemical oxygen demand.
5. Effective size and uniformity coefficient of filter sand.
73
6. Bacteriological test.(MPN Test)
7. Design of individual unit of water or waste water treatment.
8. Determination of Dissolved oxygen Compulsory.
B) Design of individual unit of water or waste water treatment with Desgn calculation & Drawings.
Reference Books:
1. S.K. Garg “Environmental Engineering “ Vol I & Vol II

2. B.C. Punmia “Environmental Engineering “ Vol I & Vol II
3. Mtcalf & Eddy “Waste Water Treatment disposal & reuse”
4. Mccarly & Swayer “Chemistry for environmental Engg.”
8CE04 : Elective - III : APPLID REMOTE SENSING AND GIS

(3L + 1T + 2P)
I. Definition and Scope of Remote Sensing: Electromagnetic Energy and its wavelengths.
Remote Sensing Systems, Sensors and Scanners, Resolution of Sensors, multi-spectral, Thermal
and Radar Scanners. Radiometers spectral response curve and spectral signatures. (10)
II. Elements of Sensing Systems: Terrestrial, airborne and space borne platforms, Sun-synchronous
and Geo-stationary satellites, advantages and Disadvantages. Various earth Resources
satellites,Indian Remote Sensing program. Remote-Sensing Data Products and their types:
Analogue and Digital Data formats. Thermal and Radar Imageries. FCC. (10)
III. Interpretation Techniques : Elements of Interpretation and methods Interpretation key,

interpretation instruments. Relief displacement and vertical exaggeration. Determination and
calculation of elevation from RS data . (8)
IV. Digital Image processing: Image rectification and restoration, Image enhancements-contrast
manipulations, spatial feature manipulation, multi-image maninpulation; Image classification
Supervised &Unsupervised classifications, accuracy assessments and data merging. (8)
V. Geographical Information System : Raster and Vector data, concepts and basic
characteristics of vectorization, Topology generation, attribute data attachment, editing and
analysis. (10)
VI. Application: Integrated approach of RS and GIS application: Application in Geological

investigations, water resources management, environmental studies-ELA based studies, Land
use planning, soil studies and transportation planning. Application in Civil Engineering
projects-Dams and bridges site investigations, Landslide studies. (12)
List of Practical
RS Data Formats and their study:Analogue and Digital Data Products
1. Digital Image Processing: Registration, Enhancements and digital Classifications
2. Case studies in Water resourse (Surface, Groundwater), environmental geology, engineering
projects.
3. Calculations on RS data: Elevation, spatial attributes.
4. GIS; Vector data generation, data attachments and data analysis.
8CEO5 : PROJECT : (6P)
Minimum two presentations on the work done shall be before approval of draft copy by the respective guides.
74
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
CONTENT
Third Semester (Mechanical Engineering Department )
Sr. Subject Page

No. No.
1. Applied Mathematics -III
2. Theory of Machines - I
3. Fluid Power - I
4. Manufacturing Process - I
5. Engineering Metallurgy
6. Computer Application - I
7. Industrial Visit
Fourth Semester (Mechanical Engineering Department )
Sr. Subject Page

No. No.
1. Applied Mathematics -IV
2. Machine Design -I
3. Engineering Thermodynamics
4. Theory of Machine - II
5. Fluid Power - II
6. Manufacturing Process - II
7. Mini - Project
75
Scheme of Examination for Degree of Bachelor of Engineering
(Mechanical Engineering ) Semester Pattern
III Semester B. E. (Mechanical)
Subj
Uni. Paper
ect Lectur Tutoria Pract./D
Subject Exam./College Mark Duratio
Cod e - Hrs ls - Hrs rg.-Hrs
Assessment n- Hrs
e
Theory Practical
Max Passi Max Passin
. ng . g
Applied Uni. 80 -
3ME
Mathematics - College 40 - 03 03 01 -
1 20 -
III
3ME Theory of Uni. 80 -
40 - 03 03 01 -
2 Machines - I College 20 -
3ME Fluid Power-I Uni. 80 -
40 - 03 03 01 -
3 College 20 -
3ME Manufacturing Uni. 80 25
40 25 03 03 01 02
4 Process - I College 20 25
3ME Engineering Uni. 80 25
40 25 03 03 01 02
5 Metallurgy** College 20 25
3ME Computer Uni. 80 25
40 25 03 03 01 02
6 Application -I College 20 25
3ME Industrial Visit College A to
- - C - - - 03
7 D
Total 600 - 150 - - 18 06 09
76
APPLIED MATHEMATICS -III
Unit 1 : Laplace Transform: definition & its properties, transform of derivatives and integrals, evaluation of
integrals by L. T. inverse and its properties, convolution theorem, Lapalce transform of periodic functions
and unit step function, applications of Laplace transforms to soil ordinary differential equations and partial
differential equations. (one dimensional wave and diffusion equations) (8)
Unit 2 : Z Transform: The z-transform definition and properties, inversion, relation with Laplace transform,
Application -of z-transform to solve difference equations with constant coefficients. (5)
Unit 3 : Fourier Transform: Definition, Fourier integral theorem, 1.., Fourier sine & cosine integrals, finite
Fourier sine & I: cosine transform, Parseval's identity, convolution theorem. (5)
Unit 4 : Complex Variable: Analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann conditions, conjugate functions,

singularities, Cauchy's integral theorem and integral formula (Statement only) Taylor's and Laurent's
theorem (statement only) Residue theorem, contour integration, evaluation of real & complex integrals by
residue theorem. Conformal mappings, mapping by Linear and inverse transformation. (10)
Unit 5 : Special Funclons & Series Solution Series solution of differential equation by Frohanius method,
Bessel's functions, Leg enders polynomials, Recurrence relations, Rodrigue's formula, generating functions,
orthogonal properties In(x) & P n(x). (8)
Unit 6 : Fourier Series & Partial Differential Equations Fourier Series: Periodic function and their Fourier
series expansion, Fourier series for even and odd function, change of interval, half range expansions. Partial
Differential Equation: Partial Differential Equation of first order first degree i.e. Langrange's form, Linear
homogeneous equations of higher order with constant coefficient. Method of separation of variables,
applications toone dimensional heat and diffusion equation, two dimensional heat equation. (only steady
state) (9)
Text Books: 1) Higher Engineering Mathematics: B.S. Grewal.2) Advanced Engineering Mathematics:
Kreyszig
Reference Books:1) Mathematics for engineers: Chandrika Prasad. 2) Advanced Mathematics for
Engineers: Chandrika Prasad
THEORY OF MACHINES -I
Unit I : [8 Hrs.]
Basic concept of mechanism, link, kinematics pairs, kinematics chain, mechanism, machine, simple &
compound chain, Degree of freedom, estimation of degree of freedom of mechanism by Grubbier's criterion
and other methods. Harding’s notations, classification of four bar chain [class-I & Class-ii], inversion of
four-bar- chain, Kutchbach theory of multiple drives, energy paths. Various types of mechanism such as
Geneva wheel. Pawal and ratchet mechanism, Exact straight line mechanism, Approx. straight line
mechanism, steering mechanism, Transport mechanism.
Unit II : [7 Hrs.]
Quantitative kinematics analysis of mechanism:-Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration analysis of planer
mechanism by graphical method as well as analytical method [complex number method/matrix method],
Carioles component of acceleration, Instantaneous center method, Kennedy's theorem.
Unit III : [8 Hrs.]
Concepts of cam mechanism, comparison of cam mechanism with linkages. Types of cams and followers and
applications Synthesis of cam for different types of follower motion like constant salacity, parabolic, SHM,
cyclonical etc. Analysis of follower motion for cams with specified contours like eccentric cam, tangent cam,
and circular arc cam with concave and convex curvature. Pressure angle in cam, parameters affecting cam
performance.
77
Unit IV : [7 Hrs.]
Concept of motion transmission by toothed wheels, comparison with cams and linkages, various tooth
profiles, their advantages and limitations, gear tooth terminologies, concept of conjugate action, law of
conjugate action, kinematics of involutes gear tooth pairs during the contact duration, highlighting locus of
the point of contact, arc of contact, numbers of pairs of teeth in contact, path of approach and path of excess,
interference, undercutting for involutes profile teeth.
Unit V : [7 Hrs.]
Kinematics of helical, bevel, spiral, worm gears, rack and pinion gears, kinematics analysis, and torque
analysis of simple epicyclic and double epicyclic gear trains.
Unit VI : [8 Hrs.]
Static force analysis: Free body diagram, condition of equilibrium. Analysis of all links of given linkage, gear
mechanism and their combinations without friction. Introduction to coupler curves, Robert's of cognate
linkages. Synthesis of four bar chain for gross motion, transmission angle. Frudenstein equation and its
application for function generation.
Tutorials
1) Drawing sheets on Inversion of
i) Class I & Class II four bar chain
ii) Single slider crank chain
iii) Double slider crank chain
2) Problems on kinematics analysis
i) Graphical method
ii) Analytical method
3) Cam constructions
4) Cams with specified contour
5) Analysis of epicyclical gear train with torque analysis
6) Problems on static force analysis
i) Linkages
ii) Cam
iii) Gear
7) Problems on synthesis
i) Graphical method
ii) Analytical method
Recommended Books
1) Theory of mechanisms & machines by Shigley J.E.
2) Theory of Mechamsrn and Machine by Ghosh & Malik
3) Mechanism and Machine Theory by J.S. Rao & Dukki Patti .
4) Theory of Machine by Rattan.
Reference Books
1 .Theory of Machine by Thoman Bevan CBS publication
2. Theory of Machine by Sandor & Erdman
FLUID POWER -I
Unit I : [7 Hrs.]
Introduction to Fluid Mechanics: Properties of fluids, Newton's law of viscosity and its application,
Dimensional analysis, Dimensional homogeneity, Buckingham's 7t & Raleigh method. Pascal's law, Basic
equation of fluid static’s, Fluid pressure & its measurement (Manometers & Bourdon's pressure gauge)
Unit II : [8 Hrs.]
Hydrostatics Pressure variations in compressible & incompressible fluids, Forces on submerged plane
surfaces and curved surfaces, Buoyancy'. Stability of floating and submerged bodies, Oscillation of floating
bodies. Relative Equilibrium: Pressure distribution in a liquid subjected to acceleration, Pressure distribution
in a liquid subjected to rotation.
Unit III : [8 Hrs.]
78
Kinematics Of Fluid Flow Types of flow, Stream line, t1:~ Path line, Streak line, Stream tube, Continuity
equation, One and Two dimensional flow, Velocity and Acceleration at a point, Potential lines. Flow net,
Stream function, Velocity potential. Circulation, Vortex motion. Dynamics Of Fluid Flow: One dimensional
method for flow analysis, Euler's equation of motion, Derivation of Bernoulli's equation for incompressible
flow & its applications.
Unit IV : [8 Hrs.]
Measurement Of Fluid Flow: Through ducts or pipes: Venturi meter, Orifice meter, Pilot tube. Through
reservoirs: Orifice, Mouthpiece. Through open channels: Discharge over Notches (Triangular, Rectangular,
Trapezoidal only) Rota meter, Vane Aero meter. Turbine meter. Error analysis in flow measurements.
Unit V : [8 Hrs.]
Viscous Flow: Introduction to laminar and turbulent flow, Reynolds number and its significance, Boundary
layer 'concept, Wall shear and boundary layer thickness, Displacement thickness and Momentum thickness,
Momentum integral equations forthe boundary layer (Von Karrnan), Separation, Drag and Lift on immersed
bodies. Flow of viscous fluids through parallel plates, Pipes, Kinetic energy correction factor, Momentum
energy correction factor.
Unit VI.: [8 Hrs.]
Flow Through Pipes: Equations for pipe flow, Friction charts and their uses, Losses in pipes and fittings,
Hydraulic gradient lines and total energy lines, Pipes in series and parallel. Siphon, Water hammer
phenomenon, Economics of pipe systems. Power Transmission Through Pipeline: Condition for maximum
power transmission through a given pipeline (single pipe), Relationship of nozzle diameter to pipe diameter
for maximum power transmission.
Books Recommended:
Fluid Machines -Frank. M. White.
Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Power Engineering -D.S. Kumar -S.K. Kataria Pub.
Basic Fluid Mechanics -C.P. Kothandaram & R. Rudramoorthy -New Age Pub.
Fluid Mechanics for Engineers -P.N. Chatterjee -Macmillan India Ltd.
Fluid Mechanics -J.F. Douglas, J.M. Gasiorek & J.A. Swaffield .-ELBS Pub.
Mechanics of Fluids -B.S. Massey -FLBS Pub.
Fluid Mechanics -A.K. Mohanty -Prentice Hall Pub.
Fluid Mechanics -A.K. Jain
Tutorials: Applications based on fluid properties such as block sliding over an inclined plane, capillary
phenomenon etc. Study of force on gates. Study of Manometers. Study of stability of floating bodies and
submerged bodies Determination of coefficient of discharge of flow meters. Verification of Bernoulli's
equation. Stoke's law. Case study of pipe net work. Quasi-static flow. Reynold's number and its significance.
Losses in pipes (Hagen Pois. equation).
MANUFACTURING PROCESS -I
Unit I : [7 Hrs.]
Introduction to Machining Parameters: Introduction. To machining, Tool materials, nomenclature and tool
geometry of single point cutting tool, tool materials properties, classification, HSS, carbide tool, coated tools,
diamond coated tool, coolant materials.
Unit II : [8 Hrs.]
Lathe: Introduction. type, construction of simple lathe mechanism and attachments for various operations,
machine specifications, basis for selection of cutting speed. feed and depth of cut, time estimation for
turning operations such as facing, step turning, taper turning, threading, knurling.
Unit III : [7 Hrs.]
Shaper : Introduction, type, specification, description of machines, hydraulic drives in shapers, cutting
parameters. Mechanism of shaper: Quick return mechanism, Crank & slotted link mechanism, Table feed
mechanism, attachments for shaper, work holding devices, shaper operations, time estimation for shaping
operations. Slotter : Introduction, specifications, description, type of drives for slotter, types of slotting
machines -production slotter, puncher slotter, tool room slotter, slotter tools. Planer: Introduction,
specifications, description. type of planner, stanc and planner, open side planner, pit planner Mechanism for
planner: Driving mechanism, feeding mechanism, planner cutting tools, cutting parameters.
79
Unit IV : [8 Hrs.]
Milling: Introduction. specializations. types, column & knee type milling machine, fixed bed type milling
machines, production milling machines, special purpose milling machines such as thread milling Machines,
profile milling machine, Gear Milling/Hobbing machines. Mechanisms & Attachments for Milling. Cutting,
parameters, Types of milling operations, Types of milling cutters, Tool geometry & their specifications.
Indexing- simple, compound and differential.
Unit V : [8 Hrs.]
Grinding operations, grinding wheel, specifications & selection, cylindrical & centreless grinding operation,
surface grinding, tool & cutter grinding, time estimation for grinding operations. Super finishing process:
Honing, Lapping, super finishing, polishing, buffing, 'metal spraying, galvanizing and electroplating. Process
parameters and attainable grades of surface finish, surface measurement.
Unit VI : [7 Hrs.]
Drilling: introduction, tools for drilling, classification of drills, twist cirills , drill size and specifications,
tipped drills, type of drilling machines-portable drilling machine. bench drilling machine, right drilling
machine, radial drilling machine, universal drilling machine, multisided drilling machine. Drilling machines
operations, time estimation for drilling. Machine: Introduction, description of rearners, type of reaming
operations. Boring: Introduction, types of boring machine, horizontal boring machine, vertical boring
machine, jig machine, micro boring. boring operations. Broaching: Introduction, type of broaches,
nomenclature of broaches. type of broaching machines.
Book Recommended :
1) Manufacturing Technology (Metal Cutting & Machine Tools )-P N Rao
2) Manufacturing Science -Ghosh & Malik
3) Workshop Technology (Volume-il) -By Hajra Choudhary I"
Reference Books
1) Manufacturing Engineering & Technology -S Kalpakjian & SR Schmid
2) Technology of machine Tools -Krar & Oswald
3) Manufacturing Processes -M Begman
4) Processes & Materials of Manufacture -R Lindberg
5) Production Technology -HMT
6) Workshop, Technology (Volume I & II) -By Bawa
Practical
1) Study of single point cutting too
2) Tools for left hand & right hand turning
3) Tools for external & internal turning(Boring)
4) Study of cutting tool manual (anyone) ,
5) Study of mechanisms in Lathe
6) Study of mechanism in drilling
7) Study of minim in shaper
8) Study of mechanism in milling
9) Practical on turning involving facing. step turning, taper turning, boring, boring with internal steps &
taper, drilling (on lathe), internal & external threading
10) Practical on Shaper with exposure to auto feed
11) Practical on Milling machine-Gear Milling
12) Practical on use of drilling machines
Tutorials
1) Geometry and nomenclature of various tools
2) Time estimation. for lathe, shaper and planer operations
3) Time estimation for milling, drilling and grinding operations
4) Study of cutting paramerers and their effect on machining
5) Selection of process for machine components
80
ENGINEERING METALLURGY
Unit I : [5 Hrs.]
Introduction to materials, classification of materials. Properties and applications of materials. Crystalline
nature of metals, specially microscopic and macroscopic examinations of metals. Alloys and solid solutions,
types and their formations, modified Gibbs's phase rule, Lever rule for phase mixtures and their application
in system.
Unit II : [8 Hrs.]
Study of equilibrium diagrams and invariant reactions. iron-Iron carbide equilibrium diagram, critical
temperatures. Microstructure of slowly cooled steels. Estimation of carbon from microstructures; structure
property relationship. Classification and applications of steels. Effect of alloying elements, specifications of
some commonly used steels for Engineering applications (e.g. En. AISI, ASTM, IS etc.) with examples.
Unit III : [8 Hrs.]
Classification and application of plain carbon steels. Examples of alloy steels such as Hatfield Manganese
Steel, ball Bearing Steels, Managing Steels. Spring Steels, etc. Tool Steels- Classification, coi\position,
application and commercial heat treatment practice for HSS, Secondary hardening. Stainless Steels -
Classification, composition, application and general heat treatment practice for Stainless Steels.
Unit IV : [8 Hrs.] Heat treatment and its importance. Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening, Quench Cracks,
Harden ability test. TTT diagram and its construction and related Heat Treatment Processes such as
Austempering. Mar tempering, Patenting etc. Retention of Austenite, Effects and elimination of retained
austenite, Tempering. Case / Surface hardening treatments such as Carburizing, Nit riding, Cyaniding,
Carbonitriding, Flame and Induction hardening.
Unit V : [8 Hrs.]
Cast Iron -Classification, White cast Iron, Gray Cast Iron, Nodular Cast Iron, Malleable Cast Iron, Chilled
and alloy Cast Iron. (Production route, Composition, Microstructure and applications) Effects of various
parameters on structure and properties of Cast Iron, Alloy cast Iron such as Ni-resist, Ni-hard. Non-Ferrous
Alloys -,-- Study of non-ferrous alloys s~ch as brasses (Cu-Zn diagram), Bronzes (Cu-Sn diagram),
Aluminum Alloys (e.g. AI-Si & AI-Cu diagram) Bearing materials.
Unit VI : [8 Hrs.] Tension Test -Engineering and True Stress Strain Curve conversion relationship.
evaluation of properties. Nurnericals based on tension and compression test Types of Engineering Stress
Strain Curves. Compression Test.
Hardness Test -Brinell, Vickers and Rockwell
Introduction to Charpy and Izod Impact Test
Introduction to Non-destructive testing,
Reference Books
Introduction to Engineering Metallurgy -Dr, B K Agrawal
Introduction to Physical Metallurgy -Avner
Engineering Physical Metallurgy and Heat Treatment -Yu Lakhtin
Metallurgy for Engineers -E C Rollason
Practical
A set of 10 Experiments from following list
Study of Metallurgical Microscope
Preparation of Specimen for metallographic examinations,
Preparation of Mounted samples with the help of mounting press / cold setting resins, Study and drawing of
microstructures of Steels.
Study and drawing of microstructures of Cast Iron Study and drawing of microstructures of Non Ferrous
Metals.
Study of the effect of annealing and normalizing on properties of steels,
Determination of harden ability of steels by Jorniny End Quench test. Tensile test on Mild Steel and
Aluminum test specimen. Measurement of hardness of ferrous and non-ferrous materials with the help of a,
Brinell b, Vickers c. Rockwell Testing Machine Study the heat treatment of high speed-steels
Study the heat treatment of stainless steel.
81
Study of effect of alloying elements on properties of steels: ] Study of macroscopic examinations Study of
mechanisms of quenching Study of Pack carburizing of steel samples
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS -I
Unit I : [7-8 Hrs.]
Introduction to Algorithm. Expressing algorithm, narrative description, flowchart, an algorithm language.
Data, data type and primitive operations Variables and expressions. From algorithm to program. Decision
structures, sub algorithms.
Unit II : [7-8 Hrs.] Composite Data Structures. Arrays and vector sorting algorithms, 1 -2"'Dimensions
Unit III : [7-8 Hrs.] Linear Data Structures, Linked List, Stacks, Queues, Recursion
Unit IV : [7-8 Hrs.] Non-linear Data Structures, Trees, General Trees and their searching techniques.
Unit V : [7-8 Hrs.] File handling -Record organization, Sequential, Index files and Random access files.
Unit VI : [7-8 Hrs.] Object Modeling -Basics of OOPS, with relation to modeling of objects.
Recommended Books
Introduction to Computer Science: An Algorithmic Approach -J P Tremblay and R B Bunt Algorithms and
Data Structures -Horonitz and Sahany Data Structures and Algorithm -A V Aho, J E Hopcioft, J D Ullman
Algorithms and Data Structures -Niklaus Wirth Reference Books
Data Structures and Program Design -R L Knise Object Modeling -Rambaug An Introduction to Data
Structures with applications , -Tremblay and Sonerson
Tutorials
Programming in C / C++ or any other suitable package based on above syllabus. Two programs from each
Unit are expected. Algorithm and Program Development. Programs are expected in any suitable language
preferably C or C++. At least one program is expected from each topic of following list.Control Structures
Arrays Sorting Techniques Searching Techniques File Handling Non Linear Data Structures Linear Data
Structures Humeric Computation Recursion SOPS
INDUSTRIAL VISIT
Students should be taken for visit to Industries. Visits to minimum two different types of industries are
expected. Students should submit a visit report in the format even below after the visit. Preferably they
should make a presentation.
Report should consist of
1 .Name of industry
2. Nature of ownership
3. Year of establishment
4. List of finished products
5. Annual turnover of company
6. Number of employees
7. List of departments / seconds
8. Classification of Industry
a. Based on turnover
b. Based on product / process
9. List of major machines / equipment
10. List of raw material used
82
IV Semester B. E. (Mechanical)
Subje Uni. Paper

Lecture Tutorials Pract./Drg.
ct Subject Exam./College Mark Duration-
- Hrs - Hrs -Hrs
Code Assessment Hrs
Theory Practical
Max. Passing Max. Passing
Applied Uni. 80 -
4ME1 Mathematics - College 40 - 03 03 01 -
20 -
IV
Machine Uni. 80 -
4ME2 40 - 03 03 01 -
Design -I College 20 -
Engg. Uni. 80 -
4ME3 Thermodynam College 40 - 03 03 01 -
20 -
ics
Theory of Uni. 80 25
4ME4 40 25 03 03 01 02
Machines - II College 20 25
Fluid Power-II Uni. 80 25
4ME5 40 25 03 03 01 02
College 20 25
Manufacturing Uni. 80 25
4ME6 40 25 03 03 01 02
- II College 20 25
Mini Project College A to
4ME7 - - C - - - 03
D
Total 600 - 150 - - 18 06 09
83
APPLIED MATHEMATICS - IV
Unit 1 : Matrices Inverse of matrix byadjoint method, rank of a matrix, consistency of system of equations,
Inverse of ,matrix by partitioning method. Linear dependence, Linear & orthogonal information’s.
Characteristics equations, exigent values and exigent vectors. Reduction to diagonal! form, statement &
verification; of Clayey - Hamilton Theorem (without proof), Sylvester’s theorem, solution of second order
linear differential equation with constant coefficient by matrix method. Special matrices -Rotation matrix,
Sparse matrix, Vander monde matrix. (10)
Unit 2 : Numerical Methods: Error analysis, solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations by False
position method, Newton-Rap son method, Newton Rap son method for multiple roots, solution of System of
simultaneous !linear equations, Gauss elimination method, Gauss Jordan method; Gauss Seidel method,
Crouts method. (8)
Unit 3 : Eigen values and exigent vector by interaction method, by Jacobin method, Givens method and
Householder's method. Solution of ordinary differential equation by Taylor’s series method, Runge Kutta 4th
order method, Euler modified method: Milne's predictor corrector method. (7)
Unit 4 : Random variables, distribution functions of continuous and discrete random variables, joint
distributions, mathematical expectations, moment. moment generating function and characteristic function.
(7)
Unit 5 : Special probability distribution Geometric. Bionomial, Poisson's, Normal, Exponential, uniform and
weibul probability distributions. (8)
Random processes, Ensemble average and temporal average, Auto correlation and cross -correlation
stationary random process power spectrum stationary processes and erotic random process.
Unit 6 : Calculus of variation: Functional, externals of functional, variation principle, Euler's equation,
constrained :. externals, Hamilton principle & Lagrange's equation in solid mechanics. (5)
Text Books:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics: B.S. Grewal.
2. Theory & Problems of Probability & Statistics: M.A. Spiegal (McGrawHill) Schaum Series.
3. Introductory methods of numerical analysis by.S. Sastri
Reference Books:
1 .Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Kreyszig
2. Mathematics for engineers: Chandrika Prasad.
3. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers: Chandrika Prasad
4. Applied mathematics for Engineering and Physics: L.A. Pipes & Harvile.
5. Calculus of variation: Forrey
MECHINE DESIGN -I
Unit I : [8 Hrs.]
Concept of simple stresses and strains: Introduction, '" stress, strain, types of stresses, stress -strain diagram
for brittle & ductile material, elastic limit, Hooks law, modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity, factor of
safety, analysis of tapered rod, analysis of composite section, thermal stress and strain, thermal stresses with
heat flow in cylinders and plates, Hertz's contact stresses. Longitudinal strain & stress, lateral stresses and
strains, Poisson's ratio, volumetric stresses and strain with unit- axial, bi-axial & tri-axial loading. bulk
modulus, relation between Young's modulus and modulus of rigidity, Poisson's ratio and bulk modulus.
Principal stresses and strains:- Definition of principal planes & principal stresses, analytical method of
determining stresses on oblique section when member is subjected to direct stresses in one plane in mutually
perpendicular two planes, when member is subjected to shear stress and direct stresses in two mutually
perpendicular planes, Mohr's circle for representation of stresses. Derivation of maximum and minimum
principal stresses & maximum shear stresses when the member is subjected to different types of stresses
simultaneously ( i.e. combined s:ress )
84
Unit II : [8 Hrs.]
Shear force and bending moment:- Types of beam (cantilever beam, simply supported beam, overhung beam
etc.), Types of loads (Concentrated and UDL), shear force and bending moment diagrams for different types
of beams subjected to different types of loads, sign conventions for bending moment and shear force, shear
force and bending moment diagrams for beams subjected to couple, Relation between load, shear force and
bending moment. Stresses in beams:- Pure bending, theory' 0: stm pie bending with assumptions &
expressions for bending stress, derivation of be ending equation, bending stresses in symmetrical sections,
section indult for various shapes of beam sections. Shear stresses in beams:- Concept, derivation of shear
stress distribution formula, shear stress distribution diagram for common symmetrical sections, maximum
and average shear stress.
Unit III : [7 Hrs.]

Deflection of beams:- Derivation of differential equation of elastic curve with the assumptions made in it.
Deflection & slope of cantilever, simply supported, overhung beams subjected to concentrated load, UDL,
Relation between slope, deflection & radius curvature Macaulay's method, area moment method to determine
deflection of beam. Unit IV : [8 Hrs.]
Torsion of circular shafts: -Derivation of torsion equation with the assumptions made in it. Torsion shear
stress induced in the shaft, when it is subjected to torque. Strength and riitidttv Criterion for design of shaft.
Torque transmitted by solid & hollow circular shaft. Derivation of mnaxlnium. minimum principal stresses
and- maximum shear stress induced in shaft when it is sub jeered to bending moment, torque & axial load.
Column & Struts :- Failure of lon&t & short column, slenderness ratio, adsorptions. made in Euler's column
theory, end conditions for column. Expression for crippling load for various end conditions of column.
Effective length of column. limitations of Euler's formula, Rankin formula, Johnson's parabolic formula.
Unit V : [7 Hrs.] Introduction to fracture mechanics: -Modes of fracture, stress intensity factors, crack
propagation, Paris law, creep phenomenon, design for creep.Strain energy & impact loading Definition of
strain energy stored in a body when it is subjected, to gradually applied load, suddenly applied loads &
impact loads. Strain energy stored in bending & torsion. Castiflgliano's theorem.
Unit VI : [7 Hrs.] Factor of safety, Statistical methods in determining factor of safety. Theories of failure,
modes of failure, compound stresses, eccentric axial loading, variable stresses in machine parts, stress
concentration & stress raisers, notch sensitivity, stress concentration factor, methods for reducing stress
concentration. Goodman’s criteria, Seidenberg criteria, Gerber's criteria, fatigue design for finite and infinite
life of the parts subjected to variable loads
Tutorials
1) Two problems on principle stresses
2) Two problems on Mohr's circle
3) Two problems on Thermal stresses with heat flow
1) Three problems on S.F. & B.M. diagrams
2) Two problems on Stresses in beam bending
3) Two problems on shear stresses
1) Two problems on Macaulay's methods
2) Two problems on area moment method
1) Two problems on shafts
2) Two problems on columns & struts
1) Two problems on compound loading
2) Two problems on fatigue & variable loads
Books Recommended
1) Strength of Materials -Timoshenko
2) Strength of Materials by -F. L. Singer
3) Machine Design -Shigley
85
4) Machine Design -Black & Adams
5) Design of Machine Elements by -B. D. Shiwalkar
ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
Unit I : [7 Hrs.]
Introduction To Thermodynamics: Basic concepts of Thermodynamics, Closed & Open Systems, Forms of
energy, Properties of a system, State and Equilibrium, Processes and Cycles, Temperature and Zeros Law of
Thermodynamics. Introduction to First Law of Thermodynamics (Law of Conservation of Energy), Heat and
Work, Mechanical forms of work. Non-Mechanical Forms of Work (Electrical, Magnetic etc.) The Ideal Gas
equation of state, Difference between Gas and Vapor. Compressibility Factor, Internal energy and specific
heats of gases, Universal Gas Constants.
Unit II : [7 Hrs.]
First Law Of Thermodynamics: Closed Systems (Control mass systems), Work done, Change in internal
enerev, Heat transferred during various thermodynamic processes, P-V diagrams. Open Systems (Control
volumes stems), Thermodynamic analysis of control volumes, Conservation of energy principle, Flow work
and enthalpy, The Steady flow process applied to (i) Nozzle’s and Diffusers (ii) Turbines and Compressors,
(iii) Throttle Valves. Unsteady Flow process (simple systems like charging & discharging of tanks).
Unit III : [8 Hrs.]

Second Law Of Thermodynamics: Introduction (Law of degradation of energy), Thermal energy reservoirs,
Kelvin- Plank & Claudius statements, Heat engines. Refrigerator and Heat pump, Perpetual match machines.
Reversible and Irreversible processes Corner cycle, Thermodynamic temperature scale Entropy : The
Claudius inequality. Entropy, Principle of increase of entropy, Change in entropy for Close and Steady flow
open systems, Second law analysis of engineering systems: Availability, Reversible work and Irreversibility.
Unit IV : [7 Hrs.]
PROPERTIES OF STEAM: Critical state, Sensible heat, Latent heat, Super heat, Wet steam, Dryness
fraction, Internal energy of steam, External work done during ~evaporation T-S diagram, Mollies chart.
Work and Heat transfer during various thermodynamics processes with steam as working fluid Determination
of dryness fraction using various calorimeters.
Unit V : [7 Hrs.]
Air Standard Cycles: Otto cycle, Diesel cycle. Stirling and Ericsson cycle, Brayton cycle. Vapor Cycles:
Simple and Modified Rankine cycle with reheat & it:; regeneration.
Unit VI : [8 Hrs.]
Compressible Flow: Stagnation properties. speed of sound wave. Mach number. One dimensional isentropic
flow, Stagnation properties, speed of flow through c. convergent-divergent nozzles. Normal shock
Books Recommended
1 .Thermodynamics- An Engineering approach -Yunus A. Cengel. Michael A. Boles
2. Thermodynamics -C.P. Arora -Tata Mc-GrawHill publication.
3. Foniamentals of Classical Thei-modynamics -Gorden J. Van Wylen. Richard E. Sonntag,
4. Engineering Thermodynamics -P. K. Nag.
5. Basic Engineering Thermodynamics -Reiner Joel.
Tutorials Problems On
1) Steady flow systems.
2) Charging & discharging of vessels.
3) Measurement of dryness fraction.
4) Clausius inequality.
5) Chocking of nozzles.
6) Study of various Air Standard cycles.
86
THEORY OF MACHINES -II
Unit I : [8 Hrs.] Concepts in machine element dynamics. Dynamic Stresses in machine elements, various
approaches for dynamic analysis-D' Alembert principle, Hamilton principle and Lagrange equation.
Application of these approaches for simple two or three degree of freedom systems. Rigid body motion in
space. Euler's equation of motion. simple precession and gvroscopic couple. Gyroscopic effect on airplane.
ship, vehicles and grinding mills.
Unit II : [7 Hrs.] Dynamic force analysis of planar linkages such as four bar chain aod reciprocating
mechanism by graphical method, virtual" work method and analytical (complex number) method. Cam
dynamic and jump-off phenomenon.
Unit III : [7 Hrs.]

Balancing in reciprocating mechanism. Turning moment Vs crank angle diagram for single- cylinder and
multiple-cylinder engines, punching machines etc. Flywheel selection.
Unit IV : [8 Hrs.]
Static & Dynamic balancing in rotating machines. Balancing machines and field balancing by vector
diagram. Speed governors, centrifugal and inertia type, Watt, Portal. Proell. Hartnell governors, operating
characteristics of governors.
Unit V : [8 Hrs.]
Derivation of equation of motion for vibratory system. Free vibration of single-degre-of-freedorn system
with and without damping. Logarithmic decrement and damping estimation. Forced vibration of single-
degree-of-freedom and vibration isolation, whirling of shaft and critical speed of rotors.
Unit VI : [7 Hrs.]
Equation of motion tOr two-degree-of-freedom system. Natural frequencies and mode shapes vibration
absorber. Torsional oscillation of two-disc and three disc rotors.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Determination of jump-of speed of a typical cam- follower system
Dynamic balancing of rotating masses
Balancing of reciprocating mechanism
Critical speed of shafts Gyroscope
Free vibration of simile DOE and two DOE spring mass system
Natural frequency determination of cantilever beam Damping determination through free vibration
logarithmic decay of a simile damped system Natural frequency determination of two and three rotor system
Torsional vibration of briar or trifler pendulum Transmissibility of single degree of freedom system Dynamic
vibration absorber Dynamic force analysis of four bar mechanisms Dynamic force analysis of slider crank
mechanism Flywheel selection and parameter design for a typical multicylinder engines Performance
characteristics of governors.
Recommended Books
1) Theory of Machines and Mechanism -Shigley
2) Theory of Machines and Mechanism -Ghosh & Mallik
3) Theory of Mcchanism -S. S. Rattan
4) Mechanism and Machine Theory -Rao & Dukipatti
5) Theory of Vibrations -W T Thomson
Reference Books
1. Thcory of Machine -Thomas Bevan
2. Theory of Machines -Sandor & Erdman
87
3. Mechanical vibrations -Grover
FLUID POWER -II

Unit I : [8 Hrs.]
Impact of Jet and Jet propulsion: impact momentum principle, Dynamic action of jet on fixed & moving flat
plates and curved vanes, Series of plates and vanes. Water wheels, Velocity triangles and their analysis.
Introduction to jet propulsion of ships. Principles & Classification of Hydraulic Machines: Principles of fluid
machineries, Classification of hydraulic machines. Theory of turbo machines and their classification.
Elements of hydro-electric power plant. Impulse Turbines: Principle, Constructional features. Installation of
pelt on turbine, Velocity diagram and analysis, Working proportions, Design parameters, Performance
characteristics, Governing and selection criteria
Unit II : [8 Hrs.] Reaction or Pressure turbine: Principles of operation. Degree of reaction, Comparison over
pelt on turbine, Development of reaction turbines, Classification. Draft tubes, Cavitations in turbines. Francis
turbine, Propeller turbine, Kaplan turbine: Types, Constructional features, Installatic6ns, Velocity diagram
and analysis. Working proportions, Design parameters. Performance characteristics, Governor, Selection of
hydraulic turbines, Bulb turbines.
Unit III : [7 Hrs.]

Hydrodynamic pumps: Classification and Applications. Centrifugal Pumps: Principles of operation,
Classification, Components of centrifugal Pump installation. Priming methods, Fundamental equation,
Various heads, Velocity triangles and their analysis. Slip factor, Effect of outlet blade angle, Vane shapes,
Losses & efficiencies of pumps, Multi staging of pumps, Design considerations, Working proportions.
N.P.S.H, Cavitations in pumps, Installation and operation. Performance characteristics, Pump and system
matching, Introduction to axial) & mixed flow Pumps, Self priming pumps.
Unit IV : [7 Hrs.]
Positive displacement Pumps: Basic principle, Classification. Reciprocating Piston / Plunger Pumps: Types,
Main components, Slip, Work done, Indicator diagram. Cavitations, Air vessels, Hand pumps. Rotary
Displacement Pumps: introduction to gear pumps, Sliding vane pumps, Screw pumps.
Unit V : [7 Hrs.]
Similitude: Types of similarities, Dimensionless number and their significance, Unit and specific quantities.
Model Testing: Application to hydraulic turbines and hydrodynamic pumps. Miscellaneous And Water
Lifting Devices: Air lift pumps. Hydraulic ram, Vertical turbine or Bore hole pumps, Submersible pumps, Jet
pumps, Regenerative pumps. Unit VI : [8 Hrs.] Essential Elements Of Hydraulic System: Flow actuators.
Directional control valves, Pressure contort valves, Flow control valves, Basic hydraulic circuits, Meter in &
Meter out circuit. Use of single & double acting actuators, Hydraulic accumulator and intensifier. Pneumatic
Systems: Principle of pneumatics, Introduction to air compressors, Comparison with hydraulic power
transmission, Air preparatory, Unit basic valves & industrial pneumatic, circuits etc.
Books Recorded Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applications -Daugherty & Franizin. Hydraulic
Machines- Theory & Design -V. P. Vasandani.' Fluid Mechanics -A. K. Jam. Fluid Mechanics & Fluid
Power Engineering -D. S. Kumar; Fluid Mechanics & Machines -R. K. Bansal. Theory of Turbo-Machines -
A. T. Sayers. Industrial Hydraulics -J. J. Pippenger. Pneumatics -Gadre. Hydraulic Machines -Jagdish Lal.
Hydraulics & Pneumatics -H. L. Stewart.
Tutorials Selection of Turbines. Design of Centrifugal Pumps. Design of Francis Turbine. Design of
Reciprocating Pumps. Governing of Turbines. Study of Hydro-Kinetic Systems. Practical (Minimum ten to
be performed six experiments & four study) TO determine the Met centric Height of given Floating Vessel.
To veriN' Bernoulli's theorem. To find the value of coefficient of a given venture meter fitted in a pipe. To
find the value of coefficient of discharge for a given orifice meter. To find out critical velocity of flow by
Reynold's experiment. Performance characteristics of Pel ton Wheel. Performance characteristics of Francis
Turbine. Performance characteristics of Kaplan Turbine. Performance characteristics of Reciprocating Pump.
88
Performance characteristics of Variable speed pumps. Performance characteristics of Axial flow pump. Study
experiment on Fluidic devices. Performance of Hydraulic Ram. Practical on Pneumatic Iwdraulic circuit.
MANUFACTURING PROCESS -II

Unit I : [8 Hrs.]
Casting Process: Introduction. Pattern making: Types. materials used, Pattern making allowances, color
codes Core making:- Types, core material & its properties. Maudling: Types of sand moulds, molding sand
composition. mounding sand properties, mounding machines.
Unit II : [9 Hrs.]
Gating design -Elements of gating systems, pouring time, riser design (Analytical treatment) Melting
furnaces -Types, Electric furnace, Induction furnace, Cupola-construction & operation. Cleaning, inspection
& casting defects. Foundry mechanizing: Special casting processes such as investment Casting, Centrifugal
Casting, Shell Maudling, CO Maudling, Slush Casting, Die Casting.
Unit III : [7 Hrs.]

Mechanics of forming processes (including analytical treatment), Determination of rolling pressure & roll
separation force, driving force & torque, power loss in bearing. Determination of forging forces & stresses,
equipment (Hammer/Press) capacity required. Rolling. Forcing. Extrusion & Wire Drawing.
Unit IV : [6 Hrs.]
Powder Metallurgy: Powder manufacture and Conditioning, Production of Sintered Structural Components.
Self lubricating bearing, Cemented Carbides. Ceramics, Sintered Carted cutting tools. Composite Materials:
Classification, Different types of composite materials and its applications.
Unit V : [8 Hrs.]
Joining processes: Introduction to Welding. Soldering, Brazing Processes. Types of Welding. Arc Welding &
Gas Welding Processes, Defects & Inspection of Welding Joints, Electrodes, Readability of Metals, Welding
equipments of Fixtures.
Unit VI : [7 Hrs.]
Processing of Plastics, Thermoplastic, Thermosetting plastics, general properties & applications of
Thermosetting & Thermo Plastics. General Plastic Processes: Extrusion, Injection Moulding, Compression
Moulding, Transfer Moulding, Blow Moulding, Calendaring, Wire Drawing, Embossing.
List of Practicals :
Study of Cupola Furnace
Study of Moulding Techniques.
Study of Casting Processes.
Practice on wood pattert) making.
Machining Work. : At least two Mechanical assemblies using three or more parts involving machining on
lathe, drill, snapper & milling machines. It is expected that while planning practical for manufacturing
process-I: the job should be designed, such that the job machined in MP-I could also be used for assembly
(either few or all of them) tn MP-II with little machining (if required) 6. A Visit: A visit to a foundry shop for
more understanding of the casting practices.
Recommended Books:
1) Manufacturing Technology (Foundry Forming & Welding) -P N Rao
2) Manufacturing Science -Ghosh & Malik
3) Workshop Technology (Volume-I) -By Hajra Choudhary
4) Manufacturing Engineering & Technology 1 Kalpakjian & S R Schmid I
Reference Books:
1) Workshop Technology Vol. I -III -By WAJ Chapman
2) Manufacturing Processes -M Begman
89
3) Processes & Materials of Manufacture -R Lindberg
4) Workshop Technology (Volume I & II) -By Bawa
5) Workshop Technology Vol. I & II -By B.S. Raghuvanshi
MINI-PROJECT
A group of students {not more than 9 $students in a group) should fabricate a working model of any
mechanical or electromechanical system. Computer / mathematical model or simulation is not acceptable.
Students should submit (at least) one page abstract and a photograph of the model.
90
CONTENT
Fifth Semester (Mechanical Engineering Department )
Sr. Subject Page

No. No.
1. Industrial Economics and
Entrepreneurship Development
2. Machine Design - II
3. Manufacturing Process -III
4. Heat Transfer
5. Mechanical Measurement
6. Production Technology - I
7. Seminar
Six Semester (Mechanical Engineering Department )
Sr. Subject Page

No. No.
1. Energy Conversion - I
2. Automation Control
3. Operation Research Technique
4. Industrial Electronics
5. Computer Application - II
6. Machine Drawing
7. Industrial Case Study
91
V Semester B. E. (Mechanical)
Subje Uni. Paper

- Hrs - Hrs -Hrs
Code Assessment Hrs
Theory Practical
Industrial Uni. 80 -
Economics and
Entrepreneurshi
5ME1 40 - 03 03 01 -
p Development College 20 -
Machine
Design - II
Manufacturing Uni. 80 -
5ME2 Process -III 40 - 03 03 01 -
College 20 -
Heat Transfer
Mechanical Uni. 80 -
Measurement
5ME3 40 - 03 03 01 -
Production College 20 -
Technology - I
Seminar Uni. 80 25
Industrial
5ME4 Economics and 40 25 03 03 01 02
College 20 25
Entrepreneurshi
p Development
Machine Uni. 80 25
Design - II
5ME5 40 25 03 03 01 02
Manufacturing College 20 25
Process -III
Heat Transfer Uni. 80 25
5ME6 Mechanical 40 25 03 03 01 02
College 20 25
Measurement
Production A to
5ME7 College - - C - - - 03
Technology - I D
Total 600 - 150 - - 18 06 09
92
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMIC AND ENTERPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
UNIT I :
Industrial Economic, Basic concepts, demand analysis, type of demand. Determinants of demand methods of
demand forecasting, supply, law of diminishing marginal utility, elasticity of demand. [8 Hrs.]
Unit II : Factors of production, function, firm and industry. Law of return, cost, concepts, fix variable,
average, marginal and total cost, break even analysis, depreciation cost, taxation system, types of taxes,
cannons of taxation. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT III : Optimum size of unit, optimum firm, industrial combinations, causes for the growth of
combinations, forms of combinations in India, Various competitive situations, perfect, monopoly,
monopolistic, oligopoly. Price determination under these situations, Pricing strategies adopted by Indian and
foreign companies. Impact of globalization on Indian economy. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Concept os entrepreneurship, definition, competencies of entrepreneur's, entrepreneurial

functions, achievement, motivation, and type of enterprises. Policies governing to small scale industries
procedure to set up small scale industrial unit, advantage and limitations of SSI. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Concept of entrepreneurship, definition, competencies of entrepreneur's, entrepreneurial functions,

achievement, motivation, and type of enterprises. Policies governing to small scale industries, procedure to
set up small scale industrial unit, advantage and limitations of SSI. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Role of constancy organization, role of District industries Center, State Ind. Development
Corporations, Banks and financial institutions, latest SSI intensive schemes (to be confirmed from DIC time
to time). Determination of working capital requirement, Industrial overheads, determination of product sales
cost. [8 Hrs.]
Text Books: 1. Marginal Economics: V.N. Gupta 2. Managerial Economics: G.S. Gupta 3. Indian Industrial
Economy: K. V. Sivaya, V.8.M. Das 4. Entrepreneurship Development: Khanka
MACHINE DESIGN -II

UNIT I : Definition of design, types of design, design process, need, defining the problem, feasibility,
preliminary design alternatives, final design selection. preliminary and final plans and drawings. Failure
criterion and manufacturing consideration in design, basis of goods design, failure of machine parts,
deformations, wear, corrosion, manufacturing methods, machining tolerance, surface finish, cost design
consideration in casting and forging. Mechanical properties. Applications and designations as per ISI and
their equivalence with other standards of engineering materials, selection of material, temperature effects on
material properties cast iron, plane carbon steel, alloy steels, aluminum and copper alloys, cast steel, plastics,
polymers and composites and their applications. Design of cotter and knuckle joint Shrink and fit joints.
[7 Hrs.]
UNIT II : Riveted Joint: Reverted joint for boilers, structural works (uniform strength joint), and eccentric
loaded riveted joint. Welded Joint: Design of single transverse, double transverse, parallel fillet, combination
fillet butt joint, and eccentrically loaded welded joints. Bolted Joint: Design of bolted fasteners, bolts of
uniform strength, bolted joints under eccentric loaded. Design of lever: Hand lever, Foot lever, and crank
lever. [8 Hrs.]
93
UNIT III : Design of power screw: Expression for deflection and shear stress in helical spring, design of
helical spring, design of leaf spring. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Kinematics of friction drives such as brakes clutches design of friction clutch, single plate,
Multiple plate, cone, centrifugal clutch design of brake, shoe brake, brand brake, internal expanding brake.
[7 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Classification of thin and thick cylindrical pressure vessel, stresses in thin and thick cylindrical
pressure vessels when it is subjected to internal pressure, ~expression for longitudinal stresses, design of
pressure vessel, heads and cover plate. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Design of transmission shafts on the basis of strength, rigidity speed. ASME code for shaft design.
Design of stepped shaft axle splinted shaft, keys. [8 Hrs.]
Text Books:
1. Mechanical Design of Machine Maleev Hartman
2. Machine design P.H. Black
3. Mechanical Engg. Design J.E. Shigley
4. Design of Machine Elements B.D. Shiwalkar
5. Design of Data of Machine Elements B.D. Shiwalkar
MANUFACTURING PROCESS -III

UNIT I : Theory of Mental Cutting: Introduction. Orthogonal and Oblique cutting. Mechanics of Mental
Cutting. Metal cutting, shear plane, Stress, Strain and cutting forces. Merchant circle, Chip formation, cutting
force calculations, Desalination of Torque and power. required for tuning Drilling and Milling. Influence of
tool angle, cutting fluids, cutting speed, feed and depth of cut on depth of cut on power requirement,
Estimation of tool life. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT II : Gear Manufacturing : Gear casting gear milling, gear shaping, gear hobbling for spur helical and
bevel gear. Tooling and selection of cutting parameters. Process accuracy and quality of gears. Gear
stamping process, gear drawing process, Rolling process, Gear finishing, gear shaving gear lapping, gear
honing. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT III : Press working: Die cutting operation, classification, types of presses, press terminology,
introduction to shaping operations, bending forming and drawing. Jigs and Fixtures: Introduction, Difference
between jigs and fixtures, uses, principles of jigs and fixture design. Materials, principles of location, method
of location. Clamping requirement, types of clamps, jig bushes, drilling jigs, milling fixtures, classification of
fixtures. [8 Hrs] UNIT IV : Mechanics of forming processes (including analytical treatment) Rolling -
Determination of rolling pressure and roll separation force, drivel force and torque, power loss in bearing.
Forging -Determination of forging forces and stresses, Equipment (Hammer/Press) capacity required.
[8 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Processing of plastics: Plastic mounding methods, thermoforming, coding laminate forming,
machining of plastic, reinforced plastics. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Advances Welding Methods: Introduction to TIG, MIG, spot, Plasma Arc Welding Electron
Beam Welding Laser Beam Welding. [7 Hrs.]
Text Books:
1. Manufacturing Technology By Adithan, Gupta
2. Modern Machining Processes By Pandey, Shah
3. Production Engineering By P.C. Sharma
4. Tool Design By Donaldson
94
HEAT TRANSFER
UNIT I : Introduction, basic model of heat transfer, conduction, convection and radiation. Laws of heat
transfer and conservation of energy requirement. General heat conduction equation in Cartesian, cylindrical
and spherical co-ordinates. Thermal conductivity and diffusivity. One dimensional steady state conduction
equation for the plane wall, cylinder and sphere Thermal resistance of composite structures, contact
resistance, overall, heat transfer co-efficient, critical thickness of insulation. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT II: Conduction with internal heat generation for plane wall, cylinder and sphere. Extended surfaces
types of fins. Fins of uniform cross section area, temperature distribution and heat transfer rate, fin efficiency
and effectiveness. Error in temperature measurement. Unsteady state heat capacity analysis, heisted charts..
Biota Number, Fourier number and their significance. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT III.: Forced convection, physical signification of non-dimensional parameters. Flow of high moderate
and low print number fluid over a flat surface. Concept of velocity the thermal boundary layer thickness,
local and average heat transfer co-efficient. Empirical co-relation for external, internal flow, laminar and
turbulent flow through conduits [7 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Free or natural convection Grash of number, Raleigh number. Horizontal and vertical plate
Empyreal co-relation for cylinders and spheres Heat transfer with phase change pool boiling curve and
regimes of pool boiling. Firm and Drop wise condensation, laminar film consideration on vertical surface,
film consideration on horizontal tubes, effect on super heated and non condensation gases on condensation
heat transfer, Introduction to heat pipe.
UNIT V : Radiation, nature of thermal radiation, black body radiation, radiation intensity, law of radiation -
kerchiefs, Planks, Weans displacement, Stefan Boltzmann and Lamberts Co -sme law. Eminssivity,
Absorbtivity, Transitivity, Reflectivity, Radiosity, Emissive power, Irradiation. Radiation network: Radiation
exhange between surfaces, idea of shape factor and reciprocity theorem, radiation between parallel plates,
cylinder and spheres. Radiation shields, effect of radiation on temp measurement. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Heat exchanger: Classification, overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling factor, LMTD method
.of heat exchange analysis for parallel, counter flow and across arrangement effeciviveness NTU method,
design aspects of heat exchanges. Introduction on compact heat exchanges. Introduction to mass transfer.
[8 Hrs.]
PRACTICALS :- Minimum and experiments to be performed
1. Study of different methods of temp. measurements with special emphasis on chemo couples.
2. Study of different thermal properties of matter with special emphasis on thermal conductivity of various
materials.
3. Determination of thermal conductivity of metal bar.
4. Determination of thermal conducted of insulating material in the power form.
5. Determination of thermal conductivity of liquid.
6. Determination of thermal conductivity by guarded plate heater methods.
7. Determination of temp. distribution & heat transfer plate from a fin under (a) Free convection and (b)
Forced convection condition
8. Determination of forced convection heat transfer do efficient for fluid flow through a closed conduit.
9. Determination of free convection heat transfer coefficient for air flow over a vertical surface.
10. Determination of critical heat flux in saturated pool boiling.
11. Determination of condensation heat transfer in film wise & drop wise model.
12. Stud y of various types of heat exchangers.
13. Determination of emissive of non-block surfaces.
14. Determination of Stefan-Boltzmann constant.
95
15. Study of heat pipes.
Text Books: Use of approved data in examination is recommended Introducti80n to heat transfer by
Incropera & Dewitt J. Wiley Element of heat transfer by M. N. Ozisik Reference Books: 1. Heat transfer by
J.P. Holman McGraw Hill 2. Heat transfer by A. P. chapman Maxwell Macmillan 3. Principles of heat
transfer by Frank Kreiyth H & R 4. Heat & Mass transfer by V.M. Domkundwar Dhanpat Rai 5. Heat &
Mass transfer by D.S. Kumar S.K. Kataria 6. Heat & Mass transfer by Yadav C P H
MECHANICAL MEASUREMENT
UNIT I : Purpose structure and elements of measurement system. Static characteristics of measurement
system elements including systematic statistical characteristic generalized model of system elements and
calibration. Measurement error, error probability density function, error reduction. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT II : Dynamic characteristic of measurement system first and ,) second orders instruments, Transfer
Function G(s), step, ramp, .- and frequency response, dynamic errors. Signals and noise in measurement
system including deterministic and random signals noise sources and couplings, reduction of noise.
Reliability, choice and operating cost of measurement system (no mathematical treatment) [8 Hrs.]
UNIT III : Sensing elements: Resistive, capacitate, Inductive, Electromagnetic Thermoelectric Elastic,
Piezoelectric, Piezoresitive and electromechanical type. Signal Conditioning elements: Bridges, Amplifiers,
AC Carrier Systems, Current Transmitters. UNIT IV : Signal Processing including ADC, microcomputer
system, and software Signal Processing Calculations. Data Presentation, Data acquisition and communication
system. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Classification, Principle, Construction, Range,and working of instruments for following

measurements (Analytical treatment not included) Load, Force, Torque, Power, Displacement, Speed.
UNIT VI : Classification, Principle, Construction, Range and working of instruments for following
measurements (Analytical treatment .not included) Temperature, Flow, Level, Pressure, Sound, Light
Intensity. [7Hrs.]
Practical Static characteristic of at least 5 different instruments Static calibration of at least one instrument
Dynamic characteristics of at least one first order instrument. Dynamic characteristics of at least one second
order instrument. Static response of minimum two sensors Data acquisition Measuring parameters by
minimum 3 instruments. (In above practical experiments should be based on at least 10 different
measurements) Text Books: 1. Principles of Measurements System, Johm P Bentely, Person Education Asis.
2. Beckwith Buck 3. Nakra Chaudhary 4. Doechin
PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY -I
UNIT I : Interpretation of production drawing, Classification of operations -basis qualifying process, critical
product, critical secondary, auxiliary, supporting, break even analysis.
[7 Hrs.]
UNIT II : Tolerance analysis of limit and fits. Design of limit gauges, types of fits, shaft basis system, hole
basis system selective assembly, allowances, IS specification process planning sheet preparation of tolerance
chart (problem on tolerance chart not expected in theory examination) [8 Hrs.]
UNIT III : Metrology: Standards of measurements simple gauging instruments for linear and angular
measurements, compactors- Mechanical, Electrical and Pneumatic, measurement of straightness and flatness.
Measurement of thread, measurements of gear tooth. [8 Hrs.]
96
UNIT IV : Quality control: definition, function, objective, and characteristics. Quality of design quality of
conformance, process control charts and process capability. Statistical quantity control. [7 Hrs.]
UNITV: Acceptance sampling techniques O.C. curves, sampling plans, inspection types and objectives.
[7 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Introduction to IS09000, BIS 14000 series, TQM concepts, Quality assurance Quality audit..
Quality circles. [8 Hrs.]
Practical:1. Measurement of linear dimensions 2. Measurement of angular dImension using sine bar, clino
meter 3. Measurement of screw thread by floating carriage micro meter 4. Measurement of flatness and
straightness 5. Steady and measurement of parameters using too)makers Microscope. 6. Calibration of
Micrometer/dial gauge 7. Use of optical flat
Quality control 1. Case studies on process control 2. Design of' sampling plans 3. Study of ISO 9000/BIS
14000 series 4. Study of TQM Process
Planning and Tolerance chart 1. Preparation of process planning sheet and Tolerance chart (Two case studies
on two different jobs) 2. Design of limit gauges 3. Problem on Tolerance Analysis (limit and fits)
Tutorials 1. Study of various linear Measurements instruments 2. Study of various angular measurement
instruments .3. Study of various types of comparators 4. Designator limit gauges 5. Problems of Tolerance
Analysis (Limit & fits) ,6. Problems on control chart 7. Design on sampling plants 8. Preparation of process
planning sheet and tolerance chart (one for circular job and one for Square rectangular jogs)
Recommended Books (i) Metrology By R.K. Jain (ii) Metrology By I.C. Gupta (iii) Quality control Hardback
by Juran (iv) Statically Quality control -Grant (v) Total Quality Management -Zaire (vi) Production Engg. By
P.C. Shama (vii) Statistical quality control By Mahajan
SEMINAR
Student should collect information from library on any advance relevant technical topic Student should
prepare a report on the topic studied. Stud should make at least one presentation on the matter studied. Stud
should be encourage to go through Handbooks, Journals, Referee Brooks etc.
97
VI Semester B. E. (Mechanical)
Subje Uni. Paper

- Hrs - Hrs -Hrs
Code Assessment Hrs
Theory Practical
Energy Uni. 80 -
6ME1 40 - 03 03 01 -
Conversion - I College 20 -
Automatic Uni. 80 -
6ME2 40 - 03 03 01 -
Control College 20 -
Operation Uni. 80 -
6ME3 40 - 03 03 01 -
Research College 20 -
Industrial Uni. 80 25
6ME4 40 25 03 03 01 02
Electronics College 20 25
Computer Uni. 80 25
6ME5 40 25 03 03 01 02
Application -II College 20 25
Machine Uni. 80 25
6ME6 40 25 03 03 01 02
Drawing College 20 25
Industrial Case A to
6ME7 College - - C - - - 03
Study D
Total 600 - 150 - - 18 06 09
98
ENERGY CONVERSION - I
UNIT I : Principles of stream generation, classification of stream generators, fire tube and water tube stream
generators, high- pressure stream generators. Boiler mountings and assess cries.
UNIT II : Draught and its classification, chimney height, Chimney, diameter, efficiency, condition for
maximum discharge. Performance of stream generators. Evaporation Capacity, Equivalent Evaporation,
Factor of Evaporation, Boiler Efficiency. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT III : Fluidized Bed Boiler: Bubbling Fluidized Bed Boilers, Circulating Fluidized Bed Boilers
(elementary treatment expected) Fuels for stream Generators, Gradation & Analysis of Coal, Coal Handling
System, Ash Collection and Handling Systems.. Flue Gas Analysis Feed water supply systems.
[8 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Stream Nozzles: Adiabatic Expansion in Nozzles, Maximum Discharge, Critical Pressure Ratio
and Effects of Friction, Calculation of throat and exit areas, supersaturated flow, Wilson line Stream
Turbines: Principles of working of steam Turbines, Classification of Steam Turbines, Comparison of Impulse
and Reaction turbines, Simple and Compo and .turbines [12 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Energy Losses in Steam Turbines, Flow of Steam though Turbine Blading. Idead and actual
Reheat Factors, Velocity Diagrams, Grpaphical and Analytical Methods, Work Done, Thrust and power,
Dimensions and Proportioning of the Blades, Steam Turbine Efficiencies. Condition for maximum
efficienies, rebeat and Regenerative cycles, Governing of steam Turbines. [12 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Introduction to Simple Engine Steam Condensers and cooling Towers: Types of Condensers,
Classification of Condensers, Quantity of cooling Water Required, Design Calculations for Surface
Condensers, Daltons Law of Pressures, Sources of Air Leakage and Air Removal, size of wet Dry pumps, Air
ejectors. Coosing Towers: Wet Cooling Towers, Dry Cooling Towers, Dry Cooling Towers Cooling Ponds.
1. Power Plant Engineering By V.M. Dhomkundwar 2. Thermal Engineering By P.L. Ballaney 3. Thermal
Engineering By Mathur & Mehta 4. Thermal Engineering By Vasaudani Kumar
AUTOMATIC CONTROL
UNIT I : Mathematical modeling of physical systems and concept of transfer function. System representation
through block diagram and signal flow graph. Transfer function through block diagram simplification and
Mason's gain formula [10 Hrs.] ,
UNIT II : Control system components such as hydraulic actuators, servomechanism, D.C. and A.C.
servomotors, stepper motor pneumatic and hydraulic controllers. Control system for liquid r level control,
automatic power steering control, speed control position control and roboic manipulator etc. [10 Hrs.]
UNIT III : Time domain response aQalysis under transient inputs. Steady state error analysis and error
constants. PID controller and its applications. Routh criterion of stability. [10 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Root -Locus, technique, Bode plot, Gain margin and Phase margin, Transportation lag. System
From Bode plot. [10 Hrs.] UNIT V : Polar plot, Nyquist and stability criterion, Introduction to control system
design. Log Load compensation, feed back compensation and pole -zero placement. [10 Mrs.]
UNIT VI : State variable approach and state equation. Transfer function from state methods. State transition
matrix and solution of state equations. Controllability and observabilioty test through test model. [1 OHrs.]
99
Text Books (1) Modern Control Engineering By Ogata (PHI) (2) Control System Engineering By Nise
(Willey) (3) Control Systems By Nagrath & Gopal (TMH) (4) Modent Control Systems By Dort (Addision
Wesley) Reference Books: Digital Control State Variable Methods By Gopal (TMH)
OPERATION RESEARCH TECHNIQUE

UNIT I: Introduction to OR & basic OR Models, definition, Characteristics and Limitations of OR Linear
Programming: :-:". solutions of LPP by Graphical method and Simplex method, sensitivity analysis &
Formulation of Dual of LPP. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT II : Assignment model, Transshipment Model, Transportation model.
UNIT III : Dynamic programming, structure and characteristic of dynamic programming. Application of
dynamic programming to recourse allocation, inventory control, & LPP. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Project management: Drawing of network, CPM & PERT, Probability of completion of project,
cost analysis of project, allocation and updating of networks. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Replacement of model: Concept of equivalence, Interest rate, F esent Worth, Economic Evolutions
of alternatives, group Repfa ~ment Models, inventory control models, analysis of single Prod ;t Deterministic
Model. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Waiting line Situations, Queuing theory and Models (no Derivations Expected) Simulations,
concept and Applications in Waiting line situations, Inventory and networks. [7 Hrs.]
Text Books:1. Operation Reserch Heera & Gupta 2. Operation Reserch J K Sharma 3. Operation Reserch
Ashkhedkar & Kulkarni.
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
UNIT I : Digital Logic, Number system, Logic Gates, Boolean Algebra, Karnaugh Maps, Application of
Logic Gates. Sequential Logic.
UNIT II : Aficroprocessors, microcomputer Structure, Microcontroller and applications and programming.

Assembly Languages. Instruction sets, Assembly Language Programmers. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT III : System, interfacing, I/O ports, interface requirement, peripheral interface adapters, serial
communication interface, Examples, PLC Structure, I/O Processing, Programming Mnemonics, Timers,
Internal Relays and counters, Shift Registers, master & Jump control, data handling Analogue I/O, Selection
of PLC. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Digital Communication, Centralized, hierarchical and distributed control, network protocols,
communication interfaces. Fault detection techniques, watchdog timer, parity and error coding cheeks,
common hardware faults emulation and simulation. [7 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Electrical Drives, advantages, parts of electrical drive, Choice of electrical drives, typesofcontrol
of drives, selection of motor power rating (no mathematical treatment) [7 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Characteristics and control of various types of dc, ac induction, stepping andac/dc(no
mathematical treatment) [10 Hrs.]
Practical Minimum 8 Experiments to be conducted on characteristics of Electric Motors Control of Motors

PLC Applications Micro controller Applications.
100
Text Books 1. Mechatronics by W Bolton Addison Wesley. 2. Fundamentals of Electric drives by Gopal K
Dubeym, Narosa Publishing House 3. A First course on Electric Drives by S K Pillai, New Age International
Publishers.
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS -II

UNIT I : An introduction to DBMS Data and database, Database Systems: concepts and meaning.
Disadvantages of file systems. Advantages of database approach, disadvantages of using DBMS, Database
languages, database administrator & user, system structure [8 Hrs.]
UNIT II : Entity Relationship Model Entities and Entity sets, Relationship and relationship sets, Mapping
constraints, Keys, entity relationship diagram, reducing E-R diagrams to table Generalization, Aggregation,
Design of anE-R database schema. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT III : Relational database & SOL Structure of relational database, relation algebra, Basic structure of
SOL, set operations, aggregate functions Nested sub queries, derives relations. Modification of the database,
Joined relatiof1s, Data definition language Embedded SQL. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT IV : Integrity constraints & Relational database design Domain constraints, Referential integrity,
functional dependencies, Assertions, Triggers Pitfalls in rotational database, Normalization using functional
dependencies, using multi -value dependencies, Domain key Normal form. [8 Hrs.]
UNIT V : Indexing and Hashing Basic Indexing B* tree index files, B-tree, index files, static hashing,
comparison of indexing and hashing, index definition in SQL multiple key access. l Introduction to
transaction concurrency control, Recovery system, ~ Query interpretation and Query optimization.
[7 Hrs.]
UNIT VI : Computer Network Networking, Choplogics, Protocols, Network and model, Internet & E-
commerce B-B. [7 Hrs.]
Text Books:1. An introduction to database system by C.J. Data. 2. Database f~ system concept by A
Silberschatz, H F Korth, A Sudarshan. Computer Network by Stalin. 4. Computer Network by Tannmban.
Practical : 1. Program for selection of machine. 2. Program for tool selection. 3. Program for material
management. 4. Inventory management. 5. Optimization. 6. office automation. 7. thermodynamics problem.
8. Heat transfer problem. 9. Production planning.
MACHINE DRAWING
UNIT I : Drawing Standards for following .Drawing sheets Name Blocks ,Lines Sections It Dimensioning
Dimensioning of Tolerances r t Standard components Standard Features Machining Symbols Welding
Symbols Surface finish Symbols Heat Treatment manufacturing Instruction Allowances Materials
UNIT II : Orthographic Projections of Elements Orthographic Projections Sectional view Multiple Views
Missing views Profiles Cross Sections References Alignments Dimensioning
UNIT III : Study, qualitative selection of type/size (excluding design calculations) and Standard practices for
following elements Bolts Washers Rivets Welds Keys & Keyways Spines Couplings
UNIT IV : Assembly and Dismantling Techniques Principles of assembly Fits and Tolerances (Standards,
Types, Application Selection) Tolerance Charting Surfaces finish requirement for assembly. Manufacturing
method Geometries suitable for assembly Assembly Dismantling Tools Beaming Assemblies Assemblies
fastening
101
UNIT V : Assembly Drawings (Principles, Techniques and standards of drawing of following) Component
Subassembly Foil assembly Exploded Views Various frames/brackets/housings/casings Study of some
standard assemblies
UNIT VI : Production Drawing Plates, Part list, Revisions etc. Parts/Formats required for production drawing
process sheet.
Practical: Practical will consist of 1 .Pencil drawings of some standard components. Two sheets 2. Pencil
drawings of standard assemblies with components. Two sheets (Twodifferennt Assembles) 3. Pencil
drawings of Exploded view of a small assembly one sheet 4. Computer print out of a small assembly with
components assembly 5. Computer print out of a large assembly with component drawings, subassembly
drawings and assembly drawings using all standard formats one assembly 6. Computer print out of
production drawing and process sheet for two components. Pencil drawing should be in full imperial sheet
folded to Quarter Imperial size. Computer print outs should be on a dot matrix printer inA3 size. All
drawings should be submitted in one folder.
Text Books: PSG DATA book CMTI Data Book
INDUSTRIAL CASE STUDY

Students should visit any industrial Business establishment. They should collect information from industry
with the objective of studying some specific case/issue/problem. They collected data should be analyzed
using one or more theories studies in the curriculum. The result should be worked out and conclusions should
be worked Out and conclusions should be drawn. A group of six students should be made for one case study.
A report should be submitted. The report should consist of problem/issue identified Methodology of data
collection, data collected, method of analysis analysis result and conclusion. Minimum two presentation
should be made.
102
CONTENT
Seven Semester (Mechanical Engineering Department )
Sr. Subject Page

No. No.
1. Production Technology
2. Energy Conversion -II
3. Machine Design -III
4. Elect - I : Industrial Robotics
5. Elect - I :Tool Design
6. Elect - I :Synthesis of Mechanisms
7. Elect - I :Automobile Engineering
8. Elect - I :Material Handling Systems
9. Elect - I :Advanced I.C. Engines
10. Elect - I I : Industrial Robotics
11. Elect - I I : Management Information Systems
12. Elect - I I : Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
13. Elect - I I : Finite Element Method
14. Elect - I I : Stress Analysis
Eight Semester (Mechanical Engineering Department )
Sr. Subject Page

No. No.
1. Industrial Management
2. Automation in Production
3. Energy Conversion -III
4. Computer Aided Design
5. Elect - I II : Machine Enegy Systems
6. Elect - I II : Renewable Energy Systems
7. Elect - I II : vibrations
8. Elect - I II : Mechatronics
9. Elect - I II : Cryogenics
103
VII Semester B. E. (Mechanical)
Subje Uni. Paper

- Hrs - Hrs -Hrs
Code Assessment Hrs
Theory Practical
7ME Production Uni. 80 -
40 - 03 03 01 -
1 Technology College 20 -
7ME Elective - I Uni. 80 -
40 - 03 03 01 -
2 College 20 -
7ME Elective - II Uni. 80 25
40 25 03 03 01 02
3 College 20 25
7ME Energy Conversion - Uni. 80 25
40 25 03 03 01 02
4 II College 20 25
7ME Machine Design -III Uni. 80 25
40 25 03 03 01 02
5 College 20 25
7ME Project Seminar
College - - 50 25 03 - - 03
6
Total 500 - 200 - - 15 5 09
104
PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY – II
UNIT I : Work Study: Productivity -Concept and objectives of productivity, Types of productivity, factors
affecting productivity. Tools and techniques to improve productivity, Measurement of productivity. Work
study and methods study: Definitions, objectives, step-in method study, process charts, string diagram,
motion study, micro motion study, SIMO Chart.
UNIT II : Work measurement: Objectives, definition, stop watch study, work sampling, PMTs, MTM &
Work factor method Ergonomics: Objectives.. Human factors in Enggl., Man machine system, Display
design, design, controls. Principles of motion economy, work place design.
UNIT III : Plant layout: Objectives, Principle, Types of plant layout, Material handling, Objectives Principles
and selection of material handling equipments, Unit load concept, material flow .pattern.
UNIT IV : Forecasting: Need for forecasting, classification of forecasting methods, like judgmental
technique, time series, analysis, least square method, moving average method, exponential -t smoothing
method.
UNIT V : Production planning and control: Definition, objectives i of PPC, functions of PPC, types of
production Value analysis and, value Engineering Introduction, steps involved in value analysis. Applications
in ~ Manufacturing
UNIT VI : Maintenance : Objectives, Types of preventive, predictive, break down maintenance Reliability
and maintainability analysis Failure data analysis, reliability, MTBT, MTTR, series parallel and stand by
system
Recommended books
1. Work study by ILO
2. Motion and Time study
3. Ergonomic -Morel
4. PPC -Jain & Agrawal
5. Industrial Engg. and Project management by Mart Telsang
6. Reliability Engg. By Balguruswami
7. Plant layout and Material Handling by James Apple.
ENERGY CONVERSION -II, 7ME4

UNIT I : Positive displacement Type of Compressors Reciprocating compressors :- Parts, 'operations, Work
done during isothermal, polytrophic & adiabatic compression process, Pv diagram, isothermal efficiency,
Effect of clearance, volumetric efficiency, Mechanical efficiency, Multistage compressor, condition for
minimum work input, capacity control, Actual indicator diagram. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Rotary compressors :-Root & vanes blower and screw compressor :-Principle, operation, parts,
indicator diagram, work done, Roots efficiency, vanes efficiency. (No analytical treatment expected)
Centrifugal compressor: Principle, operation, parts, velocity diagram, static & total head quantities, work
done by impeller, isentropic efficiency of compressor. slip factor, pressure coefficient, power input factor.
Axial flow compressor :Principle, operation, parts, velocity diagram, work done, Degree of reaction stage
efficiency compressor characteristics, surging & chocking. Poly tropic efficiency. (8 Hrs.)
105
UNIT III : I.C. Engines: Air standard & fuel air cycles, parts of I.C. Engines, working of I.C. Engines, Two
stroke & four stroke I.C. Engines 81 & CI engines, Introduction to combustion in 81 & CI engine,
carburetion & fuel injection. (Analytical treatment not expected) (8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : I.C. Engine Testing :Measurement of power indicated, friction & brake power, measurement of
speed, fuel & air consumption, calculation of indicated & brake thermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency,
mechanical efficiency, percentage of excess air, Heat balance sheet, performance characteristics & factors
influencing the performance of I.C. Engines. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Gas Turbines :Ideal cycles isentropic and small stage efficiency, application of gas turbine pressure
losses, effect of interfolding reheat & reverberation, fuel-air ratio combustion efficiency performance
ca1cutation, open cycle & closed cycle gas turbine plants co- generations & combined power cycles.
(8 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : JET PROPULSION:
Principles & working of turbojet, turboprop, Ramjet & pulse jet simple turbojet cycle, Thrust power
propulsive power. Thermal efficiency propulsive efficiency. overall efficiency
TEXTBOOKS(1) Thermal Engineering: By P.L. Ballaney (2) Thermal Engineering: By. (3) Heat power
engg. : By Kuman & Vasandani, (4) IC Engine by : V. Ganeshan (5) Gas turbine & Jet Propulsion: Khajuria
& Dubey
REFERECE BOOK(1) Gas Turbine Theory -By Cohen & Rogers. (2) Internal Combustion Engilles -By E.O.
Obvert I
Practical I 'Minimum eight practical to be connected (1) Trial on steam turbine plant (2) Technical report on
visit thermal plant. (3) Trial on reciprocating compressor (4) Trial on rotary compressor(5) Study of internal
combustion engines (6) Study of fuel injection and ignition systems (7) Performance testing of a single
cylinder 1.C. Engine. (8) Study of engine cooling and lubrication systems. (9) Trial on multicylinder Petrol
Engine with energy balance sheet. (10) Heat balance on Multicylinder Diesel Engine (11) Morse test on
multicylinder I.C. engine (12) Study of gas turbines (13) Study of Carburetors such as zenith, carter, soles,
S.U. etc. (14) Study of cogeneration GT Plant and jet propulsion systems
106
MACHINE DESIGN -III 7ME5
UNIT I : Coupling: Types of shaft coupling, design of flange coupling, flexible bush coupling. Flywheel:
Coefficient of fluctuation of energy and Coefficient of fluctuation of speed, energy store in flywheel, stresses
in flywheel, design of flywheel. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Surfaceitlnish, friction wear, lubrication, oil seals, design of journal bearings for radial and thrust
loads, selection of ball and roller bearing for radial and thrust loads, Failures of antifriction bearing, design of
hydrostatic pocket type thrust bearing such as circular step thrust bearing, bearing housing. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Frat belt dive: Types of belts & belt material, analysis of belt tension, condition for transmitting
maximum power, design of flat belt, flat belt pulley’s belt drive: Types of V-belt, analysis of V-belt tension,
design of V belt pulley. Roller change drive: Velocity ratio and length of chain, design of chain, dimensions
of tooth profile, sprocket. (8 Hrs.) UNIT IV : Review of Kinematics of gears & terminology, interference,
tooth profiles, formative number of teeth etc. Buckingham equation, design of spur gear drive, helical gear
drive. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Worm gear drive: Types and proportion of worm and worm gear, force analysis, beam strength of
worm great teeth, dynamic tooth load, wear load, thermal rating of worm gear, design of worm and worm
gear. Bevel! gear drive: Types of bevel gear, proportions of bevel gear, force analysis of bevel gear drive
design of bevel gear drive. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Introduction to haulage system, design of wire rope, sheave and drums Electr.i9motor rating,
types of motor like AC, CD, their Characteristics, controls, selection motors.
{7 Hrs.)
List of Practical Numerical problem {at least 10 problems should be included in the Journal). 1. Design of
fly wheel 2. Design of coupling 3. Design of Journal Bearing 4. Design of Selection Antifriction bearing 5.
Design of Belt drive 6. Design of chain drive 7. Design of wire rope 8. Design of Gear drive Each students
shall submit two assembly design report along with the drawing for assembly/sub assumable for any
mechanical system consisting of not less than four members included in the syllabus.
TEXT BOOKS1. Mechanic' Design of Machine Maleev, Hartman 2. Machines Design P.H. Black3
Mechanical Engg. Design Shigley 4. Design Data book B.D. shiwalka 5. Design of Machine Elements V.B.
Bhandari 6. Design of Machine electricts. B.D. Shiwalkar I Reference Books 1. Handbook of Machine
Design -Shigky & Mischke 2. Mechanical Engineing Handbook -Kent 3. Design Data Book -PSG. Tech.
Goimbatorc 4. Machine Tool Design Data Book –GMTI
107
( Elective) INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS 7ME2
UNIT I : Automation and Robotics, Robot anatomy, configuration of robots, joint notation schemes, work
volume, introduction to manipulator kinematics, position representation, forward and reverse transformations
of a 2- DoF arm, a 3-DoF arm in two dimension, a 4-DoF arm in three dimension, homogeneous
transformations in robot kinematics, D-H notations, solving kinematics equations, introduction to robot arm
dynamics.
UNIT II : Basic control system models, slew motion, joint- interpolated motion and straight line motion,
controllers like on off, proportional, integral, proportional plus integral, proportional plus derivative,
proportional plus integral plus derivative
UNIT III : Robot actuation and feedback components, position and velocity sensors, actuators and power
transmission devices, mechanical grippers,. vacuum cups, magnetic grippers, adhesive grippers, pneumatic,
electric, hydraulic and mechanical methods of power and control signals to end effectors
UNIT IV : General considerations in robot material handling, material transfer applications, pick and place
operations, palletizing and related operations, machine loading and unloading, die casting, plastic molding,
forging, machining operations, stamping press operations using robots.
UNIT V : Use of robot In spot welding. continuous arc welding, spray coatings, Robots in Assembly
Operations.
UNIT VI : Robot cell layouts, multiple robots and machine interface, other considerations in work cell
design, work cell control, Irlterlocks. error detection and recovery. worked! controller, robot cycle time
analysis.
( ELECTIVE-I) TOOL DESIGN 7ME2
UNIT I : Theory of metal Cutting Introduction: Mechanics of chip formation, Cutting tool materials, Single
point cutting tool. Designation of cutting tools, ASA system, Importance of Tool angles, Orthogonal rake
system, Classification of cutting tools, Types of chips, determination of shear angle, velocity relationship,
force relations, Merchant's Theory, Cutting power, Energy consideration in metal cutting, Tool wear, Tool
life, Tol life criteria, variable affecting tool life, Machineablity (8 Hours)
UNIT II : Design of single Point Cutting Tool Forln tools -Introduction, Types, design of form tools. Drill~ -
Introduction, Types,' Geometry, Design of drill. Milling cuters -Introduction, Types, Geometry, Design of
milling cutters. Reamers, Taps & Broaches -constructional features only (7 Hours)
UNIT III : Press tool Design Introduction, Press Operations -Blanking, piercing, Notching, Perforating,
Trimming, Shaving, Slitting, lancing, Nibbling, Bending, Drawing, Squeezing, Press working equipment -
Classification, Rating of a press, Press tool equipments, arrangement of guide selection: pres~ working
terminology~, Working of cutting die, Types of dies -Simple dies, Inverted die, compound dies dies,
progressive dies, Transfer dies, Multiple dies Principle of metal cutting, strip layout, clearance, angular
clearance, clearance after considering elastic recovery, cutting forces, method of reducing cutting forces, Die
block, Die block thickness, Die opening, Fastening of die block, back up plate, Punch, Methods of holding
punches, Strippers Stoppers, Stock stop, Stock guide, Knock outs, Pilots. Blanking & Piercing die design -
Single & progressive dies. (9 Hours)
UNIT IV : Bending Forming & Drawing dies Bending methods -Bending Terminology, V-Bending, Air
bending, bottoming dies, Wiping dies, spring back & it prevention, channel dies. Design Principles -Bend
108
radius, Bend allowance, Spanking, width of die opening, Bending pressure. Dies -Introduction, Types -solid
form dies, pad type form dies, curling dies, Embossing dies, coining dies, Bulging dies, Assembly dies.
Drawing Dies -Introduction, Differance between blending, forming & drawing, Metal flow during drawing,
Design, Design consideration -Radius of draw die, Punch radius, Draw clearance, Drawing speed,
Calculating blank size, Number of draws, Drawing pressure, Blank holding pressure. (6 Hours)
UNIT V : Forging Die Design & mould Design . Forging Die Design: Introduction, Classification of forging
dies. Single impression dies, Multiple Impression dies. Forging design factors -Draft, fillet & corner radios,
parting line, shrinkage & die wear, mismatch, finish allowances, webs & ribs Preliminary forging op~.ration
-filleting, edging, bending, drawing, flattering, blacking finishing. cutoff. Die design for machine forging -
determination of stock size in closed & open die forging. Tools for flash trimming &- hole piercing, material
& manufacture of forging dies. .'- Mould Design: of Simple Blow Moulds for Articles such as bottles, cans
Design of simple two plate injection moulds, Mould Materials (8 Hours)
UNIT VI : Design of jugs & fixture: Introduction, locating & clamping ~ -principle of location, principle of
pin location, locating devices radial or angular location, V-location, bush location, design ft,; principle for
location purpose' .principle for claming purposes, ~ clamping devices, design principles common to Jigs &
fixtures. i Drilling Jigs: Design principles, drill bushes, design principles for drill bushings, Types of drilling
jigs -Template jig, plate type jig, open type jig, swinging leaf jig, Box type jig, channel type " jig. jig feet. (
Milling Fixtures : Essential features of a milling fixtures, machine vice, Design principles for milling
fixtures, Indexing jig & fixtures, Automatic clamping devices. (7 Hours)
Text Book 1. Production Enginering By P. C. Sharma S. Chand Publication 2. Tool Design By Donaldsn
(TMH)
109
( ELECTIVE-I) SYNTHNESIS OF MECHANISMS 7ME2
Unit 1 : Introduction to kinematics, type of mechanics, kinematics synthesis, science of relative motion, tasks
of kinematics synthesis with practical application, Degree of freedom class-I class II chain, Harding's
notation, Grashof criterion, Grubler's criterion. (7 Hrs)
UNIT II : Introduction to position generation problem concept of pole; two & three position generation
synthesis, pole triangle, Relationship between moving & fixed pivots, Four position generation, opposite pole
quadrilateral, center point & circle point Curve, Burmese’s point. Matrix method for position generation
problem, rotation matrix, displacement matrix. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Introduction to function generation problem, co-ordination of input-output link motion, relative
pole technique, inversion technique, graphical synthesis of quick return mechanisms for optimum
transmission angle. Types of errors, accuracy points, cheby sheer’s spacing, Rubenstein’s .equation. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Introduction to path generation problem, synthesis for path generation with and without
prescribed timing using graphical method. Coupler curves, cognate linkages, Robert's law of cognate
linkages. Complex number method for path generation problem 3 precision points. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Synthesis for infinitesimally separated position, concept of polode and cent rod, Euler's savery
equation, inflection circle, Bobbilier and Hartman's construction. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Optimal synthesis of planer mechanisms, powell's search method, least square method, penalty
function. Introduction to spatial mechanisms, H-H notations, introduction to kinematics analysis of robot
arm. (8 Hrs.)
TEXT BOOKS (1) Applied linkage synthesis -TaO D.C .(2) Advanced mechanism design -G.N. Sandor.
A.G. Erdman. (3) Kinematics and mechanisms design -C.H. Suh C. W. Radchiffe.
( ELECTIVE-I) AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 7ME2
UNIT I : Introduction, 'Automobile history and development, Chassis, articulated and rigid vehicles and
vehicles layout. Prime movers Engine construction -Structural components and materials Fuel supply
system, cooling and lubrication systems, Filters, water pumps, radiators, Thermostats, ant freezing
Compounds. (8. Hrs.)
UNIT II : Clutch -Necessity, requirements of a clutch system. Types of Clutches, centrifugal clutch, single &
multi plate clutch, fluid Clutch. Gear box Necessity of transmission, principle, types of transmission. .Sliding
mesh, content mesh, synchromesh, Transfer gear box, Gear Selector mechanism, lubrication and control
Torque Converter, Automatic Transmission. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Transmission system: Propeller shaft, Universal joint, constant velocity joint, Hotchkiss drive,
torque tube drive. Differential -Need and types Rear Axles and Front Axles Brakes -Need, types Mechanical,
hydraulic, Pneumatic barkers, Electrical Brakes, Engine Exhaust brakes, Drum and Disc brakes, Comparison.
Details of components, Brake adjustment. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Steering systems, principle of steering, center point steering, Steering linkages, steering geometry
and wheel alignment.. power Steering, special steering systems. Tyros, tyros specification, factors affecting
110
tyre performance, Special lyres, wheel balancing, suspension systems -Function of Spring and shock
absorber, conventional and Independent suspension System, Telescopic shock absorber, linked suspension
systems. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Electrical systems -construction. Operation and maintenance of Batteries, Alternator working
Principles and Operation of regulators, starter motor, Battery Ignition and magneto ignition systems ignition
timing. Electronics ignition, lighting, Horn, side indicator wiper. Automobile air -conditioning, Panel board
instruments. Maintenance, Troubleshooting and service, procedures, Overhauling, Engine tune up, Tools and
equipment for repair and Overhaul. Testing equipments. (8 Hrs.)
UNITVI : Recent Advances in automobiles such as ABS, Electronic Power Steering, Steer by wire, Traction
control, Active suspension, Collision avoidance, intelligent lighting, Navigational aids and Intelligent vehicle
highway system. (5 Hrs.)
TEXT BOOK Automotive Machanics -Joseph Heitner Motor Vehicle Technology -J.A. Dolan Automotive
Engines -W.H. Crouse Motor Vehicle -K.Newton and W.Seeds, T.K. Gawet Western Hand book
( ELECTIVE-I) MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEM 7ME2
UNIT I : Types of interplant transporting facility, principal groups of material handling equipments, choice
of material handling equipment, hoisting equipment, screw type, hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors, general
characteristics of hoisting machines, surface and overhead equipments, general characteristics of surface and
overhead equipments and their applications. Introduction to control of hoisting equipments. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Flexible hoisting appliances like ropes and chains, welded load chains, roller chains, selection of
chains, hemp rope and steel wire rope, selection of ropes, fastening of chains and ropes, different types of
load suspension appliances, fixed and movable pulleys, different types of pulley systems, multiple pulley
systems. Chain and rope sheaves and sprockets. (10 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Load handling attachments, standard forged hook, hook weights, hook bearings, cross, piece and
casing of hook, crane grab for unit and piece loads, carrier beams and clamps, load platforms and side dump
buckets, electric lifting magnets, grabbing attachments for loose materials, crane attachments for handling
liquid materials. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Arresting gear, ratchet type arresting gear, roller ratchet, shoe brakes and its different types like
electromagnetic, double shoe type, thruster operated, controlled brakes, shoe brakes, thermal calculations of
shoe brakes and life of linings, safety handles, load operated constant force and variable force brakes, general
theory of band brakes, its types and construction.
(10 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Different drives of hoisting. gears like individual and common moor drive for several mechanisms,
traveling gear, traveling mechanics for moving trolleys and cranes on runway rails, mechanisms for trackless,
rubber-tired and crawler crane.3 motor propelled trolley hoists and trolleys, rails and traveling wheels,
slewing, jib and fluffing gears. Operation of hoisting gear during transient motion, selection the motor rating
and determining braking torque for hoisting mechanisms, drive efficiency calculations, selecting the motor
rating and determining braking torque for traveling mechanisms, slewing mechanisms, jib and bluff
mechanisms. (Elementary treatment is expected) (8 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Cranes with rotary pillar, cranes with a fixed post, jib cranes with trolley, cranes with bluff boom,
cantilever cranes, cage elevators, safety devices of elevators, belt and chain conveyors and their power
calculations, vibrating and oscillating onveyors, pneumatic and hydraulic conveyors screw conveyors,
hoppers, gates and feeders. Introduction to AGV's as new material handling device, use of robot for material
handling. (7 Hrs.) TEXT BOOKS 1. Materials Handling Equipment-N. Rudenko, Envee Publishers, New
Dehli 2. Material Handling Equipment-M.P. Alexandrov. Mir publications Maskow
111
(ELECTIVE-I) ADVANCED I.C. ENGINES 7ME2
UNIT I : Engines types and their operation Introduction and Historical. Perspective Engine classifications
Engine Operating cycles Engine components Engine friction, lubrication and cooling, lubrication systems.
Frictional losses, blow by losses, pumping loss. Factors affecting mechanical friction (8 hrs.)
UNIT II : Automotive fuels S.I. ,Engine fuels characteristics C.I. Engine fuels characteristics Rating of
engine fuels, I.C. engine fuels -petrol, diesel, CNG, LPG, Alcohols, Vegetable oils fuel supply system, S.I.
Engine, Carburetors, modern carburetor, S.P.F.I., MPFI, direct injection. C.I. Engine: Fuel injection pump
reciprocating rotary, fuel injector, High presser D.I. systems, fuel distribution systems. (7 hrs.)
UNIT III : S.I. Engine Charge motion within the cylinder swirl, squish, combustion stages, flame propagation
cyclic variations in combustion, ignition fundamentals, conventional ignition system, abnormal combustion,
knock and surface ignition, knock fundamentals, turbo charging, supercharging and scavenging in engines.,!
(7 hrs.)
UNIT IV : C.. I. Engines Combustion in direct and indirect injection, fuel spray behavior, combustion in C. I.
Engines, ignition delay, auto ignition. Factors affecting delay. Effects of fuel properties. Abnormal
combustion, supercharging and turbo charging in engines. (7 hrs.)
UNIT V : Stratified charge engine, free piston engine, adiabatic engines. Pollutant formation & Control
Nature and extent of problem, Nitrogen oxides Kinetics of NO formation, formation of NO2 NO formation in
S. I. Engines NOx formation in C. I. Engine Carbon monoxide and unburned hydrocarbon emissions in S. !.
and C. I. Engines, EGR Particulate emissions, measurement technique. Catalytic converters, particulate traps.
(8 hrs.)
UNIT VI : Engine Design and Operating Parameters Important engine characteristics, Geometrical
properties 'of Reciprocating engines, Brake, Torque & Power, Indicated work per cycle,' Mechanical
efficiency, Road load power, Mean effective pressure, Specific fuel consumption and efficiency, Air/Fuel
and Fuel/Air rations, Volumetric efficiency, Specific emission and emission index, Relationship between
performance parameters Measurement and Testing Measurement of friction power indicated power, Brake
power, Fuel consumption, Air consumption, Performance parameters and characteristics: Engine Power,
Engine efficiencies, Engine performance characteristics, Variables affecting performance characteristics.
(8 hrs.)
TEXT BOOK Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals -Joh B. Heywood Internal Combustion Engines
and Air pollution -Edward F. Obert
Reference Books I Internal Combustion Engines -V. Ganesan ):",1 Internal Combustion Engines -V. M.
Domkundwar Internal Combustion Engines -M. C. Mathur, R.D. Sharma.
( ELECTIVE-II) INDUSTRIAL FLUID POWER 7ME3
UNIT I : Fluid power systems: Components, advantages, applications in the field of M/c tools. material
handling, hydraulic presses, mobile & stationary machines, clamping & indexing devices etc. Transmission
of power at static & dynamic states. Types of Hydraulic fluid petroleum based, synthetic & water based.
Preperties of fluids. Selection of fluids, additives, effect of temperature & pressure on hydraulic fluids. Seats,
sealing materials, selection of seals. Filtors, strainers, sources of contamination of fluid & its control. JIC
symbols/ISO Symbols for hydraulic & pneumatic circuits. (8 Hrs.)
112
UNIT II : PUMPS: Types, classification, principle of working & constructional details of vane pump, gear
pumps, radial & axial plunger pumps, power and efficiency calculations, char, Curves, selection of pumps for
hydraulic power transmission. ACCUMULATORS & INTENSIFIERS: Types & functions of accumulators,
intensifiers, applications, selection & design procedure. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT III : CONTROL OF FLUID POWER: Necessity of pressure control directional control, flow control
valves, Principle of pressure control valves, direct operated, pilot operated, relief valves, pressure reducing
valve, sequence valve & methods of actuation of valves. FLOW CONTROL VALVES: Principle of
operation pressure compensated, temp. compensated flow control valves, meter in a & meter out flow control
circuits, bleed off circuits. DIRECTION CONTROL VALVES: Check valves, types of D.C. ; valves: Two
way two position, four way three position, four way j two position valves, open center, close center, tandem
center valves, method of actuation of valves, manually operated, solenoid operated, pilot operated' etc.
(8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : ACTUATORS: Linear & Rotary actuators, Hydraulic motors-Types, vane, gear piston, radial
piston. Methods of control '; of accelerating types of cylinder & mountings, calculations of piston j velocity,
thrust under static & dynamic applications. Design consideration for cylinders. Hoses & Pipes: Types,
materials, pressure drop in hoses/pipes. Hydraulic piping connections. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT V : DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS:* Meter in meter out circuits * Pressure control for
cylinders * Flow divider circuits. Circuit illustrating use of pressure reducing valves, sequencing valve,
counter balance valves, unloading valves with the use of electrical controls, accumulators etc. Maintenance,
trouble shooting & safety precautions of Hy. Circuits.
(7 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Pneumatics: Introduction to pneumatic power sources, e.g. reciprocating & rotary compressors,
roots-blower etc. Comparison of pneumatics with Hydraulic power transmission. Air preparation units,
filters, regulators & lubricators. Actuators, linear, single & double acting, rotary actuators, air motors,
pressure regulating valves, Directional. control valves two way, three way & four way valves, solenoid
operated, push button; & lever control valves. Flow control valves. Check valves methods of actuation,
mech, pneumatic & electrical etc. Pneumatic circuits for industrial applications & automation. Eg. Feeding,
clamping, indexing, picking & placing etc. (8 Hrs.)
TEXT BOOKS (1) Introduction to Fluid Power By Sahashtrabudhe, Nirali Prakashan rune (2) Industrial
Hydraulics By J.J. Pipenger, mcgraw Hill Co. (3) Pneumatics circuits By D.S. Mujumdar
Reference Books 1) Pinches, "Industrial Fluid Power :, Prentice Hall (2) V1ckers manuals on Industrial
Hydraulics (3) H.L. Stewart, "Hydraulics & Pneumatics", Industrial Press (4) Yeaple, "Fluid Power Design
HandbookI
Practicals I Minimum eight practicals to be conducted/studied (1) Study of JIC/ISO symbols for Hydraulics
and Pneumatics (2) Study of hydraulic pumps. (3) Study of various I.!alves used in hydraulic circuits(4)
Study of accumulators and Intensifiers (5) Study of different flow control methods (6) Study of various
industrial hydraulic circuits applications (7) Study of various industrlal hydraulic circuits (another three to
four applications) (8) Study of FRL unit and valves used in pneumatics (9) Study of industrial pneumatic
circuits (three to four app.) (10) Study of hydraulic fluids and fluid seals used in hydraulic systems.
( ELECTIVE-II) MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM 7ME3
UNIT I : Introduction to MIS System & Its components, System Concepts, system control, Types of systems,
data & information, Nature and scope, Character function & Applications, system life cycle design.
UNIT II : System Ana./ysis. : System planning, Information Gathering, Structure Analysis tools, Feasibility
Study, cost-benefit analysts.
113
UNIT III : System Design: Stages of system Design, input out & form design, Database Design, Design
Documentation Unlit JV : SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION & EVALUATION System testing,
'Implementation Detailed evaluation, System maintenance.
UNIT V : DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM' Concepts & Philosophy of DSS, Deterministic System,
Artificial Intelligence (AI). knowledge Based Expert system (KBES). UNIT VI : MIS TOOLS &
PACKAGES/AREAS OF MIS
UNIT III : CONTROL OF FLUID POWER: Necessity of pressure control directional control, flow control
valves, Principle of pressure control valves, direct operated, pilot operated, relief valves, pressure reducing
valve, sequence valve & methods of actuation 1 of valves.FLOW CONTROL VALVES: Principle of
operation pressure compensated, temp. compensated flow control valves, meter in a & meter out flow control
circuits, bleed off circuits. DIRECTION CONTROL VALVES: Check valves, types of D.C. valves: Two
way two position, four way three position, four way two position valves, open center, close center, tandem
center valves, method of actuation of va1ves, manually operated, solenoid operated, pilot operated' etc. (8
Hrs.)
UNIT IV : ACTUATORS: Linear & Rotary actuators, Hydraulic motors-Types, vane, gear piston, radial
piston. Methods of control of accelerating types of cylinder & mountings, calculations of piston velocity,
thrust under static & dynamic applications. Design consideration for cylinders. Hoses & Pipes: Types,
materials, pressure drop in hoses/pipes. Hydraulic piping connections. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT V : DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS: * Meter in meter out circuits * Pressure control for
cylinders * Flow divider circuits. Circuit illustrating use of pressure reducing valves, sequencing valve,
counter balance valves, unloading valves with the use of electrical controls, accumulators etc. Maintenance,
trouble shooting & safety precautions of Hy. Circuits. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Pneumatics: Introduction to pneumatic power sources, e.g. reciprocating & rotary compressors,
roots-blower etc. Comparison of pneumatics with Hydraulic power transmission. Air preparation units,
filters, regulators & lubricators. Actuators, linear, single & double acting, rotary actuators, air motors,
pressure regulating valves, Directional. control valves two way, three way & four way valves, solenoid
operated, push button; & lever control valves. Flow control valves. Check valves methods of actuation,
mech, pneumatic & electrical etc. Pneumatic circuits for industrial applications & automation. Eg. Feeding,
clamping, indexing, picking & placing etc. (8 Hrs.)
TEXT BOOKS (1) Introduction to Fluid Power By Sahashtrabudhe, Nirali Prakashan Pune (2) Industrial
Hydraulics By J.J. Pipenger, mcgraw (3) Pneumatics circuits By D.S. Mujumdar1) Pinches, "Industrial Fluid
Power :, Prentice Hall(2) Vickers manuals on Industrial Hydraulics(3) H.L. Stewart, "Hydraulics &
Pneumatics", Industrial Press (4) Yeaple, "Fluid Power Design Handbook". Minimum eight practical to be
conducted/studied (1) Study of JIC/ISO symbols for Hydraulics and Pneumatics (2) Study of hydraulic
pumps.(3) Study of various 'fa/ve,s used in hydraulic circuits (4) Study of accumulators and Intensifiers (5)
Study of different flow control methods (6) Study of various industrial hydraulic circuits (three to four
applications) (7) Study of various industl:ia! hydraulic circuits (another three to four applications) (8) Study
of FRL unit. and valves used in pneumatics .(9) Study of industrial pneumatic circuits (three to four app.)
(10) Study of hydraulic fluids and fluid seals used in hydraulic systems.
ELECTIVE-II) MANAGEMENT7ME3
UNIT I : Introduction to MIS: System & Its components, System Concepts, system control, Types of
systems, gate & information, Nature and scope, Character function & Applications, system life cycle design.
UNIT II. : System Analysis: System planning, Information Gathering, Structure Analysis toq/s, Feasibility
Study, cost-benefit analysis.
114
UNIT III : System Design: Stages of system Design, Input/Output & form design, Database Design, Design
Documentation
UN1T IV : SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION & EVALUATION System testing, 1mplementation Detailed

evaluation, System maintenance. UNIT V : DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM: Concepts & Philosophy of
DSS, Deterministic System, Artificial intelligence (AI). knowledge Based Expert system (KBES). UNIT VI :
MIS TOOLS & PACKAGES/AREAS OF MIS ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) SCM (Supply Chain
arrangement) CRM (Customer Relation argt.) Concept of data ware housing and data mining. I
PRACTICALS I Inventory control, MRP, Office Automation by using: MS-Access, Visual Basic, oracle or
any other database Languages. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. MIS by WS Jawadekar 2: MIS by D.P. Goyal 3.
System Analysis and Design by Elias M. Awad 4. System Analysis and Design -by Don Yeales.
(ELECTIVE-II) REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING .7ME3
UNIT I : REFRIGERATION: Introduction, Definition, Applications. STUDY OF SIMPLE VAPOUR

COMPRESSION REFERIGERATION SYSTEM: Analysis of simple vapour compression refrigeration
system, effect of subcooling, superheating, polytropic compression & pressure drops on the performance of
the system. STUDY OF VAPOUR ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION SYSTEM: Introduction Ammonia-
Water, Lithium bromide-water systems, three fluid refrigerator. REFEGERANTS : Nomenclature of
refrigerants, refrigerant properties, mixture refrigerants, global warming potential & Ozone depletion
potential, Montreal & Kyoto protocol, alternate refrigerants. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT II: MULTISTAGE VAPOUR COMPRESSION REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS: Multiple compressor

& multiple evaporator systems, cascade refrigeration systems. Study of equipments such as compressors,
evaporators, expansion devices & controls defrosting methods (types & principle only). Testing & charging
of refrigeration systems. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT III : OTHER REFRIGERATION TECHNIQUES: Air cycle refrigeration, Applications in air
refrigeration systems, Vortex tube, thermoelectric refrigeration. CRYOGENICS: Introduction, Application of
cryogenics, Joule- Thomson coefficient, inversion curve, methods ,of liquefaction of air.
(7 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : PSYCHROMETRY: Introduction, psychometric properties of air, psychometric ch31

,psychometric processes bypass factor, apparatus dew point temperature. HUMAN COMFORT: Mechanism
of body heat losses, factors affecting human comfort, effective temperature, comfort chart. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT V : ADVANCED PSYCHROMETRY: Application of psychometric to various air-conditioning

systems. RSHF, GSHF, ESHF, air washers, air coolers HEAT LOAD CALCULATIONS: Data collection for
load calculation, various components of heat load estimate, method of cooling load calculation. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : AIR TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION: Principle of air distribution, types of grills &
diffusers & their selection criteria, air a/torsion, types of air filters, distribution of air through ducts, pressure
losses in ducts, methods of duet design, duct friction chart, air conditioning controls. (7 Hrs.)
[Minimum seven experiments to be performed / demonstrated / studied] 1 .Demonstration of use of various
tools and equipments used by a refrigeration mechanic.2. Study of various types of compressors.3. Study of
various condensers, evaporators, expansion devices used in refrigeration. systems.4. Study of demonstration
of various controls used in refrigeration and air-conditioning’s. Study of demonstration of miscellaneous
refrigeration devices such as vortex tube. Thermoelectric Cooler, Cascade Refrigeration Unit etc. 6. Study &
115
demonstration of window air conditioner / packaged Nc / automotive / Nc system. 7, To perform experiments
on vapor compression test rig to determine COP of the system.8. To perform experiments on Air-
conditioning test rig.9. To perform experiments on desert cooler to evaluate its performance.10.
Demonstration of charging a vapor compression refrigeration system. 11. Report on visit to air-conditioning
or cold storage plant or ice liquefaction plant. 12. Study of a central Nc plant 13. StUdy of Demonstration of
domestic freeze. 14. Exercises on computer assisted cooling load calculation. 115. Exercises on computer
assisted duct design.
TEXT BOOKS . A text book at Refrigeration & Air-conditioning by R.S. Khurmi ." & J.K. Gupta -S. Chand
Pub, ii: Refrigeration & Air-conditioning by Dr.P.l_. Baliany-Khana Pub. , iii. Refrigeration & Air-
conditioning by Dr. C.P. Arora -TMH Pub.iv. Refrigeration & Air-conditioning by Dr. Manohar Pressed new
Age Int. Pub.y. Refrigeration & Air-cor=1ditioning by S. V. Domkundwar - Dhanpat Rai & sons Pub.
REFERENC.E BOOK ii. Refrigeration & Air-conditioning by Stocker & J ones 'i -McGrawi-Hill
Publication.I iJii. Principle of Refrigeration & air-conditioning by Roy J.Dossat- i* Pearson Efi1u. I iii. '-
Refriger~lion & Air-conditioning by Jordon & Priestar ". -PHt I~ublication. iv. Thermal" Environmental
Engg. by James Throlkeld v. Modern. refrigeration Practice by Guy R King vi. Modern Air-conditioning
Practice by Harris-McC1rawi-Hili Pub. vii. ASHRAF hand books -McGraw-Hill Publication. viii. Carrier's
air-conditioning design data book- McGrawi-Hill Pub. IX. Air conditioning Principles & System. Energy
approach by E.G. Pita-Pearson". Audels Series on Air-conditioning, Home Refrigeration & Air-conditioning
and commercial Refrigeration -D.B. Taraporewala & Sons. xi. Principles of Refrigeration by Marsh Olive -
CES Publication. ; xii. Principle of Air-conditioning by Paul Lang -CES Publication. xiii. Basic Refrigeration
& Air-conditioning by P.N. Ananthnarayanan TMH Publication.
( ELECTIVE-II) FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 7ME3
UNIT I : Fundamentals of stress & strain, stress & strain components. stress strain relationship, Elastic
constants, plane stress, plane strain, differential equation of equilibrium, compatibility equation. Boundary
conditions. Saint Venant's principle, Airy's stress function. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Fundamental concepts of FEM -Historical background, ,scope of FEM in Engg. energy, Concept of
Virtual work, Raleigh-Ritz method, FEM analysis procedure. Mathematical understanding required for FEM,
Matrix algebra & operations, exigent values & exigent vectors, Methods for solution of simultaneous.
equations, like Gauss elimination, Matrix decomposition method. Concept of discrimination of body Into
elements, degrees of freedom, bandwidth, Basic types of 2-D & 3-D elements, displacement models,
convergence requirements, shape function. Commercial FE Software’s. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Finite element modeling & analysis using Bar & Beam element -stuffiness matrix, assembly,
boundary conditions, load vector, temperature effects. Two dimensional plane truss -Local & Global
coordinate system, element stiffness matrix, assembly, boundary conditions, loa9 vector, force & stress
calculations. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Two dimensional problems using CST & LST -formulation of CST & LST elements, elemental
stiffness matrix, assembly, boundary conditions, load vector, stress calculation, Temperature effect. Axis-
symmetric solids subjected to ax i-symmetric loading -axis- symmetric formulation using CST ring element,
stiffness matrix, boundary conditions, load vector calculation of stresses. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Introduction to Isoperimetric & Higher order elements. i Introduction to Numerical Integration. .;
Introduction to dynamic analysis, formulation of mass matrix for I Ione-dimensional bar element, free
vibration analysis using one- dimensional bar element. ~ Torsion of prismatic bars using triangular elements.
(7 Hrs.) .
UNIT VI : Steady state one dimensional & two dimensional heat conduction problems using 1-D and
triangular elements respectively. .; Programming aspects of FEM -Algorithms for, reading Finite i Element
116
modeling data, formation of elernental stiffness matrix, formation of elemental load vector, assembly of
individual elemental stiffness matrix into global stiffness matrix, assembly of individual elemental load
vector into global load vector, application of boundary conditions, solution of equations, determination of j
stresses and strains. '-' ~ Pre & Post processing in FEA (8 Hrs.)
Suggested books 1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering -T.R. Chandrupatla & A.D. Belegundu 2.
Theory of Elasticity -S.P. Timoshenko 3. Concept and applications of Finite element Analysis -R.D. Cook 4.
The Finite Element Method -A basic introduction for engineers -D.W. Griffiths, D.A. Nethercot -Granada
Publishing
List of Practical Students should use the commercial software or programmers from the text-books or self
developed programs, to verify the results obtained by manual calculations. The input data and output results
of the problem solved using the computer programs, should be included in the Journal.1 .Any two problem
using bar element 2. Any two problems using truss element 3. Any two problems using CST element 4.
Anyone problem using axisymmetric element 5. Anyone problem of free vibration analysis using bar element
6. Anyone problem of Torsion of Prismatic bars. 7. Anyone problem on Steady State Heat conduction. List of
Tutorial: Two tutorials on each unit.
( ELECTIVE-II) STRESS ANALYSIS 7ME3

UNIT I : Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian Coordinate system -Fundamentals of stress & strain,
stress-strain relationship, Elastic constant, plane stress, plane strain, differential equation of equilibrium.
Boundary conditions, Saint Venant's principle, compatibility equation, Airys stress function. Stress analysis
of cantilever subjected to concentrated load at it's end and simply supported beam subjected to uniformly
distributed load. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Two dimensional problem in polar coordinate systems -General equations of equilibrium in polar
coordinate, compatibility equation, stress distribution about symmetric axis, stress analysis of cylinder
subjected to internal & external pressure, Pure bending of curved beams, effect of hoie on the stress
distribution in plates, Stress analysis of rotating circular disk. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Two Dimensional Photo elasticity -Introduction to basic optics related to photo elasticity, stress
optic law, plane & circular Polaris cope arrangements, effect of stressed model in plane & circular Polaris
cope, Isoclinic & Is chromatic. stress trajectories, calibration of photo elastic material (determination of
fringe constant), various photo elastic materials and their properties, Casting of photo elastic rrlodels,
Tandy’s compensation technique, Separation techniques like, shear difference, oblique incidence & electrical
analogy. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Introduction to 3-D photo elasticity -Phenomenon Stress freezing, Method of stress freezing,
slicing techniques, .determination of material fringe constant at critical temperature. Scaling Model -
Prototype relations. Birefringerent coating method -Reflection laparoscope. Introduction to fringe
sharpening & fringe multiplication. (7 Hrs.)
Unit V : Strain gage technique for stress & strain analysis - Introduction to electrical resistance strain gages,
gage factor, bridge circuit, bridge balance, output voltage of Wheatstone bridge, balancing of bridge,
temperature compensation, various bridge configurations, bounding of strain gages to the specimen,
determination of principle strains & stresses using strain rosettes. Environmental effects on performance of
strain gages, Strain gage response to dynamic strains, Effect of lead wires. Introduction to Strain
measurement on rotating components, Static & Dynamic Strain Measurement. Introduction to semiconductor
gages, high temperature strain gages & self-temperature compensated gages. Introduction to Commercial
strain indicators. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Grid technique for strain analysis, Brittle coating method for stress &.strait analysis, Moiré 1ringe
method for stress & strain analysis. (7 Hrs.)
117
Suggested Book 1. Theory of Elasticity -S.P. Timoshenko 2. Experimental Stress Analysis -Dally & Riley 3.
Experimental Stress Analysis -T.K. Ray 4. Experimental Stress Analysis -L.S. Srinath
List of Practical 1. Casting of Photo elastic Sheet 2 Preparation of Circular Disk or any model from photo
elastic sheet 3. Determination of fringe constant using circular disk. 4. Determination of stresses using at
least three photo elastic models. 5. Separation of Principle Stresses using any method of stress separation. 6.
Stress freezing of photo elastic model 7. Fixing of strain gages to the specimen 8. Stress & strain
measurement in cantile Vet beam using strain gages. 9. Study & demonstration of Reflection Polaris cope 10.
Study & demonstration of Fringe sharpener & multiplier List of Tutorial: Two tutorials on each unit
118
VIII Semester B. E. (Mechanical)
Subje Uni. Paper

- Hrs - Hrs -Hrs
Code Assessment Hrs
Theory Practical
Industrial Uni. 80 -
8ME1 40 - 03 03 01 -
Management College 20 -
Elective - III Uni. 80 -
8ME2 40 - 03 03 01 -
College 20 -
Automation in Uni. 80 25
8ME3 40 25 03 03 01 02
Production College 20 25
Energy Conversion- Uni. 80 25
8ME4 40 25 03 03 01 02
III College 20 25
Computer Aided Uni. 80 25
8ME5 40 25 03 03 01 02
Design College 20 25
Computer Aided Uni. - - 75 75 - - 06
8ME6 Design
College - - 75 - - - - -
Total 500 - 300 - - 15 5 12
119
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT 8ME1
UNIT I : Principles of management Concepts of management, development of scientific management.,

Principles of Frederick Taylor & Henry Fayol, functions such as planning, organizing, staffing, leading,
motivating, communication, controlling, decision making, span of control. (8 Hours)
UNIT II : Personnel Management: Meaning, functions of personnel management, manpower planning,

collective bargaining, wages & salary administration, labor welfare, training, trade unions, Industrial
Factories Act, Industrial Boils Act, Trade union act. (7 Hours)
UNIT III : Plant Management: Plant 10cation, plant layout, types of maintenance such as break down,
predictive & preventive maintenance, stores management, industrial safety, causes & cost of accidents, safety
programs, production planning & control, job, batch & process type of production. (8 Hours)
UNIT IV : Marketing Management: Definition & scope, selling & modem concepts of marketing, market
research, new product development, product life cycle, product launching, sales promotion, prancing,
channels of distribution, Advertising, market segmentation, marketing mix. (7 Hours)
UNIT V : Material Management: Importance of Materials Management, Classification, Codification,

Forecasting, of Inventory (8 Hours)
UNIT VI : Financial Management: Sources of finance financing organizations, types of capital, elements of
costs & allocations of indirect expenses, cost control, break even analysis, budgets & budgetary control,
equipment replacement policy, make or buy analysis, balance sheet, ratio analysis, profit & loss statement.
(7 Hours)
TEXT BOOKS (1) Principles of Management: Koontz & 0 Denial (2) Industrial Organization & Engineering
Economics' T. R. Banga & S. c. Sharma (3) Financial Management -Kuchal
REFERENCES Principles of marketing management; Philip Kotler & William Stuaton
AUTOMATION IN PRODUCTION 8ME3
UNIT I : Automation -Definition, types, reasons for automating, arguments for and against automation.
Types of production, functions in manufacturing. Organization and information processing in manufacturing.
Automated Flow 'Lines- Methods of work part transport, Transfer mechanisms, Buffer storage. Analysis of
flow lines -General terminology and analysis, analysis of transfer lines without storage, partial automation,
automated flow lines with storage buffers, manual assembly lines. Line Balancing Problem, Methods of line
balancing. Automated Assembly Systems -Types, part delivery system (7 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Numerical Control Production Systems -Basic concepts, coordinate system and machine motion-
Types of NC systems -Point to point, straight cut and continuous path. Machine control unit and other
components, Tape and tape readers. part programming -Punched tape and tape formats, NC words, method of
part programming, manual part programming: APT programming, Directed numerical control. Computer
numerical control. Adaptive control. Applications and economics of NC. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Industrial Robotics -Introduction, robot anatomy, robot control systems, accuracy and
repeatability and other specifications, end effectors, sensors, introduction to robot programming, safety
monitoring. Robot applications -Characteristics of robot applications, work cell layout, robot applications in
material handling, processing, assembly and inspection. (7 Hrs.)
120
UNIT IV : Automated material handling & storage-Conveyor I systems: Roller conveyer, Skate wheel
conveyer, Belt conveyers, Chain conveyers, Slat conveyers, Overhead trolley conveyers, Infloor towline
conveyers, Cart on track conveyers. Automated Guided Vehicle Systems -Types: Driverless trains, AGVS
pallet trucks, AGVS unit-load carriers. Vehicle guidance & Routing, Traffic control & safety, System
management, Analysis of AGVS systems, AGVS applications. Automated Storage & Retrieval System
Types: Unit load AS/RS, mini load AS/I {S, man on board ASRS, automated item retrieval system, deep lane
AS/RS -Basic components & special features of AS/RS. Carousel storage systems, Work in process
quantitative analysis. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Automated inspection & Group technology: Automated inspection principles & methods -100%
automated inspection, off-line & nn -line inspection, distributed inspection & final inspection; Sensor
technologies to; automated inspection, coordinate. measuring flashiness -con -tructiol1, operation & benefits
Machine vision image acquisition & digitization, image processing & analysis, interpretation, machine vision
applications; Oth'er optical inspection methods -Scanning laser systems, linear alla~' devices, optical
triangulation techniques. Group Technology: Part families, parts classification & coding, Opitz classification
systems production. flow analysis; Machine cell design -composite pat1 concept, types of cell design, best
machine arrangement, benefits of group technology. (9 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : 1. Computer aided manufacturing -Manufacturing planning, manufacturing control; Computer

integrated manufacturing; 2. Flexible manufacturing systems -Components, Types of systems, FMS layout
configuration computer functions, data files, system reports, FMS benefits. 3. Computer aided process
planning : Retrieval CAPP systems, generative CAPP systems, benefits of CAPPo 4. Shop floor control. (6
Hrs.) Computer Process Control
Text Books I 1. Automation, production System & CIMS : M.P, Groover PHI 2. CAD/CAM: Zimmers &
Groover Pill
References Books 1. Numerical Control And Computer Aided Manufacturing Kundra, Rao & T ewari TMH
"2. Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems: Yoram Koren; Mcgraw Hill
Practicals 1. Performance, Simulation on CNC lathe (atleast two Complex Geometric) 2. Performance,
Siumulation on CNC milling (atleast two Complex Geometries) 3. Practice Programming on Manual Part
Program 4. Practice Programming on APT 5. Case Study on Automated System of any Industry. 6.
Performance/Practical on Robot. 7. Part Coding and Group Technology
121
ENERGY CONVERSION -III 8ME4
UNIT I : Refrigeration: Introduction, unit of refrigeration, simple vapour compression refrigeration system.
Vapor absorption refrigeration system (concept only) refrigerants Alternative refrigerants introduction to
cryogenics and application of cryogenics simple Lined Hampton system. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Air conditioning : Introduction, psycnromeulv and processes, human comfort and factors affecting
comfort, Bypass factor, application of psychometrics to simple air conditioning systems, Typical summer and
winter air conditioning system (concept only) 'Evaporative cooling, working of Air washer. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Principle of solar Energy collection, solar energy and sources of power generation, solar constant,
Flat plate & connect rating collectors for water and air heating, solar energy storage solar pond Applications
of solar energy for cooking, drying solar photovoltaic system & Its application working of wind generators &
MHO generator (Theoretical treatment is expected) (8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Hydraulic systems: Study of Hy. Pumps such as vane pump, gear pump, piston pump etc.
Essential elements of a hydraulic system: flow Actuators, Directional control valves pressure control valves,
f control valves, basic circuit, meter in & meter our circuits. Use of single, Double actuator, crane, jacks.
(8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Pneumatic systems: Principle of pneumatics, comparison with hydraulic power transmission. Air
preparatory unit, valves & Ind. Pneumatic circuits. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Energy Auditing : Introduction, importance of energy audit, uses of energy audit basic terms of
energy audit, types of energy audit, procedure for carrying energy audit, instruments used for energy audit,
such as power analyzer, multipoint heat flow meter, Lux meter, portable infrared radiation thermometer,
thermocouple based temperature indicator. Energy Conversation & Management Need & Importance of
energy conservation & Management, payback period, return on Investment (ROI), life cycle costs, sankey
diagram, specific energy consumption. (8 Hrs.) 1. Performance on vapour compression refrigeration system
2. Experiment on desert cooler 3. Study of vapour absorption refrigeration systems 4. Study &
Demonstration on household refrigerator 5. Study & Demonstration on solar application 6. Study &
Demonstration on hydraulic pumps & valves 7. Study & Demonstration of various Industrial hydraulic
circuits 8. -Study of air preparatory unit 9. Study & Demonstration of various Industrial pneumatic circuits
10. Study on energy conservations opportunities preferably in Industries 11. Report on visit to Ice plant OR
any refrigeration installation .air conditioning plant 12. Study of Instruments I equipments required for
conducting energy audit
TEXT BOOKS 1. Refrigeration ~ Air Conditioning by -C.P. Arora 2. Thermal Engg. by -P.L. Ballany 3.
Industrial Hydraulics by -Pipenger 4. Pneumatic system by -R.S. Mujumdar 5. Energy Management by -
William T. Synder & Fredaric W. symords Vol. 2 6. Energy management handbook by W.C. Turker
122
COM POUTER AIDED DESIGN
UNIT I : Definition of CAD, CAD Software’s modules (Operating System, Graphics, Applications,
Programming, Communication). Pasteurization Principle, Rasterization of line, frame buffer, N-bit plane
buffers, simple color frame buffer. (6 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Line Generation using Bresenham's and DDA algorithms for line; circle, ellipse. Two dimensional
geometric and co-ordinate transformations like scaling, translation, rotation, reflection, shear. Concept of
homogeneous representation and concatenated transformations. Inverse transformations. (Enumeration of
entity on graph paper) (7 Hrs.) UNIT III : Three dimensional geometric and co-ordinate transformation like
scaling, translation, rotation and reflection. Bezier Curve (for 4 Control points). Introduction to surfaces and
its representation using parametric equation, surface of revolution. Wire frame modeling, solid modeling of
basic entities like box, cone, cylinder. CSG & B rep technique using set theory. (9 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Fundamental Concept of Finite Element Method: Plain Stress and" Strain, Compatibility
condition, Minimum potential energy principle. Displacement function, snap function for linear & quadratic
bar element, Stiffness matrix, Force Matrix. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Truss problems, Two dimensional problems using Constant strain triangle. Beamd and Frames
(Linear Shape functions only.) (6 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Optimization : Optimal Problem Formation, Engineering optimization problems. Optimization

Algorithms: Single Variable optimization algorithm using Golden search method, Bisection method.
Multivariable Optimization using Simplex search method. Penalty function method. (9 Hrs.)
Practical 1. Introduction to CAD software’s. 2. Program on Bresenham's Line Algorithm. 3. Program on

Bresenham's Circle Algorithm 4. Program on Bresenham's Ellipse Algorithm. 5. Simple examples ot two
dimensional transformations. 6. Simple examples on three dimensional transformations. 7. Program for
generation of any surface. 8. Generation of at least two simple solid models showing geometric properties
using any CAD software. 9. One dimensional problems of Finite Element Method. 10. Finite Element
Method problems on truss. 11. Finite Element Method problems using two dimensional element. 12. Problem
on anyone of optimization method. At least Eight exercises are expected in journals. It is preferred to have
four exercises from 1 to 6 and remaining four from 7 to 12.
TEXT BOOK 1. CAD/CAM, Theory & Practice: Ibrahim Zeid I 2. Procedural elements for computer
Graphics: D Rogers 3. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering: Chandrupalla & A.D. Belegundu 4.
Optimization for Engineering Design: Kalyanmoy Deb
References Books I 1. Computer Graphics: D. Hearn & M.P. Baker 2. Computer Graphics: S. Harrington.
Additional Readings: 1. Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics Dravid F. Rogers, J. Alan Adams .2.
Schaum's Outline Series: Theory & Problems of Computer Graphics Roy A. Plastock, Gordon Kalley
123
( ELECTIVE-III) MACHINE TOOL DESIGN 8ME2
UNIT I : Introduction to Machine tool drives & Mechanism Working & auxiliary motions in machine tools,
Parameters defining the working motions of a machine tool; Machine tool drives, Hydraulic Transmission &
its elements, Transmission & its elements, General requirements of machine tool design layout of machine
tool. (7 Hours)
UNIT II : Regulation of speed & feed rates -Aim of speed & feed regulation, Stepped regulation of speed -
Various laws of stepped regulation. Selection of range ratio, Standard values of Geometric progressing Ratio
& guidelines for selecting value, break up of speed steps; Structure diagrams & their analysis, Speed clla
11.Design of feed box, machine tool drives using multiple speed mothers, Special cases of gear box design -
speed box with overlapping speed steps, speed box with a combined structure.. speed box W/it11 broken
geometric progression, General recommendation for developing the Gearing diagram, determining the
Number of teethes of gears, Classification of speed & feed boxes. Electromechanical system of Regulation,
Friction, Pressure and Ball Variation, Epicyclic Drive (8 Hours)
UNIT III : Design-of Machine Tool Structure - Functions of machine tool structures & their requirements,
Design criteria for machine tool struck 1 .es, Materials of machine tool structures, Static & Dynamic
stiffness, Profiles of machine tool structures, Factors affecting stiffness of machine tool structures & methods
of improving it; Basic design procedure of machine tool structures-design for strength, design for stiffness.
Design of Beds, C01umn, housings, Bases & Tables, Cross Rails, Arms, Saddles, Carriges, Rams. (7 Hours)
UNIT IV : Design of Guide ways & Power Screws Functions & types of guide ways, Design of Sideways -
Shapes/, materials, methods of adjusting clearances. Design Criteria & Calculations for sideways, Design for
wear resistance, Design for stiffness. Guide ways operating under liquid friction conditions- Hydrodynamic
& Hydrostatic sideways, Design of Aerostatic sideways, Design of Antifriction Guide ways, Combination
guide ways, protecting devices for sideways. Design of Power Screws -Sliding friction' power screws,
Rolling friction Power Screws.. (8 Hours)
UNIT V : Design of Spindles & Spindle Supports Functions of spindle unit & requirements, Materials of
spindles, design c31culations Of spindles -Defection of spindle axis due to bending, deflection ,of spindle,
axis due to compliance of spindle support$, optimum spacing between spindle, supports deflection due to
compliance of the Tapered Joint permissible deflection & design for stiffness. Antifriction bearings -
Preloading of antifriction bearing. Sliding bearings -Sleeve bearings, hydrodynamic journal bearing, air -
lubricated bearings
UN1T VI : Testing & Control of Machine Tools (d) Testing: Objects and procedure for Acceptance Test,
Instrumentation for acceptance, Accuracy of machine tools, accuracy of work pieces. (e) Control systems:
Electrical control, push button control, directorial control relays, electrical brakes, automation in feed
mechanism. (f) Hydraulic control: Positional control, power paek for lubrication system in hydraulic drive.
(g) Control system for gear sliding and feed mechanism (open loop or close loop) for NC/CNC machine
using stepper motor or DC motor. (8 Hours)
TEXT BOOKS (1) Machine Tool Design -N.K. Mehata TMH ! (2) Principles of Machine Tools -Sen,
Bhattacharya New central book agency : (3) Machine Tool Design -Basu, Pal Oxford IBH ,
TUTORIALS 1 .Design of working of speed gear and feed gear box. 2. Design and working drawing of 4
M/C Tool mechanism.
124
( ELECTIVE-III) RENEWABLE ENERGY: SYSTEMS 8ME2
UNIT I : Solar Energy: Introduction, solar constant, spectral distribution of solar radiation, beam & defuse
radiation, measurement of solar radiation and measuring instruments. Solar radiation geometry, solar angles,
estimation of average solar radiation, radiation as tilted surface, tilt factors. (8 hrs.)
UNIT II : Solar flat plate collectors: Types of collectors liquid flat plate collectors, solar air heaters,
transmissivity of glass cove (system, collector efficiency, analysis of flat plate collector, fin efficiency,
collector efficiency factor and heat removal factor, selective surfaces, evacuated collectors, novel designs of
collector. (7 hrs.)
UNIT III : Concentrating collectors: line focusing, point focusing and non focusing 1ype, central receiver
concept of power generations compound parabolic collector, comparison of flat & concentrating collectors.
Applications of solar energy to water heating, space heating, space cooling, drying refrigeration" distillation,
pumping. Solar furnaces, solar cookers, solar thermal electric conversion, solar photo-voltaic. (8 hrs.) Solar
energy storage, sensible, latent and thermo chemical storage, solar pond
UNIT IV : Biogas : Introduction, bio gas generation, fixed dome & floating drum biogas plants their
constructional details, raw material for biogas production, factors affecting generation of biogas and methods
of maintaining biogas, production, digester design considerations, fuel properties of biogas and utilization of
biogas Bio Mass: Introduction, methods of obtaining energy from biomass, incineration, thermal gasification,
classification of gasifies & constructional details chemistry of gasification fuel properties, applications of
gasifies. (7 hrs.)
UNIT V : Wind and Ocean energy :- Power in wind, forces on blades, wind energy: Basic principle of wind
energy conversion site selection consideration wind data and energy estimation, basic components of WECS
Classification of WEC systems, savonius and darrieus rotors applications of wind energy Ocean energy:
Introduction: ocean thermal electric conversion open and closed cycle of OTEC, hybrid cycle, energy from
tides basic principles of tidal power & components of tidal power plants, single & double basin arrangement
estimation of tidal power and energy. Energy from ocean waves-energy availability, wave energy conversion
devices. (8 hrs.)
UNIT VI : Geothermal and MHD power generation: Geothermal energy- : Introduction, classification of
geothermal systems vapour do liquid dominated system, total flow concept, petrothermal \Systems, magma
resources. applications of geothermal operatioml & environmental problems. Magneto Hydro Dynamic
generation: Introduction principles of MHD power generation, HD open and closed systems., power output
from MHD generators, 'ensign problems of MHD generation, gas conductivity, seeding (hrs.) Text books
Energy, Technology -Parulekar & Rao Non Conventional Energy Source -G D Rai Reference books (1)
Solar Energy -S.P. Sukhatme (2) Solar Energy -Duffie & Beckman (3) Solar energy engg. -Jui sheng Hsieh
( ELECTIVE-III) VIBRATIONS 8ME2
UNIT I : Free body diagram, free & forced vibration, undraped and damped single degree of freedom
systems subjected to harmonic and other periodic excitations. Impulse response, convolution integral and
response to arbitrary excitation. Vibration isolation and transmissibility. Solution using lap lace transform,
Runga kutta method, structure damping. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Energy method applied to multi degree freedom system. LaGrange’s equation. Generalized mass
formulation of mass, damping and stiffness matrix and its numerical solutions. Vibration absorber, torsional
vibration of two and three disc system. Geared rotor system, Influence Coefficients and flexibility matrix of
bending vibration of beam and multi-disc rotor. Mode shapes and orthogonally principle. (7 Hrs.)
125
UNIT III : Numerical techniques for M.d.o.f. systems. Matrix iteration method. Holzer's method for torxional
vibration. Dunkeleys method for critical speed determination of multi disc rolor. Rayleigh quotient sweeping
matrix method for determination of all the natural frequencies and modi shapes. Raleigh rit method. Modal
matrix and expansion throrem. Free and forced response by modal analysis. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV : Vibration of continuous system. Axial vibration of rod, bending vibration of beam and torsional
vibration of shaft. Hamilton’s principle and derivation of equation of motion, Rayleigh quotient. Modal co-
ordinates and modal forces. Free and forced response through modal analysis. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT V : Finite element method in vibration of continuous system. Variation functional formulation for
axial element and Raleigh- Ritz method. Shape function for rod ~ beam elements. Derivation of mass and
stiffness matrix. Nature; frequencies and mode shape computation for simple rod and ,'oeam problem.
(7 Hrs.)
UNIT VI : Vibration pickup, seisty"umeters, accelerometer, proximity probe spectrum analyzer, FEr & OFT
(DiscreteFT) , torsional, Vibration measurement, Digital vibration measurement, philosophy of vibration
condition monitoring. (8 Hrs.)
Text Books1. Theory of vibration: W. T. Thomson 2. Elements of vibration analysis: L. Meirovitch 3.

Mechanical vibration: J.S. Rao & K. Gupta
Reference Books 1. Advanced theory of vibration -J.S. Rao 2. Vibration condition Monitoring of Machines -
J.S. Rao 3. Random vibration -gandall & Mark.
( ELECTIVE-III) MECHATRONICS 8ME2
UNIT I : Need and scope of the subject, recent trend of designing machine units along with electronic circuits
for operation and supervision of mechanisms. Techniques of interfacing mechanical devices with computer
hardware and development of software for driving them. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT II : Basic principles and specific applications of armature and field and control of D.C. Motors,
Variable voltage and variable frequency control of 3 phase and single phase Induction motors, speed control
of synchronous motors, Different types of stepper motors, hold on torques and position control of stepper
motors .(8 Hrs.)
UNIT III : Common and commercial I.Cs used for amplification, timing and digital indication. Different
types of actuators, working of synchronic-transmitter and receiver set, pair of PII, Pressure to current and lIP
type for pneumatic position control, Electrical and hydraulic servomotors. Design of AC and DC solenoid
plungers and pressure and force amplification devices. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT IV ; Adon cards for sampling and actuation, 4-20 mA ports;- AD-DA conversion, Peripheral interface
organization, general layout of data bus and data transfer througn serial and paralle modes of communication,
schemes of computer networking and hierarchy in supervisory control. (7 Hrs)
UNIT V ; Working of integrated systems by using combined block diagrams. Study of systems used in Ink
Jet Printers, Photo copying, Washing Machines, IC Engine fuel injection system etc. (8 Hrs.)
UNIT. VI ; General philosophy of Artificial Neural Network simulations, Fuzzy logic for operation and
control of Mechatronics systems. (7 Hrs.)
Recommended Books (1) Mechatronics : W.Bolten (2) Mechatronics : H.M.T. (3) Mechatronics : Hisback
(4) Industrial Electronics and Robotics: Schulter and mc name (5) Electronic Devices and circuits: Allen
Molested.
126
( ELECTIVE-III) CRYOGENICS 8ME2
UNIT I ; Introduction to Cryogenic Systems: Definition, Cryogenic temperature scale, History of

Cryogenics, Properties of materials at low temperature, Properties of Cryogenic' Fluids. (07)
UNIT II ; Air and Gas Liquefaction System: Thermodynamically ideal system, Production of low
temperatures. Liquefaction systems for gases other than neon, hydrogen and helium, liquefaction systems for
neon hydrogen and helium Cryogenic Refrigeration Systems. (08)
UNII III : Gas separation & Gas purification systems: The thermodynamically ideal separation system.
Properties of mixtures, Principles of gas separation, air separation systems, Hydrogen, Argon, Helium air
separation systems, Gas purification methods. (08)
UNIT IV : Vacuum Techniques; Systems for production of high vacuum such as methanical, diffusion, ion
and cry pumps. Cryogenics measurement systems: Temperdture pressure, flow rate, liquid level
measurement, Introduction to Cry coolers. (07)
UNIT V : Cryogenic fluid storage systems: Introduction, Basic storage vessels, inner vessel, outer vessel
design, suspension systems, piping, access man ways, safety devices Cryogenic Insulations: Vacuum
insulation, gas filled powders and fibrous materials, solid foam, selection and comparison of insulations.
Cryogenic fluid transfer systems. Transfer through annulated lines, vacuum insulated lines, porous insulated
lines etc. (08)
UNIT VI : Advances in Cryogenics: Vortex tube and applications, Pulse tube refrigerator, Cryogenic Engine
for space launch vehicles. Cryogenic Applications: Applications in gas industry cryogenic fluids, space
research, Cryobiology, food processing, electronics, nuclear and high energy physics, chemical processing,
metal manufacturing, cryogenic power generation, medicine, analytical and chemistry. (07)
References Text book: "Cryogenic System". By A.F. Barron 2nd Edition Oxford University Press, New
York, 1985
Reference Books 1. "Cryogenic Engineering" By A.B. Scott, 0 Van Nostrand Company. Inc., New Jersey
1959. "Cryogenic Process Engg" By K.D. Timmerhaus and T.M.! Flynn, Plenum press, New York, 1989.
"
127
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
THIRD SEMISTER
3S-EE-01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS III
UNIT-1 : Laplace Transforms
Laplace Transforms and their simple properties , simple applications for l laplace transforms to solve
ordinary differential equations including simultaneous equations, solution of one- dimensional
partial differential equations bytransform method.
UNIT-2 : Complex Variables
Analytic function, Cauchy- Riemann conditions, conjugate functions, singularities, cauchy’s integral
theorem and integral formula ( statement only) , Taylor’s and Laurent’s theorem ( statement only),
Residue theorem, contour integration.
UNIT-3 : Calculas of variations
Maxima and Minima of functionals, variation and its properties Euler’s equation, functionals
dependent on first and second order derivatives, simple applications.
UNIT-4 : Fourier series and signal spectra
Introduction, the fourier theorem, Evaluation of Fourier coefficients, considerations of symmetry,(odd

, even, rotational), exponential form ; Fourier series, Fourier integral theorem , Fourier transform and
continuous spectra.
UNIT-5 : Partial Differential Equation.
Partial Differential Equation of first order first degree i.e langrage’s form, linear, homogeneous
partial differential equation of nth order with constant coefficient method of separation of variables.
Application to transmission lines.
UNIT-6 : Matrices
Inverse if matrix by adjoint method and its use in solving simultaneous equations, rank of a matrix,
consistency of system of equation, inverse of matrix by partitioning method . Linear dependence.
Linear and orthogonal transformations , characteristics equations, eigen values and oigenvectors.
Reductionto diagonal form cayley - Hamilton Theorem (without proof) statement and verification,
sylyestor’s theorem, Association of matrices with linear differential equation of second order with
constant coefficient. Determation of largest eigen value and eigen vector by iteration method.
128
3S-EE-02 STEAM AND HYDROTURBINES
UNIT 1 :-
a) PROPERTIES & SYSTEMS: Intoduction, properties of thermodymanic system such as
specific volume, density, temperture, pressure etc.Their units and measurements. Laws of
thermodynamics . Flow process and Non – Flow process.
b) ANALYSIS OF SYSTEM :- Conservation of energy and mass and their application to various
thermodynamics system such as steam plant, I.C. Plant, Refrigeration and all Air- conditioning plant.
UNIT- 2:-
IDEAL GASES AND VAPOURS: Difference between gases and vapours, law of perfect gases,
Heating and expansion of gases, Internal energy and specific heats of gases. Universal gas constant
work done, changes in Internal energy, heat absorbed and rejected during various thermodynamic
processes P.V. diagrams.
UNIT-3:-
PROPERTIES OF STEAM: Critical state sensible heat, Latent heat and total heat of steam,
Internal energy of steam, drynessfraction, steam tables and their use. Entropy concept entropy change
for an ideal gas and steam. T and H charts, cannot Rankine and modified Rankine cycle, regenerative
cycle.
UNIT- 4:-
Steam Nozzles and lurbines, flow of steam through convergent divergent nozzles.
UNIT- 5:-
General study of steam and hydro Turbines Classification. Method of reducing rotor speed, Govering
of lurbines(No rigorous mathematical treatment is contemplated).
UNIT-6:-
Condensers : Different types of condensers. Their construction and principles of working .
3S-EE-03 ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
UNIT-1 : MEASURING INSTRUMENTS:

Classification, absolute and secondary instruments,indicating and recording instruments , loading
of circuits due to instruments . Measurement of Resistance :
Classification, measurements by voltage drop method, measurement of medium resistance ,
Wheatstone Bridge.
Low resistance - Kelvin’s Double Bridge
High resistance - Ohmmeter , megger and loss of charge method.
Earth resistance - Earth tester .
UNIT –2 : MEASUREMENT OF INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE

General theory of AC bridges, study of maxwell, Hay’s, Owen’s, De – sauty,wein, Schering bridges,
detectors for AC bridges .
129
UNIT-3 : D. C. AND A.C. POTENIOMETERS
Principle and use of D.C. Potentiometer for calibration purposes, Principle and application of A.C.
Potentiometer
UNIT-4 : AMMETERS, VOLTMETERS AND SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS

Principle of moving coil , moving iron and Dynamometer type instruments, extension of range using
series and shunts, errors due to extension of range Power factor meter, frequency meter,
synchroscope, maximum demand indicator rectifier type instruments, multimeter, trivactor meter.
UNIT-5 : MEASUREMENT OF POWER/ENERGY

Measurement of active and reactive power in polyphase circuits, using dynamometer type
instruments, measurement of energy in single and polyphase circuits using indication type
instruments, Errors in Power and energy measurements.
UNIT-6 : INSTRUMENTS TRANSFORMERS

General theory , extension of range using CT and PT, Errors in instrument transformers,
applications of instrument transformers for metering and protection .
3S-EE-04 NETWORK ANALYSIS
UNIT –1 :
Nodal and mesh basis equilibrium equations , matrix approach for complicated network , containing
voltage, current sources and reactances , source transformations quality .
UNIT –2:-
Network theorems : superposition , Reciprocity, Thevenin’s , Norton’s maximum power transfer,
compensation, lellegen’s thorem as applied to A.C. circuits .
UNIT-3:-
Trignomotric and exponontial fourier scries . Discrete spectra and symmotryof wave forms, steady
state response of a network to non sinusondal periodic inputs, fourier transforms and continous
spectra.
UNIT-4:-
Laplace transform and properties, partial fractions , singularity functiions, wave forms, synthesis.
Analysis of RCRT and RIC network with and without initial conditions with laplace transforms,
evaluation of initial condition .
UNIT-5:-
Transuebt behaviour , concept of complex frequency, Driving points and transfer functions, poles,
zeros of immittance function , their properties, sinusoidal response from Pole- zero locations,
convolution theorem and integral solution.
UNIT-6:-
Two part network parameters and inter-connections study of series and parallel resonance in a.c.
Three phase unbalanced circuit and power calculations .
130
3S-EE-05 ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS
UNIT-1:-
SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES AND POWER SUPPLIED : Intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors theory of PN junction , capacitance ,zener dipdes, vector diodes , Tunnel diodes,
powersupplies , Half wave and ful wave Rectifiers . Voltage doublers , filters, ripple factors.Zener and
Eminer follower type series regulators.
UNIT-2 :-
JUNCTIONS TRANSISTORS : Theory of operation , static, characteristics, breakdown voltage,
current voltage power limitations. Biasing of BJt different biasing aggangement. Stability factor.
Thermal runway, power transistors.
UNIT-3 :-
BJT ANALYSIS: Small signal analysis of CE, CB , CC amplifiers and comparsion. High
frequency analysis , calculation of frequency response, gain bandwidth product .
UNIT-4 :-
POWER AMPLIFIERS : Classification A,B,AB,C classes efficiency, pushpull contiguration (A, B,
AB) complimentary symmetry, Distortions and cross over distortion .
UNIT-5 :
POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS : Feed back amplifiers, classification.
Practical circuits applications, advantages, stability,oscillators, Barkhaysen Kriterion RC, IC and
crystal Oscillators.
UNIT-6 :-
FET AND IT’S ANALYSIS : Field effect transistor and MOSFEL, principle of operation and
characteristic, biasing arrangement , small signal analysis of CG, CS, High frequency , analysis.
FOURTH SEMISTER
4S-EE-01 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
UNIT-1: ROOT LOCUS TECHNIQUES

Mathematical modelling of physical systems and its differential equations (mechancial systems-
basic translational and rotational elements , electrical systems-basis R-l-c series and parallel circuits),
concept of trasferfunction, transfer function for elementry R-l-c circuits, elementry block diagram of
single input single output, closed loop system and its reduction.
Laplace transform of step , ramp and parabolic signals. Time response of first order and general
second order systems for unit step input. Concept of characteristic equation q(s)=o.c(t), vs. time
response.
Root locus concept , construction of root loci (scope limited to third order systems), time constant
and pole zero form of generalized characteristic equation q(s)=1+g(s)H(s)=0, construction rules (
derivations may be excluded). Determation of roots for specified open loop gain for a specified
damping ratio .
UNIT-2 : POLAR AND BODE PLOTS

Concept of sinusoidal transfer functions, Polarplots ( scopelimited to up to third order systems) Bode
131
plots- basic concepts, general procedure for construction Bode plots , concept of actave and decade,
determination of gain and phase cross frequencies and corresponding phase angles and log
magnitude. Determination of transfer function from asymptotic Bode plots.
UNIT-3 : Z- TRANSFORM
Defination and properties , inversion z- transforms, z- transforms pairs, correlation with, Laplace
transform, Laplace transform and z transformationpairs , z- transfer functions for linear descrete
systems, linear difference equations , inverse z- transforms and response of linear discrete systems
(power seriesmethod partial fraction expansion method.)
UNIT-4: FUZZY SETS AND NEURAL NETWORKS

Fuzzy sets and systems, crisp sets, overview of fuzzy logic and clacssical logic, fuzzy compliment
fuzzy union, fuzzy intersection and combinations of these fuzzy sets operations crisp and fuzzy
relations.ntroduction to neural network algorithms, back propagation and delta rule, Hebbian learing.
UNIT-5: NUMERICAL METHODS FOR ALGERBRAIC AND

TRANSCENDENTALEQUATIONS
Solution of linear and nonlinear algebraic and transcendental equations, method of false position,
Newton- Raphson method , system of linear equations, Gauss elimination method, Gauss – seidel
method, crout’s method.
UNIT-6 : NUMERCIAL METHOD FOR DIFFERENT EQUATIONS

Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations by Taylor’s series method , Runge Kutta
method , modified Eular method, preditor corrector method, solution simultaneous differential
equations.
4S-EE-02 ELEMENTS OF ELECTROMAGNETICS
UNIT-1 :
Idea of vector & scalars, vector Algebra, veator addition vector subrication dot product, scalor
product in cartesian coordinates system, conversion of variables cartesian to cylendrical system and
viceversa. Sherical coordinates system, transformationof cartetian to spherical and vice versa .
UNIT-2:
Coulomb’s law, Electrical field intensity and electric flux density: coulomb’s law, electric field
intensity, field of point charges, field due to continuous volume charge distribution, field of line
charge, field of sheet charges concept of flux density.
UNIT-3:
Gauss’s law, Energy and potential of charge system : Gauss’s law, Application of Gauss law,
divergence theroem, defination of potential difference and potential. Potential of a point charges ,
potential field of system of charge, potential gradient, Energy density in electrostatic field.
UNIT-4:
Conductors, Dielectric and capacitance and posson’s and Laplace’s Equations : Current and current
density , continuity of current, metallic conductors, conductor properties and Boundary conditions,
Nature of Dielectric matericals capacitance and capacitances, capacitance of parallel plate capacitor,
capacitance of two wire line, possions and Laplace Equations.
UNIT-5:
The steady Magnetic field and Magnetic forces : Biot savarts law, Ampere’s Circuital Law, strokes
theorem, magnetic flux density scalar and vector Megnetic potentials, force on moving charge ,
force between differential current elements nature of Magnetical material. Magnatisation and
132
permiability, magnetic circuits, potential energy and forces on magnatic materials, Inductance and
mutual inductances.
UNIT-6 :
Maxwell’s equations & boundary conditions. Elementry idea of Electromegnetic waves, uniform plane
wave.
4S-EE-03 DIGITAL CIRCUITS
UNIT-1:
Analog Vs Digital systems, transistor as a switch , boolean algebra, Booleanidenntities Logic

problems, Binary, Gray, Octal, Hex and ASCII codes, gates and their truth tables, D’ Morgan’s
Law, sum of product and product of sums.
UNIT-2:
Combinational basic concepts, SSI, MSI and VLSI Circuit classification, standard TTL, CMOS
characteristics , Decoders, Encoders, multi plexers, Demultiplexers, code converters, charactersistics
of display devices, standard configurationof gates as SSI/MSI/LSI circuits. Arthmetic circuits-
address, subtractors ( half and full) BCD adder/ substractor, conncept of ALU.
UNIT-3:
Karanaugh map, simplification of sum of products and products of sum, solution to problem
using MUX as a function generator, simplification of Logical function using Ouine- Mclausky
method.
UNIT-4:
Introduction to flip – flop, latches, concept of clock , memories organisation with flip- flop as
basic cell, RAM, ROM, EPROM and EEPROM an over view , master slave combination and
conversion of one type to another type flipflops, multivibrators and their design parameters.
UNIT-5:
Exautation tables and introduction to seguential circuits, vounters synchronous/ asynchronous,
Different module counters with reset/ clear facility, Design of counters of arbitrary module with K-
maps, Lock free counters.
UNIT-6:
Introduction to sequential system, Design of sequential system, using moore and Miley system
fundamental mode sequential circuits.
133
4S-EE-04 ELECTRICAL MACHINES - I
UNIT-1
PHASE TRANSFORMER: - Transformer operation and principle, O.C. & S.C. test on three phase
transformer , determination of equivalent circuit.
Parameters, Regulation, Efficiency, Magnetising current and harmonics, polarity test, various connections
with vector groups.
UNIT-2
Three phase to two phase conversion, parallel operation of three phase transformer , methods of
cooling , temperature rise test, maintenance of transformer , insulation of transformer .
UNIT-3
D.C. MACHINES :- Basic principle & operation, Armature reaction & commutation, compensation
winding, interpoles. Types of excitation. Characteristic of shunt, & series & compound motor and
generator speed control of d.c. shunt & series motor constant horse power & constant torque drive
of D.C. motor.
UNIT-4
THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR :- Types of induction motor and production of torgue .
Torgue – slip characteristics, no load blocked rotor test, equivalent circuits & determination of
equivalent circuit & determination of equivalent circuit parameners . Circle Diagram, losses, efficiency,
double cage motor, operating characteristics & influence of machine parameters on the performance of
motor.
UNIT-5
Starting of 3 phase I.M. speed control of L.M. by pole changing frequency control, rotor resistance
by varying supply voltage , braking regenerative braking, plugging , dynamic braking crawing &
cogging .
UNIT-6
SINGLE PHASE I.M. :- Double field- revolving and cross field theory spilt phase motor shaded
pole motor, equivalent circuit, torgue-slip characteristics .
4S-EE-05 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
UNIT-1
Introductin to computers and operating systems working with DOS WINDOWS and networking.
UNIT-2:-
structure of ‘C’ program, Data types , storage class, variables, expressions and operators.
UNIT-3:-
Programme control statements, concept of function and Recursion, I/O through print f, scan f, file
I/Oopen close read and write.
UNIT-4:- Arrays, searching (Linear and Binary). Sorting (Bubble, selecting sort) File Handling.
UNIT-5:- Pointers and structures, singly linked list Intersection, deletion, and updation.
UNIT-6:- Introduction to ‘C’ concepts.
134
FIFHTH SEMISTER
5S-EE-01 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 1
UNIT-1 :
Structure of electric power system ,brief expossed to generation transmission and distribution
aspects, elementry considersation of economic bulk power supply system, use of high voltage ,
general system conserderation idea about substation, concept of real reactive and complex power
lead and theit characteristics. Voltage and frequency dependence of loads.
UNIT-2 :
Representation of power system elements, modes and parameters of generator, transformer and
transmission lines, per unit system representative.
UNIT-3 :
Elementry distribution schemes Feeders and distributors LT and HT cables.
UNIT-4 :
Voltage regulation and effiency of power transmission lines using simple series euqivalent
representation. T- representation and by circle diagram using generalized constant.
UNIT-5 :
Interconnection of system elements to form two system of active and reactive power transmission.
Introduction to load flow studies in mainbus system ( methods of solution not expected
introduction of frequency and voltage as system state indicators).
UNIT-6 :
Elementry concepts of generious Load sharing between generators,preliminary concepts of automatic
string efficiency, type of turbine genernors load sharing between generators, preliminary concepts
of automatic string effiency, type of insulator
135
5S-EE-02 INSTRUMENTATION
UNIT-1 :
Generalized instrumentation syst em : Active and Passive transducer, Digital and Analog mode of
operation and dynamic characteristics and performance of instruments Statistical treatment of
measurement errors, Gaussian error distribution, probability tables, combination of errors.
UNIT-2 :
Motion Measurement : Relative and absolute motion measurement measurement of velocity and
accelenuon, electrical transducers for motion measurement, LVDT variable inductance transducers
measurement of shaft torque and power.
UNIT-3 :
Temperture measurement : Laws of thermo – electric circuits, thermocouries, junction conpensation.
Thermistors, radiation thermometry, Broamand narrow band radiation methods, Two colour
pysometers, optical pyrometers, temperture comjpensation of temperature sensors hea flux sensors.
UNIT-4 :
Miscellaneous measurements : Brief treatment of principles used in the measurement of liquid
level , flow, press and pH Cathode ray oscillescope, introduction to data acquisition systems.
UNIT-5 :
Method of Analog and Digital conversion : Errors in A to D conversion, application in digital
volmeters, electronic frequency, time peirod measurement.
UNIT-6 :
Integrated circuits in instrumentation : operational amplifiers (741), comparators (339), Timers
(555), Function generators (2206), Constant current source using ICD Elementry idea of
Microprocesser based Instrumentation.
136
5S-EE-03 ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN
UNIT-1 : Review of material used in construction of electrical machines : Classification of

insulating material depending upon permissible temperture rise, properties of
transformer oil, standard specifications, C.M.R. and short type of machines . Heating
and cooling characteristics.
UNIT-2 : Transformer Design : Specific loading , equation for voltage per turn for power and
distribution transformers, output equation.
UNIT-3 : Principle of electric and magnetic circuit design, method of cooling and cooling
circuit design Estimation of performance characteristics from the design data.
UNIT-4 : Induction motor : Main dimension, output equation, loading constants estimation of
axial lengths, air gap diameter, winding design.
UNIT-5 : Air gap length, slot combination for stator and rotor of I. M. cage rotor and would
rotor design.
Calculation of no load current and other performance from characteristics for design
data.
UNIT-6 : Synchronous Machine : Air gap length methods of obtaining sinusoidal o/p voltage,
field coil design for sailent pole machine and for turbo generator.
Ventilation of synchronous generator, cooling air circuit, closed ventilation/quantity of
cooling medium hydrogen and water as cooling media.
5S-EE-04 MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING
UNIT-1 : VLSI circuit concept, Approach to integrated system design using microprocessors ,
Bus concepts, Address, Address Data and Control, Organisation of a computer with
MPU, Bits / Byts/ Words/ Longwords their ranges accuracy and precision Memory
organization Linear / absolute decoding.
UNIT-2 : Introduction to Intel’s 8085 A Architecture description software instructions, Address

modes Advantages, Timing Diagram assess, Assemblers and Dissemblers – ( By Hand
coding).
UNIT-3 : Flag structure, concept of PSW stacks and subroutines simple and Nested PUSH, POP
instructions and Call/ Return instructions. Stack manipulation, simple programmes.
UNIT-4 : Interrupt – Concept and structures in 8085, Interrupt service routines Advanced
instructions and programming of 8085A.
UNIT-5 : Methods of data transfer Serial, Parallel, synchronous, asynchronous IN/OUT

instructions. Timing diagrams, simple hardware interface to 8085 of standard latches/
Buffers/ Keys/ display devices as I/O ports. Handshaking concepts, Architecture and
interface of 8255 and 8253 to 8085.
UNIT- 6 : Hardware considerations bus contention slow memory interfacing, complete signal
description of 8085. Multiplexed Keyboard / display interface and assembler directives.
General awareness about microcomputer system related products.
137
5S-EE-05 ELECTRICAL MACHINES II
UNIT-1: Three phase synchronous generators : Introduction, constructional features of

cylindrical and field windings, MMF of armature and field windings,induced EMF.
UNIT-2 : Steady state operation of three phase synchronous generators : Phasor diagram,
regulation, steady state performance of three phase synchronous generator.
UNIT-3 : Synchronous of generator with another generator : Parallel operation, experimental

determination of parameters, short circuit ratio, losses and efficiency.
UNIT- 4 : Synchronizing machines on infinite bus : Phasor diagram, expression for torque,
load/torque angles, synchronous motor operation, effects of variable excitation and
power input on generator operation and effect of variable excitation and load on
motor operation.
UNIT-5 : Transient behavior : sudden 3- phase short circuit. Transient and sub- transient
reactance’s and their measurements. Time constants and equivalent circuit diagram, damper
windings.
UNIT-6 : Introduction to special machines : Repulsion motors, AC series motors, universal

motors, reductancemotor, Hysteresis motor, Schrage motor, power selsyns position
selsyns (only elementary aspects of the above types are expected).
5S-EE-06 ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP
1. Transformer winding and assembly

2. Basic motor winding
3. Testing of motors, terminal and phase indentification
4. Electrical installation equipment & practices
5. Estimates for installation
6. Principles of factory wiring
7. Safety devices in wiring
138
SIXTH SEMISTER
6S EE – 01 POWER STATION PRACTICE
UNIT – 1 : Sources of electric energy : Coal oil and natural gas, water power, nuclear fission
and fusion their scopes and potentialities for energy conversion.
Generation – Different factors connected with a generating station connected load,
maximum demand, demand factor, load factor, diversity factor, plant capacity and
utilization factor , load curve
UNIT – 2 : Thermal stations : Choice of site, location , size and number of
UNIT- 3 : Hydro station - Hydrology, stream flow, flow duration curve, power duration
curve, mass curve reservon capacity, type of hydro plant and then field use,
pumped storages plant and their utility, surge tanks, governing characteristics of
turbine and hydro generators.
UNIT – 4 : Nuclear station : Principle of Nuclear energy materials types of nuclear reactors,
breeder reactors, location, material for moderator and control rods , cost
economics.
UNIT – 5 : Voltage control of A.C. generators : Exerter instability, methods of stabilizing

exicter voltage, automatic voltage regulator action
Tariff – different consideration of flat rate and two part economical choice.
UNIT – 6 : Non conventional techinques of energy production :

i) Solar energy – Introduction, Physical principles of conversion of solar
radiation into heat, solar energy, collectors, solar energy storage, solar electrical
power generation and other generation and miscellaneous applications of solar
energy.
ii) Wind energy - Introduction , Basic principles of wind energy conversion,
wind delta, energy estimation, site selection, basic component of wind energy
conversion system, wind turbines and their analysis, wind electrical generations.
Stand alone and grid connected wind electrical power systems, various
applications of wind energy.
iii) Energy from Tides and Oceanic Waves - Introduction, Basic principles of
Tidal Power, site eslection storage and plant layout for Tidal Power Plant,
Introduction to wave energy and its energy plants Wave energy based power
plants layout analysis of Tidal and wave energy Plants.
6S-EE-02 Industrial Economics and Management
UNIT – 1 : Demand utility and Indefference curves, Approaches to analysis of demand ,

Elasticity of demand, Measures of demand elasticity, Factors of production,
Advertising elasticity, Marginalism.
UNIT – 2 : Laws of returns and costs, price and output determination under perfect
competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition, oligopoly, Depreciation and
methods for its determination.
139
UNIT – 3 : Functions of central and commercial banks Inflation,Deflation, Stagflation, Direct
and Indirect taxes monetary and cycles, New Economic Policy, Liberalisation,
Globalisation, Privatisation, Market frfriendly state. Fiscal policy of the
government, Meaning and phases of business.
UNIT – 4 : Defination, nature and scope of management, functionsd of management – planning,

organising, Directing, Dontrolling, Communication
UNIT – 5 : Meaning of Marketing Managements, concepts of Marketing. Marketing mix,

Administrative and cost plus pricing, channel soof distribution, Advertising and
sales Promotion.
UNIT – 6 : Meaning, nature and scope of financial management, Brief outline of profit and
loss account, Balance sheet, Budgets and their importance, Ratio analysis,
Principles of costing.
140
6S-EE- 03 ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND THEIR CONTROL
Unit 1:-
Definitions, Classification & speed torque characteristics of common drive & their characteristic under
starting , running , braking & speed control.
Unit 2:-Selection of motor: Power capacity for continuos and intermittent periodic duties, effect
Unit 3 : PLC, its programming and its application in electric drives.
Unit 4 : AC and DC contactors and relays : Lock out contactors. Magnetic structure, ,arc interruption,
contactor rating, H.V. contactors, control circuits for automatic starting and braking of DC motor and three
phase induction motor, panel design for MCC.
Unit 5 : Traction Motors : Motor used in AC/DC traction, their performance and desirable characteristic,
requirements and suitability of motor for traction duty. motor control – control of DC traction motor, series
parallel control with numericals. Starting and braking of traction motor.
Unit 6 : Brief Idea about drives commonly used in Industries. Digital control of Electric motors. Block
diagram arrangement, comparison with other methods of control.
141
6S-EE-04 LINEAR ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS
UNIT – 1 : Basic operational amplifier circuits : Differential amplifier stage, current sources,
brasing level shifting techinques, common mode and difference mode gams and
impedance of a differential stage
UNIT – 2 : Overload Protection Circuits, Frequency response and compensation characteristics

of ideal and non ideal operational amplifier. Error measurement of various
parameters.
UNIT – 3 : Simple Linear Circuirs : Inverting, noninverting, buffer amplifier, summer integrator,
differentiator, log, antilog, Multiplier , divider circuits. Differential amplifier
configuration, bridge amplifiers, instrumentation amplifier, grounding and shrelding
problem in instrumentation amplifier.
UNIT – 4 : Precision rectifiers, RMS to DC conversation, constant current anmd voltage

sources Sinusoidal oscillator with frequency and amplitude stabilization Elementry
idea of active filter with Butterworth 2nd order filter design procedure.
UNIT – 5 : Applications of operational amplifier for clipping, clamping , comparator circuits

with nonlinear components. Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Astable nonstable,
bistable multivibrator circuits using OA sample/ Hold circuits D/A and A/D
conversion circuits. Phased locked loops.
UNIT – 6 : Study of Linear ICS like L LM741, LM555, LM556, LM565, LM339 AND
LM723.
6S-EE-05 CONTROL SYSTEM. I
UNIT – 1 : Introduction to need for automation and automatic control. Use of feedback, board
spectrum of system application. Mathematical modeling ( Electrical &
Electromechanical ) diff. Equations, transfer functions, block diagram, signal flow
graphs, application to elementry systems , simplifications. Effect of feedback on
parameter variations, disturbance signal, servomechanism and regulators. Control
system components, electrical, electromechancial, their functional analysis and input
output representation
UNIT – 2 : Time response of system , first order and second order system, standard inputs,
concepts of gain and timeconstants. Steady state error, type of control system,
approximate methods for higher order system.
UNIT – 3 : Stability of control systems, conditions of stability, characteristics equation, Routh

Hurwitz criterion, special cases for determining relative stability.
142
UNIT – 4 : Root location and its effect on time response , elementry ideaof root locus effect
of addition of pole and zero on proximity of imaginary axis.
UNIT – 5 : Frequency response metnod of analyzing linear system, Nyquist and Bode Plot,
stability and accuracy analysis from frequency response, open loop and close loop
frequency response, Nyquist criterion, effect of variation of gain and addition of
pole and zero on response plot, stability margin in frequency response
UNIT – 6 : State variable method of analysis, characteristics of system state. Choice of state
variables, representation of vector matrix differential equation, standard form,
relation between transfer function and state variables
SEVENTH SEMESTER 7S-EE-01 CONTROLS SYSTEMS - II
UNIT- 1 : Compensation : Review of performance Analysis of type O , type 1 & type 2

systems. Need for compensation, performance Analysis of compensators in time
and frequency domain Bode Plots edesign of compensators is not required.
UNIT –2 : Design by state variable Feed back : Review of state variables representations,
Solution of state equation. Controllability & observability. Design by SVF.
UNIT –3 : Optimal Control system : Performance index , desireability of single P.I. integral
square error. Parameter optimization with and without constraints. Optimal control
problem with T.F.approach for continuous time system only.
UNIT-4 : Non – Linear Control systems : Types of Non – linerities, characteristics of NLCS.
Inherent & intentional non - lineratities. Describing function method for Analysis
Describing functions of some common non- linearities stability analysis. Limit
cycles & stability of Limit cycles.
UNIT- 5 : Phase –plane Method : Singular points, stability from nature of single points.
Construction of trajectory by Isocline & Delta Method. Computation of time.
UNIT- 6 : Sampled Data control System : Representation of SDCS, sample & Hold circuit.
Z –transform , Inverse Z- transform & solution of difference equations. “Z” & “S’’
domain relationship. Stability by Bi-linear transformation & Jury’s test.
Discritization of continous time state equation.Solution of Discrete time state
equations. Controllability & observability of Discrete time systems.
143
7S-EE-02 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM – II
UNIT - 1 : Symmetrical component transformation . Three Phase power in unbalanced circuit

in terms of symmetrical component. Sequence impedances of
Generator,Transformer Transmission line & Passive Loads. Phase shift in ( Ydl,
Ydll connection ).
UNIT- 2 : Symmetrical fault analysis without & with prefault load currents, selection of
circuit Breakers ratings, current limiting reactors.
UNIT - 3 : Unsymmetrical fault Analysis - L –G, L-L-G, L-L, Openconductors faults analysis
using symmetrical components.
UNIT – 4 : Stability of Power System - Steady state Dynamic and Transient stability defination
& differensation. Dynamics of synchronous machine, swing equation, swing
equation for machines swinging coherently and non- coherently. Power angle
equation. Steady state stability studies.
Transient stability studies : Swing curve, Equal Area criterion for transient
stability, Application of equal area criterion for different disturbances. Solution of
swing equation by point by point method. Methods of improving transient
stability.
UNIT – 5 : Economic Operation of Power System : Introduction, Distribution of load between

units within the Plant. Optimum generation scheduling considering transmission
losses. Representation of transmission loss using loss formula coefficient.
Derivation of loss formula co-efficient, simulation of coordination equation on
digital computer .
UNIT – 6 : i ) Grounding of Neutral in Power System

ii ) Shunt & series compensation -
Generlised equation, shunt reactor compensation of very long line with
intermediate switching station, series capacitor compensatiuon at line centre, shunt
reactors at both ends and series capacitor in middle of line. Elementry idea of
sub – synchronous resonance problem and counter measures.
144
ELECTIVE –I 7S-EE-03(1) NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES
Unit 1:- Solar radiation & its measurment:- Solar consatnts, solar radiation at earth’s surface, solar
radiation geometry, solar radiation measurement, estimation of average solar radiation,
solar radiation on tilted surfaces.
Unit 2:- Solar Energe Collectors : Physical Principles of the conversion of solar radiation into
heat, flat plate collectors, transitivity of cover systems, energy balance equation and
collector efficiency, concentrating collectors, comparison of concentrating and flat plate
collectors, selective absorber coatings.
Solar Energy Storage : Solar Energy Storage systems (Thermal, Electrical, Chemical,
Mechanical), solar ponds.
Unit 3:- Application of Solar Engergy : Solar water heating, space heating, space cooling, solar
thermal heat conversion, photavoltaic solar energy conversion, solar pumping, solar
coolking.
Unit 4:- WIND ENERGY : Basic principles of wind energy conversion, wind energy conversion,
wind data & energy estimation, site selection considerations, basic components of wind
energy conversion system (WECS), classification of WEC systems, generating system,
energy storage, application of wind energy.
Unit 5:- ENERGY from OCEANS : Ocean thermal electric conversion (OTEC), Claud &
Anderson cycles, evaporators. Bio – fouling, Hybrid cycle.
Energy from Tides : Introduction, basic principles of tidal power, components of Tidal
Power Plants, operation methods of utilization of Tidal Energy, Estimation of Energy &
Power in simple single basin Tidal system, Advantages & limitations of Tidal Power
Generations, energy & power from wares, wave energy conversions devices, small scale
hydro electric power generation.
Unit 6:- OTHER NONCONVERTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES (Brief Introduction to

operating principles only): Energy from Bio – Mass, Geothermal Energy, MHD power
generation.
7S-EE-03(2) I.T. & ITS APPLICATIONS IN POWER SYSTEM CONTROL
Unit 1:- Real-time issues on signal transmission and control: Communication systems for
inductrial automation : Data acquisition and Supervisory control: Control of discrete
manufacturing processes: Intelligent systms for monitroing, supervision and control: Case
studies of industrial control systems.
Unit 2:- Energy Auditing-Introduction, importance of Enkergy Audit, basic terms of energy audit,
procedure for carrying energy audit, instruments used for energy audit such as power
analyzer multipoint heat flow meter.lux meter.portable infrared radiation thermometer,
thermocouple based temperature indicator.
Energy Conservation & Management-Need & importance of Energy Conservation &
Management payback periodreturn on investment (ROI), life cycle costs specific energy
consumption. Calcultion of Energy costs of specifiecd products & simple systems.
145
Aaaaaaanalysis of selected energy intensive units like iron-steel, cement, petroleum
refiniing etc.
Unit 3:- principles of multi-objective Energy management – with emphasis on conservation, User
friendly software development on Windows 9x, UNIX Platforms for Energy
Convervation & Management Studies.
Unit 4:- Scrial date ccommunication using RS232 and RS485 based system, distributed
measurement system. IEEE 488 Protocol.
Unit 5:- Local area networks – Common topologies. Medium access control-round-robin,
reservation and contention-based strategies. ALOHA protocol and its variants. CSMA
and CSMA/CD protocols. Token-ring protocol. IEEE 802 standrads for local area
networks. High speed LAN’s – Fast and gigabit, ethernet, FDDI, wireless LAN’s.
Internetnetworking- Repearters, bridges, routers and gateways, TCP/IP protocol suite.
TCP/IP sockets, Client server computing, name Serivce, Application protocols over
TCP/IP networks Security.
Unit 6:- Design of microprocessor based instrumentation system, design of interfacing circuits
and data acquisition systems.
7S-EE-03(3) FUZZY LOGGY & NEURAL NETWORK
Unit 1:- Introduction:

1) Fuzzy sets, Approximate reasoning Representing set of rules.
2) Fuzzy knowledge based (FKBC) parameters. Introduction rule and data base inference
engine, choice of fuzzyfication and defuzzyfication processes.
Unit 2:- Nonlinear fuzzy Control: Introduction, Control problem, FKBC as nonlinear transfer
element, types of FKBC
Unit 3:- adaptive Fuzzy control: Introduction, design and performance evaluation, main
approach to design.
Unit 4:-
1) Fundamental concept of ANN.
2) Model of artificial Neural network (ANN). Learning & adaptation learning rules.
Feed forward networks: Classification Model, features & decision, regions, Minimum
distance classification, perceptron, delta learning rules for multiperceptron layer,
Generalized learning rules, back propagation Algorithm, back propagation training,
learning factors.
Unit 5:- Recurrent Networks: Mathematical foundation of discrete time & gradient type hope
field networks, transient response & relaxation modeling.
Unit 6:- Associative memories & self organizing networks : Basis concept & performance
analysis of recurrent associative memory, Bidirectional associative memory, Hamming
net & MAXNET Unsupervised learning of clusters, counter propagation network, feature
mapping, self organizing feature maps, cluster discovery network (ART 1)
146
7S-EE-03(4) FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
Unit 1:- FACTS Concept and General System Consideration

Transmission Interconnections, Flow of Power in an AC System, factors, affecting the
Loading Capability, Power Flow and Dynamic Stability Consideration of Transmission
Interconnection. Importance of controllable Parameters, FACTS Controller.
Unit 2 :- Voltage-Sourced and Current-Sourced Converters

Basic Concept of Voltage-Sourced Converters, Single-Phase Full-Wave Voltage
Harmonices for Single Phase Bridge, Three-Phase Full-Wave Bridge Converter,
Sequence of Valve Conduction Process in Each Phase-Leg, Transformer connection for
12-Pluse Operation, Three Level Voltage Sourced Convert, Pluse-Width Modulation
Converter, Generalized Technique of Harmonic Elimination and Voltage Control, Basic
Concepts of Current –Sourced Converters. Thristor-Based Converters (With Gate Turn-
On), Current Sourced Converter with Turn-Off Devices. Current Sourced Versus Voltage
Sourced Converters.
Unit 3:- Static Shunt Compensators : SVC and STATCOM

Objectives of series Compensation, Variable Impedance Type Series Compensators, SVC
and STATCOM, Comparasion Between STATCOM and SVC, Static Var System.
Unit 4:- Static Series Compensators : GCSC, TSSC, TCSC and SSSC
Objectives of series Compensation, Variable Impedance Type Series Compensators,
Switching Converter Type Series Compensators, External (System) Control for Series
Reactive Compensators.
Unit 5:- Static Voltage and Phase Angle Regulators : TCVR and TCPAR
Objectives of Voltage Phase Angle Regulators, Approaches to Thyistor-Controlled
Voltage and Phase Angle Regulators (TCVR and TCPARS). Switching Converter-Based
Voltage and Phase Angle regulators, Hybride Phase Angle Regulators.
Unit 6:- Combine Compensators (UPFC, IPFC) and Special Purpose FACTS Controllers.
The Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC). Interline Power Flow Controllers,
Generalized and Multifunctional FCTS Controllers, Subsynchronous Resonance, NGH-
SSR Damping Scheme, Thyristor-Controlled Braking Resistor (TCBR)
7S-EE-03(5) ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION DESIGN
UNIT – 1 : Load forecasting, regresssion analysis, numercials based on linear and exponential
trends. Electrical installation for domestic, commercial and industrial consumers,
calculation of connected load, selection of transformers, switchgears, cables and
wires,single line diagram, special provision for high rise buildings (IER – 50 – A ),
earthing requirements ,megger and earth tests, use of earth lealage circuit breakers
(special reference to be given to IER 2 ( I, n, o, p, v, aa, aaa, aq, aqq, ar, av)
UNIT – 2 : Cables - PVC and XLPE cables, their construction in brief, current ratings,
specifications, derating factors, megger and continuity test.
Over head distribution lines upto 33 KV, line appratus and basic construction,
clearances, selection of AAC and ASCR conductors, voltage drop calculations,
147
selection of insulators, earthing requirements. ( special reference to be given to IER
77, 79, 80, 81, 87, 89, 90, 91, 92)
UNIT – 3 : Illumination design – definations, polar curves, simple calculations, working
principles of fluorscent, sodium vapour and mercury vapour lamps.
Capacitors and P.F. improment – Determination of rating and location of capacitors,
calculation of payback peirod for additional capacitors.
UNIT – 4 : Substations – single line diagram , plan, elevation and clearances for 11 KV plint
mounted ( upto 1000 KVA and above 1000 KVA ), 33 KV ( up to 2500 KVA
and about 2500 KVA) substations, Single line diagram for substation with two
transformers in parallel. Specificcations of isolators, lightening arrestors, horn gap
fuses, D.O. fuses, circuit breakers,instrument transformers, power transformers, LV
HRC fuses, LV circuit breakers, batteries, parallel operation of transformers,
various busbar systems, load transfer.
( special reference to be given to IER 31, 33, 35, 43, 44, 45A, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58,
64, 64A, 67, IS3043.
Unit – 5 : Determination of fault levels at various locations in substation, use of current
limiting reactors, philosophy of protective relaying, overcurrent, earth fault, REF
protection, earth leakage protection OTI, WTI< buchholz relays. Fire fighting
equipments restoration of a person effected by electric shock. Earthing - types,
measurement of earth resistance.
UNIT – 6 : Site testing of transformers ( visual, precommissioning tests like megger, magnetic
balance, turns ratio ), testing of oil , operational test for Buchholz, OTI, WTI.
alarm and trip functions.
7S-EE-04 HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING
UNIT- 1 : Breakdown mechanism in Di- electrics : Ionisation process : Townsend’s criterion for
B.D. Breakdown in electro-negative gases, Time – lag for B.D. streamer theory for
B.D. in gases, Paschen’s Law : B.D. in non- uniform fields , corona discharges and
Introduction of corona : Post B.D. phenomenon and applications, Practical
considerations in using gases for insulation purpose : vaccum insulation : Liquid as
insulators, conduction and B.D. in pure and commercial liquids. Intrinsic,
electromechanical and thermal B.D. B.D. of solid dielectrics in practice; B.D. in
composite dieelectrics
UNIT – 2 : Lighting and Switching over Voltages : Mechanism of Lighting , types of strokes,
parameter and characteristics of lighting strokes, characteristics of switching surges;
power frequency over voltages, control of O.V. due to switching . protection of
lines by ground wires, protection by lightning Assester, gap type and gapless L.A.
selection of L.A. ratings surge obsorbers.
UNIT –3 : Travelling waves and insulation coordination : Travelling waves on transmission
lines, classification of lines , attenuation and distortion of travelling waves ,
reflection and transmission of waves, behaviour of rectangular waves at transition
points. Introduction to insulation coordination, associated terms, inpluse waveform,
introduction to BIL and SIL.
UNIT – 4 : Generation of High Voltage and currents : Generation of High CD voltages by
rectifiers, voltage doubler and multiplier circuits ( Derivations of expression not
required ). Electrostatic machines, generations of high AC voltages by cascade
transformers, Resonant transformers, generation of high frequency AC high voltages.
Generation of inpluse voltages :standard impluse wave shapes, analysis of model
and commercial inpluse generation circuits, wave shape control, Marx circuit,
tripping and control of impluse generation, generation of switching surges,
generation of impluse current.
148
UNIT – 5 : Measurement of high A.C. and DC voltages by microammeter, generating
Voltmeters, Resistance and capacitance potential divider, series impedance voltmeter,
CVT, Magnetic type potential transformers electrostatic voltmeter, peak reading ac
voltmeters, measurement of High AC DC currents : Measurement of high
frequency and impulse current by resistive shunts ( Bifiliar strip shunt only ).
UNIT – 6 : Non destructive and high voltage testing of electrical apparatus : Non- destructive
testing : Measurement of DC Restivity, measurement of Di- electric constant and
Loss- faactor ( low and power frequency only ), schering bridge for high charging
circuits, for high dissipation factor, for three terminal measurements, transformer
ratio arm bridges, partial discharge measurements by straight detector by balance
detectors, calibration of detectors, discharge detection in power cables. High
voltage testing : Testing of insulators, bushings, isolators, circuit breakers. Cables,
transformers, lightning arresters and power capacitors.
7S-EE-05 POWER ELECTRONICS
UNIT – 1 : SCR and its characteristics, gate characteristics, SCR turn off, ratings, series and
parallel connections of SCRs triac and its applications, unijunction transistors,
Tiggering circuits and optocouplers.
UNIT- 2 : Line commutated converters : Working of single pulse converter, two pulse mid point
converter and 3 phase six pulse bridge converters effect of source inductance in
converters, effect of free wheeling dicode.
UNIT – 3 : Single phase and three phase half controlled converters, speed control of d.c.motors
using line commutated converters, cycloconverters (single phase )
UNIT – 4 : Static controllable switches : characteristic and working of MOSFET, gate turn off
thyristor and insulated gate bipolar transistor. Protection of SCR,gate circuit
protection, over voltage and over current protection, snubber circuit design, converter
circuit faults and their protection.
UNIT – 5 : D.C. Choppers : Principles od step down chopper, step up chopper classification,
Impluse commutated and resonant pulse choppers. Multiphase choppers, Application
of choppers.
Inverters : Basic series resonent inverter, half bridge and full bridge series resonant
inverters.
UNIT – 6 : Single phase and three phase bridge invertors, commutation and trigger circuits for
forced commutated thyrister inverters. Output voltage control, Harmonics in output
voltage wave form, Harmonic attenuation by filters. Harmonic reduction by pulse
width modulation techniques. Analysis for single pulse width modulation. Working
of current source inverters, few applications of inverters.
149
EIGHTH SEMESTER
8S-EE-01 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR BASED DRIVES
UNIT – 1 : Dynamics of electric drives and control of electric drives, energy conversations in
electric drives .
UNIT – 2 : D.C. motor drives : Controlled rectifier fed D.C. drives, single and three phase
rectifier control of D.C. separately excited motor. Rectifier control of D.C. series
motor. Dual converter control of D.C. separately excited motor. Power factory,
supply harmonics and ripple in motor current.chopper controlled of dc drives of
separately excited dc motor. Chopper control of series motor, source current
harmonics.
UNIT – 3 : Induction motor drives : Stator voltage control, variable frequency control using
voltage source inverter , current sources inverter and cycloconverter.
UNIT – 4 : Synchronous Motor Drive : Starting , Braking of Synchronous motor. Variable

frequency control, self controller synchronous motor drive employing load
commutated thyrister inverter or cycloconverter, starting of large Synchronous
motors.
UNIT – 5 : Brushless dc motor, stepper motor, switched reluctance motor drives and eddy
current drives. Introduction to solar and battery powered drives.
UNIT – 6 : Traction drives : Conventional dc and ac traction drives, semiconductors converter

controlled rives, 25KV ac traction using semiconductor, chopper controlled dc
motors, polyphase AC motors for traction drives.
ELECTIVE II
8S-EE-02(1) EHV AC & HVDC TRANSMISSION
UNIT – 1 : ( i) Power Handling capacities of EHV AC transmission Lines.

( ii ) Voltage gradients : Electric field of point charge , sphere gap, line- charge,
single and three phase lines, and bundled conductors. Maxwell’s potential
coefficients, Mangolelt Formula.
UNIT – 2 : ( i ) Electrostatic and electromagnetic fields of EHV lines. Electric shock and
threshold current : capacitance of long object ; calculation of electrostastic field of
A.C. lines ( 3-ph single and double circuit lines only ) Effect of high electrostatic
field, measurement of electrostatic field, induced voltages in insulated ground wires,
electromagnetic interference.
( ii ) Corona : Types, critical disruptive voltages : Factors affecting corona, Methods
for reducing corona power loss, corona current wave form, charge voltage diagram,
audible nois and radio interference.
UNIT – 3 : ( i ) Comparsion of EHV AC and HVDC systems.

( ii ) Conversion from AC to DC, Rectifiers, converters conversion from DC to AC
Invertors.( iii ) Kinds of DC link.
150
( iv ) Earth electrode and earth returns : Introduction objectives, location and
configuration, resistance of electrodes, means of reducing earth electrode resistance,
troubles caused by earth current and remedies .
( v ) Multiterminal HVDC system : Introduction, 2 pole transmission, MTDC system
with series and parallel connected convertors , advantages and parallel connected
converters, advantages and applications, configurations and types.
UNIT – 4 : ( i ) Power flow control in HVDC system : constant current, constant voltage,
constant ignition and excitation angle control, control characteristics.
( ii ) Parallel operation of AC and DC links ( synchronus and Asynchronous links ).
UNIT – 5 : ( i ) Harmonic Filters : Introduction, Filters, surge capacitors and Damping circuits.
Shunt filters, series filters , AC filters and turned filters. Double frequency and
damped filters, cost considerations, Rating Harmonics on D.C. side of converters,
D.C. Harmonics filters.
( ii ) Reactive power Compensation : Reactive power requirements of HVDC
converters, substations, effect of delay angle and extinction angle on reactive power
.
UNIT – 6 : ( i ) HVDC circuit breakers : Introduction , construction , principle swiching energy,
interruption of DC current, application of MRTB, Types of HVDC C.B. capability
and characteristics of HVDC circuit breakers.
( ii ) HVDC Substation Protection against over voltages Difference between
insulation coordination of AC and DC systems. Fundamental of switching over
voltages , O.V. on A.C. sides and on D.C. side, surge- Arresters protection scheme,
insulation coordination and protection margine.
8S-EE-02(2) ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
Unit 1:- Need analysis, market survev, characteristics of market, sample survey, demand
forecasting, secondary data, accuracy, confidence level, uncertainty.
Unit 2:- Technical feasibility: Process selection, level of automation, plant capacity, acquiring
technology, Appropriate technology plant location, Equipment selection & procurement,
Govt. polities.
Unit 3:- Economic feasibility: Cost of project, working capital analysis, fixed cost, means of
finance, estimation of sales & production price analysis, Break even point, projected cash
flow statements, projected balance sheet, projected profit & loss statement, projected cash
flow. Rate of return. Discounted payback period, cost benefit analysis, return after taxes.
Unit 4:- Project Planning & Control : CPM, PERT, Optimum project duration, resource
allocation, updating.
Unit 5:- Project report: Preparation of project report, risk analysis, sensitivity analysis, methods of
raising capital.
Unit 6:- Project review: Initial review, performance analysis, ratio analysis, sickness, project
revival, environmental & social aspects.
151
8S-EE-02(3) ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS AND
PERIPHERALS
UNIT – 1 : Introduction to 16 bit microprocessors. 8086 / 8088 CPU architecture, Memory

organisation and interfacing, Addressing modes, Instruction set, examples
pseudoopcodes with ASM – 86 .
UNIT – 2 : Interfacing of peripherals 8255 and 8253 with 8086, Architecture, operation and
interfacing of 8251, 8257 with 8085 and 8086/ 8088.
UNIT – 3 : Archirtecture operation and interfacing of 8259, with 8279 with 8085 and 8086/
8088 .
UNIT – 4 : Multiprocessor system bus, 8087 coprocessor with architecture and instruction set.
Organisation of PC XT / AT mother board.
UNIT – 5 : Introduction to 80286, 386 , 486 architecture. Concepts of cashe, associated/ virtual
memory. DOS structure.
UNIT – 6 : Architecture of 8097 microcontroller, its important features, interface with paralled
and serial I/O ( Instruction set not included ).
8S-EE-02(4) BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
UNIT – 1 : Introduction : Human body, Physiology and subsystems, Biochemistry Measurement

of Electrical Activities in human body.
UNIT – 2 : Electrocardiography Electro- encephalography, electromygraphy, Electro- retinography

principles, specifications and interpretation of records.
UNIT – 3 : Measurement of non electrical quantity in human body. Measurement of blood

flow, respiration rate and depth heart rate.
UNIT – 4 : ESR, blood pressure temperture PH, impedence of various parts GSR, mobility of
internal organs.
UNIT – 5 : Control of body functioning : Stimulator for muscle and nervous system. Cardisc
pacemaker, Blood pump respiration controller myoelectric control of paralysed
muscles.
UNIT – 6 : Blood pump resipration controller myo electric control of paralysed muscles
152
8S-EE-02(5) DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Unit 1:- Discrete time signals & systems : Discrete time signals, Discrete time systems, Linearity,
causality, stability, static/dynamic, Time Invariance/ Time variance, classification of
discrete time systems, linear convolution, circular convolution, cross correlation,
Autocorrelation.
Linear constant coefficient difference equation, sampling theorem & sampling process,
Reconstruction of sampling data, convolution.
Unit 2:- Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems, Fourier transform
of discrete time signals, properties of discrete time Fourier transform.
Unit 3:- The Z- transform: Definition, properties of the region of convergence for the Z-transform,
Z- Transform properties, Inverse Z- transform using contour integration, complex
convolution, theorem, Parseval’s unilateral Z- transform, stability interpretation using
Jury’sarray.
Unit 4:- Transform analysis of LTI system & structures for discrete – time system: Frequency
response for LTI system, relationship between magnitude & phase, all pass system,
minimum phase system, linear system with generalized linear phase.
Block diagram representation & signal flow graph representation of linaer constant
coefficient difference equation, basic structures fir IIR system, transposed forms, basic
network structures fir FIR systems, lattice structures.
Unit 5:- Filter design techinques :- Design of discrete time IIR filters from continoues time filters
Frequency transformation of low pass IIR filters, design of FIR filters by windowing, FIR
filter design by Kasier window method, Frequency sampling method.
Unit 6:- Discrete fourier Transform:- Discrete fourier series, properties of discrete fourier series,
dicsrtet fourier transform, porperties of DFt, circular convoulution using discrete fourier
transform, Decimation in time FFT algorithm, decimation in frequency FFT, FFT of long
sequences using overlap add& overlap save method.
8S-EE-03 SWITCH GEAR AND PROTECTION
UNIT- 1 : General Philosophy of Protective Relaying : Protective Zones, primary

protection , Back up protection, Back up protection, Remote and locol back up.
Selectivity.
UNIT – 2 : Medium Voltage Line Protection : Overcurrent relaying, directional

overcurrent relays.
UNIT – 3 : High Voltage Line Protection : Distance relays, carrier distance schemes. Unit
carrier schemes.
UNIT- 4 : Equipment Protection : Principles of differential relaying, protection of generator ,

transformers and busbars by differential relaying and other relays. Protection of
Induction motors against overloads, short circuits, thermal relays, miniature circuit
breakers.
153
UNIT – 5 : Introduction to static relays : Comparison of static and electro mechanicalrelays,
two input amplitude and phase comparators and their duality, Generation of
various distance relay charasteristicsusing above comparators.
UNIT – 6 : Switchgear : Circuit breakers, Arc interruption theory, recovery and Restriking
voltages, RRRV, breaking of inductive and capactive currents, C.B. ratings,
different media of arc interruption, overview of oil circuit breakers, construction
and operation of Air blast, SF6 and vacuum breakers.
8S-EE-04 COMPUTER APPLICATION IN ELECTRICAL ENGG.
UNIT – 1 : Oncidence & Network Matrices : Graph incidance Matrices, premitive network,
formation of network matrices by singular transformations.
UNIT – 2 : Algorithm for formation of Bus Impedanace and Bus Admitance matrix for system
mutual coupling.
UNIT – 3 : Three Phase Networks : Three phase balance network elements with balanced and
unbalanced excitation, incidence and network matrices for three phase element.
Algorithm for formation of three phase bus impedance matrics without mutual
coupling.
UNIT – 4 : Load Flow Studies : Power system load flow equations, solution techinque : Gauss
seidal, Newton Raphson and fast decoupled techinque with and without holtage
control buses. Representation of tap changing and phase shifting transformers.
Elementry load flow programmes.
UNIT – 5 : Short Circuit Studies : Three phase network short circuit calculations using bus
impendence matrix for balanced and unbalanced faults. Computer programme for
short circuit studies on simple system.
UNIT – 6 : Transient Stability Studies : Modelling of synchronous machine, power system

network for transient stability studies. Numercial of swing equation by Modified
Eular and Runge Kutta 4th
Order method. Elementry computer programme for the transient stability study.
154
COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
FOUR YEAR BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (B.E.) DEGREE COURSE
BRANCH: COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
ABBREVIATIONS
L:Theory MXM: Maximum A: Paper duration in Hours F: MXM Ext

T:Tutorial marks B: MXM Theory G: MXM-IA
P:Practical MNM:Minimum C: MXM-IA H: Total(F+G)
IA:Internel Marks D: Total (B+C) I:MNM Passing marks
assessment E: MNM Passing Marks
Semester :THIRD
Sr. SUBJEC SUBJECT TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME

No. T
CODE L T P Total THEORY PRACTICAL
Hrs/We
ek A B C D E F G H I
APPLIED MATEMATICS-
1 33CT-1 4 1 -- 5 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
III
2 33CT-2 NETWORK ANALYSIS 3 1 -- 4 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
INTRODUCTION TO
3 33CT-3 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50 25
PROGRAMMING
ELECTRONIC DEVICES
4 33CT-4 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50 25
AND CIRCUITS
5 33CT-5 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50 25
6 33CT-6 COMPUTER WORKSHOP-I -- -- 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 50 50 IA
1
TOTAL 5 8 32 500 200
9
CREDITS:19+6.5=25.5 GRAND TOTAL: 700
155
ABBREVIATIONS
L:Theory MXM: Maximum marks A: Paper duration in F: MXM Ext

T:Tutorial MNM:Minimum Marks Hours G: MXM-IA
P:Practical B: MXM Theory H: Total(F+G)
IA:Internel assessment C: MXM-IA I:MNM Passing
D: Total (B+C) marks
E: MNM Passing Marks
Semester :FOURTH
Sr. SUBJECT SUBJECT TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME

No. CODE
L T P Total THEORY PRACTICAL
Hrs/We
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS &

1 44CT-1 4 1 -- 5 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
GRAPH THEORY
2 44CT-2 DATA STRUCTURE 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50 25
FUNDAMENTALS OF
3 44CT-3 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50 25
MICROPROCESSOR
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
4 44CT-4 4 1 -- 5 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
ORGANISATION
ELECTRICAL MACHINES &
5 44CT-5 3 1 2 6 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50 25
MEASUREMENTS
6 44CT-6 COMPUTER WORKSHOP-II -- -- 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 50 50 IA
TOTAL 19 5 8 32 500 200
CREDITS:19+6.5=25.5 GRAND TOTAL: 700
156
ABBREVIATIONS

P:Practical MNM:Minimum Marks C: MXM-IA H: Total(F+G)
IA:Internel assesment D: Total (B+C) I:MNM Passing marks
Semester :FIFTH

No. T
Hrs/We
OBJECT ORIENTED 2
1 55CT-1 3 1 2 6 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50
METHODOLOGIES 5
COMMUNICATION 2
2 55CT-2 3 1 2 6 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50
SYSTEMS 5
ADVANCED 2
3 55CT-3 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50
MICROPROCESSORS 5
4 55CT-4 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING 3 1 -- 4 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
5 55CT-5 THEORY OF COMPUTATION 3 1 -- 4 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
6 55CT-6 CONTROL SYSTEMS 3 1 -- 4 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
TOTAL 19 6 6 31 600 150
CREDITS:19+6=25 GRAND TOTAL: 750
157
ABBREVIATIONS
L:Theory MXM: Maximum A: Paper duration in F: MXM Ext

T:Tutorial marks Hours G: MXM-IA
P:Practical MNM:Minimum Marks B: MXM Theory H: Total(F+G)
IA:Internel assesment C: MXM-IA I:MNM Passing marks
D: Total (B+C)
E: MNM Passing
Marks
Semester :SIXTH

No. T
Hrs/We
IND.MANAGEMENT/
1 66CT-1 3 1 -- 4 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
ECONOMICS
2 2
2 66CT-2 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 50 25
5 5
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF
3 66CT-3 4 1 -- 5 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
ALGORITHMS
DATA PROCESSING AND FILE 2 2
4 66CT-4 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 50 25
SYSTEM 5 5
DESIGN PRINCIPLES OF
5 66CT-5 4 1 -- 5 3 80 20 100 40 -- -- -- --
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
2 2
6 66CT-6 MINI PROJECT -- -- 3 3 -- -- -- -- -- 50 25
5 5
TOTAL 19 5 7 30 500 150
158
ABBREVIATIONS
L:Theory MXM: A: Paper duration in Hours F: MXM Ext
T:Tutorial Maximum B: MXM Theory G: MXM-IA
P:Practical marks C: MXM-IA H: Total(F+G)
IA:Internel assesment MNM:Minimu D: Total (B+C) I:MNM Passing marks
m Marks E: MNM Passing Marks
Semester :SEVENTH

No. T
Hrs/Week
A B C D E F G H I
1 77CT –1 OPERATING SYSTEMS 4 1 - 5 3 80 20 100 40 - - - -
DATABASE MANAGEMENT 2
2 77CT-2 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 50 25
SYSTEMS 5
COMPUTER 2
3 77CT –3 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 50 25
NETWORKS 5
4 77CT –4 ELECTIVE – I 4 1 - 5 3 80 20 100 40 - - - -
5 77CT –5 ELECTIVE - II 1 - 5 3 80 20 100 40 - - - -
6 77CT- 6 PROJECT & SEMINAR 0 - 3 3 - - - - - - 50 50 25
TOTAL 20 5 7 32 500 150
ELECTIVE – I ELECTIVE – II
1. ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 1 . ARTIFICAL INTELLIGENCE.
2. EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 2. NEURAL NETWORK & FUZZY SYSTEMS
3. DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING. 3. DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
159
ABBREVIATIONS
P:Practical MNM:Minimum Marks C: MXM-IA H: Total(F+G)
IA:Internel assesment D: Total (B+C) I:MNM Passing marks
Semester :EIGHTH

No. T
Hrs/Week
A B C D E F G H I
1 88CT –1 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 25 25
COMPILER
2 88CT-2 4 1 2 7 3 80 20 100 40 25 25 50 25
CONSTRUCTION
3 88CT –3 ELECTIVE – III 4 1 - 5 3 80 20 100 40 - - - -
4 88CT –4 ELECTIVE – IV 4 1 - 5 3 80 20 100 40 - - - -
5 88CT –5 PROJECT - - 6 6 75 75 150 75
1 1
TOTAL 4 30 400 250
6 0
ELECTIVE – III ELECTIVE – IV

1. TCP/IP 1 . MULTIMEDIA & WEB DESIGNING
2. NETWORK SECURITY 2. DATA MINING & WAREHOUSING
3. E-COMMERCE 3. CAD/CAM
160
Semester III (CT/CE/IT)
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
33CT-1
Unit 1:
Laplace TransformsLaplace Transforms and their simple properties,some applications of Laplace transforms to solve
ordinary differential equations including simultaneous equations,Applications to one dimensional partial differential
equation (10)
Unit 2:
Fourier and Z-transformsFourier Integral Theorem,Fourier Sine and Cosine Integrals,Fourier Transforms,Finite Fourier
Sine and Cosine transform,Z-Transform definition and properties,inversion by partial fraction decomposition,relation with
Laplace transforms, Applications of Z-transform to solve difference equations with constant co-efficient. (7)
Unit 3: Matrices Inverse of matrix by partitioned method,Inverse of matrix by adjoint method, and its use in solving
simultaneous equation,rank of matrix,Consistency of a system of equations, Linear depandence,Linear and Orthogonal
transformations. (6)
Unit 4:
Matrices Characteristics equation,Eigenvalues,Eigenvectors,Reduction of diagonal forms,Statement and verification of
Cayley-Hamilton theoram,Sylvester’s theoram, Association of matrices with linear differential equation of second order
with a constant coefficient,Determination of largest eigenvalue by iteration method. (7)
Unit 5:
Theory of ProbabilityAxioms and models,Conditional Probability,baye’s Rule examples,Random variables-Simple
examples,Discreate and continuous random variables,jointly distributed variables. (8)
Unit 6: Distribution of Random Variables Examples,expectations-Moments,Conditional distributions and conditional

expectations,stochastic Process-Bernouli and poisson process (7)
Text Books:
1.Higher Engg. Mathematics,B.S.Grewal
2.Theory and problems of probability and statistics,M.R.Spiegal (McGRAW Hill) Schaum Series.
3.Advanced Engineering mathematics,Kreyszig
Reference Books:
1. Applied Mathematics for Engineering and Physics,L.A.Pipes and Harvile
2. Mathematics for engineers,Chandrika Prasad
3. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers,Chandrika Prasad
4. Probability and statistics for Engineering 4th Ed ,Miller Freund and Johnson
5. Probability ,Statistics with reliability,Queuing and Computer Sciences Application,K.S.Trivedi
161
33CT-2 NETWORK ANALYSIS
Unit 1: Nodal and mesh basis equilibrium equation, Matrix approach of complicated network containing voltage
and current sources and inductances,sources Transformation ,Duality
Unit 2: Network Theorems,Super position, Reciprocatory,Thevenin’s,Nortans maximum Power

transfer,Compensation and Tellegens as applied to A.C. circuits.
Unit 3: Two port networks parameters and interconnections,Scattering parameters,Basic Ideas of network
graph,Network tree ,Tie sets,Equilibrium equations on Tie set & model basis using topological method.
Unit 4: Trignometric and Exponential Fourier Series,Discreate Spectra and Symmetry of waveforms,Steady
State response of a network to non-sinusoidal periodic inputs,power factor,effective values, Fourier
transforms and Continuous spectra,three phase unbalanced circuits and power calculations.
Unit 5: Laplace Transform and properties ,partial fractions , Singularity functions and wave form synthesis
,Analysis of RC,RL and RLC network without initial conditions with laplace transforms, Evaluation of
initial conditions.
Unit 6: Transient behaviour,concept of complex frequency, Driving point transfer function, Poles and zeros of
immitance functions their properties, sinusoidal response from polezero locations, Convolution theoram
and integral solutions.
Text Books
1. Kelker and Pandit: Linear Network Theory,saroj Prakashan
2. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis ,Prentice Hall
3. Reza and silly: Modern Network Analysis,McGraw Hill
33CT-3 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
Unit 1: Fundamentals Of Computers: Introduction,Basic Structure Of A Computer,Input Process Output System,

Input/Output Devices,Memories,Hardware ,Software,System Software,Application
Software,Applications Of Computers,Types Of Computers,Programming Languages,Error In
Languages,Algorithms And Flowcharts.
Unit 2: Programming Languages ‘C’ Variables, Datatypes ,Declaration,Operators,Expressions, Input Output

Operations, Formatted I/O, Hierarchy Of Operations,Expression Making, The While,The For, The Do-
While Loops,Nesting Of Loops,Switch ,Continue,Break Statements,Jumps In Loops,Goto Statements
Unit 3: Defining and Using Functions,Parameter Passing,Recursion,Pointers To Functions,Global,Static,Local

Variables, Command Line Arguments
Unit 4: Array variables,syntax rules for arrays,multiple subscripts in arrays reading and writing multidimensional
arrays pointers and arrays,array of pointers ,manipulation in array ,string handling.
Unit 5: Using Structure,Structure in arrays, arrays in structure ,pointers for structures ,pointer to pointer,
enumerated data type, union, preprocessor , macros, compilers,controlled directives
Unit 6: File management ,sequential files, unformatted files,text files, Binary files, Bitwise operators.
Graphic Programming: Lines, Drawing and filling images,Patterns, Drawing and Filling Shapes, pallets
& colors, text in graphics.
Text Books
1. Programming in ANSI C by E. Balguruswamy
2. The ANSI C programming by Kerninghm and Ritchie
3. Let us C by Y.P.Kanetkar
4. Turbo C refernce manual
5. C in depth by Srivastava,BPB Pub
6. C by Aitken BPB Pub.
162
33CT-4 Electronic Devices And Circuits
Unit I : Semiconductor Diodes And Power Supplies

Intrinsic & Extrinsic Semiconductors,Theory Of Pn Junction Diode,Junction Capacitance,Zener Diodes,Varactor
Diodes,Tunnel Diodes,Power Supplies,Half Wave And Full Wave Rectifiers,Voltage Doublers,Filters,Ripple Factors,Zener
And Emitter Follower Type & Series Regulators.
Unit II: Junction Transistors

Theory Of Operation,Static Characteristics,Break Down Voltages,Current Voltage Power Limitataion,Biasing Of
Bjt,Differenent Biasing Arrangements,Stability Factor,Thermal Runaway,Power Transistors.
Unit III: BJT Analysis

Small Signal Analysis Of CE,CB,CC Amplifiers And Comparision. High Frequency Analysis,Calculation Of Frequency
Response,Gain Bandwidth Product.
Unit IV: Power Amplifiers

Classification A,B,Ab.C Classes Efficiency,Push Pull Configuration( A,B,AB) , Complimentry Symmetry, Second
Harmonic And Cross Over Distortion.
Unit V: Positive And Negative Feedback Amplifiers

Feedback Amplifiers,Classification ,Practical Circuits, Application , Advantages. Oscillators,Stability,Barkhausen
Criterion Rc,Lc And Crystal Oscillator.
Unit VI: Fet & Its AnalysisField Effect Transistor And Mosfet, Principles Of Operation And Characteristics,Biasing
Arrangements, Small Signal Analysis Of Cg , Cd,Cs. High Frequency Analysis.
Note: Emphasis To The Given On Theoritical Aspects And Not Mathematical Aspects.
Practicals Based On Above Syllabus
Text Books:
1. Integrated Electronics By Millman And Halkies
2. Electronic Devices And Circuits By Millman And Halkies
Reference Books:
1. Electronic Circuits- Discrete And Integrated By Schilling & Belove

2. Micro Electronics By Millman And Gabrel
33 CT –5 Digital Electronics
Unit I: Analog Vs. Digital Circuits,Transistors as Switch,Boolean Algebra, Boolean identities, Logic problems, Binary ,
Gray,Octal ,Hex, and ASCII Codes,Logic gates, and Truth Tables, Demorgan' s Law , Sum of Product and
Product of Sum, K-Maps, Solution of problems using K-maps.
Unit II: Quine McCluskey's method
Unit III:Basic Combinational Circuits,Logic Operand Switch, Totem Pole output and Tri state output Decoders,
Encoders, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers., Code converters
Unit IV:Introduction to Flip Flops,Latches,Concept of Clock,,memory organisation with Flip-Flop as basic cell
,RAM,ROM,EPROM, and EEPROM an overview, master Slave Combination and conversion of one type to
another type flip flop.
Unit V: Excitation tables and introduction to sequential Circuits, Counters Synchronous/Asynchronous , different modulo
counter with Reset or Clear facility, Design of counters of Arbitrary modulo with K-maps, Lock T Counters
Unit VI:Arithmatic Circuits: Adders( Half and Full ), Subtractors, (half and Full) BCD Adders or Subtractors, Carry Look
ahead Adders, Concept of ALU and its Design.
163
Text Books:
1. Digital circuits and Microprocessors by Herbert Taub

2. An introduction to Digital Computer Design by Rajaraman and Radhakrishnan.
3. Digital Circuits by M. Mano
4. Digital Electronics Principles by Malvino
33CT-6 COMPUTER WORKSHOP-I
1. Introduction to PC hardware
2. Introduction to networking environment
3. Working under DOS environment
4. Working under Windows Environment
5. Mini project
44CT-1 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND GRAPH THEORY
Unit I: Set Theory:

Operations on Sets , relation and functions, Partial order, Equivalence relations, Peano axioms and
induction
Unit II: Mathematical Logic

Propositions, Predicate logic, formal mathematical systems, Algebra, Homomorphism, Automorphism.
Unit III: Groups
Elements of theory of Some algebras, semigroups, monoids, groups
Unit IV: Rings Rings,Fields, Lattice, Boolean Algebra
Unit V: Graph Theory

Graphs, Hypergraphs, transitive closure, Spanning trees
Unit VI: Combinatorics

generating functions,Recurrences counting theoram and applications.
Text Books:
1.Discrete Mathematical structures for Computer science, Kolman and Busby(PHI)

2.Combinotirial mathematics, C.L.Liu(McGraw Hill)
(COMMON TO CS/CT/CE/IT)
164
44CT-2 DATA STRUCTURES
Unit I:
Introduction to data Structures: Basic concepts of data, How to create Programmes.Arrays: Order List, Sparse matrices,
Quick Sort, Merge Sort, heap sort, selection and bubble Sort, Linear Search, Binary search.
Unit II:
Stacks and Queues: Fundamentals , Evolution of expressions, Polish Expressions and their compilation, Application s of
Stack, Multiple Stack and Queues, Priority Queues.
Unit III:
Linked list: Singly Linked List, Linked Stacks and Queues, Polynomial additions, Examples on linked list, Circular
linked list, doubly linked list and dynamic storage management, generalized list.
Unit IV:
Trees : basic terminology, basic Trees, Binary Tree representation, threaded storage representation, binary tree traversal,
binary search tree, applications of tree, preliminary treatment of AVL Trees, B-Trees , Tries.
Unit V:
Graphs: Defination and terminology, Graph representation: matrix representation of graphs, list of structures , other
representation of graphs, breadth first search, depth first search,spanning trees, shortest path algorithm, topological sorting,
critical path.
Unit V:
Files: Storagee structures on tapes and disk, sorting with Disk and tapes, Sequential files, Indexed sequential files, direct
Access files, Hashing Techniques.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentls of Data Structure by Horowitz and Sahani
2. Algorithms, Data Structures and Programmes by Niclaus Worth
3. Data Structures in C/C++ by Tennabaun
4. An Introduction to data Structures with applications by Trembley and Sonerson
5. Data Structure and Programme Design in C by Kruse, Leung and Tondo,(PHI)
6. Data structure and Algorithm by Lafore(BPB)
7. Data Structure through C(BPB)
Note: Data Structure to be implemented in C
165
44CT-3 FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROPROCESSORS
Unit I :
Introduction to Intel's 8085 A, Architecture Description , Memory and Input or Output, Instruction set.
Unit II :
Addressing Modes, Timing diagrams, Assemblers and Dessemblers( by hand Coding), Flag Structure, Concept of PSW,
Stacks ,Subroutine, PUSH and POP Instructions, CALL /RETURN Instruction, Stack manipulation ,Simple Programmes.
Unit III:
Programming Techniques, looping, Counting, Indexing, Counters and Timing Delays, Intrrupt Concepts and Structure in
8085. Interrupt Service routine. Advanced Instruction of 8085.
Unit IV:
Methods of data Transfer Serial , Parallel, Synchronous and Asynchronous . IN/OUT Instructrion. Timing Diagram,
Simple hardware Interface to 8085 of standard latches / Buffers / keys/ Display Devices as I/O Ports. handshaking
concepts. Architecture and Interface of 8155, 8255 and 8253 to 8085, Interfacing of ADC /DAC.
Unit V:Hardware considerations- Bus contention, Slow Memory Interfacing, Complete Signal Description of 8085,
Multiplexed Keyboard/ Display Interface and Assembler Directives.
Unit VI:Introduction to 8086, Architecture of 8086
Text Books:
1. Microprocessors Architecture Programming and Application with 8085 by R.S. Gaonkar

2. Microprocessor and Interfacing: D.V.Hall
3. Microprocessors System: The 8086/8088 family: Liu Gibson
44CT-4 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANISATION
Unit I:
Basic Structure of Computer Hardware and Software: Functional Units, Basic Operational Concepts, Bus
Structures,Software , Distributed Computing, Concluding remarks. addressing methods and machine program sequencing :
Memory Locations , addressing and encoding of information, Main memory operation , Instructions and Instruction
sequencing, addressing modes, Assembly language, Stacks, Subroutine.
Unit II:
Instruction Sets: Instruction Format , limitations of Shortword- length machines,High level language considerations, the
IBM – 37 0.
Processing Unit: Some fundamental concepts, Execution of a complete instruction , Sequencing of control Signals ,
Concluding remarks.
Unit III:
Microprogrammed Control: Microinstructions, Grouping of control signals , Microprogram sequencing, Micro
Instructionwith next Address field, perfecting microinstruction, Emulation, Bit Slices, Introduction to Microprogramming.
Unit IV:
Arithmatic: Number Representation , Addition of Positive numbers, Logic Design for fast adders, Addition and Subtraction
, Arithmatic and Branching conditions, Multiplications of positive numbers, Signed- Operand multiplication, fast
Multiplication, Integer Division, Floating point numbers and operations .
166
Unit V:
The main Memory: some basic concepts , semiconductor RAM memories, Memory system consideration, semiconductor
ROM memories, Multiple module memories and interleaving, CACHE Memories, Virtual memories, memory management
requirements.
Unit VI:Computer Peripherals: I/O Devices, Online storage, File services.processors: Families of microprocessors Chips,
Introduction to RISC Processors, Array processor, Loosely Coupled, Tightly Coupled System.
Text Books:
Computer Organisation 3rd Edn-V.CarlHamacher, McGrawHill
Reference:
1. Computer Architechture and Organisation by J.P. Hayes
44CT-5 ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND MEASUREMENTS
Unit I: Measuring instruments classification: Absolute and Secondary Instruments, Indicating Instruments, general
principle of working of permanent magnet Moving coil, Moving Iron, Dynamometer and induction Instruments,
power and energy Instruments.
Unit II:Potentiometer: D.C. and A.C. Potentiometer, Application for measurements of Voltage , Current and Power.
Resistance: Inductance and capacitance, Measurement of Low , medium and High Resistance, Elementary method
of measurement of inductance and capacitance, generalised theory of A.C. Bridges.
Unit III:Electronics Instruments: Cathode Ray Oscilloscope, Digital Volt meter, Multimeter, Vacuum tube voltmeters,
Transistor voltmeters( TVMS) A.C. Millivoltmeter, concepts of Instruments amplifiers, x-y recorders.
Unit IV:Transformers: Single Phase and Three-Phase, effect of loading, regulation, open circuit and short circuit test,
efficiency, all day efficiency, parallel operation ,auto transformers.
Unit V:D.C. Generators, series, Shunt and Compound Commutator , Armature EMF, Armature reaction and Commutation.
D.C. Motors: series, shunt and compound, back EMF, characteristics , starting , speed control and applications.
Unit VI:Three phase Induction motor: Principle of operation, Type, Torque, and slip, equivalent circuit, no load and
blocked rotar test, starting, speed control and applications.
single phase motors: principles of operation of single phase induction motor, starting methods.
Three phase synchronous machines: motor and generator action, synchronous impedance and excitation voltage,
equivalent circuit, voltage regulation, starting of motor, effect of excitation , variation in case of motor.
Text Books:
1. Electrical Machines by Nagrath and Kothari
2. Electrical measurements and measuring Instruments by Golding
3. Electric measurements and measuring instruments by Baldwin
4. Electrical technology Vol.-II by B.L. Thereja
5. Basic Electrical Engineering by Fitzerald and Grable Higginbotham
167
44CT-6 COMPUTER WORKSHOP - II
1. Introduction to MS-Word,Excel and Powerpoint.

2 .Introduction to Internet and WWW
3. Introduction to Foxpro
4. Mini project
55CT-1 OBJECT ORIENTED METHODOLOGY
UNIT 1 :Introduction to OOP methodology,Features of OOP language like data Encapsulation ,Inheritance
,Polymorphism and Late Binding.
UNIT II :Concept of class ,instantiating a class.Static and nonstatic members. Controlling accessibility overriding
a method operator.Concept of Abstract class.Concept of interface implementing an interface.
UNIT III :Building of data structures like linked list satcks,queues,trees,has table
UNIT IV :Concept of exception and exception handling mechanism in OOP.
UNIT V :Introduction of streams,use of stream classes concept of serialzation.
UNIT VI :Case studies of Object Oriented Systems in C++,including introduction to Templates.
Text Books :
1. Object Oriented Programming : An Evolutionary Approach –Brad Cox :Ad Wesley

2. Mastering C++ Ravishanker ,Venugopal,TMH
168
55CT-2 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
UNIT I :
Frequency spectrum of electromagnetic waves,their properties,wave propogation.Tuned Amplifiers,gain and
bandwidth,neutralization,Noise,types,source,noise figure,calculation.
UNIT II :
AM modulation ,series plate modulated class ‘C’ amplifierand power calculation,SSb modulation SSB-SC
modulation.A.M. Demodulators, ,square law detector,diodes peak detector.envelop detecter,detecters for SSB and SSB-SC
A.M. signals,A.M. using transistors.
UNIT III:
Angle modulation , Frequency modulation,spectrum,Reactance tube and FET modulators,Armstrong method,F.M.
transmitters,frequency, stabilization methods,FM descriminator,Foster Seely,PLL detectors,stereophonic FM. .
UNIT IV
Pulse modulation: Pulse Amplitude modulation,(PAM), Pulse Width modulation,(P.W.M), Pulse Position,(P.P.M),Pulse
Code Modulation(P.C.M),Delta modulation(DM)..
UNIT V :
Radio Receiver and its measurements:TRE receiver,superheterodyne Receiver,Detailed study of block schematic and
circuits of mixture,RF- Stage,I.F. stage,detector,Automatic Grain Control(AGC),FM Radio receiver.
UNIT VI:
Line Telephony:Elemental phone system,central switching system,simple exchange, two and four wire connections,time
division multiplexing, time division switching ,Time slot interchanging,space array for Digital signals,combined space
time switching.
Text Books
1. Electron Tube Circuits – Seely.
2. Communication Electronics ; Kennedy
Practical Based on above syllabus.
169
55CT-3 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS
UNIT I : Architecture of 8086,Physical address formation ,addressing modes, segmentation of memory,

Instruction set & programming.
UNIT II : Different input/output techniques,Interfacing with latches, buffers, interfacing of keyboard matrix,seven
segment display,DAC,ADC,interfacing of 8253.
UNIT III : Interrupts of 8086 ,Interfacing with PIC (8259A) ,CRT controller 6845,Floppy disc controller 8272 and
hard disk controller.
UNIT IV : Maximum mode of 8086,co-processing and multiprocessing ,I/O processing .numerical data processor
8087 architecture ,interfacing with 8086,instruction set and programming ,PDMAC 8237,interfacing with
8086,8279A,interfacing with 8086.
UNIT V : Introduction to 8 bit microcontroller 8051,architecture ,instruction set and programming.
UNIT VI : 80386 microprocessor ,addressing modes, instruction set ,real mode, protected mode.
Text books:
1. Microprocessor and interfacing : Douglas Hall.
2. Microprocessor and Architecture ,programming abd application : Ramesh Gaonkar.
3. Microprocessor System : The 8086/8000 family :Liu Gibson.
55CT-4 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING
UNIT I: Background Machine Structure ,Assemblers ,Loaders,Macros,Compilers,Formal system ,Operating

system User viewpoint :Functions,operating system viewpoint :Batch control language ,operating system
user viewpoints :Facilities.
UNIT II : Machine structure ,Machine Language and assembly language general Machine structure ,General
approach to a new machine ,Machine Structure : IBM 360/370,Architecture of 68000 (Motorola)
UNIT III : Assemblers general Design Procedure ,Design of Assembler ,Macro language and the macro processor
,Macro instructions ,features of macro facility ,macro instruction arguments,Conditional Macro
Expansion ,Macro Calls Within Macros ,Macros Instructions Defining Macros ,Implementation of a
restricted facility of two pass algorithm , a single pass algorithm ,Implementation of macro calls within
macros ,Implementation within assembler.
UNIT IV : Loaders schemes ,”compile – and –go “loaders,general loader scheme ,absolute loaders,subroutine
linkages ,relocating loaders,direct linking loaders,Other loaders schemes-binders,linking loaders,overlays
,Dynamic Binders,Design of absolute loaders,Design of a direct linking loaders.
UNIT V: Introduction to device drivers :Accessing drivers,interface with kernel ,Study of mouse drivers,Analog to
digital interface ,low level device controller consideration.
UNIT VI: Lexical analysis : Role of lexical analysis ,recognition of tokens,study of tools like lex.
Text Books :
1. System Programming by Leland Beck,Pearson Ed.
2. Units Unix device drives by George Pajani ,Pearson Ed.
3. Device drives for Windows by Norton ,Add Wesley.
4. Assembly & Assemblers by Gorshine ,Prentice Hall
170
55CT-5 THEORY OF COMPUTATION
UNIT I :
Strings ,Alphabet ,Language ,Operations, Finite state machine ,definitions .Finite automation model
,acceptance of strings and languages .Non Determinstic Finite Automation , Determinstic Finite
Automation ,Equivalence between NFA and DFA ,Conversion of NFA into DFA, Minimization of FSM
,Equivalence between two FSM’s Moore and Mealy Machines.
UNIT II : Regular sets ,Regular expressions ,Identity rules ,Manipulation of regular expressions ,Equivalence
between RE and FA. Inter conversion ,Pumping, Lemma, closure properties of regular sets ( Proofs not
required),Regular grammars, Right linear and left linear grammars,Equivalence between regular linera
grammer and F.A. interconversion between RE and RG.
UNIT III : Context free grammar ,Derivation trees,Chomsky Normal form ,Greibach normal form ,push down
automata ,definition ,model ,acceptance of CFL ,equivalence CFL and PDA ,Interconversion
,enumeration of properties of CFL(Proofs ommited)
UNIT IV : Turing machine ,Definition ,Model to TM, Computable functions,Recursive ensumerable language
,Church’s hypothesis, Counter machine,Types of TM’s (Proof not required) Chomsky hierarchy of
language , Linear bounded automata and context sensitive language ,introduction of DCFL and
DPDA,LR(0),grammar ,decidability of problems.
UNIT V : Undecidability ,Properties of recursive & non-recursive ensumarable language ,universal turing machine
,post correspondence problem.
UNIT VI : Recursive function Theory –Basis functions and operations on them .Bounded minimalization
preemptive µ recursive function –unbounded minimalization and recrsivefunction .Equivalence of turing
computable function and µ recursive function.
Text books :
1. Introduction to Automata Theory Languages and computation by Hopcroft H.E. and Ullman
2. Introduction to languages and the Theory of Automata by John C.Martin
55CT – 6 CONTROL SYSTEM
UNIT I : Introduction to need for automation and automatic control, use of feedback, broad spectrum of system
application .Mathematical modeling, diff equations ,transfer function ,block diagram, signal flow graphs,
application to elementary feedback on parameter variations ,disturbance signal ,servomechanism and
regulators. Control system components , electrical, electromechanical , their functional analysis and input
output representation .
UNIT II: Time response of system .First order and second order system ,standard inputs ,concept of gain and time
constants .Steady state error ,type of control system ,approximate methods for higher order system.
UNIT III: Stability of control systems ,conditions of stability ,characteristics equation .Routh Hurwitz criterion
,special cases for determining relative stability.
UNIT IV: Root location and its effect on time response , elementary idea of root locus ,effect of addition of pole
and zero on proximity of imaginary axis.
171
UNIT V: Frequency response method of analyzing linear system. Nyquist and Bode plot , Stability and accuracy
analysis from frequency response ,open loop and close loop frequency response. Nyquist criterion .
Effect of variation of gain and addition of pole and zero on response plot , stability margin in frequency
response.
UNIT VI: State variable method of analysis , characteristics of system state .choice of state ,representation of vector
matrix differential equation ,Standard form relation between transfer function and state variables.
Books :
1. Automatic control system by B.C.Kuo (P.H.I)
2. Control system analysis by Nagrath/Gopal
3. Linear system analysis by D’azzo and Houpis (M.H)
Reference :
1. Control Systems ,Principles and design by M.Gopal by TMH.
66CT-1 INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
UNIT I
Micro and Macro economics: law of demand ,price ,income and substitution elasticity.Supply elascity ,demand forecasting
methods,advertising elasticity and practical uses , cost and production functions,COBB-Douglus production function.
UNIT II
Money: Constituents of money supply M1,M2,M3 etc as used by RBI,Demand for money ,LM-curve.Inflaction ,Deflaction
,Stackflaction ,Commercial Banking ,central banking ,methods of credit control ,fiscl ,measures,and price stability.Trade
bills ,RBI .Credit policies in recent years .
UNIT III
Concept of national income: Methods of calculating GDP,GNP,NNP etc as factor cost ,at market prices etc
Numerical problems on national income,capital formation ,saving and investment relationship ,economic growth,economic
and population growth rates,and their estimation.Indian economic growth in recent years,Saving investment
equilaty,LM,IS-curves.
UNIT IV
Definations,Nature and Scope of management,Functions of Management,Planing,Decision Making ,organising ,controling
,Communicating.
UNIT V
Defination ,nature and scope of marketing management ,concept of marketing ,pricing of products ,advertising and sales
promotion.
UNIT VI
Definition ,nature and scope of financial management ,balance sheet ,profit and lost account ,principles of costing ,diff
budgets,
Text Books and Reference Books:

1. Micro economics by M.L Seth
2. Macro economics by M.L Seth
3. Business organization and management by S.A SHERLEKR
4. Industrial management by I.K CHOPDE,A.M SHEIKH
5. Marketing management by PHILIP KOTLER.
6. National income and Accounting
7. Financial management by K.C KUCHHAL
172
66CT-2 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Unit I Software: Characteristics, Components, and Applications. Software Engineering- A layered Technology,
The Software process, Software Process models, Linear Sequential Model, Prototyping Model, RAD
Model and Evolutionary Software Models.
Unit II Software Process & Project Metrics: metrics in Project & Process Domains, Software Measurement, and
Metrics for Software Quality. Project Planning Objectives: Software Scope, resources, Software Project
Estimation, Decomposition Techniques, Empirical estimation Models, make-Buy decision.
Unit III Risk Management: Software risks, Risk Identification, Projection. Defining Task set for software Project,
selecting Software Engineering Tasks, Scheduling and Project Plan. Software Quality Assurance,
Software reviews, Formal approach to SQA, Software Reliability, The SQA plan.
Unit IV Conventional Methods for Software Engg: System Engg., Product Engg., Modeling the System
Architecture, System specifications. Analysis Concepts & Principles, Software prototyping,
Specifications, Analysis Modeling. Design Concepts, Principles & Methods, design for Real-Time
System. Software Testing Methods.
Unit V Object oriented Software Engineering, Object oriented Analysis, Object Oriented Design & Testing.
Unit VI Advanced Topics in Software Engg: Software Reuse, Reengineering, Client/Server Software Engg and
Computer Aided Software Engg.
Text Book:
Software Engineering-A Practitioner’s Approach (Fourth Edition) By Roger S. Pressman – McGraw Hill
66CT-3 ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
Unit I Mathematical foundations, summation of arithmetic and geometric series, Σn, Σn2, bounding summations
using integration, recurrence relations, solutions of recurrence relations using technique of characteristic
equation and generating functions.
Unit II Asymptotic notations of analysis of algorithms, analyzing control structures, worst case and average case
analysis, amortised analysis, sorting algorithms such as selection sort, insertion sort, bubble sort, heap
sort, lower bound proof, elementary and advanced data structures with operations on them and their time
complexity.
Unit III Divide and conquer basic strategy, binary search, quick sort, merge sort, Fast Fourier Transform etc.
Greedy method – basic strategy, application to job sequencing with deadlines problem, minimum cost
spanning trees, single source shortest path etc.
Unit IV Dynamic Programming basic strategy, multistage graphs, all pair shortest path, single source shortest
paths, optimal binary search trees, traveling salesman problem.
Unit V Basic Traversal and Search Techniques, breadth first search, connected components, Backtracking basic
strategy, 8 – Queen’s problem, graph colouring, Hamiltonian cycles etc.
Unit VI NP-hard and NP-complete problems, basic concepts, non deterministic algorithms, NP-hard and NP-
complete, Cook’s Theorem, decision and optimization problems, polynomial reduction.
Books :
1. Thomas H. Cormen et.al. ”Introduction to Algorithms”, Prentice Hall of India.
2. Horowitz, Sahani, Rajsekharan, “Computer Algorithms”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.
3. Brassard, Bratley, “Fundamentals of Algorithms”, Prentice Hall.
173
66CT-4 DATA PROCESSING & FILE SYSTEMS
Unit I File Characteristics: File Functions, File & File Record, File Record and Its contents, File & File
Volume, File & Device records : Blocking & deblocking, Buffering for sequential Files, File Protection,
Errors in File processing. File Organization and Access methods: Sequential File Organization, Indexed
File Organization, Relative File Organization, Comparison of File Organization Methods, Selection of
File Organization.
Unit II Elements of Cobol: Structure of Cobol Programs, Cobol Coding Rules, Identification & Environment
division of Cobol. Data Division Features of Cobol: Picture, Blank when Zero, currency and decimal
points, synchronized justified clause, multiple data records, redefine, rename, value clauses.
Unit III Procedure Division Features: Input/output File and Data oriented, Data movement, Arithmetic
operations, statements for control of execution flow.
Unit IV Arrays and Occurs Clause, Condition Names, Perform statement, Subroutine call Functions.
Unit V Sequential File Handling in Cobol, Indexed and Relative File Handling in Cobol, Creation., Maintenance
and Handling of Master and Transaction files.
Unit VI Sorting and Merging in Cobol. Applications of Cobol with Different Examples
Practicals Based on Above Syllabus
Text Books:
1. Cobol Programming with Business Applications : N L Sarda
2. Cobol Programming : Roy & Dastidar
3. Structured Cobol Programming : Stern & Stern
66CT-5 DESIGN PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Unit I Language Design Issues:- Why Study Programming Language, role of Programming Languages,
Programming Environment. Impact of Machine Architectures: Operations of a Computer, Virtual
Computers and binding times.
Unit –II Language Translation Issues: - Programming Language Syntax, Stages in translation, Formal Translation
Models. Modeling language Properties: Formal Properties of languages, Language semantics.
Unit III Elementary Data Types:- Properties of Types & objects, Scalar data Types, Composite Data Types.
Unit IV Encapsulation:- Structured data types, Abstract data types, Encapsulation by subprograms, Type
definition. Inheritance, Polymorphism.
Unit V Sequence Control :- Implicit and Explicit Sequence control, Sequencing with arithmetic expressions,
Sequence control between statements, Sequencing with non arithmetic statements. Subprogram Control :-
Subprogram Sequence control, Attributes of data control, parameters transmission.
Unit VI Storage Management: Elements requiring storage, programs & system controlled storage, static storage
management. Distributed Processing:- Variations in subprogram control, Parallel programming.
Books: Programming Languages Design and Implementation by Terrence Pratt, Marvin Zelkowitz :- Pearson
Education Asia.
Programming Languages: Programs & Paradigms By Appleby, TMH.
174
UNIT I
Introduction, evolution of OS, basic hardware support necessary for modern operating system,services provided by OS,
system class, introduction to distributed OS.
UNIT II
File systems-introduction ,disk sapce management and space allocation startegies,directory structures,disk caching,file
system com\nsistency and log structured file system ,disk arm scheduling
startegies:FCFS,SSTF,SCAN,CSACN,LOOK,CLOOK,Selecting a disk scheduling algorithm,sector queuing.
UNIT III
Process management-introduction ,process control block ,process states,process context swaitch ,threads: user level and
kernel level,CPU scheduling,goals of scheduling,CPU scheduling in barch OS,Interactive OS and real time OS ,algorithm
evaluation.
UNIT IV
Interprocess communication : process cooperation and synchronization ,race condition ,critical region, mutual exclusive
and implementation,semaphores,conditional critical regions and monitors, classical inter-process communiction
problems,message passing.
UNIT V
Memeory management techniques-continuos and non-continuos,paging and segmentation,translation look aside
buffer(TLB) and overheads, virtual memory and demand paging , page faults and intruction restart,problems of large
address spaces ,page replacement algorithms and working sets.
UNIT VI
Deadlocks: necessary conditions, deadlock avoidence, deadlock prevention,recovery from deadlock.
Protection and security: Goal of protection,Mechanism and policies, Domain of protection,access list Capability list access
matrix and its implementation ,dynamic protection structures,revocation.
Text Books:
1. Modern operating systems-A.S. Tanenbaum,Pearson Edu 2nd edn
2. Operating system concepts-Silberchatz & galvin,Addison Wesley, 5th Edu
Reference Books:
3. Operating system concepts- By Milan MilenKovic(THM)
175
77CT-2 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Unit I Drawback of general file processing system, data processing through COBOL, Basic concept of a
database system, Architecture of a Database system, Data Structures and Corresponding Operators. The
Hierarchical Approach to DBMS: Architecture to IMS, IMS data Structure, External Level to IMS,
IMS, Data manipulation, defining PCB, DL/1, Operations, Construction SSA and SSA Command Codes,
Internal level of IMS, HISAM, HDAM, Secondary data set groups.
Unit II Entity-Relationship Model: Entities and Entity Sets, Relationships and Relationship Sets, Attributes,
Mapping Constraints, Keys, Entity Relationship Diagram, Reducing E-R Diagrams to Tables,
Generalisation, Aggregation, Design of an E-R Database Scheme. Relational Model: Structure of
Relational Databases, The Relational Algebra, The Tuple Relational Calculus, The domain Relational
Calculus, Modifying the database, Views.
Unit III Relational Commercial Languages: SQL, Query-by-Example, QUEL, Summary. Integrity
Constraints: Domain Constraints, Referential Integrity, Functional Dependencies, Assertions and
Triggers.
Unit IV Relational Database Design: Pitfalls in Relational Database Design, Normalisation using Functional
Dependencies, Normalisation using Multivalued Dependencies, Normalisation Using Join Dependencies,
Domain-Key Normal Form, Alternative Approaches to Database design. File and System Structure:
Overall System Structure, Physical Storage Media, File Organisation, Organisation of Records into
Blocks, Sequential files, Mapping Relational Data To Files, Data Dictionary Storage, Buffer
Management. Indexing and Hashing: Basic Concepts, Indexing, B+ Tree Index Files, B- Index Files,
Static Hash Functions, Comparison of Indexing and Hashing, Index Definition in SQL, Multiple-Key
Access.
Unit V Query Processing: Query Interpretation, Equivalence of Expressions, Estimation of Query Processing
Cost, Estimation of Costs of Access using Indices, Join Strategies, Join Strategies for Parallel Processors,
Structure of a Query Optimiser. Crash Recovery: Failure Classification, The Storage Hierarchy,
Transaction Model, Log Based Recovery, Buffer Management, Checkpoints, Shadow Paging, Failure
With Loss of non-volatile Storage, Stable Storage Implementation. Concurrency Control: Schedules,
Testing of Serializability, Lock-based Protocols, TimeStamp Based Protocols, Validation Techniques,
Multiple Granularity, Multiversion Schemes, Insert and Delete Operations.
Unit VI Mapping, Definitions, Data Independence, IMS logical Data Bases, database descriptions. THE
NETWORK APPROACH TO DBMS: Architecture to DBTG Systems, DBTG data structures,
Hierarchical and Network Set constructs, Singular Sets, Membership Classes and set selections. The
External level to DBTG differences between Subscheme and Scheme, DBTG Data Manipulation
concurrency and Exception handling and various Data constructs provided.
Books Recommended:
1. Database System Concepts: Korth, Silberschatz:: Mcgraw-Hill
2. Database Management System: Majumdar& Bhattacharya
3. Principles Of Databases: Jeffrey D. Ullman
4. An Introduction To Database Systems: C.J. Date(Adison Wesley-Nerosa)
176
77CT-3 COMPUTER NETWORKS
Unit I Introduction: The use of Computer Network-Network Goals, The OSI Reference Model, Network
Standardization-who’s who in the telecommunication world, who’s who in the standardization of the
OSI model. Example network-Public network.
Unit II The Physical Layer: The theoretical basis of data communication-Fourier Analysis, Bandwidth-limited
signals. The maximum data rate of a channel. Transmission Media-magnetic media, Twisted-pair,
Baseband Coaxial Cable, Broad-band coaxial cable, fibre optics, Line of Sight transmission,
Communication satellites, Analog Transmission, tree Telephone System, Modems, RS-232C & RS-449.
The Medium Access Sublayer: Local and Metropolitan Area’s Networks Static Channel allocation in
LAN’s and MAN’s Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and MAN’s Network Protocols-persistent and
Non Persistent CSMA, CSMA with collision detection, Collision free protocol. BRAP- Broadcast
Recognition with alternating priorities. MLMA-The Multi-level Multi-access protocol, binary
countdown, Limited-connection protocol. The adaptive tree walk protocol. IEEE standard 802 for local
area network-IEEE standard 802.3 and Ethernet, IEEE standard 802.4 token bus, IEEE standard 802.5t
token ring, comparison of local area networks, FDDI, Wireless LAN.
Unit III The Data Link Layer :data link layer issues-services provided to the network Layer, Framing Error
Control, Flow Control, Link Management, error detection and Correction-Error-Correcting Codes, error-
detecting codes, Elementary data link protocols-An Unrestricted simplex, Protocol, A simple stop and
wait protocol, A simplex protocol for a noisy channel, Sliding window protocols- A one bit sliding
window protocol, A protocol using Go Back N, A protocol using selective repeat Protocol performance-
performance of the sop and wait protocol, Performance of the sliding window protocol, Example of the
data link layer- the data layer in public networks-the data link layer in the ARPANET, MAP and TOP.
Unit IV The Network Layer: Network Layer design issues-services provided to the transport layer, Internal
organization of the network layer, Routing Congestion, Internetworking, Routing Algorithms,
Congestion-Control algorithms, Preallocation of buffers, Packet discarding, Isarithmic, Congestion
control, flow control, Choke packets, deadlocks, Examples of the network layer- The network layer in
public networks, The network layer in the ARPANET, MAP & TOP, Internet Protocol (IP).
Unit V The Transport Layer: Transport layer design issues-services provided to the session layer, quality of
services, the OSI transport service primitives, transport protocol, elements of transport protocols,
transmission Control Protocol TCP).
Unit VI The Presentation Layer: Presentation layer design issues-Data representation, text Compression, Network
security and privacy, The OSI presentation, Service primitives, Substitution Ciphers, Transposition
Ciphers, Public Key Encryption, Secrecy and Digital Signature with Public Key encryption.
Text Books:
1. Computer Networks – By Tenanbaun
2. Data & Computer Communication – Stallings.
177
UNIT I
Fundamentals: technology and computer usage trends, cost, performance measurements, quantitative principles of
computer design, concepts of memory hierarchy , intruction set architectures, memory addressing, operations in the
intruction set encoding ,role of compilers DLX architecture.
UNIT II
Pipelining : basic pipeline for DLX, various hazards: pipeline, data, control hazards. implementation issues. multicycle
operations. crsscutting issues.intruction set design and pipelining
UNIT III
Advanced pipelining and intruction-level parallelism: concepts and challenges,overcoming data hazards with dynamic
scheduling, Dynamic hardware prediction, compilers support for ILP, hardware support for parallelism,studies of ILP.
UNIT IV
Memeory-hierarchy design: basics of caches, reducing cache miss and hit time, main memeory, virtual memeory.
protectiona and eamples of virtual memeory, issues in the design of memeory hierarchies.
UNIT V
Storage systems: types of storage devices, buses and their types, I/O performance measures, readability, availability and
RAID, interfaceing to an operating system, designing an I/O system, unix file system performance.
UNIT VI
Interconnection networks: Introduction and basic concepts, Computer connection to interconnection network ,
interconnection network media, practical issues, examples of interconnection networks, issues for interconnection
networks, inetrnet working, an ATM network of workstation.
Text Book:
Hennessy J.L & Patterson D.A Computer Architecture : A quantitative approach 2/e
Refenrence books:
1. Hayes J.P introduction to computer architecture(McGraw Hill)
2. Hamacher V.C Computer Organization (McGraw Hill)
77CT-4(ELECTIVE I) EMBEDDED SYSTEM
UNIT I
Introduction : definations of embeded system, real time operating systems and embeded computing platform. applications
of embedded system. debugging tools: use of assemblers, debugger kernels. difference between compiler ,interpreter and
macros.
UNIT II
Study and use of simulators, embedded system design: hardware and software design, codesign , I/O interface co-design
for distributed systes. EPROM emulator: a Micro controller architecture.
UNIT III
Real time environment: real time I/O, R/T multitasking and multithreding, processs, O/S, real time scheduling policies,
Events, memeory management.
UNIT IV
Embedded software development tools and debugging technologies, Host and target machines, linker/loader for embedded
software, getting embedded software into target system.
178
UNIT V
Architecture of micro controller 8051: introduction, architecture, memory organization,pin defination and functions ,timing
, parallel ports, timers/counters, serial port interrupt system.
UNIT VI
Interfacing 8051 with analog circuits, digital circuits and personal computer, intruction set and programming 8051.
networking :Routing interfacing with OS. wireless coomminication protocols, queuing model for networking traffic
management, ruoting methodologies.
Text books:
1. An Embeded software primer by david E. Simon(Pearson Edu. Asia)
2. Embedded system design with 8051 micro controller by Zdravko Karakehayov & Winther
3. Computera as components: principles Embedded computing system design by W Wolf
Refernce books:
1. Real –time system: design principles for distributed embedded application by H.Kopetz.
Embedded system design by krishna & Shinn.
77CT-4(ELECTIVE-I) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
UNIT I
Introduction to AI: Defination of AI ,early work in AI, the importance of AI,AI and related fields,task domain of
AI,physical symbol system and its hypothesis,AI technique,turing test,knowlwgde and knowlegde based systems.
UNIT II
Problems,problem spaces and serches: defining the problem on a state space search , production systems and control
startegies,depth first and breadth first search,backtracking,problem characterictics,issues in the design of search programs.
Heuristic search techniques: generate and test ,hill climbing,best-first search,problem reduction,constraint
satisfaction,means-ends analysis.
UNIT III
Knowlegde representation: issues,representation and mapping approaches,introduction to proposition logic,knowlegde
representation using predicated logic ,unification and resolution.
Representation knowledge using rules,procedural Vs declarative knowlegde,logic programming,forward Vs backward
reasoning,matching,control knowlegde.
UNIT IV
Knowledge representation using semantic nets,frame ,conceptual depebdency and scripts
Statistical reasoning: probability and bayes theorem,certainity factors and rule based system,introduction to Fuzzy logic.
UNIT V
Learning: general learning model,types of learning ,rote learning, learning by taking advice, learning by analogy, induction
learning ,learning by observation and discovery.
Expert System : Rule based system architectures ,non-production system architectures,expert system shell,knowlgede
acquisition and validation, knowledge system building tools.
UNIT VI
Natural languages processing: overview of linguistics,syntactic processing,semantic analysis,discourse and processing.
Game Playing: the manimax search procedure,adding alpha-beta cut-offs.
Text Books:
1. Artificial Intelligence by E.Rich and K.Knight
Reference Books:
1. Introduction To Artificial Intelligence and Expert System By D.W Patterson (PHI)Principles of Artificial Intelligence
by N.J Nilsson (Narosa).
179
77CT-5(ELECTIVE-II) NEURAL NETWORK AND FUZZY SYSTEM
UNIT I
Fundamentals concepts and models of artificial neural systems: Bilogical neurons and their artificial models, models of
artificial neural networks, learning and adaption, neural network learning rules, overview of neural networks.
UNIT II
Single-layer perceptron classifiers: Discriminant functions, linear machine and minimum distance classification, training
and clasification using the discrete perceptron: algorithm and example, single layer continuos perceptron networks for
linearly separable classification.
UNIT III
Multilayer feedback networks : linearly non-separable pattern classification, delta learning rule. Feedforward recall and
error back-propagation training, learning factors ,classifying and expert layered networks , functional link networks.
UNIT IV
From classical(CRISP) sets to fuzzy sets: introduction, crisp sets: an overview, fuzzy stes: basic types, fuzzy sets: basic
concepts, characteristics and significant of the paradigm shift. Fuzzy sets versus crisp sets: Additional properties of alpha
cuts, representation of fuzzy stes, extension principles for fuzzy sets.
UNIT V
Operations on fuzzy sets: types of operations,fuzzy complements, fuzzy intersection:t-norms, fuzzy unions: t-Conorms,
Combinations of Operations, Aggregation operations.
UNIT VI
Fuzzy Arithmatic: fuzzy numbers, Linguistics variables, arithmatic operations on intervals, and arithmatic operations on
fuzzy numbers, lattice fuzzy numbers, and Fuzzy equations.
Text Books:
1. J.M Zurada, Introduction to Artificial Neural system ,Jaico Publishing House, India.
2. George J. Klir and Bo Yaun,Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy logic, Theaory and Applications,Prentice Hall of India Pvt ltd-
1997.
77CT-5(ELECTIVE-II) DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
UNIT I
Introduction: Digital Image Procesing: Problems and applications image representation and modeling, Image
Enhancement, Image restoration.
UNIT II
Image Perception: Light Luminanace,brightness and Contrast, simultaneous contrast, colour ,vision model , temoral
properties of vision.
UNIT III
Image sampling and quantization: Introduction, Two dimensional sampling theory, practical limitation in sampling and
reconstruction, image quantisation.
UNIT IV
Image Transformers: Two Dimensional orthogonal and unitary transforms, properties of unitary transform , the one
dimensional DFT. The Cosine transform, the Sine transform, the Handamard transform.
180
UNIT V
Image Enhancemant: Point operation, Histogram Modelling, spatial operations, transform operations, multispecial image
enhancement, false colour and pseudocolour, colour image enhancement.
UNIT VI
Image filtering and restoration: Image observation models, Inverse and Wiener filtering, finite impulse response(FIR)
Wiener filters, other domain filters, filtering using image transforms.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, by Anil K. Jain,P.H.I pvt. Ltd, 1989.
2. Digital Image Processing by R.C Gonzalez, R.E Woods(Addison Wesley Pub)
Reference:
1. Fundamental of Electronics Image Processing by A.R. Weeks.
181
88CT-1 COMPUTER GRAPHICS
Unit I Introduction: Introduction to Computer Graphics & its application -> Origin of Computer Graphics,
interactive computer graphics. Overview of Graphics System. Graphics Input Devices, Graphics Output
Devices, Display Devices: Common display devices, CRT Technology, storage Tube, Calligraphic,
Raster refresh display. Basic Concept: Refresh, Flicker, Scan Rate, Screen Size, Aspect Ratio, Interlacing
and Non-Interlacing techniques, Raster color graphics, Frame Buffer, Addressing a Raster. Adapters:
Basic Function, Video BIOS, Video RAM, operating Modes, Introduction to real time scan conversion,
cell and runlength encoding, Introduction & basic function of MGA, CGA, VGA, EGA, SVGA.
Unit II Point Pixel Plotting. Line Generation Algorithms: DDA, Bresenham’s Algorithm, Bresenham’s Parallel
Line generation algo. For multi-processor system, thick line generation, dotted & dashed line generation
algo. Circle Generation: Bresenham’s Algorithm, Trigonometric method. Aliasing & Antialiasing
techniques. Polygons, Polygon representation, Polygon Filling: Simple ordered edge list algorithm, Edge
fill algorithm, Edge flag algo, seed fill algo.
Unit III Graphics Primitives: Display devices, primitive operations, the display file interpreter, Normalized
device coordinates, display files structure. Segments: The segment table, segment creation, closing a
segment, detecting a segment, renaming a segment, visibility, image transformation, saving and showing
segments, other display file structures, some master techniques.
Unit IV Transformation 2-Dimension Transformation: Basic Transformation: Scaling, Rotation, Translation,

Matrix representation, Homogeneous Coordinates & Composite transformations, rotation about an
arbitrary point, Other transformation: Reflection Shear.
Unit V Windowing & Clipping: The viewing transformations. Line Clipping: Sutherland-Cohen algo, Midpoint
Subdivision algo, Cyrus Beck algo. Polygon Clipping: Sutherland-Hodgman algo.
Unit VI 3-Dimension Transformation – 3D geometry, 3D primitives, Scaling, Translating, Rotation about an

arbitrary axis, parallel Projection, Viewing Parameters, Special Projections. Curves: Bezier & B-spline
Curves.
Reference books :
1. Computer Graphics 2nd edition : Donald Hearn, M. Pauline Beker, Prentice Hall of India
2. Computer Graphics A programming approach : Steven Harrignton,Mc Graw Hill, International student edition.
3. Principles of Interactive Graphics : Newman Sproull, Mc Graw Hill, International Student Publication.
4. IBM PC and PS/2 Graphics Hand Book : E. Keja & Johns, Asian Edition.
5. Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics : David F. Rogers, Mc Graw Hill.
6. Micro Computer Hardware Design : D. Protopapus, Prentice Hall Editions.
Practicals based on above syllabus.
182
88CT-2 COMPILER CONSTRUCTION
Unit I Compilers & Translators, Structure of Compiler, Phases of Compiler, Compiler writing tools.
Programming Languages: Lexical & Syntactic structure of a Language, Data elements, Data structures,
Operators, Assignments, Program Units, Data environments, Parameter transmission, Storage
Management.
Unit II Syntax Analysis: The role of Parser, Context Free Grammars, Writing a Grammar, Top-down Parsing,
Predictive Parsers.
Unit III Bottom-up Parsing, LR Parsers (SLR, CLR & LALR), Implementation of LR Parsers.
Unit IV Syntax Directed Translation: Intermediate Code, Postfix notation, Parse tree and Syntax Trees, Three
address codes, quadruples, triples, Translation of Assignment statements, Boolean expressions,
statements that alter the flow of control. Array references in arithmetic expressions, Procedure Calls,
Declarations, Case Statements.
Unit V Symbol Tables: Contents, Data structures for symbol tables, representing scope information. Error
detection and Recovery: Error handling, Lexical-phase, Syntactic phase and semantic phase.
Unit VI Code Optimization: The principle sources of optimization, Loop optimization, The DAG representation,
Data Flow analysis, Dominators, reducible flow graphs, Depth First Search, Loop-invariant
computations, Induction variable elimination. Code Generation: Object programs, Problems in Code
Generation, Register allocation and assignment, Code generation from DAG, Peehole optimization.
Practicals based on the above syllabus
Text Books:
1. Principles of Compiler Design : Aho & Ullman
2. Compilers Principles, Techniques & Tools : Aho, Ullman & Sethi
88CT-3(ELECTIVE-III) TCP/IP
UNIT I
Internetworking- Concepts, architecture and Protocol
Internet Protocol (Ipv.4)- IP addresses, IP datagrams, IP datagram Forwarding.
Internet Protocol (Ipv.6)-Characteristics of features , datagram frame format, base address format, addressing, internet
control message protocol(ICMP).
UNIT II
TCP: realiable transport service, client-server interaction, the socket interface, example of a cleint and server.
UNIT III
Naming with the domain name system, electronic mail representation and transfer, file transfer and resmote file aacess.
UNIT IV
World Wide Web pages and browsing, Technolgy for dynamic web documents java technology for active web documents.
UNIT V
RPC AND MIDDLEWARE:Introduction , Programming cleints and servers, remote procedure call paradigm, RPC
Paradigm, Communication Stubs, External Data Representation Middleware and Object –Oriented Middleware.
MULTIMEDIA: Introduction to Digital audio, audio compression, Streaming Audio, Internet Radio, Voice over IP,
Introduction to Voice, Video Compression , Video on Demand
183
UNIT VI
Network Security
CRYPTOGRAPHY : Introduction ,Substitution Transposition ciphers, one –time pads ,two fundamental crptography
principles.
Symmetric Key Algorithm: DES,AES, cipher modes , other ciphers, cryptanalysis.
Public Key Algorithms: RSA, other public key algorithms.
Digital Signatures:Symmetric Key Signatures, Public Signature, Message digests, the birthday attacks.
Communication Security: IP sec, Firewalss, Virtaul private networks,wireless security E-mail security:PGP,PEM,S I
MIME WEB SECURITY: Threats, Secure naming SSL, Mobile code security.
Text Books:
1. Computer networks and internet by Douglas E. Comer,2/e,perason edu asia.
2. Computer networks by Andrew S.Tanenbuam, Fourth Edition,PHI
3. TCP/IP Protocol suite by Behrouz A. Forouzan , tata Mc Graw Hill
88CT-3(ELECTIVE-III) NETWORK SECURITY
UNIT I
Introduction- attacks services , mechanisms, security attacks, security services , model for internet work security,
conventional encrption- classical techniques- encrption model, stenography, classical encrption techniques, modem
techniques-simplifeid DES, differential and linear crptanalysis, block cipher design principles, model of operation.
UNIT II
Conventional encrption-algorithm, triple DES, international data encrption algorithm, Blowfish,RC5
CAST,RC2,characteristics of advanced symmetric block cipher, confidentiality using conventional encrption- placement of
encrption function, traffic confidentiality, key distribution, random number genmeration.
UNIT III
Public key encryption- principle of public –key crptosystems, the RSA algorithm, key management,Diffie- Hellman key
exchange ,Ellipse Curve Crptography, Introduction to number theory prime and relatively prime numbers, modular
arithmatic, Fermats and Euler’s theorems ,testing of primality, Eucid’s algorithm.The Chinese remainder theorem, discrete
algorithms.
UNIT IV
Message authentication and hash functions- authentication requirements,functions, codes, hash functions, security of hash
functions and MACs ,MD5 message digest algorithm,SHA-1,RIPEMD-160 HMAC, digital signatures, authentication
protocols, digital signature standard.
UNIT V
Authentication applications-Kerberos,X.509 Directory authentication service, E-mail security-preety good
privacy,S/MIME,IP security-overview,architecture,authentication header,encapsulating security pay load,combining
security associations ,key management.
UNIT VI
Web security-requirements,secure sockets layer and transport layer security, secure electronics transaction, network
management security-SNMP,SNMPv1 Community facility,SNMPv3,
System security-intruders, viruses and related threats, firewall-design principles, trusted systems.
Text Books:
1. Crptography and network security principles and practices 2/e, by William stallings(Pearson Edu Asia)
2. Networks Security Essentials, applications and standards by William Stalling (Pearson Edu)
3. Crptography in C and C++ by Michael Welschenbach( IDG India).
184
88CT-IV (Elective – IV) E-COMMERCE
Unit I Introduction to E-Commerce: Overview, Traditional vs. Electronic Business Transactions, Benefit of
Electronic Commerce, Information Technology and Business, Internet structure and growth, Network
infrastructure, other Networks.
Unit II EDI to E-Commerce: Electronic Data Interchange, The UN/EDIFACT Standard, The Internet and
Extranet for E-Commerce, Identification and Tracking tools for Electronic Commerce. Transactions on
the Internet, requirements of payment system, Types of electronic payment, Tools for implementation.
Unit III Security and E-Commerce: The benefit of Cryptography, The process of Encryption, The working of
Public-key Cryptography, The importance of digital Certificates, The Comparison of encryption
methods, An overview of Internet Security Systems.
Unit IV Consumer and Business Markets: Consumer Demographics, Loyalty and Acceptance, Value chain and
the market place, Business evaluation on the internet.
Unit V Electronic Customer Support: The web response system and PPI, security and software modules,
Submitting and tracking Online Problems, Dividing process to protect corporate Information.
Unit VI The Beginnings of a Virtual Factory: Virtual Co-ordination, Implementation CITIS operations
Controlling Access to shared Data and applications, Entrusting access to an intermediatory.
Text Books :
3. Bajaj & Nag – E-Commerce the cutting edge of business.
4. David Kosiur – Understanding electgronics Commerce.
88CT-5 Elective-IV Multimedia and Web Designing
Unit I Introduction To Multimedia: Media and Data Streams Medium: The Perception Medium. The
representation medium, The presentation Medium, The storage Medium, The transmission medium, The
Information Exchange Medium, Representation values and representation spaces, Representation
dimensions Main Properties of Multimedia System: Multimedia System Definition, Combination of
Media, Independence, Computer Supported Integration, Communication Systems Traditional Data
Streams characteristics: Asynchronous Transmission mode, Synchronous Transmission mode,
Isochronous Transmission mode
Unit II Sound / Audio / Images and Graphics: Basic Sound Concepts, Computer Representation of sound, Audio
formats Music: MIDI Basic Concepts, MIDI Devices, MIDI Messages, MIDI and SMPTE Timing
Standards, MIDI Software Speech: Speech Generation, Speech Analysis, Speech Transmission Images
and Graphics: Basic Concepts, Digital Image Representation, Image format, Graphics format. Computer
Image Processing, Image Synthesis, Image analysis, Image transmission
Unit III Video and Animation: Video Signal Representation, Computer Video Format, Television Conventional
System, Enhanced Definition Systems, High Definition Systems, Transmission. Computer Based
Animation, Animation Language, Methods of controlling Animation, Display of Animation,
Transmission of Animation
Unit IV Data Compression: Storage space, Coding requirements, Source, Entropy and Hybrid Techniques JPEG
Image preparation, Lossy Sequential DCT -based Mode, Expanded Lossy DCT -based Mode Lossless
Mode, Hierarchical Mode H.261 (px64) Image preparation, Coding Algorithms, Data Streams MPEG
Video encoding, Audio Encoding, Data stream DVI Audio and Still Image Encoding, Video Encoding,
Data stream
Unit V Multimedia Operating System Introduction: Real Time and multimedia Resource management,
Resources, Requirement, Component and phases, Allocation scheme, Continuous media Resource model
185
Process Management Real Time Process Management in Conventional operating system Real Time
Processing requirement, Traditional Real Time Scheduling, Traditional Real Time Scheduling: System
model Earliest Deadline First Algorithm Rate Monotonic Algorithm EDF and Rate Monotonic: Context
switches, EDF and Rate Monotonic: Processor Utilizations Extension to Rate Monotonic Scheduling,
Other approaches for In -Time Scheduling, Preemptive versus Non-preemptive Task Scheduling, File
Systems, Additional Operating System Issue, System Architecture
Unit VI Multimedia Communication Systems and Database Systems Application Subsystem Collaborative
Computing, Session Management Transport Subsystem: Requirements, Transport Layer, Network layer
Quality of Service and Resource Management Basic concepts, Establishment and closing of the
Multimedia Call Management Resources during Multimedia Transmission, Architectural Issue
Multimedia Database Management System, Characteristics of an MDBMS, Data analysis, Operation on
Data, Integration in a database Model.
Reference Book :
Multimedia: Computing, Communications & Applications by Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt
88CT-4 (Elective – IV) DATA MINING & WAREHOUSING
Unit I Data Mining & Data Warehousing : Introduction to data mining, data warehousing, Introduction to KDD
process, classifications and algorithms, Data mining tasks, machine learning-Basic concept, Data
warehouse Architecture, Data modeling.
Unit II Data Marts & OLAP: Data mart designing, data mart builder, Data Mart discovery, On-line analytical
processing, OLTP VS. DW Environment.
Unit III Relationship of Data mining and Data Warehousing: Application of Data Mining, Application of Data
Warehousing, A relationship between data mining and data warehousing according to need of business.
Unit IV Statistical Analysis And Cluster Analysis: What is Statistics? Difference between statistics and data
mining, Histograms, Statistic for predictions, clustering for clarity, Hierarchical and Non-Hierarchical
clusters, Choosing Classics.
Unit V Neural Networks & Mining Complex: What are Neural Networks? Where to use these Networks?
Benefits and features of networks, Rule Induction, various mining complexities.
Unit VI Next Generation of Information Mining & Knowledge Discovery: Business-Intelligence and Information
Mining, Text Mining, Knowledge Management, Benefits and products of Text Mining, Customer
Relationship Management in the e-Business World.
Text Books :
5. Data Mining By Pieter Adrians.
6. Data Mining Technology for Marketing, Sales and Customer Support By Michel Berry.
7. Data Warehousing & Data Mining for telecommunication By Rob Mattison.
8. Distributed Data Warehousing using Web Technology By R. A. Moeller.
9. Building Data Mining Applications for CRM By Alex Berson, Stephen Smith.
10. Data Warehousing With Oracle By Sima Yazdani & Shirley Wong.
186
88CT-4(ELECTIVE-IV) COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN/CAM
UNIT I
Introduction-CAD/CAM defined, product cycle and CAD/CAM ,automation on CAD/CAM.Fundamentals of CAD-design
process application of the computer for design, creating and manufacturing database ,benefits of CAD.
UNIT II
Hardware in CAD,design workstation ,the graphics terminal ,operator input devices, plotters their output
devices,CPU,Secondary Storage.Computer graphics software and Database-the software configuration of a graphics
system.Functions of a graphics package,constructing the geometry, transformations,database structure contents.
UNIT III
Conventional Numerical Control: Fundamentals od CAM ,NC concepts,basic components of NC System,the NC
procedure,NC College-ordinate sytem ,NC Motion control system,application of NC,economics of NC.
UNIT IV
NC part programming- the punched tape in the NC coding and format ,manual art programming,computer assisted part
programming,art language,MACRO statement,NC programming with interactive graphics,voice NC programming,MDT
UNIT V
Computer controls in NC-problems with conventional NC,CNC,DNC combined NC/CNC system ,adative control
machineing system.
UNIT VI
Robot technology and applications.production planning and control.computer process interfacing and process control.
Text Books:
1. CAD/CAM by P.Grover,Emory W.Zimmers Jr(Mcgraw Hill Pub)
Reference Book:
1. CAD/CAM: Theory and practice by I.Zeid (TMH)
2. Computer aided design: Software and analytical Design tools by Rajiv S. Krihnamurthy (Narosa Publication).
3. CAD/CAM by P. RadhaKrishnamurthy and Subramaniam (Wiley Eastern Pub).
187
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Semester: THIRD
Tot Maxi. Marks Mini. Pape

Sr. Subject Subject Board L T P al Paper/Practical Marks r Remarks
No. Code Name Ho for dur.
urs Passin In
per g Hrs.
we
ek
1. 3U - 1 Mathematics ASH 3 1 - 4 Paper 80 100 40 3
-III Coll. Ass. 20
2. 3U – 2 Electronics Electronics 4 1 2 7 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same as:
Device & Coll. Ass 20 3ET-2, 3DT-
Circuits. Pract. 2, 3PE-2,
(Th. + p) Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 2 3IE-2, 3IN-
25 2, 33CT-4,
3IT-17,
3Eeo-5,
3CS-4.
3. 3U – 3 Electronics Electronics 4 1 2 7 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same as:

Measuremen Coll. Ass. 20 3ET-3, 3DT-
ts (Th. +P) Pract. 3,
Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 2 3PE-3, 3IE-
25 3, 3IN-3.
4. 3U – 4 Network Electrical 4 1 - 5 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same as:
theory Coll. Ass 20 3ET-4, 3DT-
4, 3PE-4
3IN-4, 3IE-
4, 33CT-2,
33CT-2.
5. 3U – 5 C and Data Electronics 4 1 2 7 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same as:
Structure. Coll. Ass 20 3ET-5, 3DT-
(Th. + P) Pract. 5, 3PE-5,
Coll. Ass 25 50 25 2 3IE-5, and
25 3IN-5.
Total load 19 5 6 30 Total 650
188
Applied Mathematics-III
(EN/EDT/ET/INSTRU ENGG/IND ELECTRO)
UNIT 1: LAPALACE TRANSFORMS: -

Laplace transform and their simple properties, simple application for laplace transform to solve ordinary differential
equation including simultaneous equations, solution of one dimensional partial difference equations by transform
method.
UNIT 2:COMPLEX VARIABLES:

Analytic function, cauchy-Riemann condition, conjugate functions, singularities, cauchy’s intregal theorems and
intregal formula, Taylor’s and Laurent’s theorem, Residue theorem, contour
UNIT 3:CALCULAS OF VARIATRIONS:

Maxima and minima of functions, variation and it’s properties, Euler’s equation, function dependant on first and
second order derivative, simple applications.
UNIT4: FOURIER SERIES AND SINGAL SPECTRA:

Introduction, the Fourier theorm, evaluation of Fourier coefficients, consideration of symmetry, exponential form:
Fourier series, Fourier integral theorm, Fourier transform and continuous spectra.
UNIT 5:PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUARTION:

Partial differential equation of first order degree, langrage’s form, linear, homogenous partial differential equation of
nth order with constant coefficient, method of separation of variables, application to transmission lines.
UNIT 6:MATRICES:
Inverse of matrices by adjoint method and it’s use in solving simultaneous equations, rank of matrices, consistency of
system of equation, inverse of matrix by partitioning method, linear dependence, linear and orthogonal transforms,
characteristic equation s, eigen values and eigen vectors. Reduction to diagonal form, cayley hamiltone theorm,
statement and verification, sylvestor’s theorm, association of matrices with linear differential equation of second order
with constant coefficient. Difermination of largest Eigen value and Eigen vector by iteration method.
Textbooks: - 1.Advance engineering mathematics: krevszig

2.Higher engineering mathematics: b. s. Grawal.
3.Linear network theory by kelker, Pandit.
Reference Books:
1. Mathematics for engineer: chandraika prasad
2. Applied mathematics for engineers : l. a. pipes and harville
3. A text book of applied mathematics: p.n. and j. n. Wartikar.
189
3U-2, 3ET-2, 3DT-2, 3IE-2, 3IN-2, 3CT-4, 3IT-17, 3EE –05,3CS-4
ELECTRONICS DEVICES AND CIRCUITS
UNIT-1: Semiconductor Diodes and Power supplies

P-N junction diode, open circuited junction, Forward and reverse bias, V-I characteristics, dynamic resistance,
temperature dependence, Avalanche and Zener breakdown, Schottkey diode, Photo diode, LED, LCD, Varactor diode,
tunnel diode.
Power supplies, Half wave & Full wave Rectifiers, voltage doublers, Filters ripple factor. Zener and voltage follower
type and series regulators.
UNIT 2: Junction transistors:

Theory of operation, static characteristics, break down voltages, current voltage power limitations, Biasing of BJT,
different biasing arrangements, stability factor. Thermal runaway, power transistors.
UNIT 3: BJT Analysis

Small signal analysis CE, CB, CC amplifiers and comparison. High frequency analysis calculation of frequency
response, gain bandwidth product.
UNIT 4: Power Amplifiers

Classification A, B, AB, C classes efficiency, push pull configuration (A, B, AB) complementary symmetry, second
harmonic and crossover distortion.
UNIT 5: Positive and Negative feedback amplifiers

Feedback amplifiers, classification, practical circuit applications, advantages.
Oscillators, stability, Barkhausan’s criterion. RC, LC and crystal Oscillator.
UNIT 6: FET and it’s analysis

Field effect Transistor and MOSFET, principle of operation and characteristics, Biasing arrangement, small signal
analysis of CG, CD, CS. High frequency analysis.
Practical based on above syllabus:

1. Diode characteristics.
2. CE amplifier characteristics.
3. FET and MOSFET characteristics.
4. Half wave , Full wave Rectifier with and without filter.
5. EF Type regulator
6. Push Pull amplifier.
7. RC phase shift oscillator.
8. Voltage series feedback amplifier frequency response.
9. Voltage doubler.
10. Zener regulator.
BOOKS:
1. Milman and Halkias: Integrated Electronics ,McGraw Hill.
2. Milman and Halkias : Electronic Devices and Circuit,McGraw Hill.
REF:
1. Schilling and Beloove: Electronic Circuits-Discrete and Integrated, McGraw Hill.
2. Bapat:Theory and problems in ckt, analysis (McGraw Hill)
3. Carr: Electronic devices (Tata McGraw Hill)
190
3U-3, 3ET-3, 3DT-3, 3PE-3, 3IE-3, 3IN-3
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT
UNIT 1 :
Statistical analysis of measurement of errors, accuracy, Persian, types of error, fundamental and derive unit, conversion
of units. Classification of standards, standards for mass length, time, volume, frequency, temperature light intensity,
and electrical properties.
UNIT2 :
PMMC galvanometer, DC voltmeter, ammeter, multimeter watt-hour meter, three –phase watt meter, power factor
meter, instrument transformer.
Measurement of low, medium and high resistance.
UNIT3 :
Bridges: Whetstone, Kelvin ,max-well, Hay, Schering , Wein bridge. Potentiometers, measurement of inductance,
capacitance using A.C. Bridges.
UNIT4 :
Amplified DC meters, AC voltmeter using rectifiers True/RMS Voltmeters Electronic multimeter, Digital voltmeter,
component measuring instrument, Q meter, RF power and Voltage measurement.
UNIT 5 :
Oscilloscopes: Block diagram, CRT, deflection system, delay line,
UNIT 6
Frequency, Time and power measurement signal analysis.
Practical based on above syllabus:
BOOKS:
1. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement techniques by Cooper and Helfrick, PHI publication.
Reference:
1. Electronic Instrumentation by Terman and Petil
2. Electronic Instumention by Kalsi (TMH Pub.)
3. Electronic Measurement and instrumentation by Oliver(TMH Pub.)
4. Measurement analysis by Barnest Frank.
5. Electric Measurement and measuring Instrument by Dradate and Jolley.
6. Electric and Electronic Measurement and Measuring Instrument by Rama Bhadra.(Khanna Pub.)
3U-4, 3ET-4, 3DT-4, 3IE-4, 3IN-4

NETWORK THEORY
UNIT 1:
Nodal and mesh basis equilibrium equation, Matrix approach for complicated network containing voltage current –
sources and reactance sources transformation, Duality, Mesh basis equation for coupled circuits.
UNIT 2 :
Network Theorems:
Superposition, Reciprocity, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum power transfer, compensation, Tellggen’s theorem as
applied to AC circuits.
191
UNIT 3:
Trigonometric and exponential Fourier series, Discrete spectra and symmetry of waveforms, steady state response of a
network to non-sinusoidal periodic inputs. Power factor, errective values for Fourier Transform and continuous spectra,
three-phase unbalance ckt. And power calculations.
UNIT 4:
Laplace Transform and properties, Partial fraction, singularity function, waveform synthesis, analysis of RC, LC and
RLC network with and without initial conditions with laplace transforms, Evaluation of initial conditions.
UNIT 5:
Transient behavior, concept of complex frequency, Driving point and transfer function, poles and zeros of Impedance
functions, their properties, sinusoidal response from pole-zero locations, convolution. Theorem and integral solutions.
UNIT 6:
Two port network parameters and inter-connection, behavior of series and parallel resonant circuits. Introduction to
band pass, low pass, high pass and band reject filters.
BOOKS:
1. Network analysis: Van Velkenburg.
2. Linear Network Theory: Kelkar and Pandit.
REF:
1. Network and system: D.P.ROY CHOUDHARY.
2. Network Analysis: G.K.Mittal.
3. Electrical Circuits: Del tore, Prentice Hall
4. Modern Network Analysis by Reza and Seely, McGraw Hills.
3U-5 3ET-5, 3DT-5, 3PE-5, 3IE-5, 3IN-5

C AND DATA STRUCTURE
UNIT 1:
Structures of C program: - Data types storage classes, scope of variables, expression and operations.
UNIT 2:
Program control statements: - for, if, while, switch concept of function and recursion
UNIT 3:
I/O through printf, scanf function, file I/O open, close, read and writes
UNIT 4:
Arrays searching (linear and binary) sorting (bubble, selection sort)
UNIT 5:
Pointers and structure, signally link list insertion, deletion, updation
UNIT 6:
Study of following numerical methods with reference and algorithm development and error analysis
Newton rapson method
Gauss seidal method
Runga Kutta method (second order)
192
Practical:-
BaseD on above syllabus
BOOKS:-
1. ‘C’ Programming Language ANSI C – By kernighan and Rietohe.

2. A text book on Programming Language C and C++ by Kakde and deshpande.
3. Introduction to numerical method: S.S.Shastri PHL.
4. Venugopal : Pascal and C Programming (Tata McGraw Hill)
5. Dale, Lilly: Pascal Plus data structure (T MH).
6. Gottfried(Schayam series) Computer Programming with ‘C’ (MGM)
7. Computer Algorithms: Rajaraman.
8. The C Programming Language - Kerningham
9. Let Us C - Yashavant P.Kanetkar.
193
Branch: Electronics Engineering
Semester: Fourth
Pape
Sr. Subject Subject Name Board L T P Total Maxi. Marks Mini. r Remarks
No. Code Hoursp Paper/Practical Marks for dura
er Passing tion
week In
Hrs
Mathematics - 3 1 - 4 Paper 80 100 40 3
1. 4U-1 IV ASH Coll. 20
Ass.
Digital Circuits 4 1 2 7 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same as:
2. 4U-2 (Th. +P) Electronics Coll. 20 4ET-2,
Ass. 4DT-
Pract. 25 50 25 2 2,4PE-2,
Coll. 25 4IE-
Ass. 2,4IN-2
Electronics 4 1 - 5 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same
3. 4U-3 Engg. Materials Electronics Coll. 20 as:4ET-3,
& component. Ass. 4DT-3,
4PE-3,
4IE-3,
4IN-3.
Electromagneti 4 1 - 5 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same as:
4. 4U-4 c Fields. Electronics Coll. 20 4ET-4,
Ass. 4DT-4,
4PE-4,
4IE-4, and
4IN-4.
Basic Electrical 4 1 2 7 Paper 80 100 40 3 Same as:
5. 4U-5 Machines Electrical Coll. 20 4ET-5,
(Th. + p) Ass. 2 4DT-5,
Pract. 25 50 25 4PE-5,
Coll. 25 4IE-5,
Ass. 4IN-5.
194
APPLIED MATHEMATICS – IV
L:3 H; T:1 H; per week
UNIT-1: Numerical Methods
Error Analysis, solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations, method of false position, Newton-Raphson
method and their convergence.
System of linear equations, Gauss elimination method, gauss-seidel method, Crouts method. Numerical solution of
ordinary differential equation by, Taylor’s series method , runga Kutta methods, Euler modified method; Milne’s
predictor corrector method. (9)
UNIT- 2 : The Z- Transform

Z-Transform , inverse Z- transform, relationship of the Fourier transform to z- transform, properties of Z –transform,
Convolution of two sequence, Poles and Zeros, the inverse Z- transform by power series expansion, the inverse Z-
transform by partial fraction expansion, The inverse Z-transform by partial fraction expansion, The one sided Z-
transform : Definition and properties, Solution of difference equation. (10)
UNIT-3:Random variable and probability distribution

Random variable: discrete and continuous; probability density function; probability distribution function for discrete
and continuous random variable, joint distribution (6)
UNIT – 4 : Mathematical expectation

Definition of mathematical expectation, functions of random variable, The variance and standard deviations, moment
generating function other measures of central random dispersion, skewness and Kurtosis. (6)
UNIT –5: Probability distributions

Bernoulli distribution, Poisson distribution, relation between Bernoulli and Poisson distribution, normal distribution,
relation between binomial and normal distribution, the central limit theorem, exponential distribution.
(5)
UNIT- 6: Special functions and series solution
Series solution of differential equation by: frobanius method, bessel’s fuctiontions, legendre’s polynomial,
recurrence relations, rodrigue’s formula, generating functions, orthogonal properties Jn(x) and Pn(x) .
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introductory methods of numerical analysis, S.S. Sastre
2. Digital signal processing principle, algoritm and application, 2nd Edition, John P. Goakes, D. G. Manolakis. For
Z-Transform.
3. Theory and problems of probability and statistics R. S. Soiogal (McGraw Hill) Schaum Series.
4. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by B. S. Grewal.
4U-2, 4E-2, 4DT-2, 4PE-2, 4IE-2, 4IN-2

DIGITAL CIRCUITS
UNIT I:
Analog v/s digital systems, transistor as a switch, Boolean algebra, Boolean identities, logic problems, logic
problems, binary, gray, octal, hex & ASCII codes, gates and their truth tables, D’Morgan’s laws, sum of products,
product of sums.
Logic families: TTL, ECL, CMOS, etc, Fan-in, Fan –out, propagation delay.
UNIT II:
Combinational logic: concepts, SSI, MSI, VLSI circuits, classification, standard TTL, CMOS characteristics,
decoders, encoders, multiplexers, demultiplexers, code converters, characteristics of display devices, standard
configuration of gates as SSI/MSI/LSI circuits.
UNIT III:
Karnaugh map, simplification of sum of products and products of sum, solution to problems, MUX/DEMUX.
195
UNIT IV:
Introduction to FLIP-FLOPS, latches, concept of clock memories, organization with flip-flop as basic cell, RAM,
ROM, EPROM & EEPROM an overview. Master salve combination and conversion of one type to another type flip-
flops.
UNIT V:
Excitation tables & introduction to sequential circuits, counters, synchronous/ asynchronous. Different modulo
counters with respect to reset/clear facility. Design of counters of arbitrary modulo with k-maps, lock free counters.
UNIT VI:
ARITHMETIS CIRCUITS: -adders, substractors, (half & full), BCD, adder/substractor, concept of ALU & its
design, integrated circuits, version of mulitvibrators and their design parameters.
BOOKS:
1. Digital logic and computer design: Mano(PHI)
2. Digital integrated electronics-herbert taub Mcgraw Hill
3. Digital electronic principles-Malvino PHI.
4. Palmer:introduction to digital system(Tata Mc-Graw Hill)
5. Ryan: digital electronics (Mc-Graw Hill) practical based on above syllabus.
6. Digital circuits and microprocessors: Herbert taub, McGraw Hill.
4U-3, 4ET-3, 4DT-3, 4PE-3, 4IE-3, 4IN-3

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
UNIT I: Dielectric, properties of insulators in static fields, polarization, dielectric constant, dielectric behavior of
monatomic & polyatomic gases, liquids & solids, polar & nonpolar dielectrics, clausius –Masotti equation,
ferroelectric, piezo electric & pyroelectric materials.
UNIT II: Dielectric properties of insulators in alternating fields, complex, dielectric constant, dipolar relaxation,
dielectric loss, loss tangent, dielectric breakdown, fixed and variable capacitors, electrolytic, paper, plastic, ceramic,
mica capacitors used in electronic circuits, dielectrics used in cables & transformers.
UNIT III: Conductivity of pure metals & alloys, temperature coefficient of resistively, high Conductivity materials,
high resistively materials, heating elements, fuses, contact materials, connectors, switches, heat sinks, solders, fixed
& variable resistors, non linear resistors, resistors used in electronic circuits super Conductivity type I and type II
materials, high temperature, super Conductivity, applications of super Conductivity.
UNIT IV: Spin & orbital magnet dipole moment of electric, dia, para ferro ferri & anti ferromagnetism, soft & hard
magnet materials, ferrite, magnetic cores of conductors, transformers, relays, electric machines & memory elements,
magnetic resistors magnetic tapes
UNIT V: Semiconductors, bandgap, electron & hole motility, purification & doping of semiconductor materials,
characteristics of semiconductor devices, diodes, zener & breakdown diodes, tunnel diodes, varactors, transistors
(BJT, FET, MOSFET, UJT), diac, SCR, triac, Hall effect devices.
UNIT V: Fabrication of linear & digital IC’s LSI, VLSI, CMOS devices, opto electronic devices, LCD, LED,
phototransistors, optical couplers, detectors, optical fibers, lasers.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. a course in electrical engineering materials S.P.seth, A.V.Gupta, Dhanpatrai & sons,New Delhi-6
2. Electronic components & materials M.A.Joshi, A.H.Wheeler ECO, Allahabd 211001
REFERENCES:
1. Discrete electronic components. F.F.MAZDA, Cambridge univ, press, Newyork
2. Elect. Engg. Materials A.J.Dekker.
196
4U-4
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS
UNIT 1:
Gradient, divergent and curl of vectors and their physical interpretation, divergence and stoke’s theorm, their proof
and validity for vector fields, irrotational and solenoidal fields, the uniqueness and helmnoltz theorems.
UNIT 2:
Electrostatic fields, coulomb’s law, electric field for different charge distributions, gauss law and it’s applications,
electric potential for different charge distributions, Poisson’s and laplace equations.
UNIT 3:
Magnetic fields, Lorenz law, bio-savert law, magnetic field due to different current distributions, gauss law,
ampere’s law, magnetic vector potential and magnetic flux, magnetic vector potential for different current
distributions. Lenz’s and faraday’s laws, energy stored in a magnetic field.
UNIT 4:
Electric scalar potential, solution of lapalace equation in two dimensions using method of separation of variables,
displacement current, Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields and their physical significance, boundary
conditions of the vector fields.
UNIT 5:
Poynting vectors theorm and it’s proof, uniform plane wave, wave equation and it’s solution in free space, relation
between E and H vectors, intrinsic impedance, wave equations and their solutions and conducting and dielectric
media.
UNIT 6:
Plane waves, normal and oblique incidence on a perfect conductor and dielectric, reflection and refraction, snell’s
law, Brewster angle polarization, linear, circular and elliptical.
Text books:-
1. Electromagnetic wave and radiating systems by E.C. Jordan and KG Balmann
2. Principles and application of electromagnetic fields by Pionsey and collins
3. Electromagnetic fields by hayt
4. Masar: 2000 solved problem in electromagnetic
BASIC ELECTRICAL MACHINES

4U-5, 4ET-5, 4DT-5, 4PE-5, 4IE-5, 4IN-5
UNIT I: Transformer
Singe phase and three phase, effect of loading, regulation, open circuit and short-circuit tests, efficiency, parallel
operation. Auto transformer.
UNIT II
D.C. Generators, series, shunt and compound, commutator, armature EMF, armature reaction and commutation,
equivalent circuit, characteristics, parallel operation, application
UNIT III: D.C. Motor

Series, shunt and compound, Back emf, characteristics, starting, speed control, applications.
UNIT IV: Three phase Induction motor

Principle of operation, type torque and slip equivalent circuit. No load and Blocked rotor test, starting speed control
and applications.
197
UNIT V: Single phase motors
Principle of operation of singes phase induction motor, starting methods, principle of A.C. series motor, Universal
motor.
UNIT VI: Three phase synchronous Machines

Motor and Generator action, synchronous impedance and excitation. Equivalent circuit, voltage regulation, starting
of motor, effect of excitation, variation in case of motor.
BOOKS:
1. Electrical Machinery : Nagarath Kothari (TATA- McGraw Hill)
2. Electrical Machinery: Kingsley.
3. EMEC Devices : Deltrod (McGraw Hill)
4. Electrical machines : Dr. P.K. Mukherjee and S. Chakravarti (Dhanpatrai)
198
Semester: FIFTH
Total Mini. Paper

Sr. Subject Subject Name Board L T P hours Maxi. Marks Paper/Practical Marks dura. in Remarks
No. Code per for Hrs.
week Passing
Engg. 3 1 - 4 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as: 5ET-
1. 5U-1 Economics and ASH 20 1, 5DT-1, 5PE-
Industrial 1, 5TE-1, and
Management. 5IN-1.
4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as: 5ET-
2. 5U-2 Linear Electronics Pract. 20 2,5DT-2,5PE-
electronics Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 - 2,5IE-2,5IN-2
Circuits (Th 25
+P)
Signal and 4 1 - 5 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as: 5ET-
3. 5U-3 systems Electronics 20 3.
4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as: 5ET-
4. 5U-4 Power Electrical Pract. 20 4, 5IE-4, and
Electronics (Th. Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 - 5IN-4.
+P) 25
Microprocessor 4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as: 5ET-
5. 5U-5 s Interfacing. Electronics Pract. 20 5, 5DT-5, and
(Th + p) Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 - 5IE-5.
25
199
(5U-1, 5ET-1, 5IE-1, 5DT-1, 4PTU-1, 5IN-1)
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS & INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
UNIT-1:
Demand utility and Indifference curves, Approach to analysis of demand, Elasticity and demand, Measure of demand
elasticity, Factors of production, Advertising elasticity, Marginalism.
UNIT-2:
Laws of returns and costs, Price and output determination under perfect competation, Monopoly, Monopolistic
computation, Oligopoly, Depreciation and method for its determination.
UNIT-3:
Functions of central and commercial banks Inflation, Deflation, Stagflation, Direct and Indirect taxes, Monetary and
cycles, New Economic Policy, Liberalisation, Globalisation, Privatisation, Market friendly states, Fiscal policy of the
government, Meaning and phases of business.
UNIT-4:
Definition, Nature and scope of management, Functions of management- planning, Organization, Directing, Controlling
Communicating.
UNIT- 5:
Meaning of Marketing managements, Concepts of Marketing, Marketing –Mix, Administration and cost plus pricing,
Channels off distribution, Advertising and sales promotion.
UNIT- 6:
Meaning, Nature and scope of financial management, Brief outline of profit and loss account, Balance sheet, Budgets and
their importance, Ratio analysis, Principles of costing
TEXT/ REFERENCE BOOKS:-

1. Modern Economics by H.L. Ahuja.
2. Modern Economics Theory by K. K. Dewett.
3. Monetary economics, by M.L. Seth.
4. Industrial Management, by I.K.Chopde, A.M. Sheikh.
5. Business Organization and management, By S.A. Sherlekar.
6. Managerial economics by Joel dean.
7. Managerial Economics by Pylee.
8. Economics by Samuelson.
5U-2, 5ET-2, 5PE-2, 5IE-2, 5DT-2, 5IN-2, 3PTU-4

LINEAR ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS
UNIT-I :
Basic Operational Amplifier Circuits:-Differential amplifier stages, Current source biasing, level shifting techniques,
common mode and differential mode gains and impedance of a differential stage.
UNIT-II:
Overload protection circuits, Frequency response and compensation characteristics of ideal and non-ideal operational
amplifiers, error measurement of various parameters.
UNIT-III:
Simple circuits like inverting, non-inverting, buffer amplifiers, summers, integrators and differerntiator, log, antilog,
Multiplier, divider circuits, Differential Amplifier configurations, bridge amplifier, Instrumentation amplifier, grounding
and shielding problem in instrumentation amplifier.
UNIT-IV:
Precision rectifiers, RMS to DC conversion, constant current and voltage sources sinusoidal oscillators, with frequency and
amplitude stabilization, Elementary idea of active filter, second order Butterworth chesysher filter.
200
UNIT-V:
Non-linear OP-AMP circuits for clipping, clamping and comparator circuits with nonlinear components, multiplexers and
demultiplexers, bistable, monostable, astable multivibrator circuits using OP-AMP, Sample /Hold circuits, D/A & A/D
conversion circuits, Phase Locked Loops.
UNIT-VI:
Applications of Linear ICs like LM741 (Industrial OP-AMP IC), LM555 (industrial timer IC), LM565, (VCO) LM565
(PLL) LM339 (Comparator), LM723 (Voltage Regulator), Regulator IC series 78xx, 799xx, switch mode power supply.
(Practicals as per above syllabus)
Text Books:
1. Operational Amplifier Design and Applications Tobey, Graham, Huelsman McGraw Hill.
2. Operational Amplifier and Applications: R. Gayakwad.
Ref Books:
1. Linear Integrated Circuits Mannal I, II, and III: National Semiconductor.
2. Linear Applications Handbook National Semiconductors.
3. Dailey: Operational Amplifier (Tata McGraw Hill).
4. Wait: Introduction to Operational Amplifier (McGraw Hill).
5. Franco: Designing with Op-Amps (McGraw Hill).
6. Tobey: Operational Amplifier.
5U-3, 5ET-3, 3PTU-3

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
UNIT - I:
Spectral analysis, Fourier series, Fourier transforms, Dirac Delta function, Fourier transform of periodic signals, Spectral
density, Auto sorelation and Cross Corelation, Transmission of signals through linear systems, ideal L.P.E. preenvelope,
band pass signals & systems, phase and group delay.
UNIT – II:
Random process, probability, random variables, processes stationary, mean correlation covariance functions, time averages
and ergodicity, transmission of random process through a linear filter, spectral density, gaussian process, noise, narrow
band noise, envelope of sine wave pulse narrow band noise.
UNIT - III:
Elementary theory of SSB, DSB & Noise calculation, Noise calculations in SSBSC, DSB with carrier, square law
demodulation, envelope demodulator, Noise in FM reception, effect of transmitter noise, FM threshold effect.
UNIT – IV:
Bandwidth and rate of pulse transmission pulse spreading & interference, PSD of digital signals line coding, signaling
schemes like on-off, polar and bipolar signaling, Control of PSD by pulse shaping, Nyquist first & second criteria.
UNIT - V:
Digital Carrier Systems: Matched filter detection of binary signals, decision, threshold, error probability, Salient features of
ASK, FSK & PSK systems, DPSK systems including Mary Communication Systems.
UNIT - VI:
Information theory, information measures, entropy, channel capacity of discrete and continuos channels, error control
coding concept of hamming distance and hamming codes, convolution codes, comparison of codes and uncoded systems.
BOOKS:
1. Communication system: B.P.Lathi.
2. Modern digital & Analog Communication system: B.P.Lathi.
3. Communication systems: A.B.Carlson.
201
5U-4, 5ET-4, 5IE-4, 4PTU-3, 5IN-4, 5DT-4
POWER ELECTRONICS
UNIT I:
Semiconductor devices used in power electronics:
Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR), Asymmetrical SCR (ASCR), Reverse conduction thyristor (RCT), Light Activated
SCR (LASCR), Filed controlled thyristor (FCT), TRIAC, monolithic Darlington (MD), Insulated gate bipolar transistor
(IGBT), Power MOSFET, GTO. Triggering Devices: UJT, PUT, SLAC, GOS, SCS, and SBU. Device treatment should
deal with construction characteristics, ratings, Application. Thermal equivalent circuit, Heat sink calculation, protection
requirements and methods.
UNIT II:
Thyristor as power Controller: Phase angle control, Extinction angle control, Symmetrical angle control, time ratio control,
pulse width modulation, Burst-Integral cycle, Turn on Systems: Requirements: methods circuit, r, re, ujt, msi (Medium
Scale Integrated circuits) for single phase line communicated converter single phase converter, single phase inverter,
digital inverter, Digital methods, Turn off (commutation) systems: Requirements: Methods (circuits) types A, B, C, D, E & F
UNIT III :
Uncontrolled Rectifiers: Single Phase: Mid point two pulse (M–2), Bridge two phase (B–2) for resistive, inductive and
motor loads, Three phase: Mid point three pulses (M–S), Midpoint six pulse (M-6), Bridge three pulse (B-3), Bridge six
pulse (B-6) for resistive, inductive and motor loads, Filter –C input, L input LC. Analysis of waveforms, Fourier.
UNIT IV:
Single phase/three phase half Control (one quadrant operation) : Single phase, Midpoint two pulse, Bridge two pulse of
resistive, inductive and motor loads. Three phases: Midpoint three pulse, midpoint six pulse, bridge three pulse, and bridge
six pulse for resistive, inductive and motor loads. Full control (two quadrant operation): Single phase-Midpoint two pulse,
Bridge two pulse, for resistive, inductive and motor loads. Three phase-Midpoint three pulses, Midpoint six pulse, Bridge
six pulse for resistive, inductive and motor loads. Dual converter for quadrant operation: Single phase bridge, three-phase
bridge, circulating, and non-circulating.
UNIT V :
Inverters: Types-Series, parallel, bridge, FWM voltage source inverter (CSI), Current source inverters (CSI), Filters types
and calculations. Commutation methods: Auxiliary, complementary, transistorized power controllers, circuits (treatments
for inverters should consist of circuits, wave forms and analysis).
UNIT VI :
Choppers: Types A, B, C, D, E, Multiphase, line filter one, two and four quadrant operations of choppers, commutation
methods: Voltage current, load (Treatments for inverters should consist of circuits, wave forms and analysis). AC
Regulator: Single phase and three phase, manual, auto, solid state, servo control, uninterrupted power supply (UPS),
Switched Mode Power Supply (SMPS).
BOOKS:
1. Power electronics : P.S.Sen
2. Thyristorised Power Controllers: Joshi, Dubey, Doradla, and Sinha.
3. Thirstier and their Applications by Ram Moorty
4. GEC Manual
5. Power Electronics : Cyril W. Landet
6. Power Electronics: Kjeld Thorborg
7. Power Semiconductor Devices and Applications by Rasid
NOTE: Experiments based on the above syllabus.
202
5U-5, 5ET-5, 5PE-5, 5IE-5 , 5DT-5, 4PTU-2
MICROPROSESSORS AND INTERFACING
UNIT I:
Approach to integrated system design using Microprocessors, Bus concept, Address Data & control, Organization of a
computer with MPU. Bits /Bytes / Words / Long words their ranges accuracy &precision. Memory Organization, Linear /
Absolute decoding.
UNIT II:
Introduction to Intel’s 8085 Architecture- description, Software Instruction, Addressing Modes-Timing diagrams,
Assemblers &Dissemblers (by hand coding).
UNIT III:
Flag structure, concept of psw stacks & subroutines – simple & Nested, PUSH, POP instructions & CALL/RETURN
instruction. Simple programs.
UNIT IV:
Interrupts-Concepts and structure in 8085. Interrupt service routine, Advanced instructions & programming of 8085.
UNIT V:
Methods of data transfer- Serial, parallel, synchronous & asynchronous. IN/OUT instructions. Timing diagrams. Simple
Hardware interface to 8085 of standard latches/Buffers/Keys/display devices as I/O ports. Handshaking concepts.
Architecture and interface of 8255 & 8085. Interfacing of ADC & DAC. Stepper Motor Interface with 8085.
UNIT VI:
Hardware consideration-bus contention, slow memory interfacing, complete signal description of 8085. Multiplexed
Keyboard/Display interface and assembler directives.
General awareness about microcomputer system related products.
BOOKS:
1. Programming and interfacing 8085 A, Wiety Eastern Gaonkar
2. Programming of 8085, McGraw Hill, D. V. Hall
203
Semester: SIXTH
Tota Mini. Paper

Sr. Subject Subject Name Board L T P l Maxi. Marks Paper/Practical Marks dur. In
Remarks
No. Code hour for Hrs.
sper Passing
wee
k
Field and radiating system. Electronics 4 1 - 5 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as:
1. 6U-1 20
6ET-
1,6DT-1.
Control System Electrical 4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as:
2. 6U-2 Engineering Pract. 20
6ET-2,
(Th. +P) Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 2
25 6DT-2, and
6PE-2.
Electronics instrumentation Electronics 4 1 - 5 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as:
3. 6U-3 20
6DT-3, 6PE-
3.
Communication Electronics 4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. Pract. 80 100 40 3 Same as:
4. 6U-4 Electronics. Coll. Ass. 20
6ET-4,
(Th.+ P) 25 50 25 2
25 6DT-4.
5. 6U-5 Computer organization Computer Sci. 4 1 - 5 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3 Same as:
Engg. 20
6ET-5,
6DT-5, and
6PE-5.
Electronic workshop Electronics - - 2 2 Pract. Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 2 Same as:
6. 6U-6 Practice (P.) 25
6ET-6.

0
204
6U-1, 6ET-1, 6DT-1, 5PTU-1
FIELDS AND RADIATING SYSTEMS
UNIT 1: Guided Waves

Waves between parallel planes, TE, TM TEM Waves their characteristics, Attenuation in Parallel plane guides, wave
impedance.
UNIT 2: Rectangular Waveguides

TM, TE Waves in rectangular guides and their characteristics, wave velocity, guide wavelength, wave impedance, and field
configurations.
UNIT 3: Transmission Lines: Transmission line equation and their solution

Transmission line parameters. Characteristic impedance, propagation constant, attenuation constant and phase constant,
waveform distortion, Distortionless transmission lines. Loading of transmission lines, reflection coefficient and
VSWR. Equivalent circuits of transmission lines. Transmission at radio frequency. Open and short-circuited lines. Smith
chart, stub matching.
UNIT 4:
Scalar and Vector potentials, retarded potentials, field due to a current elements, power radiated and radiation resistance for
field due to dipole, power radiated and radiation resistance, Reciprocity theorem applied to antennas gain and aperture of
an antenna, Radiation intensity, Directivity and Antenna gain.
UNIT 5:
Two element arrays and their directional characteristics, Linear array analysis, Broadside and end fire arrays, pattern
multiplication, Binomial arrays, Design of broadest array for a specific pattern.
UNIT 6:
Basic principles of parabolic reflector, analysis and power pattern, Lens antenna, Folded dipole, Turnstile and Yaggi
antenna, Log- Periodic antennas, Horn antennas. Travelling waves antennas, Casegrain antennas.
BOOKS:
1. Electromagnetic waves and Radiating system.:Edward c.Jovdan and Keith g. Balmain.
2. Antennas: Krauas.
6U-2, 6ET-2, 6DT-2, 6PE-2, 6IE-2, 6IN-2, 5PTU-2

CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING
UNIT- I:
Introduction to need for automation and automatic control, use of feedback, Broad spectrum of system application.
Mathematical modeling, Diff. Equations, transfer functions, block diagram, signal flow graphs, Application to elementary
system simplifications, Effect of feedback on parameter variation, disturbance signal, servomechanism and regulators.
Control system components, Electrical, Electro mechanical, hydraulic, and pneumatic and other components. Their
functional analysis and input output representation.
UNIT –II:
Time response of system, First order and second order system, (Standard input) concepts of gain and time constants,
Steady state error, type of control system, approximate methods for higher order system.
UNIT – III:
Root location and its effects on time response, Elementary idea of Root Locus, effect of adding pole and zero and
proximity of imaginary axis.
UNIT – IV:
Stability of control systems, conditions of stability characteristic equation, Routh Hurwitz criterion, special cases for
determining relative stability.
205
UNIT – V:
Frequency response methods of analysing linear system, Nyquist and Bode plot, stability and accuracy analysis from
frequency response, open loop and close
Loop frequency response.
Nyquist criteria, Effect of variation of gain and addition of pole and zeros on response plot, stability margins in frequency
response.
UNIT – VI:
State variable methods of analysis, characteristics of system state choice of state representation of vector matrix different
equation, standard form relation between transfer function and state variable.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Control System Analysis : Nagrath and Gopal
2. Linear System Analysis : D. Azzo & Honpis, 1975
NOTE: Practical based on the above syllabus.
6U-3, 6DT-3, 6PE-3, 6IE-3, 5PTU-4
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
UNIT 1:
Generalized instrumentation systems, Active and Passive Transducers, Digital and Analog mode of operation, static and
dynamic characteristic and performance of instrument. Statistically treatment of measurement errors, gaussian error
distributions, probability tables, combination of errors.
UNIT 2:
Study of transducers and measuring system for the following motion measurement. Relative & absolute motion
measurement of displacement, velocity and acceleration, calibration of accelerometer, electrical transducer for motion
measurement, LVDT, Piezoelectric transducer, variable inductance and measurement of shaft torque and power.
UNIT 3: Temperature:
Law of thermoelectric ckts. , Thermocouple, cold junction compensation, Thermistors, active- temp, sensors, radiation,
thermometry, broad band and narrow band radiation methods, two color pyrometer, optical pyrometer, temperature
measurement of flowing liquids, dynamic response and compensation temperature sensor, heat flux sensor.
UNIT 4: STRAIN:
Bonded & unbonded electrical strain gauges, gauge factor, temperature compensation methods, problems in biaxial strains
fields, Error in the measurements of biaxial strains
Miscellaneous measurements: measurement of liquid level, flow, pressures an pH.
UNIT 5:
Signal conditioning techniques used in various transducers, linearization, gain clipping, filtering, differential amplification,
shielding techniques, various standards for signal transmission like 4-20 mA current loop converter etc.
UNIT 6:
Recording of data CRD, data acquisition system, IEEE 4888 bus, Principle of operation, protocols etc, test equpiments like
multimeter, signal generator, signal analyzer.
BOOKS:
1. Measurement system, application and Design: E.D.Doeblin, Mc-Graw Hill, Kogalcusha.
2. Circuit Design for electronics Instrumentation: Wob shell.
3. Instrumentation, Measurement and Feedback: B.E. Jones, Mc-Graw Hill.
206
6U-4, 6ET-4, 6DT-4, 6IE-4, 5PTU-3
COMMUNICATION ELECTRONICS
UNIT 1:
Frequency spectrum of electromagnetic waves, their properties, wave propagation etc. Tuned Amplifiers, gain and
bandwidth, neutralization, Noise, types, source, noise figure calculation.
UNIT 2:
A.M. Modulators, series plate modulated class ‘C’ amplifier, efficiency and power calculations, and SSB modulation SSB-
SC modulation. A.M. Demodulators square law detector, diode peak detector, and envelope detector, detectors for SSB and
SSB-SC A.B Signals, AM using transistor.
UNIT 3:
Angle modulation, Frequency modulation, spectrum, Reactance tube and FET modulators, Armstrong method, FM
transmitters, frequency stabilization methods, FM discriminator, Foster Selly, PLL detectors, stereophonic FM.
UNIT 4:
Pulse Modulation; Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM), Pulse width Modulation (PWM), Pulse Position Modulation
(PPM), Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) Delta Modulation (DM).
UNIT 5:
Radio Receivers and it’s measurements: TRE receiver, Superhetrodyne receiver, Detailed study of block schematic and
circuits of Mixer, RF- stage, I.F. stage, detector, Automatic Gain control (AGC) , FM Radio receivers.
Receiver Measurements: Sensitivity, Selectivity, image frequency rejection etc. Communication Receiver, Block schematic
and it’s special features.
UNIT 6:
Line Telephony: Elemental phone system, central switching, simple exchange, Two-and- Four wire connections, Time
division multiplexing, Analog Time-division switching Time slot Interchanging (TSI), Space array for digital signals,
combined space time switching.
TEXT BOOKS: Communication Electronics: Kennedy, TM
REFERENCE:
1. Communication Electronics : Forest Barker, IBT.
2. Radio Communication : Miller.
3. Electron table Circuits : Seely.
4. Principle of Communication System : Taub & Shilliery, TMH.
5. Communication Electronics : Roddy and Coolen, PHI.
6. Communication Electronics : Deshpande, TMH.
6U-5, 6ET-5, 6DT-5, 6PE-5, 6IE-5, 6PTU-1

COMPUTER ORGANISATION
UNIT 1: Register Level Design -General Characteristics, Description Languages, Combinational and Sequential
Components, Design methods.
Processors Level Design-Components, Design techniques.
UNIT 2: Processor Design - Processor Organization, information representation, number formats.

Instruction Sets - Instruction Formats, instruction types, multiplication and division ALU design, Floating Point
arithmetic, IEEE 754 floating point formats.
UNIT 3: Control Design - Instruction sequencing, interpretation, Hard wired control- Design methods, multiplier and
CPU control Unit.
207
Microprogrammed Control
Basic concept, minimizing microinstruction size, multiplier control unit.
Microprogrammed Computers
CPU Control Unit. A Conventional and inconventional Computers.
UNIT 4: Memory Organisation

Device characteristic, RAM, Serial access memories, Virtual memories, concept of cache & associative memories.
UNIT 5: System Organisation

Local and Long distance communication. Input & Output system, Interrupt, DMA, Introduction to parallel processing.
UNIT 6:
Concepts of parallel processing, pipelining, vector processors. Introduction of RISE architecture, Data flow architecture.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Carl Harmmacher-- Computer Organisation .(Third edition)
Reference Books:
1. A.S.Tanen Baum “Structured Computer Organization” Third Edition.(PHI)
2. Y.Chui. 11 Computer Organisation and Microprogramming, prentice Hall, Englewood Chiffs. N.J.
3. M.M. Mano. “Computer System Architecture”, Prentice Hall, Englewood chiffs. N.J.
4. C.W.Gear, “computer Organization & programming” McGraw Hill , N.V.
5. Computer Architecture & Organisation.: J.P. Hayes, second edition. PAI.
6U-6, 6ET-6, 6IE-6, 4PTU-4

ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP
Fabrication and testing of small electronics circuit, PCB Design and technical
report presentation.
Study of Indian standards in Electronic Industry.
Manufacturing Practices in Electronic Industry.
REFRENCE MATERIAL:
1. PCB Design : Boshar (TMH Publication)

2. Elliot: Integrated circuit Fabrication Technology (TMH )
Practical as per above syllabus.
208
Semester: SEVEN
Total Mini. Paper

Sr. Subject Subject Name Board L T P hours per Maxi. Marks Paper/Practical Marks dur. In Remarks
No. Code week for Hrs.
Passing
4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3
1. 7U-1 Electronics System Electronics Pract. 20
Design. (Th. + P) Coll. Ass 25 50 25 2
25
4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3
2. 7U-2 UHF and Microwave Electronics Pract. 20
(Th +P) Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 2
25
4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3
3. 7U-3 Digital signal Electronics Pract. 20
Processing. Coll. Ass 25 50 25 2
25
Digital Comm. 4 1 - 5 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3
4. 7U-4 Electronics 20
5. 7U-5 Elective-I Electronics 3 1 - 4 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3

20
- - 3 3 Pract. Coll. 25 50 25 2
6. 7U-6 Project Seminar Electronics Ass. 25
LIST OF ELECTIVE-I : SUBJECTS BOARD REMARK

i) Switching Theory Electronics (Any one of the above)
ii) Fuzzy Logic & Neural N/W Electronics
iii) CMOS VLSI Design Electronics Same as: 7DT-4
209
7U-1 / 8ET-1 / 8DT-1
ELECTRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN
UNIT 1 :
Designs of power supply system: Unregulated D.C. power supply system with rectifier and filter. Design of emitter
follower regulator, series regulators, overload protection circuits for regulators. Design of SMPS: Step up and step down.
(15)
UNIT 2:
Design of class A small signal amplifier: Emitter follower, Darlington pair amplifiers with and without Bootstrapping, Two
stage direct coupled amplifier. Design of class A, class AB, audio power amplifier with drivers.
(15)
UNIT 3:
Design of sinusoidal oscillators: OPAMP based Wein bridge and Phase shift oscillators with AGC circuits. Transistor
based Hartley, Colpits and Crystal oscillators, Evaluation of figure of merit for all above oscillator circuits. (15)
UNIT 4:
Design of constant current sources, Design of function generators, Design of tuned amplifiers. Design of Butterworth,
Chebyshev filters upto sixth order with VCVS and IGMF configuration. (15)
BOOKS:
1. Regulated power supply Handbook. Texas Instruments.
2. Electronics: BJT's, FET's and Microcircuits-Anielo.
3. Monograph on Electronic circuit Design: Goyal & Khetan.
PRACTICALS: Practicals based on above syllabus.

Note: 50% Practicals should be based on SPICE simulation
7 U-2 / 8 ET-2
UHF AND MICROWAVE
UNIT I:
Causes of failure of conventional tubes at high frequency. Two cavity klystron amplifier, Reflex klystron oscillator.
(10)
UNIT 2:
Travelling wave tube, Slow wave structure. Backward wave architecture (Carcinotron)
Magnetron: cylindrical magnetron, parallel plate magnetron, voltage tunable magnetron.
(10)
UNIT 3:
Microwave components: Attenuators, Tees, Directional couplers, Circulators, Isolators, Gyrators, Phase shifter, Cavity
resonator, Transmission line resonator.
(10)
UNIT 4:
Scattering matrices: Scattering matrices of transmission lines microwave junction and tees, directional coupler, circulator.
(10)
UNIT 5:
Microwave filters: Design of microwave filters by Image parameter method; Insertion loss method.
(10)
Microwave measurement: Microwave power measurement - Bolometer method and Calorimeter method. VSWR
measurement, Attenuation measurement, Impedance and Q factor measurement.
210
UNIT 6:
Microwave solid state devices: GaAs oscillator, Parametric amplifier, PIN diode, Detector diode, MASER, Strip lines,
Microstrip lines, coplanar, shielded, parallel strip lines. (10)
PRACTICALS: Practicals based on above syllabus.
Text Books:
1. Microwave device and circuits : Samuel Y. Lio
2. Foundations of microwave engineering: R.E. Collins.
3. Microwave engineering: R. Chatterjee.
Reference Books :
1. Microwave communication : Hund
2. Microwave theory and measurement: G.Lance.
7U-3/7ET-3/7DT-3/8PE5(ii)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
UNIT 1:
Discrete time signals and systems, discrete time signal, discrete time systems, Linearity, Time invariance/variance,
static/dynamic, Stability classification of discrete time system, linear convolution, circular convolution cross correlation,
autocorrelation. Linear constant coefficient difference equation, Sampling theorem and sampling process Reconstruction of
sampling data, Convolution. (10)
UNIT 2:
Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals & system, Fourier transform of discrete time signals and
Properties of Discrete time, Fourier transform. (10)
UNIT 3:
The Z-transform, Properties of ROC’s for the Z-transform, Z-transform properties inverse z-transform using contour
integration, complex convolution theorem, parseval’s unilateral z-transform, and stability interpretation using Jury’s array.
(10)
UNIT 4:
Transformation of LTI systems and structure for discrete time signals:
Frequency response of LTI systems, relationship between magnitude and phase, all pass systems, minimum phase system,
linear system with generalize linear phase. (05)
Block diagram representation and signal flow graph representation of linear constants coefficient and difference equation,
basic structure of IIR systems, transposed forms, basic network structures for FIR systems, lattice structure.
(05)
UNIT 5:
Filter design technique: design of discrete time IIR filter from continuous time filters, frequency transformation of low pass
IIR filter design of FIR filters by windowing, FIR filter by Kaiser window method, frequency sampling method.
(10)
211
UNIT 6:
Discrete Fourier transforms - Discrete Fourier series and properties, Discrete Fourier transform, properties of DFT, circular
convolution using DFT. Decimation in time: FFT algorithm, decimation in frequency FFT, FFT of long sequences using
overlap add and overlap save method. (10)
Books:
1. Digital Signal Processing (PHI Pub.) - Alan V. Oppenheim & R.W.Schaffer.

2. Digital Signal Processing: - computer based approach by Sanjiv Mitra.
References:-
1. Digital Signal processing theory and application Proakis and Manolakis- 3rd addition PHI Ltd.
PRACTICALS:-
Digital signal processing: suggested experiments are as follows:
1. Signal generation and sampling principals.

2. Convolution.
3. LTI system characteristics.
4. DTFT and property.
5. Z-transform and application, solution of difference equation.
6. DFT, FFT and circular and linear convolution.
7. Design of IIR filter.
8. Design of FIR filter.
9. Window method.
10. Kaiser window method.
Note: at least one experiment with C and at least one with MATLAB.
Optional: with DSP kit and Excel
7U-4/7ET 4/ 7DT5(I)
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
UNIT 1:
Digital modulation: PCM systems, Channel capacity, Delta modulation, Adaptive digital waveform coding schemes,
matched filter receiver.
Coherent Binary: PSK, FSK, QPSK, MSK, DPSK. (10)
UNIT 2:
Source coding methods - review of information theory, Huffman and L-Z encoding algorithm. Rate distortion theory for
optimum quantization, scalar and vector quantization. (10)
UNIT 3:
Waveform coding methods, ADPCM, Adaptive sub-band and transform coding, model based speech coding like LP
coding, CELP coding.Introduction to Image compression, Review of techniques used in JPEG and MPEG standards.
(10)
UNIT 4:
Advanced modulation methods - The signal space concept, Gram-Smith procedure, Signal space representation of
modulated signals, nonlinear modulation methods with memory, Error probability and optimum receivers for AWGN
channels. (10)
212
UNIT 5:
Advanced transmission methods: Review of channel coding, convolution, encoding and decoding, distance properties,
Viterbi algorithm and Fano algorithm, Trellis coded modulation methods. (10)
UNIT 6:
Spread - Spectrum methods - Study of PN sequence, direct sequence methods, Frequency hop methods, digital spread
spectrum, slow and fast frequency hop, performance analysis, synchronization methods for spread spectrum, Application of
spread spectrum, CDMA. (10)
BOOKS:
1. Digital communications: John G Prokis (TMG)
2. Digital Communications: Simon Haykin (WEP)
REFERENCE:
1) Modern communication systems (Principles and application) Leon W. Couch II (PHI)
2) Digital communication: Shanmugh.
7U-5(1) / 7 DT 5 (iii)
SWITCHING THEORY
UNIT 1:
Switching algebra and functions, Boolean Algebra, Boolean functions, Minimization of Boolean functions using
Tabulation methods, sets, Relations and Lattices, Venn diagram. (10)
UNIT 2:
Design of combinational Logic circuits, contact Network, Functional Decomposition and symmetric functions.
(10)
UNIT 3:
Threshold Logic, threshold elements, capabilities and limitations of threshold logic, elementary properties, linear
reparability, unate functions, synthesis of threshold functions, cascading of threshold elements.
(10)
UNIT 4:
Reliable design and fault Diagnosis, Fault Detection in combinational circuits, Fault location experiments, Fault Detection
by Boolean Differences, Path, sensitizing method, multiple fault detections using map method, failure- Tolerant design.
(10)
UNIT 5:
Finite state Machine: Mealy and Moore synchronous sequential circuits, Design Capabilities, Minimization and
Transformation of sequential Machine, Design of fundamental Mode and pulse Mode circuits. (10)
UNIT 6:
Structure of sequential machines, lattice of closed partitions, state assignment using partitions, Reduction of output
dependency, Input independence and autonomous clock. Homing sequence, synchronizing sequence, adaptive
distinguishing experiment. (10)
BOOKS :
1. Switching and finite Automata Theory by Zvi Kohavi
2. Modem switching Theory by S.C. Lee
213
7U-5(ii) / 8 ET 5 (iii) / 7DT 5 (iv)
FUZZY LOGIC & NEURAL NETWORK
UNIT 1: Introduction
1. Fuzzy sets, relations, approximate reasoning, representing, set of rules.
2. Fuzzy knowledge based (FKBC) parameters introduction rule and data base, inference engine choice of fuzzification and
defuzzification processes. (10)
UNIT 2: Non linear Fuzzy Control

Introduction, Control Problem, FKBC as nonlinear transfer element, Types of FKBC. (10)
UNIT 3: Adaptive Fuzzy Control

Introduction, design and performance evaluation, mains approach to design. (08)
UNIT 4: Fundamental concept of ANN

Model of artificial Neural Network (ANN) Learning and adaptation learning rules. (05)
Feed Forward Networks

Classification Model, features and decision, regions, Minimum distance classification, perception, Delta learning rules for
multiperceptron layer, Generalized learning rules, back propagation Algorithm, back propagation training, learning factors.
(07)
UNIT 5: Recurrent Networks
Mathematical foundation of discrete time and gradient type hopefield networks, Transient response and relaxation
modeling. (08)
UNIT 6: Associative Memories and self organizing Networks

Basic concepts and performance analysis of recurrent associative memory, Bi-directional associates memory. Hamming net
and MAXNET, Unsupervised learning of clusters, counter propagation network, feature mapping, self-organizing feature
maps, cluster discovery network (ART 1). (12)
BOOKS:
1. Introduction of Artificial Neural Networks, Jacek Zurada (JPH)
2. Neural Network and Fuzzy Systems, Bart Kosko (PHI)
3. Neural Network A comprehensive foundation, Simon Haykin (Maxwell) Macmillan Canada Inc.)
4. An introduction to Fuzzy Control, D Driankov, Norsa.
5. Fuzzy sets Uncertainty & information Klir and Folger (PHI)
6. Digital Image Processing (AWPC) By Gonzalez.
214
7U-5(iii)/7 DT-4
CMOS VLSI DESIGN
UNIT 1:
MOS transistors: - nMOS enhancement and pMOS enhancement transistor, threshold voltage, body effect, MOS effect,
MOS device equations, small signal model for MOS transistor. (10)
UNIT 2:
CMOS inverter: - principal of operation, dc characteristics, transient characteristics, β n/βp ration, noise margin, static load
MOS inverter, transmission gate, introduction to BiCMOS inverter. (10)
UNIT 3:
Study of CMOS logic: - combinational logic, gates, compound gates, multiplexers, and memory elements. (10)
UNIT 4:
Circuit characterization and performance estimation. Resistance and capacitance estimation, switching characteristics,
power dissipation, charge sharing. (10)
UNIT 5:
CMOS processing technology: - basic CMOS technology, layout design rules, and stick diagram representation latch up.
(10)
UNIT 6:
CMOS circuits and logic design: - transistor sizing, fan-in, fan-out, and physical design of simple logic gates, CMOS logic
structures, and clocking strategies. (10)
Text Books:
4. Principal of CMOS VLSI design By Neil H. E. Weste, K. Eshraghian. Addison Wesley VLSI Series.
5. Digital Interrogated circuits, A Design Perspective by J. M. Rabaey, A. Chandrakasan, and B. Nikolic. PHI
6. CMOS VLSI Design By Pucknell, K. Eshraghain
215
Semester: Eight
Total Mini. Paper

Sr. Subject Subject Name Board L T P hours Maxi. Marks Paper/Practical Marks for Dur. In
Remarks
No. Code per Passing Hrs.
week
Digital System Electronics 4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3
1. 8U-1 Design. Pract. 20
(Th. + P) Coll. Ass 25 50 25 2
25
Advance Electronics 4 1 2 7 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3
2. 8U-2 Microprocessor & Pract. 20
Micro controllers Coll. Ass. 25 50 25 2
(Th.+ P) 25
Computer Comm. Electronics 4 1 - 5 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3
3. 8U-3 Network 20
Optical Electronics 3 1 - 4 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3

4. 8U-4 Communication 20
Elective-II Electronics 3 1 - 4 Paper Coll. Ass. 80 100 40 3

5. 8U-5 20
Project Electronics - - 6 6 Pract. Coll. Ass. 75 150 75 2

6. 8U-6 75

0
LIST OF ELECTIVE-I SUBJECT BOARD REMARK

i) Satellite Comm. Electronics
(Any one of the above)
ii) Mobile Comm. Electronics Same as: 8ET-3
iii) Digital Image Processing Electronics
iv) Embedded System Electronics same as: DT-5 (iii)
216
8U-1/ 8 DT1/ 7 ET5 (I) / 7 IE 5 (II) DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
UNIT I:
Introduction to VHDL, design units, data objects, signal drivers, internal and transport delays, delta delay, VHDL data
types, concurrent and sequential systems. (10)
UNIT 2:
Subprograms-Functions, Procedures, attributes, generic, generates, package, IEEE STD. Logic library, file I/O, test bench,
Component declaration, instantiation, configuration. (10)
UNIT 3:
Combinational logic circuit design and VHDL implementation of following circuits- fast multiplier, divider, Hamming
code encoder and correction circuits. (10)
UNIT 4:
Synchronous sequential circuit design – Finite state machines, Mealy and Moore, state assignments, design and VHDL
implementation of FSMs, Linear feedback, shift register (pseudorandom and CRC). (10)
UNIT 5:
Asynchronous Sequential Circuit Design –Primitive flow table, concept of race, critical race and hazards, design issues like
metastability, synchronizers, clock skew and timing considerations. (10)
UNIT 6:
Introduction to place &route process, Introduction to ROM, PLA, PAL, Architecture of CPLD (Xilinx / Altera), FPGA
architecture (Xilinx / Altara). (10)
BOOKS:
1. VHDL –3rd Edition-Douglas Perry-TMH
2. Fundamental Of Digital Logic With VHDL design –Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic-TMH
3. Digital Design Principles-Fletcher
4. VHDL synthesis-J. Bhasker
5. VHDL primer- J. Bhasker-Pearson Education
REFERENCE:
1. Digital system design using VHDL – Chales H. Roth.
2. Digital System Design – John Wakerley.
3. VHDL – Zainalabedin Navabbi.
4. VHDL – D. Smith.
PRACTICAL: Practicals based on above syllabus.
217
8U-2 / 7 ET 2 / 7 DT 1
ADVANCE MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
UNIT I:
Introduction to 16 bit microprocessors, 8086/8088 CPU architecture, memory Organization, interfacing addressing modes.
Instruction set, programming examples, pseudo opcodes, and assembler directives.
UNIT 2:
Interfacing of peripherals 8255,8253 & 8251. Interfacing of ADC &DAC, stepper motor, serial communication standards
RS232, I2 CBUS.
UNIT 3:
Architecture, Organization operation & interfacing of 8259, ICWs, OCWS, Cascading 8279- keyboard display mode,
sensor matrx mode, command words and programming DTMF transreciver (Mittel 8880), real time clock; DS1307,
EEPROM.
UNIT 4:
8086/88 maximum mode, 8087 architecture, 80386 architecture, real and protected mode, 8237 DMA controller,
Organization, control words.
UNIT 5:
Introduction to 8051 family architecture, pin diagram, operation, ports, addressing modes, internal & external memory,
SFR, FLAGS, Organization, counters and timers, serial communication.
UNIT 6:
8051 Instruction set, interrupts, programming exercises for interfacing with keyword, LED matrix, time delays, and serial
communications.
BOOKS:
1. Programming and interfacing of 8086/8088, D.V.Hall, TMH.

2. Intel Reference Manuals, Microprocessors & Microcontrollers: Intel.
3. Microcontrollers – Peatman, McGraw Hill.
4. Microcontrollers – Ayla (TMH).
Reference Books:
1. Advanced Microprocessor & Peripherals, A.K.Ray (TMH).
2. Microprocessor 8086/88 Family Programme Interfacing: Liu &Gibson.
PRACTICAL: Practical based on above syllabus.
218
8U-3/ 8DT 3 / 8 ET 5 (II)
COMPUTER COMMUNICATION NETWORK
UNIT I: Network and Services

Communication Network: approaches to network Design, types of Network, Two stage, Three stage Network, Time
Division Switching, Time Multiplexed Switching. Time Multiplexed Time Switching. (10)
UNIT II: LAN Network & Medium Access Layer

LAN Structure, random accesses multiple access protocol, IEEE standard 802 for LAN & MAN. High speed LANs, FDDI,
and Fast Ethernet. (10)
UNIT III: Application & Layered Architecture

OSI Reference models, TCP/IP Architecture, TCP/IP Protocol, IP Packets, IP addressing, subnet addressing, address
resolution & reverse resolution, TCP/IP utilities.
(10)
UNIT IV: Physical Layer and Data Link Layer
Transmission media, wireless transmission, X25 network, Narrow band & Broadband ISDN, ATM Data link Layer design,
Error detection & correction elementary data link protocols, sliding window protocols. (10)
UNIT V: Network Layer & Transport Layer

Network Layer design, Routing, congestion, Internetworking Transport layer design issues, Transport services primitives,
Internet transport protocol, wireless TCP and UDP. (10)
UNIT VI: Application Layer

Network Security, Cryptography, Secret key, Public- Key, digital signature, Domain Name system, Electronic Mail
System, Multimedia, Real Time Transport Protocol. (10)
BOOKS:
1. Telecommunication Switching System & Networks by Vishwanathan.
2. Communication Networks by Leon-Gracia, Indra Widjaja
3. Computer Communication by W. Stalling.
4. Computer Networks by Tanenbaum.
8U - 4 / 8 ET 4/ 7 DT 5(ii)
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION
UNIT 1:
Principle of optical communication - Attribute and structures of various fibers such as step index, graded index mode and
multi mode fibers. Propagation in fibers -Ray mode, Numerical aperture and Multipath dispersion in step index and graded
index fibers. Material dispersion and frequency response. (10)
UNIT 2:
Electromagnetic wave equation in step index and graded index fibers modes and power flow in fibers.Manufacture of
fibers and cables, fiber joints, splices and connectors. (10)
UNIT 3:
Signal degradation in fibers - Attenuation, material dispersion, waveguide dispersion, pulse broadening, mode coupling.
(10)
UNIT 4:
Optical sources - LED and LASER structures and properties Source launching and coupling. (10)
UNIT 5: Photo detector - Pin and Avalanche - Photo detectors Structures and Properties. Optical receiver- Operation and
Performance. (10)
219
UNIT 6:
Transmission link - Point to point links, WDM Data buses, star and T- Coupler, NRZ, RZ and block codes.
Measurement in optical fibers - Attenuation, dispersion, refractive index profile and optical source characteristic
measurements. (10)
BOOKS:
1. Optical fiber communication, principle and practice : John M. Senior (PH International Service)
2. Optical Fiber Communication :B. Kaiser (McGrew Hills)
3. Optical communication system : J. Gower ( Prentice Hall of India)
4. Optical Fiber System : Rao ( Tata McGrew Hills)
8U-5(I)/7 ET-5(II)
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
UNIT 1:
Introduction: Origin of satellite communication, current state of satellite communication. Orbital aspect of satellite
communication:- orbital mechanism, equation of orbit, locating satellite in orbit, orbital elements, orbital perturbation.
Space craft subsystem: - attitude and orbit control system, telemetry tracking and command power system, communication
subsystem. (10)
UNIT 2:
Satellite link design: - system noise temperature and G/T ratio, down link design, domestic satellite system, uplink design,
design of satellite link for specified(C/N) (10)
UNIT 3:
Multiple access technique: - FDMA, FDM/FM/FDMA, effect of intermodulation, compended FDM/FM/FDMA, TDMA,
TDMA frame structure and design, TDMA synchronization and timing, code division multiple access, SS transmission and
reception, applicability of CDMA to commercial system, multiple assess on board processing, SCPS system, digital speech
interpolation system, DAMA. (10)
UNIT 4:
Propagation on satellite: - earth’s path propagation effect, atmospheric absorption, scintillation effects, land and sea
Multipath, rain and ice effect, rain drop distribution, calculation of attenuation, rain effect on antenna noise temperature
Eliminating propagation effects: - Attenuation, Site diversity, Depolarisation. (10)
UNIT 5:
Encoding and forward error correction:- error detection and correction, channel capacity, error detecting codes, linear block
code , error correction with linear block codes, performance of block error correction codes, convolution codes, cyclic
codes, BCH and codes, error detection on satellite links. (10)
UNIT 6:
Earth station technology:- earth station design, antenna tracking, LNA, HPA, AF multiplexing factors affecting orbit
utilization. Tracking, equipment for earth stations. (10)
Text Books :
1. Satellite communication by T. Pratt
2. Satellite communication by D. C. Agrawal
3. Satellite communication by Dennis Roddy
4. Satellite communication by T. T. Hai.
220
8U-5(ii)/ 8 ET 3/8 DT 5 (i)
MOBILE COMMUNICATION
UNIT-1:
The cellular concept: Evaluation of mobile radio communication, cellular telephone system, frequency reuse, channel
assignment and handoff strategies, interference and system capacity, trunking and grade of service improving capacity in
cellular system. (10)
UNIT 2 :
The mobile radio environment: causes of propagation path loss, causes of fading- long term and short term, definition of
sample average, statistical average, probability density function, cumulative probability distribution, level crossing rate and
average duration of fade, delay spread coherence bandwidth, intersymbol interference. (10)
UNIT-3:
Modulation technique for mobile communication: BPSK, QPSK, transmission and detection technique, 4 QPSK
transmission and detection technique, QAM, GMSK. (10)
UNIT-4:
Equalization, diversity and channel coding:- fundamentals of equalization, space polarization, frequency and time diversity
technique, space diversity, polarization diversity frequency and time diversity, fundamentals of channel coding. (10)
UNIT-5:
Multiple access technique: Introduction to multiple access, FDMA, TDMA, Spread spectrum multiple access, frequency
hopped multiple access (FHMA), code division multiple access (CDMA) space division multiple access (SDMA).
(10)
UNIT-6:
GSM- global system for mobile: service and features, GSM system architecture, GSM radio subsystem, GSM channel
types, GSM frame structure, signal processing in GSM, introduction to CDMA digital cellular standard. (10)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wireless Communication Principal & practice by T.S.Rappaport(PHI)
2. mobile Communication design fundamentals by William C.Y. Lee(John Willey)
REFERNCEBOOK:
1. Wireless digital communication by Kamilo Feher (PHI).
2. Mobile Cellular Communication by W.C.Y.Lee (Mc.Graw.Hall).
3. The Mobile radio Propagation channel by J.D.Parson.
221
8 U - 5 (iv) / 8 DT 5 (iii)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
UNIT 1:
Introducing the 68HC12, Subroutines and Stacks, 68HC12 Arithmetic.
UNIT 2:
WHYP - An extensible Language, Branching and Looping, Interrupts, Parallel Interfacing.
UNIT 3:
The serial peripheral interface (SPI)
UNIT 4:
Analog to digital converter, timer.
UNIT 5:
The serial communication interface (SCI)
UNIT 6:
Strings and numbers conversions, program control and data structures.
BOOKS:
1. Design of Embedded Systems Using 68HC12/11 Microcontrollers, Richard E. Haskell, Prentice Hall
2. Morton, Todd Embedded Microcontrollers. Prentice Hall 2001
3. Valvano, Jonathan W. Embedded Microcomputer Systems: Real Time Interfacing. Brooks/Cole 2000.
222
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
Scheme of Examination for the B.E four year course in Information Technology (Semester Pattern,III-Semester)
No Subjects Paper Max Min Duration of L T P Total

Practical Marks Marks paper
College in hours
Assesment
3IT15 Applied mathematics Paper 80 100 40 33 1 - 4

Coll.Asse. 20
3IT16 Programming Paper 80 100 40 33 1 - 4

Language C Coll.Asse. 20
(TH+P) Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
College Asse. 25
3IT17 Electronic Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Devices Coll.Asse. 20
and Circuits Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
(TH+P) Coll.Asse. 25
3IT18 Electrical Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Science Coll.Asse. 20
(TH)
3IT19 Digital Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

Electronics Coll.Assee 20
and design Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
3IT20 Managerial Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

Economics Coll.Asse. 20
and Accountancy
(TH)
3IT21 Computer Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2

Workshop Coll.Asse. 25
Total 800 16 6 8 30
223
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
Scheme of Examination for the B.E four year course in Information Technology(Semester Pattern,IV-Semester)

College in hours
Assessment
4IT22 Discrete Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Mathematics Coll.Asse 20
and Graph
Theory
(TH)
4IT23 Algorithm Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

and data Coll.Asse. 20
Structure Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
(TH+P) College Asse. 25
4IT24 Communication Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

Electronics Coll.Asse. 20
zation Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
4IT25 Data Processing Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

and File organiza Coll.Asse. 20
tion Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
(TH+P) Coll.Asse 25
T26 Theory Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 4

Of Computation Coll.Asse. 20
(TH)
4IT27 Computer Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Architecture Coll.Asse. 20
and Organization
(TH)
4IT28 Computer Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
Workshop Coll.Asse. 25
Total 800 16 6 8 30
224
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
Scheme of Examination for the B.E four year course in Information Technology(Semester Pattern,V-Semester)

College in hours
Assesment
5IT29 Information Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Theory Coll.Asse 20
and Data Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
Communication College Asse. 25
(TH+P)
5IT30 Discrete Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

and Integrated Coll.Asse. 20
Circuits Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
5IT31 Object Oriented Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 4

Methodologies Coll.Asse. 20
Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
5IT32 System Software Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 -3 (TH)

(TH.) Coll.Asse. 20

Graphics Coll.Asse. 20
(TH+P) Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
Coll.Asse. 25
5IT34 Principal Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

Of Management Coll.Asse. 20
(TH)
Total 800 16 6 8 30
225
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
Scheme of Examination for the B.E four year course in Information Technology(Semester Pattern,VI-Semester)

College in hours
Assessment
6IT35 Microprocessor Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

(TH+P) Coll.Asse 20
Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
College Asse. 25
6IT36 Visual Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

Techniques Coll.Asse. 20
(TH+P) Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
College Asse. 25
6IT37 Database Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Management Coll.Asse. 20
System Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
6IT38 Java Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Programming Coll.Asse. 20
(TH) Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
Coll.Asse. 25
6IT39 Software Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

Engineering Coll.Asse. 20
(TH)
6IT40 Operating Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

System Coll.Asse. 20
(TH)
Total 800 16 6 8 30
226
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
Scheme of Examination for the B.E four year course in Information Technology(Semester Pattern,VII-Semester)

College in hours
Assessment
7IT41 Computer Network Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

and Internet Coll.Asse 20
(TH+P) Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
College Asse. 25
7IT42 Digital Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Signal Processing Coll.Asse. 20
(TH+P) Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
College Asse. 25

System Coll.Asse. 20
Security
(TH)
7IT44 Elective-I Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

(TH) Coll.Asse. 20
7IT45 Elective-II Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

(TH) Coll.Asse. 20
7IT46 Mini Coll.Asse. 50 100 - - - - 4 4

Project Viva Voce 50
Total 700 15 5 8 28
Elective-I(7IT44)
1.Operation Research
2.Artificia Intelligence
3.VLSI Design
Elective-II(7IT44)
1.Fuzzy System and Neural Network
2.Multimedia System
3.Digital Image Processing
4.CAD\CAM
5.Management Information System
Note: As and when changes in technology occurs new elective subjects will be introduced.
227
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
Scheme of Examination for the B.E four year course in Information Technology(Semester Pattern,VIII-Semester)

College in hours
Assesment
8IT47 Distributed Data Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

Base and Object Coll.Asse 20
Oriented Database Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
8IT48 Web Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

Technology Coll.Asse. 20
(TH+P) Practical 25 50 25 - - - 2 2
College Asse. 25
8IT49 E-Commerce Paper 80 100 40 3 2 1 - 3

(TH) Coll.Asse. 20
8IT50 Elective-I Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

(TH) Coll.Asse. 20
8IT51 Elective-II Paper 80 100 40 3 3 1 - 4

(TH) Coll.Asse. 20
8IT52 Project Coll.Asse. 75 150 - - - - 6 6

Viva Voce 75
Total 750 13 5 10 28
Elective-I(8IT50)
1.Enterprise Resource Planning
2.Fibre Optical Communication
3.Modelling and Simulation
4.Real Time System
Elective-II(8IT50)
1.Mobile Communication
2.Pattern Communication
3.Advenced Microprocessor
4.Parallel Processing
Note: As and when changes in technology occurs new elective subjects will be introduced.
228
3IT15 APPLIED MATHEMATICS
UNIT-I:
Integral Transforms: Fourier Integral Theorem, Fourier and Laplace Transforms and their simple properties, Simple
applications of laplace transforms to solve ordinary differential equation including simultaneous equations, Solution of one
dimensional diffusion and wave equation by transform method.
UNIT-II:
Z-Transform definition and properties ,Inversion, Relation with Laplace Transform, Application of Z-Transform to solve
difference equation with constant coefficients.
UNIT-III:
Matrices: Inverse of a matrix by adjoining method and its use in solving simultaneous equations, Rank of Matrix,
Consistency of a system of equation ,Eigen values, Eigen Vector, Reduction of a diagonal form, Statement and verification
of Cauchy-Hamilton Theoram, Determination of a roots of algebraic equation by matrix method, Sylvester’s Theorem,
Association of Matrices with linear equation of second order with a constant coefficient.
UNIT-IV:
Theory of Probability: Axioms and Models, Conditional Probability, Baye’s Rule examples, Random Variable-Simple
examples, Discrete and continuous random variable, Jointly distributed random variables.
UNIT-V:
Distribution of random variable-examples, expectation-Moments, Conditional distribution and conditional Expectations,
Stochastic Process-Bernoulli and poison processes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Mathematics for engineers by Chandrika Prasad
2.Advanced Mathematics for engineers by Chandrika Prasad.
3.matrix methods for engineering by L.A.Pipes.
4.Higher Engineering Mathematics by B.S Grewal
5.Probability,Statics with Reliability,Queing and Computer Science Applications by K.S Trivedi.
REFRENCES:
1.Applied Mathematics for Engineers and Physics by L.A.Pipes and Harvile,
2.Probablity Theory by Spiegel Murrey,Scham Series.
3,Probablity and Statistics for engineers 4th ed,by Miller,Freunda and Johonsan
229
3IT16 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE ‘C
UNIT-I:
Algorithm, Flowchart ,program Development Steps, Basic Structure Of C Language, C tokens, Data Types, Declaration of
Variables, Assigning values, Arithmetic, relational operators, Increment and Decrement Operators, Control operators,
Expressions, Evaluation ,I/O operations, IF and Switch Statements, While Do While and for statements, Programming
examples.
UNIT-II:
One and Two Dimensional arrays, Initializations String Variable, Declaration, Reading, Writing, String Handling
Functions, User defined functions, Variable and Storage Classes, Recursion, Preprocessor, Structure Definition,
Initializing. Assigning Values, Passing of Structures as arguments, Union, Programming examples
UNIT-III:
Declaration and Initializing Pointers, Pointer based expressions, Arrays, Strings, Functions and Structures, C program
examples, File management in c, Opening and Closing, I/O operations on files, Programming Examples.
UNIT-IV:
Enumerated data types, Renaming data types with typedef(),Type casting, Bit Wise Operators and Bit Manipulation,
pointer to Pointer, Pointer to Function, Functions Returning Pointers, Functions with variable number of arguments,
Dynamic Memory Allocation ,Programming examples.
UNIT-V:
Drawing lines, Circle, rectangle, ellipse, arc using standard library functions, line drawing using DDA algorithm,
Displaying text in various styles and fonts, drawing and filling shapes, pallets and colors, Programming examples.
PRACTICAL based on above syllabus
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Programming in ANCI C by Balguruswami
2.The C Programming Language by Kerningham
3.LET US C by Y.C.Kanetkar.
230
3IT17 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND
CIRCUITS
*UNIT-I:
Theory of PN junction diode, junction capacitance, Breakdown, Zener Diodes, Varactor Diodes, Tunnel Diode, Power
Supplies: Half Wave and Full Wave, Voltage doublers, Filter types L and PI Regulation, Ripple Factors, Voltage
Stabilizers
*UNIT-II:
Junction Transistor: Theory of operation, Static characteristics, Breakdown voltages, current, voltage and power limitation,
Phototransistors
*UNIT-III:
Biasing arrangements, Voltage gain, current gain, input and output impedance for CS,CG and CD,FET amplifiers ,Brief
discussion about UJT and SCR applications.
UNIT-IV:
Biasing of BJT: Different biasing arrangements and stability factors, Thermal runway in power transistors, voltage ,current,
power gain, Input and Output impedances in CE and CS amplifiers and comparison,
UNIT-V:
Feedback amplifier, Oscillators using BJT ,Barkhausen’s creation, RC phase shift, wein bridge ,LC oscillators, Crystal
oscillators, Frequency stability.
Power amplifiers: Classification, A ,B and C classes, efficiency.
Pushpull class: A, B, All complimentary symmetric, Distortion and its calculations
TEXT BOOKS:
1Integrated Electronics by Millman and Halkias.
2.Electonic Devices and Circuits by Millman and Hallkis
3.Electonic Circuits-Discrete and Integrated by Schilling belov
4.Micro Electonics Millman and Garbie
231
3IT18 ELECTRICAL SCIENCES
UNIT-I:
Network Theorems: Superposition, Reciprocity Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum power transfer for AC circuits, Two port
network parameter and interconnections.
UNIT-II:
Nodal and Mesh analysis, Source Transformation, Duality.
UNIT-III:
Measurements of Inductance, Resistance and Capacitance, Measurements of low, medium and high resistance, Elementary
method of measurements of Inductance and Capacitance,Generalised theory of AC brideges,Their uses for Measurements
of Inductance and Capacitance
UNIT-IV:
Measuring Instruments: Classification, Absolute and secondary instruments, Electronics instruments(VTVM, CRO, DVM
etc), Synchroscope
UNIT-V:
Generalized principles of alternators and synchronous motors, Stepper motor.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Electrical Technology by B.L.Thereja.
2.Electrical and Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation by A.K.Sawney.
3Control System Engineering by Nagrath and Gopal.
232
3IT19 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
AND DESIGN
UNIT-I:
Analog Vs Digital Systems, Transistor as a switch, Boolean Algebra, Boolean identities, Logic problems, Binary, Gray,
Octal,Hex and ASCII codes, Gates and their truth tables, DeMorgan’s Law, Sum of Product and Product of Sums.
Combination Logic : Concepts, SSI, MSI & VLSI circuit classification, Standard TTL, CMOS characteristics, Karnaugh
map, Simplification of sum product of sum, Solution to problem using K-maps.
UNIT-II:
Deciders, N Coaders, Multiplexes, D Multiplexes, code converters, Characteristics of display devices, Standard
configuration of gates as SSI / MSI / LSI circuits, conversion of decoders / MUX into one another, use of MUX as a
function generator.
UNIT-III:
Introduction to flip flop, latches, Concept of clock, Memory origination with flip flop as basic cell, RAM, ROM, EPROM
& EEPROM - An overview, Master slave combination and conversion of one type to another type Flip flops
UNIT-IV:
Excitation tables and introduction to sequential circuits, Counters synchronous / asynchronous, different modulo counters
with reset / clear facility, Design of counters of arbitary modulo with K- maps, Lock free counters
UNIT-V:
Arithmetic circuits – Adders, Subtractors ( Half and full), BCD adder / subtractor. Concept of ALU and its design,
Integrated circuit versions of multivibrators and their design parameters.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital design by M.N. Mano
2. Digital electronic principals by Malvino
3. Digital integrated Electronics by Herbert Taub
4. Digital Circuits & Microprocessors by Herbert Taub
5. Introduction to Digital System by Ralmer
6. Digital Electronics by Ryan
233
3IT20 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND
ACCOUNTANCY
UNIT-I:
Meanin, Nature and Scope of Managerial economics, Concepts used in Management economics such as incremental
concepts, Tinen perspective, Discounting for time, Opportunity cost equimarginlism, Law of diminishing marginal utility,
Methodology of managerial economics, Simulation.
UNIT-II:
Demand Analysis : Types of demand, Consumers and producers, Goods perishable and durable goods, Determinants of
demand, price, income and cross elasticity of demand. Methods of demand forecasting.
UNIT-III:
Theory of production, roduction function, Firm and Industry, Laws of return, Input, Output analysis, Break even analysis,
Cost concepts, Fix variable average marginal and total cost, depreciation cost.
UNIT-IV:
New economic policy liberalization, Globalization with respect to current Indian economic scenario, International trade
balance of trade and payments.
Price and Output determination under perfect competition, monopoly monopolistic competition, Oligopoly, Pricing
strategies adopted by the Indian and foreign companies.
UNIT-V:
Accounting: evaluation of accounting, definition of accounting and book keeping, Accounting as an Information system,
Users of accounting information, Financial and Managerial accounting, Accounting principles.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Managerial Economic by O.P.Chopra.
2.Managerial Economic by G.S.Gupta.
3.Managerial Economic by D.N.dwivedi
REFRENCES:
1.Managerial Economic by P.N. Reedy.
2. Managerial Accounting by S.P.Gupta.
3.Managerial Economic by K.C.Shankarnarayan.
234
3IT21 COMPUTER WORKSHOP-I
1.Introduction to PC Hardware.
2.Working under DOS Operating Environment.
3.Working Under WINDOWS Operating Enviroment.
4.Multimedia,IT in business.
3IT22 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND GRAPH

THEORY
UNIT-I:
Mathematical Logic and Set Theory: Statement and Notation, Negation, Conjunction, Disjunction, Tautologies, Truth
tables, basic concepts of set theory, Inclusion and equality of sets, The power set, Ordered pair and n-Tuples.
UNIT-II:
Relation and Functions :Relation and Ordering, Properties of Binary relation in a set Relation, Matrix and the Graph
Relation, Partition and covering of the set. Equivalence Relation, Partial Ordering, Partially Ordered set,
Functions(defination and examples), Composition of function, Inverse functions, Characteristic function of a set.
UNIT-III:
Group Theory : Semigroup and Monoids(defination and examples), Homomorphism of Semigroups and Monoids, Subsemi
groups and Homomorphisms, cosets and Lagranges theorm, Normal subgroups, Codes and Group codes.
UNIT-IV:
Rings(defination and examples) : Integral domains ring homomorphisms,ideas of Ring polynomial.
UNIT-V:
Graph Theory : Basic concepts of Graph theory, basic definations, Paths and circuits.Reachability and connectedness,
Matrix representation of graphs, Trees and their representation and their operations, Rooted trees,Path length in rooted
trees,Multigraphs and Weighted graphs,Shortest paths in weighted graphs.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Discrete mathematics Structure with application to computer Science by J.P.Treamblay & R.Manohar.
2.Discrete Maths for Computer Scientists & Mathmaticians(chapter 2, 5, 7) by .L.Mott,A,Kandel,T.P.Baker.
REFRENCES:
1.Elements of Discrete Mathematics by C.L.Liu.
2.Discrete Mathematics by Lipschutz.
3.discrete Mathematics by R.Johnsonbaugh
235
4IT23 ALGORITHM AND DATA STRUCTURE
UNIT I:
Introduction to algorithm :analysis of algorithms, the asymptotic notations, features of structured program,recursion,top
down ,bottom up programming techniques ,divide & quauquer strategy.
Stacks & queues: fundamentals ,evaluation of expression, polish expressions and their compilation, application of stacks
,multiple stacks & queues, priority queues.
UNITII:
LINKED LIST, Single linked list, linked stacks and queues, the polynomial addition, examples on link list, evaluation
relation, circular link list, doubly link list, generalized link list.
UNIT III:
SORTING methods, internal & external sort, bubble sort, exchange sort,insertion,selection,merge,heap,radix,quick sort,
comparison with respect to their efficiency. searching methods:sequential,binary,indexed search, hashing techniques and
collision handling mechanism
UNIT IV:
Trees: definitions and terminology,representations,tree traversal examples on trees, threaded trees, binary tree, search tree,
operation on multiways trees,B trees and B+trees.
UNIT V:
Graph and their applications: computer representations of graphs, traversal techniques like breadth first search, depth first
search, greedy algorithms ,study with respect to shortest path, minimum cost spanning tree.
Practicals based on above syllabus.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.An introduction to data structures with applications by Trembley J.P.& Sorenson P.G
2.Algorithm data structures & programs by Niclaus worth.
3.data structures using C/C++ by Tenanbaun.
4IT24 COMMUNICATION ELECTRONICS
UNIT I:
analog systems: frequency spectrum of electromagnetic waves, their properties ,properties of Fourier transform,
convolution in time & frequency domain, sampling theorem, noise types, sources.
UNIT II:
Mechanism of amplitude modulation & detection ,SSB,SSB-SC,DSB,various techniques of generation and detection of
FM,comparison of various system based on SNR.
UNIT III:
Digital systems: bandwidth and rate of pulse transmission ,pulse spreading and interference,PSD of digital signals.
UNIT IV:
Pulse modulation:PAM,PWM,PCM and PPM systems,quantisation and noise ,delta modulation.
UNIT V:
Digital carrier system:ASK,PSK,FSK,DPSK systems,M-ary communication system
PRACTICALS based on above syllabus.
TEXT BOOKS:
236
1.Modern digital & analog communication system by B.P.Lathi
2.Communication system by B.P.Lathi
3.Digital communication by Proakis
REFERENCES:
1.Communication systems by A.B.Carlson
2.Principle of communication system by Taub & Schgilling
3.Communication Electronics by Kennedy
4IT25 DATA PROCESSING AND FILE ORGANISATION
UNIT I:
Structure organization of COBOL,characterset ,words ,sentences ,identification ,division, environment division, data
division, data types-numerical, alphabetical & alphanumeric, input –output sections, working storage sections
PROCEDURE division features ACCEPT, DISPLAY, MOVE, arithmetic & COMPUTE verbs, sample programs,
PERFORM & GOTO verbs, STRING UNSTRING ,INSPECT & COPY verbs ,sample programs using perform,
miscellaneous COBOL statements
UNIT II:
Conditional statements & table handling :relation conditions, nested conditions, class conditions, condition-name
conditions, structured programming forms of program structure, structural flow charts,subscripting,OCCURS
clause,multidimensional tables,table handling with PERFORM verb.
UNIT III:
Business files: operation on files, master files, transaction files, report file, batch line-line processing, case studies,
sequential access files, principles of magnetic storage & accessing blocking,inter record gap,label records,COBOL
language instructions for sequential files.
UNIT IV:
Direct access flies: characteristics of disk storage & timing index, indexed sequencing flies, COBOL instruction for
indexed sequential file, relative file organization, division-reminder method, digit-analysis method, COBOL instructions
for handling relative files.
UNIT V:
SORTING,SEARCHING & MERGING: linear search sort, chained record sort, linear search, binary search, file sorting &
merging sequential files.
Report generation :output layout design, handling date & detailed summaries, control breraks,language specifications for
COBOL report writing.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Information system through COBOL by S.Philiphakis,Leenard J.
2.COBOL programming by M.K.Roy,D.Ghosh Dastidar.
237
4IT26 THEORY OF COMPUTATION
UNIT I:
strings,alphabet,language operations, finite state machine definitions,finite automation model, acceptance of strings and
language, on deterministic finite automation, deterministic finite automation, equivalence between NFA and
DFA,conversion of NFA into DFA,minimization of FSM,equivalence between two FSM’s Moore and Mealy machines
UNIT II:
regular sets ,regular expressions, identity rules, manipulation rules, manipulation of regular expressions, equivalence
between RE and fa, inter conversion, pumping lemma, closure properties of regular sets(proofs not required),regular
grammars,righjt linear and left linear grammars, equivalence between regular linear programming and FA inter conversion
between RE and RG.
UNIT III:
context free grammer,derivation trees,chomsky normal form,greibach normal form, push down automata,definition,model
acceptance of cfl,equivalence of CFL and pda,interconversion ,enumeration of properties of CFL (proofs omitted)
UNIT IV:
Turing machine definition model, design of TM, computable functions, recursive enumerable language, church’s
hypothesis, counter machine, types of TM’s (proofs not required),chomsky hierarchy of languages, linear bounded
automata and context sensitive langugage,introduction of DFCL and DPDA,LR(O),grammar ,decidability of problems.
UNIT V:
Undecidability :properties of recursive & non-recursive enumerable languages, universal Turing machine,post-
corrospondence problem,intreoduction it recursive function theory.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.introduction to automata theory ,languages and COMPUTATION by hopcraft H.E. & ullman
2.an introduction to formal languages and automata by peter linz(chapter 1 to 12 except 6.3 and 6.4)
REFERENCES:
1.introduction to languages and the theory of automata by john c martin
2.elements of theory of computation by lewis H.P and papadimition C.H
3.theory of computation by mishra & chandrashekharan.
238
4IT27 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
ORGANISATION
UNIT I:
Basic structure of computer hardware & software, functional unit, basic operational concepts, bus structures, software
performance, distributed computing, addressing methods & machine programsequencing:memory locations, addresses &
encoding of information ,main memory operations, instructions & instruction sequencing, addressing modes, assembly
language, basic input-output operations,stacks,subroutines.
UNIT II:
The 68000example :registers & addressing,instructions,assembly language program control ,sorting example, logic
instructions, program controlled I/O subroutines.
Power PC examples: basic power PC organization ,load & sorting instructions, arithmetic & logic instructions, flow control
instructions, compare instructions, subroutines.
UNIT III:
The processing unit: some fundamental concepts, execution of complete instruction, hardware control, performance
considerations,microprogrammed control input-output organization,accessing I/O devices, interrupts ,DMA.
UNIT IV:
Arithmetic: number representations, additions of positive numbers, logic design of fast adders, addition &
substraction,arithmetic & branching conditions, multiplication of positive numbers, signed operand multiplication, fast
multiplication, integer division.
UNIT V:
The main memory: some basic concepts, semiconductors RAM memories, memory system considerations, semiconductor
ROM memories, multiple-module memories and interleaving, cache memories, virtual memories, memory management
requirements.
Pipelining: basic concepts, instruction queue, branching data dependency, influence of pipelining on instruction set design,
multiple execution units, performance considerations, examples of CISC,RISC & stack processors.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Computer organization & architecture by V.C.Hamacher,Z.G.Vranesic and S.G.Zaky.
REFERENCES:
1. Computer organization & architecture by William Stalling
2. Computer organization & architecture by J.P.Hayes,Third Ed,McGraw Hill Publ
239
4IT28 COMPUTER WORKSHOP
1.Introduction to networking accessories

2.Introduction to UNIX operating system
3.introduction to MS-WORD & POWER POINT
4.Familiaritywithinternet&worldwideweb.
240
3IT29 INFORMATION THEORY AND
COMMUNICATION
UNIT-I
Digital communications: Introduction, digital ratio, digital amplitude modulation, frequency shift keying, phase shift
keying, quadrature amplitude modulation, bandwidth efficiency, carrier recovery.
*UNIT-II
Probability random variable and stochastic processes, review of probability theory, random variable, probability density
and distribution function, random process, periodic processes, stationary processes, auto correlation cross correlation
application to signal analysis.
*UNIT-III
Data communications: history and communications, circuits, data communications, error control, synchronization, data
communication, hardware, Data communication protocol and Network configuration:
Open system interconnection, synchronous protocol
*UNIT-IV
Digital transmission: PCM,
Differential pulse code modulation, pulse transmission, signal power in binary digital signal.
Multiplexing: time division multiplexing, TI digital carrier system, CCITT time-division multiplexed carrier system.
UNIT-V
Shenon limit for information theory, channel capacity and discrete and continuous channels, error control coding,
Hamming distance, linear block codes, CRC, convolutional codes
PRACTICAL BASED ON ABOVE SYLLABUS
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Advanced Electronic Communication System by Wayne Tomasi
2.Communication System Analog, Digital by R.P.Singh., S.D.Sapre.
3.Modern digital and Analog communication System by B.P.Lathi.
4.Digital communication by Simon Haykin
241
3IT30 DISCRETE AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
UNIT-I
Linear waveshapping: RC, RL and RLC circuits, High pass, low pass circuits, response to step, ramp and exponential
input, compensated attenuator.
*UNIT-II
Clipping and Clamping circuits: Diode clippers, Zener diode, clipper compensation for temp, changes in diodes, Clamping
operation with and without source and diodes, Clamping operation with and without source and diode resistance
Clamping circuit theorem effect of diode characteristics
UNIT-III
Basic Operational Amplifier Circuits: Differential amplifier stages, current source, biasing, level shifting techniques,
common mode and differential mode gains and impedance of a differential stage, over load protection circuits, frequency
response and compensation.
*UNIT-IV
Comparator, sample and hold circuit basic concepts of multivibrator using transistor, design of bistable, monostable,
astable multivibrator using OP-AMP.
UNIT-V
Characteristics of ideal and non-ideal operational amplifier, error in measurement of various parameters, Integrator and
Differentiator, Instrumentation amplifier, bridge amplifier, Introduction to 555,565 and 723 ICs
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Microelectronics: Jacob Millam,McGraw Hill Book
2.Operational Amplifier and Applications by R.Gaikwad.
3.Op.Amp.Design and application by Tobey, Gramme and Huelsoman, McGraw Hill, Kogakusha.
4.Operational amplifier by Roy & Choudhary.
5.Pulse,Digital and Switching Waveform by Millman and Taub.
242
5 IT 31 OBJECT ORIENTED METHODOLOGIES
UNIT I:
Introduction ,object oriented development ,object oriented Terms, object module, object & classes link and
associations,generalization,grouping constructs, a sample object module ,advanced object modeling, aggregation, abstract
classes, multiple inheritance,metadata,candidate keys, constraints
UNIT II:
Dynamic modeling events & states, nested state diagrams, concurrency advanced dynamic modeling concepts, a sample
dynamic module, relation of objects & dynamic module, functional models, data flow diagrams,specufying
operations,constraints,a sample functional module.
UNIT III:
Design methodology, overview of analysis, problem statement, TM network, object modeling, various phases, dynamic
modeling, various phases, adding operations, refining the object model, system design, overview ,sub systems, allocating
subsystems, management of data stores,choosing software control,implementation,handling boundary conditions, trade
offs.
UNIT IV:
Object design, overview ,designing algorithms, design optimization ,optimization of control, adjustment of inheritance,
design of associations, object representations, physical packaging,documenting,design decisions.
UNIT V:
Comparison of methodologies ,information modeling ,notations, implementations ,programming languages ,data base
systems ,object oriented reusability ,extensibility ,robustness.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Object oriented modeling and design by James Rumbaugh,Michal Blaha,Williams premeriani,frwderick Eddy,William
Lorenson FHL1997.
5IT32 SYSTEMS SOFTWARE
UNIT I:
Evaluation of components of programming system e. g .assemblers ,loaders ,macros,compilers,evaluation of operating
system, functions of batch control language,facilities,machibe structure, machine language, assembly language
UNIT II:
Design of assemblers:pass1,pass 2 algorithms,symbol table construction & processing searching & sorting.
UNIT III:
Microinstructions, features of macro facility, implementation of single & two pass algorithms, macro calls within macros.
UNIT IV:
Loaders: loader schemes, general absolute, subroutine linkages, relocating loaders,design of absolute and direct linking
loaders, programming languages: functional modularity, asynchronous operation, multitasking
UNIT V:
Feature of HLL:functional modularity, asynchronous operation,multitasking,compiler,general model of a compiler, phases
of the compiler.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.System programming by J.J.Donovan
3. System programming by D.M.Dhamdhare
243
5 IT 32 SYSTEMS SOFTWARE
UNIT I:
Evaluation of components of programming system e. g .assemblers ,loaders ,macros,compilers,evaluation of operating
system, functions of batch control language,facilities,machibe structure, machine language, assembly language
UNIT II:
Design of assemblers:pass1,pass 2 algorithms,symbol table construction & processing searching & sorting.
UNIT III:
Microinstructions, features of macro facility, implementation of single & two pass algorithms, macro calls within macros.
UNIT IV:
Loaders: loader schemes, general absolute, subroutine linkages, relocating loaders,design of absolute and direct linking
loaders, programming languages: functional modularity, asynchronous operation, multitasking
UNIT V:
Feature of HLL: functional modularity, asynchronous operation,multitasking,compiler,general model of a compiler, phases
of the compiler.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.System programming by J.J.Donovan
2. System programming by D.M.Dhamdhare
5IT33 COMPUTER GRAPHICS
UNIT I:
Geometry and line generation:points,lines,planes,pixels and frames buffers, types of display devices,DDA and bresenham’s
algorithms, bresenham’s algorithms for circle generation, algorithm for ellipse generation..aliasing and antialiasing
UNIT II:
Graphics primitives: display files, algorithms for polygon generation, polygon filling algorithms,NDC (normalized device
co-ordinates),pattern filling,2D transformations:scaling,rotation,translation about arbitrary point reflections, zooming.
UNIT III:
Segment tables, operations on segments ,data structures for segments and display files, windowing and
clipping:window,viewport,viewing transformations ,clipping line and polygon clipping.
UNIT IV:
3d Graphics:3D primitives,projections,parallel,perspective,isometric,viewing transformations, hidden surfaces and line
removal,painter’s algorithm,Z-buffers,warnocks algorithm
UNIT V:
Curves and surfaces:Beziere and B-spline ,sweeping method of interpolation, raster graphics architecture: simple raster-
display system, display processor system, standard graphics pipeline.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Procedural elements for computer graphics by David F. Rogers,Mc Graw Hill.
2.computer graphics principles and practice by foley ,Vandam,Feiner & Huges-Addison Wesley
3.Principles of interactive computer graphics by Newman & Sproul.
4.mathematical elements for computer graphics by David Rogers and Adams.
244
5 IT –34
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
UNIT I:
Concept of management & administration, management process, management as a profession, task and responsibilities for
a professional manager and managerial skill required for a professional manager, modern approach .
UNIT II:
Function of management: outline and significance of planning, decision making, direct motivation, coordination,
communication, time management
UNIT III:
Financial management –financial statement ,ratio analysis, budgets, organization and working of Indian market.
UNIT IV:
Meaning , nature and scope of HRM human resource planning, procurement and development of human
resources(HR),organization, behavior, organizational change and development, quality of working life, management of
stream, conflict, counseling.
UNIT V:
Materials management :meaning, nature, scope of materials management,inventory control-E.O.Q.and ABC analysis,
store keeping and purchasing, outline of ISO 9000 and ISO 14000.
UNIT VI:
Marketing management and scope of marketing management , marketing concepts, market research , market segmentation,
consumer behavior and advertisements.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Principles of management by Kuntooz o.donnell.
2.Principles of management by P.C.Tripathi & P.N. Reddy,TMH pub.
3.financial management by chandra
4.human resource development management by M.Sheikh
5.Integrated material management by A.K.Mitra
6.Marketing management by Philipkatkar,Ramaswamy
245
6IT35 MICROPROCESSORS
UNIT I:
8085 microprocessor architecture, instruction set. addressing modes, memory organization & interfacing.
UNIT II:
Assembly language programming, using 8085,8085 interrupts,8255 PPI and its organization
UNIT III:
8254 programmable timer, organization & interfacing with 8085,8279 keyboard & display controller, organization
&interfacing with 8085,analog & digital interfacing using 8255,keyboard/display interfacing using 8255 & 8279.
UNIT IV:
Serial data transmission,USART 8251 & its organization & interfacing with 8085,8259 ,interrupts,controller,its
organization & interfacing with 8085 ,DMA controller 8257 & its organization.
UNIT V:
8086/8088 microprocessor ,architecture, instruction set,addressing modes,simple programs,memory organization and
interfacing.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Microprocessor architecture programming & application with 8080/8085 by Ramesh S.Gaonkar
2. 16 bit microprocessor by Triebel and A.Singh
3. 16 bit microprocessor by Liu and Gibson
REFERENCES:
1.Micrpprocessors and digital systems by D.V.Hall.
246
6 IT –36 VISUAL TECHNIQUES
UNIT I:
Understanding user interface, basic considerations in designing a proper interface consistency, robustness of user
friendliness, feedback, providing default values.
UNIT II:
Identifying user tasks, methods of accomplishing tasks, necessity of performing tasks ,event –driven programming,
traditional programming, advantages of event –driven interfaces, types of events in windows.
UNIT III:
Menus, file menu, edit menu, menu structures, examples ,undo and redo features, graying a menu entry ,TEXT buttons,
graphics buttons, examples.
UNIT IV:
Principles of good dialog box design, rules of thumb for dialog box design, kinds of dialog boxes, handling controls and
radio buttons using radio buttons check boxes.
UNIT V:
Use of list boxes and combo boxes, rules of thumb in setting list boxes and combo boxes, varieties of list & combo boxes,
examples.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Designing of GUI applications by Alex Leavens ,BPB Publications,1995
6IT-37 DATABASE MANAGEMENT
UNIT I :
Introduction to database systems:overview,file systems vs. DBMS,various data models, levels of abstraction,stuctures of
DBMS,relational model, relations and integrity constraints, relational algebra and calculus. SQL-basic,SQL query, nested
queries, aggregate operations, Embedded SQL,dynamic SQL, , views.
UNIT II:
File organisation:storage media, buffer management, record and page rmats, file organisation,various kinds of indexes and
external sorting.
UNIT III:
Query optimization and evaluation: introduction to query processing, selection Operation, projection operation, join
operation, set operation and aggregate operation, relational query optimization, translating SQL queries,mho algebra,
estimating the cost, relational algebra equivalence.
UNIT IV:
Database design: overview of data base design,ER model, features of ER model, conceptual design using ER model,
scheme refinement and normal forms, scheme refinement, use of decompositions, functional dependencies, normal
forms,muti valued dependencies.
UNIT V:
Concurrency control and recovery: concepts of transactioi,transactions and schedules,lock based concurrency control, lock
management, specialized locking tecniques,concurrency control without locking, crash recovery, introduction to cash
recovery, log recovery, check pointing, media recovery.
247
TEXTBOOKS:
1.Database management systems by Raghu Rama Krishnan,MGH,1999
2. Database systems concepts by Henry Korth and others.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Database management and design by G.W.Hansen and J.V.pansen,PHI,1999.
2.An introduction to database system by C.Desai,Galgotia pub,1998.
PRACTICAL based on above syllabus using ORACLE.
6IT-38 JAVA PROGRAMMING

UNIT I
Datatypes,variables,arrays,integers,floating point types,characters,Boolean,literal.operators:Arithmetic operators,bitwise
operators,relational,boolean,logical,assignment,the ?operators precedence,use of parentheses,control
statements:IF,switch,DO-WHILE,WHILE,FOR,Nested loop,break,continue return classes:fundamentals of classes,
declaring objects, assigning objects, reference variables,methods,constucter,variable handling and garbage
collectionMethods and classes: Overloading methods, using objectsasparameters,arguments passing,returing
objects,recursion,access control,undersranding static, introducing final, nested inner classes, storage classes, command line
arguments. Packages and Interface:packages,access protection, importing packages, interfaces. Exception handling:
Fundamentals exception trypes,uncaught exception, try—catch, displaying description of an exception, multiple catch
clauses, nested tri statements,throw,throws,finally,built in exceptions, creating own exception subclasses. Multithreaded
programming: JAVA thread model, thread priorities,synchronization,messaging,the thread class,runnable interface,
creating Thread, creating multiple thread, using is Alive(),join(),thread
Priority, synchronization, Inter Thread, communication, suspending, resuming, stopping threads, using multithreading.
UNIT III :
I/O Applets : I/O stream, bytes stream, character stream, pre-define stream, reading console input, reading character,
reading string, writing console output, the print write class, reading & writing files, applets fundamentals, transient and
volatile modifiers, using instants of, strictfp, native methods.
UNIT IV :
String handling : string constructor, special string operator, character extraction, string comparison, searching string,
modifying string, data conversion using value of (), changing case of characters within a string, string buffer.
UNIT V :
Networking : Networking basic socket overview, client/ server, reserved socket, proxy server, internet addressing ,
networking classes and interfaces, Factory method and instants methods TCP/IP client socket, URL, URL connections,
TCP/IP server sockets, datagrams.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. The complete References JAVA 2-3rd Ed. By Patrick Naughton, TMH Pub.
248
6IT-39 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Unit I:
Software and software engineering. The importance of software, software software myths, software engineering
paradigms, generic view of software engg,software matrices, measures and metrics,estimation,risk
analysis,scheduling,size oriented metrices,function oriented metrices,metrices of software quality
UNIT II:
Software project estimation and planning, decomposition techniques, LOC and FP estimation, effect ,estimation risk
analysis,identification,projection,assessment,management and monitoring, software reengineering, requirement analysis
tasks,analyst,software prototyping, specification principles, representation and the software requirements specification.
UNIT III:
Object oriented analysis and data modelling,object oriented concepts, identifying objects, specifying attributes,
definingoperations,inter object communication, finalizing object definition, object oriented analysis modelling,data
modelling,data objects, attributes and relationships, entity relationship diagrams, alternative analysis techniques,
requirement analysis methods, data structure oriented methods, data structured system dedevelopmentarner diagrams and
the DSSD approach ,jackson system development.
UNITIV: UNIT IV:

Software design fundamentals,The design process,designfundamentals,effective modular,design dataflow oriented
design,object oriented design concepts ,object oriented design methods,refining operations,program components &
interfaces, implementation detail design, user interface design, human factors, human computer interface design, interface
–design guidelines, interface standards.
UNIT V: UNIT V:
Software quality assurance, software quality factors, quality assurance, quality metrices,Halstead’s S/W science, software
testing techniques/W testing fundamentals, white box testing,blackbox testing, validation testing, system testing,
debugging software maintenance maintability,maintenance tasks, reverse engineering and re-engineering.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Software Engineering by Roger S.Pressman,McGraw Hill,Second Ed
2.Software Engineering by D. Bell, I.Morrey-PHI pub
249
6IT-40 OPERATING SYSTEMS
UNIT I:
Introduction: What’s an operating system,multiprogramming,time sharing real time systems,mutiprocessor system,
operating system services: types of the services, the user view, the operating system view. File System: File concept, file
support, access methods. allocation methods ,directory system, file protection, implementation issues.
UNIT II:
CPU Scheduling: Review of mutiprogramming,concept,scheduling concept, scheduling algorithms, algorithm
evaluation,mutiple processor scheduling
Disk and drum scheduling: physical characteristics, first come first serve scheduling, shortest seek time first scheduling,
SCAN ,selecting a disk scheduling algorithm, sector queuing.
UNIT III:
Memory Management:Preliminaries:Bare machine, resident monitor,swapping,multiple partition, paging, segmentations,
combined systems.
Virtual memory:Overlays,demand paging, performance of demand paging, page replacement, virtual memory concepts,
page replacement algorithms, allocation algorithm,thrashimng,other considerations
UNIT IV:
Deadlocks: The deadlock problem, deadlock characterrization,deadlock presentation, deadlock avoidance, combined
approach to deadlock handling.
Concurrent processes: precedence graph,speccification,review of process concept, hierarchy of process, the critical section
problem,semaphores,classical process coordination problem,interprocess communication
UNIT V:
Protection: goal of protection, mechanism & policies, domain of protection, access matrix. implementation of access
matrix, dynamic protection structures,rtevocation,Existing systems,language based protection, protection problems
security.
TEXT BOOKS
1.Operating system concepts by J.L.Peterson & Siliberschatz.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Operating System by Concept & Design by Milan Milenkovic
2.Operating system by Madnick & Donovan
3.An introduction to Operating Systems by H.M.Dietel
250
7IT41 COMPUTER NETWORKS AND INTERNET
UNIT I :
Introduction: The use of computer networks, networks for computers, network for people social issues, network
hardware.LAN’s,MAN’s,WAN’s.wireless networks, internet networks network software, protocol hierarchies, design
issues for layers, interfaces and services, connection oriented and connectionless servicews,service premitives,relationship
of services to protocols. the OSI reference model. TCP/IP reference model,Comparision of OSI & TCP/IP reference model
,critique of OSI model & protocols, critique of TCP/IP reference model. Example networks-novell
netware,APRANET,NSFNET,THE INTERNET,smds,x.25 network, frame relay, network standardization-who’s who in
the telecommunication world, who’s who in the international standards world.
UNIT II :
Physical Layer –The theoretical basis for data communication-Fourier analysis, bandwidth-limited signals, maximum data
rate of channel, transmission media- magnetic media, twisted pair coaxial cable, fiber optics, wireless transmission,
microwave transmission, infrared and millimeter waves,lightwave transmission. Telephone system-structure, politics of
telephones, local loop,trunnks and multiplexing,switchoing,narrowband ISDN-services,architecture,interface,perspective
on N_ISDN,broad band ISDN & ATM-virtual circuits versus circuit switching, transmission in ATM networks, TM
switches
UNIT III:
Data link layer-design issues-services provided to the network Layer,framing,error contrtol,flow control,error correcting &
detecting codes,elementary data link protocols, simplex stop and wait simplex protocol for noisy channel, sliding window
protocols, simplex stop and wait simplex protocol for noisy channel,slidingbwindow protocols-one bit protocol, go back
protocol, selective repeat protocol, the medium access sub layer – static and dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and
MAN’s, Multiple access protocol – ALOHA, CSMA, collision free protocol, limited contention protocol, wavelength
division multiple access protocols, wireless LAN protocol, IEEE Standard 802 for LAN and MAN’s –802.3 & Ethernet,
token bus. Token ring, comparison 802.6, 802.2
UNIT IV :
The network Layer – Design issues, services provided to the transport layer, internal organization, comparison of virtual
circuit and datagram subnets, routing algorithms, optimality principle, shortest path routing, flooding, flow-based routing,
distance vector routing, link state routing, hierarchical routing, broadcast & multicast routing, congestion control
algorithms, general principles, prevention policies, traffic shaping, flow specifications, congestion control in virtual circuit
subnets, choke packets, load shedding, jitter control, congestion control in multicasting, Internetworking– how networks
differ, concatenates Virtual circuits ,connectionless internetworking, tunneling internetwork routing, fragmentation,
firewalls, the Network layer in the internet – IP protocol, IP address, subnets, internet control protocol, OSPF, BGP,
internet multicasting.
UNIT V:
Transport and Application Layer – services provided to the upper layer, Quality of service transport service primitives,
elements of transport protocols, addressing, establishment a connection, releasing a connection, flow control & buffering,
multiplexing, crash recovery, network security – traditional cryptography, fundamental principles, secret-key algorithms,
public key algorithms, authentication protocols, digital signatures, social issues.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Networks Third Edition by Andrew Tanenbanum (PHI Pub.)
REFERENCES:
1. Data & Computer Communications, 5th Ed. By william Stallings (PHI Pub.)
2. Data & Network Communications by Michael A. Miler
3. Computer Networks & E-commerce by Parag Diwan (Pentagaon Pub.)
PRACTICALS based on above syallabus.
251
7IT42 DIGITAL SIGINAL PROCESSING
UNIT I:
Discrete time signals and systems, linearity, time variance, causality, stability properties of LTI casual system, response of
LTI system to various input, convolutions, Sampling theorem.
UNIT II :
Frequency Domain description of signals & systems, Fourier Transform of Discrete time signal, Properties of DFT, DFT’s
of typical discrete time signals.
UNIT III :
The Z-Transform properties, ROC’s relation with Fourier Transform, System function, Inverse Z-Transform, solution of
difference equation using unilateral Z-transform.
UNIT IV :
Digital filter design techniques : Design of FIR Filters based on Windows, Design of IIR digital filters from analog filters.
UNIT V :
Introduction to FET algorithms : Decimation in time- FET algorithms, decimation in frequency FET algorithms, DCT.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Digital Signal Processing: Alen V. Oppenheim, W. Schaffer(PHI Pub.)
2. Digital Signal Processing: Proskias & Monalkies (PHI Pub.)
REFERENCE:
1. Theory & Application of Signal Processing by Rabiner & Gold (PHI Pub.)
2. Digital Filter Design & Analysis by Andreas Antoniou (TMH Pub.)
PRACTICALS based on above syllabus using MATLAB & TMS C320 C50
252
7IT43 COMPUTER SYSTEM SECURITY
UNIT I:
Introduction : Attacks, services, mechanisms, security attacks, security services, a model for internet work security,
encryption model, stenography, classical encryption techniques, modern techniques - simplified DES, block cipher
principles, data encryption standard, strength of DES, differential and linear cryptanalysis, block cipher design principles,
block cipher modes of operation, algorithm – triple DES, international data encryption algorithm, blow fish, RC5, CAST,
RC2, characteristics of advance symmetric block ciphers.
UNIT II :
Confidentiality using conventional encryption : placement of encryption function, traffic confidentiality, key distribution,
random number generation, public key cryptography: principles, RSA algorithm, key management, Diffie – Hellman key
exchange, Elliptic curve remainder theorem, discrete logarithms.
UNIT III :
Message authentication and Hash functions : Authentication requirements, functions, codes, Hash function, security of
Hash functions and MACs. Hash and Mac algorithms : MD5 message digest algorithm, secure hash algorithm (SHA-1),
RIPEMD- 160,HMAC digital signatures and authentication protocols : Digital signatures, Authentication protocols, digital
signature standard.
UNIT IV :
Network security practice : Authentication applications – Kerberos, X.509 directory authentication service, Kerberos
encryption techniques, email security : Pretty good privacy, S/MIME, data compression using ZIP Radix-64 conversion,
PGP random number generation, IP security : Overview, Architecture, authentication header, encapsulating security
payload, combining security, associations, key management.
UNIT V :
Web security : Requirements, secure sockets layer and transport layer security, secure electronic transaction, networks
management security : basic concepts of SNMP, SNMPv1 community facility, SNMPv3.
System security : Intruders, viruses and worms – introders, viruses and related threats, Fire walls : design principles, trusted
system.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. cryptography and networks security principles and practice 2/e by William Stalings (Pearson Education
Prentice Hall)
2. Network security Essentials Applications & Standard by William Staling ( pearson Education, LPF)
REFERENCE:
1. cryptography in C and C++ by Michael Welschenbach (A press IDG Books India)
2. Introduction to data compression 2/e by Khalid Sayood (Morgan kaufmann/ Harcourt India).
253
7IT44/2 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
UNIT I
Introduction : AL Problems, AI technique, defining problems as a state space representation, problem characteristics,
production system characteristics, Heuristic search techniques : generate and test, hill climbing, best-first search,
problem reduction, constant satisfaction, means-ends analysis.
UNIT II
Knowledge Representation : Issues, predicate & proposition resolution, representing knowledge using rules, frames &
scripts, semantic networks, conceptual dependency, truth maintenance system.
UNIT III
Reasoning techniques : Elementary search techniques – depth first search, breadth first search, forward & backward
reasoning, winding, unwinding, recursive & backtracking algorithm, Uncertainty Reasoning – probability theory,
Bayerian networks, certainty factors methods, basics of fuzzy logic, nonmonotonics systems.
UNIT IV
Game playing : Minimax search, alpha-beta cutoffs, planning – block world problems, STRIPS, hierarchical planning,
nonlinear planning, Natural Language Processing – Grammer & Language. Chomsky hierarchy, transformational
grammar, case grammar, systemic grammar, semantic grammar, basic parsing technique, transition networks RTN, ATN,
semantic analysis & representation structures, natural language generation.
UNIT V
Learning : Block architecture of learning system, types of learning – rote learning, learning by taking advice, learning
from example, learning by analogy. Expert System – rule base architecture, non production system architectures, expert
system shell, knowledge acquisition, knowledge system building tools.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Artificial Intelligence by E. Rich & K. Knight (TMH Pub.)
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & Expert System by D.W. Patterson (PHI Pub.)
2. Principles of Artificial Intelligence by Nilsson N.J. (Narosa Pub.)
254
7IT44/1 OPERATIONS RESEARCH
UNIT I :
Definitions, characteristics and limitations of O.R., phases of O.R., modeling in O.R., tools and techniques of O.R., linear
programming, formulation, solution of L.P.P., graphical method, simplex method, duality in L.P.P.
UNIT II :
Allocation models – Assignment models multiple optima, prohibited assignment, transport model, prohibited and preferred
routes, degeneracy.
UNIT III:
Network analysis: Basic concept of network diagram, network construction,CPM,PERT,floats in network analysis, cast
analysis of project.
UNIT IV:
Queuing theory:Queing process, components of queuing system,M/M/I(OO/FIFO) model,simulation,monte carlo
simulation,comncept and application in various areas such as queuing system,network
UNIT V:
Maintaince and replacement problems: Models for routine maintained and preventive maintenance decision replacement
models that deteriorate with time and those fail completely.
TEXT BOOKS:-
1. Problems in Operation Research by P.K.Gupta & Man Mohan(Khanna Pub.)
1.Mathematical Models in Operation Research by J.K.Sharma(Macmillan Pub.)
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Operation research by Hiller & Liberman(Holden Day Inc. Sanfransisco)
2. Operation Research by Kantiswaroop & Gupta(S.Chand Pub.)
3. Principles of Operation Research by Wagner (PHI Pub.)
4. Operation Research by Dr.B.S.Goel & S.K.Mittal(Pragati Prakashan
255
7IT44/2 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
UNIT I
Introduction : AL Problems, AI technique, defining problems as a state space representation, problem characteristics,
production system characteristics, Heuristic search techniques : generate and test, hill climbing, best-first search,
problem reduction, constant satisfaction, means-ends analysis.
UNIT II
Knowledge Representation : Issues, predicate & proposition resolution, representing knowledge using rules, frames &
scripts, semantic networks, conceptual dependency, truth maintenance system.
UNIT III
Reasoning techniques : Elementary search techniques – depth first search, breadth first search, forward & backward
reasoning, winding, unwinding, recursive & backtracking algorithm, Uncertainty Reasoning – probability theory,
Bayerian networks, certainty factors methods, basics of fuzzy logic, nonmonotonics systems.
UNIT IV
Game playing : Minimax search, alpha-beta cutoffs, planning – block world problems, STRIPS, hierarchical planning,
nonlinear planning, Natural Language Processing – Grammer & Language. Chomsky hierarchy, transformational
grammar, case grammar, systemic grammar, semantic grammar, basic parsing technique, transition networks RTN, ATN,
semantic analysis & representation structures, natural language generation.
UNIT V
Learning : Block architecture of learning system, types of learning – rote learning, learning by taking advice, learning
from example, learning by analogy. Expert System – rule base architecture, non production system architectures, expert
system shell, knowledge acquisition, knowledge system building tools.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Artificial Intelligence by E. Rich & K. Knight (TMH Pub.)
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & Expert System by D.W. Patterson (PHI Pub.)
2. Principles of Artificial Intelligence by Nilsson N.J. (Narosa Pub.)
256
7IT44/3 VLSI DESIGN
UNIT –I
Switching algebra theorems,simplification of boolean functions using Karnaugh maps of combinational logic circuits,fault
detection and location in two level circuits ,clock concept in flipflops,shift registers.
UNIT II
Introduction to CMOS circuit,MOS Transistory theory,CMOS processing technology,circuit characterization and
performance estimation,CMOS circuit and logic design.
UNIT III:
Design of synchronous sequential machines usingh Mealy and Moore principles,minimization of state machines and their
standard for ms FPGA,PLA,PLG
UNIT IV:
Introductory concepts of VHDL and Verilog language,HDL based programs for
decoder,encoder,mutiplexer,counters,flipflops and finite state machines.
UNIT V:
Architecture of 8 bit and 16 bit processor namely 8085,8086 concepts of increasing the speed of processor,architecture of
other advanced processor,memory management ,memory controllers,Introductory concepts of USB AND PCI buses.
TEXTBOOKS:
1.Principles of CMOS VLSI Design by Weste and Eshraghian(Addison-Wesley
pub)
Reference BOOKS:
1.Digital logic computer Design by Morris Mano (PHI pub)
2.A VHDL Primer by Dr.Bhasker (Addison –Welsey Longman pub)
3.Verilog by palnitkar
4.VHDL by Nawabi (McGraw Hill pub)
5.VHDL by perry
6.Microprocessor Architecture programming annd Applications with 8080/8085
by R.S.Gaonkar(Wiley Eastern pub)
5.VHDL by Perry
6.Microprocessor and Digital Systems by D.V.Hall(TMH pub)
257
71T45/1 FUZZY SYSTEM AND NEURAL NETWORKS
UNIT-I:
Basics of Artificial Neural Networks, characteristics of neural networks, historical development of neural network
principles, model of neuron, basic learning in ANN:-supervised learning, unsupervised learning, reinforced learning
,competitive learning, the delta rule, gradient descent rule,Hebbian learning, parameters of ANN.ANN Topologies-
Modeling ANNs,ANN learning & program, learning algorithms.Discrimination ability-Learning separable
ANNs,multilinear ANNs,and nonlinear separable ANNs.
UNIT II:
McCulloch-Pitts model, perception-Original perceptron ,perceptron learning procedure,logic operations with simple layer
perceptron,delta learning procedure,logic operations with simple layer perceptron,delta learning
algorithms.ADALINE,MADALINE models,Winner-Takes-All learning algorithm,Backpropogation learning algorithm-
mathematical analysis,application and criticism.
UNIT III:
Hopfield model-Mathematical analysis,Hopfield learning algorithm,discete time ,Hopfield net and competitive learning
model. Simulated annealing,Boltzman machine.
UNIT IV:
Fuzzy logic-prepositional logic, membership function, fuzzy logic ,fuzzy rule generation, defuzzification of fuzzy logic,
time dependent fuzzy logic, Temporal Fuzzy Logic(TFL)-time invariant membership function, time variant membership
function,intervals,semilarge intervals, internal operators, temporal fuzzy logic syntax,defuzzification of temporal fuzzy
logic.
UNIT V:
Fuzzy Neural networks(FANN)-Fuzzy neural example,Neuro fuzzy control-traditional control,neural control,fuzzy
control,fuzzy neural control,applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Understanding Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic, Basic concepts and applications.
2.Fuzzy sets uncertainty and information by George Klir(PHI pub)
3.Neural Networks and fuzzy system by B. Kosko (PHI pub)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Neural Networks, algorithms, application and programming techniques by
J.P. Freeman & David M. Skapura(Perarson Education pub.)
2.Fuzzy neural control , principles, algorithms and applications by Junhong Nie and
Derek Linkens (PHI pub)
258
7IT45/2 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
UNIT I:
Multimedia- definations, CD-ROM and the multimedia highways, uses of multimedia introduction to making multimedia,
the stages of projects, requirements to make good multimedia, multimedia skills and training, the multimedia tea, training
opportunities in multimedia.
UNIT II
Multimedia hardware, Macintosh and windows production platforms, hardware peripherals connections, memory and
storage devices, input devices output hardware, communication devices, media software, basic tools, making instant
multimedia authoring tools.
UNIT III:
Multimedia building blocks- text, sound, images animations, video.
UNIT IV:
Assembling and delivering a project, planning and costing, designing and producing
content and talent, delivering, CD-ROM technology, DVD Tech.
UNIT V:
Multimedia and Internet- History, web servers, web browsers, VRML, working on the web: text, animation, images and
sound for the web, multimedia applications, media communication, media consumption, media entertainment and
multimedia games.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Multimedia Making Work- by Tay Vaughan (TMH), 3rd Ed.
REFERENCE:
1. Multimedia systems design by K.Andleigh, K. Thakkar (PHI Pub.)
2. Multimedia: Computing Communications & Applications
By Ralf Stein and Klara Nahrstedt.
3. Advanced Multimedia Programming by Steve Rimmer (McGraw Hill Pub.)
4. Multimedia Literacy by Fred T. Hoftstetter(McGraw Hil Pub.)
259
7IT45/3 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
UNIT I:
Monochrome image representation and processing system (Block diagram), Basic relationship between pixels, neighbors
of pixels, connectivity, labeling of connected components, Relation equivalent and transitive closure, distance measure,
arithmetic and logical operation, application of image processing.
UNIT II:
Image Enhancement : point operation, histogram modeling, spatial operation, transform operation, multi-spectral image
enhancement, color image processing and enhancement, DFT, DCT.
UNIT III:
Image Compression : Compression fundamentals, error free compression, variable length coding, bit plane coding, run line
coding, entropy coding, loss less predictive coding, Huffman’s coding, lossy compression, lossy predictive coding,
transform coding.
UNIT IV:
Image Restoration : Degradation model, diagonalization of circulant and block circulant matrices, algebraic approach to
restoration, inverse filtering, weiner filtering restoration, interactive restoration, restoration in spatial domain, coordinate
transformation and geometric correction.
UNIT V:
Image segmentation and representation : Detection of discontinuities, point detection, line detection, edge detection, image
thresholding, role of illumination, global thresholding, region oriented segmentation, basic formulation, region growing by
pixel aggregation, region splitting and merging, image representation, chain codes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital Image Processing by R.C.Gonzalez, R.E.Woods (Addision Wesley Pub.)
2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing by A.K.Jain (PHI Pub.)
REFERENCE:
1. Fundamentals of Electronics Image Processing by A. R. Weeks.
7IT45/4 CAD/CAM
UNIT I:
Introduction CAD/CAM define, product cycle & CAD/CAM automation & CAD/CAM. Fundamental of CAD/CAM
design process, Application of the computer for design, creating and manufacturing database benefits of CAD.
UNIT II:
Hardware in CAD design workstation, the graphics terminal, operator, input devices plotter & other output devices, CPU
secondary storage, Computer graphics software and database, the software confirmation of a graphics system, function of a
graphics package constructing the geometry, transformation database structure.
UNIT III:
Conventional numerical control, fundamental of CAM, NC concepts basic components of NC systems. The NC procedure
NC coordinate systems, NC motion control systems application of NC economics of NC.
UNIT IV:
NC part programming the punched tape in NC tape coding and format manual part programming computer assisted part
programming, Art Language NC programming with interactive voice NV programming.
UNIT V:
Computer control NC problem with conventional NV, CNC, DNC, combined DNC systems, adaptive control machine
systems, production planning and control.
260
TEXT BOOK :
1. CAD/CAM by P. Grover, Emory W. Zimmers Jr. (McGraw Hill Pub.)
REFERENCE :
1. CAD/CAM Theory & practice by I.Zeid (TMH Pub.)

2. Computer Aided Design : Software and Analytical Tools by Rajiv S. Krishnamurthy C.S. (Narosa Pub.)
3. CAD/CAM by P. Radhakrishnamurthy and Subramanyam (Wiley Eastern Pub.)
7IT45/5 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
UNIT I:
Meaning, nature and scope of MIS, decision support, systems approach, the system view of business, MIS organization
with in industrial and business unit, managers views of information system, development of management organizational
theory, management and organization, behavior, information, data.
UNIT II:
Planning with MIS, need for planning, characteristic of plan, strategy & development of plan, role of MIS in strategy
development & strategy planning decision, from strategic plans to short range plans.
UNIT III:
Meaning, nature & feature of organization, organization and information system structure, management & decision making
and MIS, MIS as a technique for mailing programmed decision & non-programmed decision assisting information system.
UNIT IV:
Nature of conceptual design of an MIS. Preparing member of the organization for change, studying, managerial and
functional process systems, determining information needs, determining information sources, outlining general information
flow and database system, hardware and software configuration, documenting the conceptual design.
UNIT V:
Organization for implementation, planning the implementation, organization training and development, acquisition,
conversion, testing, operation, evaluation and maintenances.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Management Information Systems Concepts & Design by Robert G. Murdic (PHI Pub.)
REFERENCE:
1. Management Information Systems by S. Sadagopan (PHI Pub.)
2. Management Information Systems by James A. Obrien (Galgotia Pub.)
3. Management Information Systems the Managers View by Robert Schultueis and Mary Sumnanov.
4. Management Information Systems by A. K. Gupta (S.Chand Pub.)
261
8IT47 DISTRIBUTED DATABASES &
OBJECT ORIENTED DATABASES
UNIT I:
Distributed database features – distributed database management systems- review of databases and computer networks,
levels of distribution transparency, references architecture, type of data fragmentation, distribution transparency for read
only applications and update applications, distributed database access primitives and integrity constraints.
UNIT II:
Distributed database design, a frame work for distributed database design, the design of database fragmentation, the
allocation of fragments, translation global queries to fragment queries, equivalence transformation for queries,
transforming global queries into fragment queries, distributed grouping and aggregate function evaluation, parameter
queries.
UNIT III:
Query optimization, problem in query optimization, objectives in query process optimization, simpler representation of
queries, model for query optimization, join query, general queries, concept of two phase commit, resolving distributed
transaction, concept of replication, snapshot on replication and multimaster replication, conflict resolution in multimaster
replication concurrency control and database recovery in distributed database.
UNIT IV:
The evolution of object oriented concepts, object-oriented concepts, characteristics of an object-oriented data model, object
schemas, class-subclass relationship, interobject relationships, late and early binding, support for versioning, Similaries &
differences between OODM and other data models, features of an object-oriented databases management system,
OODBMS architectural approaches-extended relational model approach, semantic databases approach, object oriented
databases programming language extension approach, DBMS generator approach, object definition language and object
query language.
UNIT V:
OODBMS architectures, performances issues in OODBMS, application selection for OODBMS, database design for an
object relational database management system (ORDBMS), structured types & ADTs object identity, extending ER
model, using nested collections, storage and access methods, query processing, query optimization, design and
architecture of POSTGRES, distributed computing in CORBA and EJB.
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Distributed data bases principle and systems by Ceri & Pelagatti (McGraw Hill Pub.)
2. Fundamental of Databases System by Elmisky & Navathe (3rd Ed. Addison Welsey)
3. Object Oriented Databases System –Approaches & Architectures by C.S.R. Prabhu (PHI Pub.)
REFERENCES:
1.Databases System – Design Implementation & Management by Peter rob & Carlos Coronel. (Course Tech.)
2.Databases Management Systems by Raghu Ramakrishnan & Johannes Gehrke. (McGraw Pub.)
3.Oracle 8I Distributed Databases Replication Manual
262
8IT48 WEB TECHNOLOGIES
UNIT I :
Basic tools of internet access, email, ftp, news, www, anarchie, introduction to internet programming, sockets :
connections, attributes domains, types and protocols (sockets). Creating and closing sockets, socket communication, client
server application using C on Linux platform.
UNIT II :
Standard use for www documents on internet, HTTP, MIME, SGML, DTD, MTNL, URL, URL, HTML tags, special
characters, images, tables, forms, the hyperlinks, HTML URL’s serving HTML pages.
UNIT III :
CGI : CGI programming using C.
UNIT IV :
XML basics, understanding markup languages, structures and syntax, valid Vr. Well formed XML, DTD (document type
Definitions) classes.
UNIT V :
Scripting XML, XML processor, parent child relationship, XML as a data, data type in XML, XML namespaces, linking
with XML, simple link, the HTML way, XSL : XML with style, style sheet basics, XSL style sheets.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. XML in action web technology by William J. Pardi (PHI Pub.)
Reference Books :
1. Step by Step XML by Michael J. Young (PHI Pub.)

2. Designing Interactive Web sites by James I. Mohler & John M. Duff (Thomson Learning)
1. Socket programming and CGI using C on Linux platform

2. HTML, XML web page designing.
263
8IT49 ELECTRONICS COMMERCE
UNIT I :
Introduction to electronics-commerce : The scope of E-COM, E-COM and trade cycle, electronic market, electronic data
interchange, internet commerce, E-Commerce in perspective, the value chain, supply chains, Electronics Commerce
Software : What kind of software solutions Do you need ? marketing smarts, hosting services, basic packages, midrange
package, enterprise solutions for large firms.
UNIT II :
Business to Business Electronics-commerce : Inter-organizational transactions, electronics, electronics markets, electronics
data interchange (EDI), EDI-technology, EDI and business, inter organizational e-com.
UNIT III :
Business to consumer electronic commerce : consumer trade transactions, the elements of e-commerce – elements, e-
visibility, the e-shop, online payment, delivering the goods, after sales service, internet e-com security, a website evolution
mode.
e-business : Internet book shops, grocery supplier, software supplies and support, electronic newspaper, internet banking,
virtual auctions, on-line share-dealing, e-diversity.
UNIT-IV:
Security threats to E-Commerce : Security overview, intellectual property threats, electronics commerce threats, CERT
(Computer Emergency Response Team) Implementing security for E-COM : protecting E-COM assets, protecting
intellectual property, protecting client computers, protecting E-COM channels, ensuring transaction integrity, protecting
the commerce software.
UNIT V:
Electronics payment system : The basics of electronics payment systems. Electronics cash, electronics wallets, smart cards,
credit and charge cards. The environment of electronic commerce : international legal, ethical and tax issues : International
nature of electronics commerce, the legal environment of electronics commerce, taxation and E-COM, business plans for
implementing E-COM : Planning the E-Commerce project, managing electronic commerce implementation.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. e-Commerce by David Whiteley (McGrew Hill Pub.)
2. Electronics-Commerce by Gary P. Schneider & James T. Perry.
(COURSE TECHNOLOGY Thomson Learning)
REFERENCE:
1. Business on the net by K.N.Agarwal, A.Lal, Deekjha Agarwal (Macmillan Pub.)
264
8IT50/1 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
UNIT I:
INTRODUCTION : Business needs and ERP, ERP as an overview, entries as an overview, Benefits of ERP, ERP and
related technologies, ERP architecture, business process reengineering, data warehousing, data mining, on line analytical
processing supply choice management.
UNIT II:
ERP IMPLEMENTATION :Client server architecture and ERP, ERP implementation life cycle, implementation
methodologies, ERP implementation – The hidden cost, organizing implementation, vendors, consultants and users,
contracts with vendors, consultants and employees, project management and monitoring. After ERP implementation.
UNIT III
THE BUSINESS MODULE : Business models in an ERP packets, finance, manufacturing human resource, plant
maintenance, materials management, quality management sales and distribution.
UNIT IV
Selection of ERP, SWOT analysis of various ERP products supply chain enabled ERP.
UNIT V
ERP and Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) integration, ERP in manufacturing and non-manufacturing industries.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ERP Demystified by Aleris Leon (TMH Pub.)
2. Enterprise Resource Planning by Parag Diwan and Sunil Sharma (Pentagoan Pren.)
8IT50/2 FIBRE OPTICAL COMMUNICATION
UNIT –I
Fiber optic communication system : Principles of optical communication – attributes & structures of various fibers,
propagation in fibers, ray model, numerical aperture and multipath despersion in SI & GI fiber, modes and power flow in
fibers.
UNIT-II
Manufacture of fiber & cables, fiber joints, splices and connectors, distribution networks & components, switches, fiber
optic isolator, repeaters.
UNIT-III
Signal degradation in fibers, optical sources, P-I-N & avalanche photo detector, operation & performance, optical receiver-
operation & performance.
UNIT-IV
Transmission link-point to point links, WDM, data buses, star, directional & T-coupler, NRZ, RZ & block codes, optical
networks.
UNIT-V
Measurements in OF-attenuation, dispresion, RI profile, optical source character tics, monomode fiber characteristic
measurements, Ete pattern technique, system design, analog system & digital system.
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Optical Fiber Communication by G. Keiser, McGraw Hill.
2. Fiber Optic Communication by Joseph C. Palais (PHI, 3rd Ed.)
Reference:
1. Optical Fiber Communication Principles and Practice by john Senior (PHP International)
2. Optical Communication System by J. Gower (PHI).
265
8IT50/3 MODELLING & SIMULATION
UNTI-I
System Models : concepts of a system, system environment, stochastic activities continuous & discrete systems, system
modeling, types of models static physical models, dynamic physical models, static & dynamic mathematical models,
principles used in modeling.
System Studies : Subsystems, a corporate model, environment segment, production segment, management segment, the full
corporate model, types of system study, system analysis design & postulation.
UNIT-II
System simulation :the technique of simulation, the montecarlo method, comparison of simulation and analytical methods,
experimental nature of simulation, types of system simulation numerical computation technique for continues & discrete
models, distributed lag models, cobweb models. Continuous System Simulation – continuous system models, differential
equation, analog computers, analog methods, hybrid computer, digital-analog simulators, CSSLS, CSMP-III, hybrid
simulation, feedback systems, simulation of an autopilot, interactive systems, real-time simulation.
UNIT-III
System Dynamics- Historical background, exponential growth models & decay models, modified exponential growth
models, logistic cures, generalization of growth models, system dynamics diagrams, multi-segments models, time delay,
feedback in socio-economic systems, biological example, world models, the dynamo language.
Probability Concepts in Simulation – Stochastic variables, discrete probability functions, continuous probability functions,
measures of probability functions, continuous uniformly distributed random numbers, computer generation of random nos.,
a uniform random number generator, generating discrete distributions, non-uniform continuously distributed random
numbers, the rejection methods.
UNIT-IV
Arrival Pattern & Service Times : Congestion in system, arrival patterns, poison arrival pattern, exponential distribution,
coeffient of variation, Erlang distribution, hyper-exponential distribution, service times, normal distribution, queuing
discipline, measures of queues, mathematical solutions of queuing problems, utilization as design factor, grade of service.
UNIT-V
Discrete System Simulation : discrete events, representation of time, generation of arrival patterns, simulation of telephone
system, delayed calls, simulation programming tasks.
Introduction to GPSS : GPSS programs, general description, action times, succession of events, choice of paths, simulation
of manufacturing shop, facilities & storage, gathering statistics, conditional transfers, program control statements priorities
& parameters, standard numerical attributes, functions, simulation of a super market, GPSS model, of simple telephone
system.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. System Simulation second Edition by Geoffrey Gordon (PHI Pub.)
2. System Simulation with Digital Computer by Narsingh Deo (PHI Pub.)
Reference:
1. “System Simulation “ the Art & Science by Shannon R.E. (PHI Pub.)
2. The Application of GPSS to Discrete System Simulation by Gorden, Englewood Cliffs (PHI)
266
8IT50/4 REAL-TIME SYSTEMS
UNIT-I
Typical real time application : Digital control, high-level controls, signal processing other applications. Hard versus soft
time system: Jobs & processors, release times, deadlines, timing, constraint, Hard & Soft timing constraint, Hard real time
systems : soft real time systems : A Reference model of Real-time systems, processors and resources, temporal parameters
of real-time workload, periodic Task model, precedence constraint & data dependencies other types of dependencies,
functional parameters, resource parameter of Jobs & parameters of resources, scheduling Hierarchy.
UNIT-II
Approach to real time scheduling : Clock-driven approach, weighted round-robin approach, priority-driven approach,
dynamic versus static systems, effective release times and deadlines, optimality of EDF & LST algorithms, nonoptimality
of the EDF & LST, challenges in validating timing constraints in priority-driven systems, off line versus on-line
scheduling, clock driven scheduling, notation & assumptions, static timer-driven scheduler, general structure of cyclic
schedules, cyclic executives, improving the average response time of a periodic jobs, scheduling sporadic jobs, practical
consideration and generalizations, algorithms for constructing static schedules, pros-cons of clock-driven scheduling.
UNIT-III
Priority-driven scheduling of periodic tasks: Static assumptions fixed-priority versus dynamics priority algorithms,
maximum schedulable utilization, optimality of the RM & DM algorithms, a schedulableility test for fixed priority tasks
with short response times & with arbitrary response times, sufficient schedulability conditions for the RM & DM
algorithms, practical factors, scheduling a periodic & sporadic jobs in priority-driven sysetms: assumptions & approaches,
deferrable servers, sporadic servers, constant utilization, total bandwidth and weighted fair-queuing servers, slack stealing
in dead-line driven systems, slack stealing in fixed-priority systems, scheduling of sporadic jobs, real time performance for
jobs with soft timing constraints, a two level scheme for integrated scheduling.
UNIT-IV
Resources and resource access control : assumption on resources and their usage, effects of resource contention & resource
access control, non preemptive critical sections, basic priority-inheritance protocol, basic priority-ceiling protocol, stack-
based priority –ceiling protocol, use of priority-ceiling protocol in dynamic-priority systems, preemption-ceiling protocol,
controlling accesses to multiple-unit resources, controlling concurrent accesses to data object., multiprocessor scheduling,
resource access control and synchronization : model of multiprocessor & distributed systems, task assignment,
multiprocessor priority-celing elements of scheduling algorithms for end-to end tasks in heterogeneous systems,
predictability and validation of dynamic multiprocessor system flexible applications, tasks with temporal distance
constraints.
UNIT-V
Real-time Communication: model of real time communication, priority-based service discipline for switched networks,
weighted round-robin service discipline, medium-access control protocols of broadcast network and resource reservation
protocols, real-time protocol, communication in multicomputer systems.
Operating systems : Overview time services & scheduling mechanisms, other basic. OS functions, processor reserves and
resource kernel, open system architecture, capability of commercial Real-time OS, predictability of general purpose
operating systems.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Real time Systems by Jane W.S. Lin (Pearson Education Asia Pub.)
267
8IT51/1 MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
UNIT I:
Introduction to wireless communication, introduction to cellular system, wireless transmission: frequencies for radio
transmission, signal prorogation
UNIT II:
Introduction to medium access control:TDMA,CDMA GSM:System architecture[rotocols,localization and calling
,handover
UNIT III:
Modulation Tecniques:QPSK transmission and detection techniques,quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM),transmitter
& receiver.
Spread spectrum: direct sequence and frequency hoping
UNIT IV:
Wireless LAN:IEEE 802.11Wireless ATM:Services, reference model, functionsSatellite
Systems:GEO,LEO,MEO<routing, localization and handover
UNIT V:
Mobile network Layer: Mobile IP,dynamic host,configuration proitocol,adhoe networks.
Mobile transport layer: traditional TCP,indirrect TCP & mobile TCP, Architecture of wireless Application protocol (WAP)
TEXTBOOKS:
1.Mobile communication by Jochen Schiller(Addison Wesley pub)
2.Wireless Communication principles & Practice by T.S.Rappaport(PHI pub)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Mobile communications Design Fundamentals by William C.Y.Lee(john Wiley & Sons
pub)
268
8IT51/2 PATTERN RECOGNITION
UNIT I:
Statistical Decision Theory,Probability-probilities of events, random variables, joint distribution & densities,
moments of random variables, estimation of parameters from samples, minimum risk estimators.
UNIT II:
Statistical Decision Theory ,probability-probabilities of events, random variables, joint distribution & densities ,moments
of random variables, estimation of parameters.
UNIT III:
Non parametric decision Making-Histograms,kernel and window estimators, nearest neighbor classification techniques,
adaptive decision boundries,adaptive discriminate functions, minimum squared error estimation functions, choosing a
decision making technique.
UNIT IV:
Clustering-Introduction ,hierarchical clustering,partitional clustering
UNIT V:
Processing of waveforms and images-Gray level
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Pattern recognition & Image Processing by Ealr Gose, Richard Johnsondaugh & Steve Jost. (PHI Pub.)
Reference:
1. Fundamentals of digital signal processing by A.K. Jain
269
8IT51/3 ADVANCE MICROPROCESSOR
UNIT-I
Memory organization & interfacing of 8086, interfacing of peripherals PPI 8255, PTI 8254, PIC 8259 with 8086.
UNIT-II
Interfacing of DMAC 8257, CRT controller 6845, USART 8251 with 8086. 8087 Numerical Data processor, its
architecture & programming.
UNIT-III
80386 Processor-its architecture, pin functions, addressing modes, instruction set, simple assembly programming,
assembler directives.
UNIT-IV
Real & protected modes of 80386, memory management, multitasking, segmentation, paging, cache & virtual memory.
UNIT-V
Pentium Microprocessor-introduction, register organization, memory management, Pentium instructions.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Programming and Interfacing of 8086/8088, by D.V.Hall, Lui Gibson
2.The Intel Microprocessor, 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286/80386, 80486, Pentium pro processor Architecture,
programming and interfacing by Barry B. Brey (4th edition)(PHI Pub.)
Reference:
1. Advanced Microprocessor by A.K.Roy & Bhurchandi (TMH Pub.)
2. The 8086/8088 family, Design programming and interfacing by John Uffenbeck (PHI Pub.)
270
8IT51/4 PARALLEL PROCESSING
UNIT-I
Introduction to parallel processing : memories and IO subsystem : Evolution of computer system, parallelism in
uniprocessor system, parallel computer structure, architecture classification schemes, parallel processing application,
Hierarchical memory structure, virtual memory system, memory allocation and , management, I/O subsystem.
UNIT-II
Pipelining and vector processing : Pipeline, overlapped pipelining, instruction and arithmetic pipelining, pipelined
processor, vector processing, vector processor, architecture of cray-1, parallel memory organization.
UNIT-III
Array Processor : SIMD array processor, (organization and inter connection networks), Parallel algorithms for array
processor, SIMD matrix multiplication, parallel sorting on array processor, associative array processing, associative
memory organization associative processors.
UNIT-IV
SIMD Computer and Multiprocessor Architecture : III iac-IV System architecture and its applications, performance
enhancement methods, parallel memory allocation, array processing, languages, multiprocessors, loosely and tightly
coupled multiprocessor, time shared and crossbar interconnection networks, parallel memory organization, interleaved
memory configuration.
UNIT-V
Multiprocessing control and Data Flow Computers : Interprocesscommunication mechanisms system deadlocks and
protection parallel algorithms for multiprocessors, classifications of parallel algorithms data driven computing, data flow
computer architecture.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing by Hwang & Briggs (Mc-Graw Hill Pub.)
Reference:
1. Advanced Computer Architecture by Kai Hwang (McGraw Hill Pub.)
C:\ABB\AICTE\2012-13\mandatory discloure\Anx-IX-syllabus.doc
271
M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering Design
Four Semester Full Time Course
DETAILED SYLLABUS
SEMESTER - I
1MED - 01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Unit I : Boundary value Problems :

Linear second order partial differential equations in two independent variables ,normal, forms, hyperbolic, parabolic and
elliptic equations, cauchy’s problem.
Unit II : The Wave Equations :

Solution of the initial value problem. signification of characteristic- displacement in a long string vibration of an elastic
membrance.
Unit III : Parabolic and Elliptic Equations :

Fourier integrals, Fourier integral transforms, diffusion on an infinite interval, semi-infinite interval . The Laplace
equation and Poisson equation -properties of harmonic functions, Poisson integral formula for a circle, Fourier
transform solutions .
Unit IV : Calculus of Variations :

Concepts of functionals and their stationary value, Euler's equations and solution for the basic problem and for more
general cases variational problems with moving boundaries conditional variational problems, isoparametric problems,
direct methods Ritz, kantorovich and Galerkin techniques .
Unit V : Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations :

Solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's Equation an a rectangular region by Liebmann's methods, diffusion equation by the
explicit and Cranck- Nicholson, implicit methods, stability and convergence criteria, solution of wave equation by finite
differences .
Tutorials :- Based on above syllabus.
References :
1. L.C. Andrews and B.K. Shivamogi Integral transforms for Engineering’s and Applied mathematicians Mac Millan
[1988]
2. N.D.Raisinghania ,Integral transforms [including Boundary Value Problems] S.Chand [1988]
3. R.V.Churchill, Operational mathematics McGraw Hill, 1972.
4. Elgolts, L. Different equations and Calculus of variation , Mir Publishers,1970.
5. M.K.jain S.R.K. Iyengar and R..K. Jain Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation, Wiley
Eastern Ltd. 1985.
6. Gerald C.F. and Wheatley, P.O. Applied numerical Analysis ,Addison Wesley, 1984.
7. M.R.Spiegel ,[Advanced, Mathematics for Engineering and Scientists, [Schaum Outline Series ] McGraw Hill , 1987,
III Edition.
1MED - 02 ADVANCED MECHANISMS
Unit I : Introduction to kinematic synthesis type number and dimension synthesis practical applications, degree of freedom
class -I, class-II chain Grumblers criteria, concept of transmission angle.
Unit II : Synthesis of planner mechanism: Introduction to function generation, path generation, path generation & rigid
body guidance. Problems, accuracy points cgebtcgev's spacubg, Graphical approaches for synthesis for above problem
Central point curve, circle point curve ,point position, inflection circle Bo bullion construction, Euler's savory equation,
Hartman construction, vector approach & matrix approach, rotation matrix, displacement matrix, Freudensteins equation,
computer approach for the above problem .
272
Unit III : Optimal synthesis of planar mechanisms, Powells search methods least square method penalty function computer
approach.
Unit IV : Kinematic analysis & synthesis of spatial mechanisms Hi notations screw matrix, kinematic analysis for linkages
like R-S-S-R, R-C-P-R-C etc.
Unit V : Introduction to kinematics synthesis of Robot arms.

Tutorials : Based on above syllabus.
References :
1. Tao, D.C. Applied Linkages.
2. Erdman & Sandor , Advanced Mechanisms, Vol.- I,II,
3. Denavit & Hartenberg, Kinematic Synthesis
1MED - 03 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY
Unit I : Dynamics of Mechanisms :

Forces in mechanisms, friction in links connection, stress distribution in links. Various approaches for dynamic analysis :
Lagranje’s, Recursive Lagranj’s.
Unit II : Dynamic Motion Analysis :

Energy distribution method, The rate of change of energy method, Balancing of linkages and flywheel requirements.
Lagranjian’s Euler formulation, Hamilton’s Formulation, variation mechanics.
Unit III : Rotor Dynamics :

Torsional Vibration in reciprocating machines, Critical speed, bending vibration of rotating shaft .Out of balance, balance
of rigid rotors, whirling speed of shaft, hydrodynamic instability .
Tutorial :
Based on above syllabus.
References :
1. S.Timoshenko ,Vibration Problems in Engineering.
2. Marplex ,Dynamics of machinery.
3. J.S.Rao,Rotor Dynamics.
4. Housner ,Advanced Dynamics.
1MED - 04 COMPUTER AIDED MECHANICAL DESIGN
Unit I : Introduction to CAD/CAM and product cycle, Role of Computers in the design process. Requirement of
Hardware & Software in CAD. Representation of Line, Circle, & Other analytic curves, Algorithms & Programs. Drafting
of machine elements with dimension and tolerances using 2-D drafting packages. Graphic standards GKS [Graphical
Kernel System ] IGES [Initial Graphic Exchange Specifications].
Unit II : CAD of Machine Elements :

Development of interactive design programs [with drafting] for machine elements, incorporating choice of materials and
other parameters, Generation of several alternate designs and evaluation.
Unit III : Geometric Modeling :

Mathematical representation of Hermit cubic, Bezier & B-spline curves. Introduction to difference type of surfaces and
solids generated in surface and solid model respectively . Assembly modeling and interference checking .
Practical :
Based on above syllabus with emphasis on
i) Programming for creating graphic entities .
ii) Programming for machine parts with drafting facility.
References:
273
1. Groover , M.P. and Zimmers ,E.W CAD/CAM, Computer Aided Design and manufacturing, Prentice Hall of India
1986.
2. Ibrahim Zeid, CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill, 1991.
3. Dimarogons, A.D. Computer Aided Machine Design, Prentice Hall,1986.
4. Ranky, P.G. Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall,1986.
5. Radhakrishanan,P. and Kothandaraman, C.P. Computer Graphics & Design, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi, 1990.
6. Software Manuals on GEODRAW, GEOMOD, and SUPERTAB, Structural Dynamics Research Corporation, U.S.A.
1986.
1MED - 05 VIBRATION ANALYSIS
Unit I : Review of Fundamentals:

Vibration problems in engineering causes and effects of vibration relevance of vibration analysis continuum and discrete
modeling lumped parameter systems free vibration and response to damped single degree freedom systems. Frequency
response function-amplitude and phase plots mechanical impedance and mobility vibration isolation.
Unit II : Response of Systems to Arbitrary Periodic Excitation :

Duhamel’s integral impulse response function shock spectra Laplace and Fourier transform methods.
Unit III : Multi Degree Freedom Systems:

Matrix formulation Eigen values and Eigen formulation matrix iteration techniques normal modes and orthogonal transient
response of multi degree freedom system mode superposition technique torsional oscillations of multi rotor systems.
Unit IV : Continuous Systems .

Longitudinal and transverse vibration of beams-forced response of beams. Vibration of plates finite element techniques in
vibrational analysis.
Unit V : Vibration Instrumentation :

Vibration measurements instrumentation electrodynamics exciters impact hammers piezoelectric accelerometers signal
conditioning and amplification preamplifiers and power amplifiers real time analysis digital Fourier transforms FFT
analysis structural frequency response measurement random sinusoidal and transient test methods model testing of beams.
Unit VI : Noise Control :

Sound and Noise parameters prorogation of sound noise in carious machinery's noise measurements techniques. Noise
Control Techniques, Sound absorption , sound insulation , methods.
Practical :
Based above syllabus with emphasis on Vibration Measurement on equipment in Field of Factory.
References :
1. J.S. Rao and K. Gupta Advanced theory of vibration. Willey Eastern.1992.
2. P.Srinivasan Mechanical Vibration Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 1982.
3. N. L. Meirovitch , Elements of vibration Analysis, McGraw Hill New York 1986.
4. J.P.Den Hartog Mechanical Vibration (4th edition McGraw Hill, New York 1985.
5. Timoshenko, Engineering vibration.
6. Irwin & Garf , industrial Noise & Vibration Control.
7. R.A. Collacott, Vibration Monitoring and diagnosis, John Willey, New York, 1979.
8. M. Petyt , Introduction to Finite Element Vibration Analysis Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge 1990.
274
SEMESTER II
2 MED - 01 ADVANCED MECHANICAL DRIVES
Unit I : Belt Drives: Belt vibrations, additional stress due to vibration, modern development in toothed belt, fatigue,
synchronization, slip due to wear. Dynamics & vibration of Arms of Pulleys by three Approaches (1) Equal sharing of
load zone (2) Equilibrium of rim (3) FEM Approach.
Unit II : Gears : Detailed dynamics of gear tooth, spur tooth vibrations, Estimation of additional stress under vibration.
Fatigue in tooth due to contact stress. Exact estimation of gear mesh frequencies in signature analysis.
Unit III : Gear Boxes: Kinematic Analysis of complex gear trains, Force Analysis including gyroscopic effects,
Vibration Analysis of Gearboxes, Lubrication Methods, Contamination of Lubrication Oils, wear debris analysis.
Unit IV : Chain Drives : Detailed dynamics of chains considering Rolling friction of hanging portion of tracks,
Resistance of sprocket bearings, Resistance due to chain stiffness , chain vibrations : Lateral & longitudinal, wear debris
formation & effect on efficiency, impact loads in chains. Analysis of power & conveyor chains .
Unit V : PIV Drives: Concept, Need, Classification & Types. Detailed kinematics & dynamics of 4/5 important drives.
Unit VI : Couplings: Stress analysis of coupling bolts during one rotation, Rubbing of coupling pins & its effect on
signature, Analysis due to misalignment, Degree of shock absorption due to flexible elements in flexible couplings.
References :
1. Gear, Spur Helical ,Worm by Earle Buckingham ,McGraw Hill.
2. Rothebirt Mechanical Design & Systems Handbook McGraw Hill
3. Handbook of shaft Alignment
4. M.P.Alexandrov, MATEIALS HANDING EQUIPMENT, MIR Publications, Moscow 1981.
5. Fairs, Mechanisms McGraw Hill.
6. J.S. Beggs, Mechanisms Prentice Hall.
7. David W. South & Jon R. Mancuso Mechanical Power Transmission Components Marcel Dekker inc New York.
2MED – 02 OPTIMIZATION IN ENGINEERING DESIGN
Unit I : Introduction :
General characteristics of mechanical elements, adequate & optimum design, principles of optimization, formulation of
objective function, Design constraints.
Unit II : Optimization Techniques :

Unconstrained minimization methods single multivariable search methods, random, pattern gradient search techniques,
minimization procedure with equality and inequality constraints, penalty functions, concept of multi criterion
Optimization.
Unit III : Application to Mechanical Engineering Problems :

Design of simple axial transverse loaded members for torsionally loaded members, shafts for minimum cost weight
maximum power, design of springs hydraulic cylinders, optimum design of single two degree of freedom system,
vibration absorbers optimum design of simple machine/structural members under dynamic loads, multi criterion
optimization of machine tools spindles .
References :
1. Rao S.S. optimization Theory & Applications, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi , 1978.
2. Fox Richard L. Optimizations methods for Engineering design, Addision Wesley ,1971 .
3. Haug,E.J. and Arora, J.S. Applied optimal design Wiley Inter Science Publication ,New York ,1979.
4. Douglas J. Willde, Globally optimal design Jhon Wiley & Sons, New York, 1978
5. Johnson Ray C. optimum design of mechanical elements, John Wiley & Sons 1981.
6. Mischke, Charles R., An introduction to Computer Aided Design, Prentice Hall Inc, 1968.
275
2MED - 03 ROBOTICS
Unit I : Basic concepts in Robotics: Advanced and applications of robotics of Robots, Resolution, Accuracy and
Repeatability, Point, Continuous part system control loops, types of manipulators, wrist & Grippers, Kinematic Analysis
of Robots.
Unit II : GBeometry based direct kinematics, Co-ordinate and vector transformation using matrix, Denant - Hardenberg
Convention, application of DH notation, Inverse Kinematics.
Unit III : Robot- An Dynamics : Elementary treatment of Lagrange - Euler, Newton - Euler formulations, Generalized D
Alembert equations of motion .
Unit IV : Drives, Control of Trajectory : Hydraulic system stepper motor, Direct current servomotors , A.-C. servomotors,
adaptive control, interpolators, trajectory planning, resolved motion rate control method.
Unit V : Robotic Sensors : Vision system ,range ,proximity, touch, force and torque sensors, Assembly-Aid devices, Robot
programming, Artificial Intelligence.
Unit VI : Application of Robot : Handling loading, unloading welding, Painting Assembly, Machining Manufacturing ,
Work- cell, Installation of Robots .
References :
1. M.P. Groover, M.Weiss, P.N.Nagal, and N.G Odrey, Industrial Robotics, McGraw Hill International Deduction, 1986.
2. Shimon Y. Nof (Editor), hand book of industrial robotics Jhon Wiley and sons, 1985,
3. Fu. K. S. , Gonzalez R. C. and Lee C. S. G., Robotics : Control sensing vision and intelligence, McGraw Hill, 1987.
4. D. T. Pham , Expert System in Engineering , Springer Verlog , 1988.
5. Anthony C. , Mc Donald, Robot Technology, theory , design and applications, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1986.
6. Yoren Koren , Robots for engineers.
7. K. S. Fu, R.C. Gonzaler C.S.G. Lee, Robothes ( Control, sensing vision & intelligence).
2 MED - 04 STRESS ANALYSIS
Unit I : Fundamentals of stress & strain, stress strain relationship, Elastic constant , plane stress, plane strain.
Stress Analysis for two dimensional problems in Cartesian co-ordinate system, equations of Equilibrium,
compatibility equation, Airy’s stress function, Analysis of rectangular plates by polynomials.
Unit II : Two dimensional problems in polar co-ordinates, general equations in polar co-ordinates for any symmetric
case, pure bending of curved beams, crane hooks , bending of beams with initial curvature , Analysis of piston rings,
stresses in rotating discs, with variable and constant sections , Effect of holes on stress distribution in plates, contact
stresses.
Unit III : Torsion :

Torsion of non circular section , St. Venant’s theory, Membrane analogy , Torsion of thin walled tubes.
Unit IV : Experimental stress analysis by strain gauge & photo elasticity technique, strain rosettes, recording instruments,
Brittle coating techniques, poloriscope, Iso-chromatic & isoclinic fringes, compensation techniques.
Unit V : Thermal stresses : Thermo elasticity , thin circular discs, thermal stresses in turbine rotors, Analysis of beams
under thermal load.
Unit VI : Introduction to fracture Mechanics.

Practical :
1. Measurement of stress for different types of loading by using strain gauges.
2. Models making for poloriscope.
3. Molding for model material.
4. Verifying theoretical stress distributions on poloriscope.
276
References :
1. Timoshanko & Goodier, Theory of Elasticity .
2. Dalley & Raillery , Experimental stress analysis.
3. Dove & Adams , Experimental Stress Analysis.
2MED - 05 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
Unit I : General Concept.

Introduction, the finite element method advantages and disadvantages, history of development, relevance, scope and
engineering application review of basic concepts of elasticity, principle of minimum potential energy, principle of
virtual displacements.
Unit II : Variational and Weighted Residual Formulations :

Boundary value problems, approximate method of solution, review of variational calculus, the Euler-Lagrange equations,
geometric and natural boundary conditions, method of weighted residuals. Raleigh Ritz and Galerkin methods finite
element formulations comparisons through simple examples the finite element basis, displacement models ,
convergence criteria.
Unit III : Elements Shape Function :

Parameters functions , one dimensional elements , global coordinates, natural co-ordinates, two dimensional elements,
three nodded triangular and four nodded quadrilateral elements, three dimensional elements, four nodded tetrahedral
element.
Unit IV : Iso parametric Element Formulation :

Iso parametric elements, characteristics , formulations and shape functions for one dimensional , two dimensional
and three dimensional elements, numerical quadrate formulae, Jacobean matrices and transformations.
Unit V : Problem in Solid Mechanics :

Formulation of the problems of axial, torsional and flexural deformations of beams, plane stress, plane strain and axis
symmetric problems free vibration of beam and shafts.
Practicals : Based on above syllabus.
References :
1. Reddy J.N. An introduction to the finite element method McGraw Hill Book Co. 1984.
2.Larry J. Segerlind, Applied finite element analysis, John Willey, 1984.
3. Krishnamurthy , C. S., finite element analysis : Theory and programming , Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. , 1987.
4. Zienkiewiez , O. C. the finite element method, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. 1979.
5. M. Petyt, Introduction to finite element vibration analysis, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990.
6. Gowri Dhatt and Gilbert Touzot, The finite element method displayed ,Jhon Willey and Sons, 1985.
7. Hubner, K. H. and E . A. Thornton , the finite element method for engineers, Jhon Willey and sons,1982.
277
SEMESTER III
3MED - 01 RELIABILITY & MANTAINABILITY & WEAR

Introduction to reliability availability and maintainability failure distributions, Weibull distribution and its
applications to industries.
Design and manufacturing for reliability, reliability assessment of mechanical systems FMES and FTA
techniques.
Monte Carlo simulation method, Markov chains in reliability. Maintenance policies and philosophies conditions
based antennae , Vibration monitoring non destruction testing.
References :
1. Reliability & Maintainability Engineering Charles E. Ebeling Tata McGraw Hill
2. Reliability Methods Engineering and its application G.P. Chhalotra Khanna
3. ntroduction to Reliability in Design Charles O. Smith McGraw Hill
4. Reliability Engineering E. Bala guruswamy Tata McGraw Hill
5. Reliability Engineering D.J. Smith- Pitman Publishing
6.Reliability Engineering L.S. Srinath Affiliated East West Press Pvt. Ltd.
7.Mechanical Reliability A.D.S. Carter- Mc Millan
8.Friction and Waer of Material Ernest Rabinowicz-John Wiley & Sons
9.Kapur K. C. , Lamberson L.R. Reliability in engineering Design.
10. Thomson A. Reliability Based Mechanical Design.
11. Hull B. , Jhon V. , Non Destructive testing.
3MED - 02 ELECTIVE
A) MECHANIZATION IN FOOD PROCESSING

Constructional features, operation, Operational characteristics Advantages & Disadvantages, Limitations designing
considerations of following food processing devices. Cleaning of new materials, sorting and grading, size reductions
and Expression, centrifugation, crystallizations, Heat Processing , Evaporation, Dehydration, Freezing, Irradiation ,Pumps,
piping, packaging, Automation and Computer systems, Lubrication, Food plant design.
References
1. J.G. Brennan Butters Food Engineering operations . Elsevier Publication
2. Farral Food Engineering System, AVI publishing .
3. Ian McFarlane, Automatic Control of Food Manufacturing Process , Applied Science Publishing .
B) DESIGN OF MECHANICAL HANDLING SYSTEM

Constructional features, operation, operational characteristics advantages, Disadvantages, limitations, Design
considerations of following conveying machines. Unit Load conveying : Fork lift Trucks, Trolley, conveyers.
Cableways, Rope ways, Cranes , Over head cranes , Elevators, Drag lines , Robotic Handling , AGV. Bulk solid us
conveying: Belt conveyers , chain conveyers, Roller conveyers, ( Gravity & Powered ), Screw conveyers, Tubular screw
conveyers, Escalators, Vibrating conveyers, (Crank type & spring type), Pneumatic conveying.
References :
1. Aleczandow : Materials Handling, MIR Publ.
2. Acma, Reference book for Belt conveyers .
3. Conveying Machines , by CITADINOV, MIR publ.
C) VIBRATION BASED MACHINE CONDITION MONITORING

Vibration Instrumentation: Displacement, Velocity, Acceleration Shock Measurement, Transducers, Terminating devices ,
spectrum Analyzers , Exciters, Special Mounting Techniques . Signature Analysis : Concept of signature & prediction
of trouble by signature monitoring , signatures due to imbalance, coupling ,bearing, electric motor, gear drive , belt drive ,
chain drive., PIV drive, piping .
Effect of special phenomena : Bent shaft / Bowed Rotor , Transmitted vibrations, sympathetic vibration, impact , shock.
Trend analysis, Approach for Diagnostics .
References :
i. W. Wowak , Machinery Vibrations, McGraw Hill.
ii. Kolacoat , Vibration Based Condition Monitoring, Prentice Hall.
278
D) DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
1. Oil Hydraulic Systems :

Hydraulic Power Generator, selection and specification of pumps, pump characteristics .
2. Hydraulic Actuators :
Linear & Rotary Actuators, Selection, Specification and Characteristics.
3. Control & Regulation Elements :
Pressure, direction and flow control valves, relief valves , non return and safety valves actuation systems.
4. Hydraulic Circuits :
Reciprocating quick return, sequencing synchronizing circuits, accumulator circuits, industrial circuits, press circuits,
hydraulic milling machine, grinding, planning copying, forklift earthmover circuits, design and selection of components,
safety and emergency modules.
5.Pneumatic System, and Circuits :
Pneumatic fundamentals ,control elements, position and pressure sensing, logic circuits, switching circuits, fringe condition
modules and their integration, sequential circuits , cascade methods, mapping methods, step counter method,
compound circuit design, combination circuit design .
6. Installation, Maintenance and Special Circuits : Pneumatic equipments, selection of components, design calculations,
application, fault finding, hydro pneumatic automation, robotic circuits .
Tutorial : Based on above syllabus.
References :
1.Peter Rohner, Fluid power logic circuits design the Macmillan Press Limited ,1979.
2. Stewart, H.L., Hydraulic and pneumatic power for production, Industrial press, New York 1955.
3. Walter Ernest, Oil hydraulic power and industrial applications, McGraw Hill Book, Co 1962.
4. Pease ,D.A. Basic fluid power, Prentice Hall ,1987.
3MED - 03 SEMINAR ON PROJECT SPADE WORK & RESEARCH MOTHODOLOGY

1] Research Concept :- process of growth of knowledge Mechanical & Industrial Engineering Department generation
/realization of new facts , Establishing logic for the generated facts, Scope of quantification of cause effect relationship ,
Evaluation of hypotheses.
Approach of Formulation of the Research task;- Literature review : Sources, Discussions Field studies, Critical analysis
of generated facts. Hypothetical proposals for future development , Constraints for proposal selection, Prioritization.
Research Approaches :- Conceptual research, Theoretical research, Applied research, Experimental research: Experimental
validation of proposed logic, Experimentation to generate design data.
Modeling & Simulation :- Concept of modeling, Concept of simulation , Types of simulation ( quantitative , Experimental,
Computer , Fuzzy based , statistical ) Process of Model optimization.
Formulation of Hypothesis .
2] Literature survey work of the topic selected for dissertation .
References :
T.S. Wilkinson & P.L. Bhandarkar , Methods & Techniques of Social Research Himalaya Publishing , Bombay.
Averill M.Law & W. David Kelton , Simulation, Modeling & Analysis
H. Schenck, Jr. Theories of Engineering Experimentation McGraw Hill Design of Experiments Montgomery. Bart Kasko
& Klir Nural Network & Fuzzy Systems Prentice Hall T.J.Roft Fuzzy logic with Engineering . Application Tata McGraw
Hill Fuzzy sets, Uncertainties & Information Prentice Hall. S.S. Rao Optimization Theory & Applications Wiley Eastern
Back Volumes of Journal Modeling & Simulation AMSE Press France .
279
Syllabus of Examination for
First Semester M.Tech. (Structural Engineering) Full Time
I FST01 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND ELASTIC STABILITY
SECTION A
1. Analysis of stress and strain in 2 dimensions: Introduction, Types of forces, Components of stresses and strains,
Stress-strain relation, Plane stress and plane strain, Strain at a point, Differential equation of equilibrium, Boundary
conditions and compatibility equations (rectangular coordinates), Airy’s stress function.
2. Analysis of stress and strain in 3 dimensions: Components of stress, Principal stresses, Stress invariants, Maximum
shearing stress, Differential equation of equilibrium, Boundary conditions and compatibility equations.
3. Bending of cantilever of narrow rectangular section loaded at end, Bending of simply supported beam with uniform
load, torsion of non-circular sections, Elliptical cross section.
SECTION B
4. Differential equation of beams columns with concentrated loads, continuous lateral loads and couples for simply
supported ends, Application of trigonometric series, Lateral bucking of beams.
5. Energy method for elastic bucking of columns, approximate method, Bucking of columns on elastic foundation,
Columns with intermediate compressive forces and distributed axial load, Columns with changes in cross section.
6. Effective of shearing force on critical load, Buckling of built up columns, Buckling of simply supported rectangular
plates uniformly compressed meddle plane.
I FST02 NUMERICAL METHODS FOR STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
SECTION A
1. Programming fundamentals, introduction to algorithm development, interpolation & extrapolation.
2. Integration (central difference method, the Houbolt method, Newmark’s method, Wilson – θ method), Newton-
Gauss Quadrature method.
3. Solution of linear algebraic equations, Gauss elimination, Cholesky, Gauss Cholesky methods Given’s, Householder
methods, solution errors.
SECTION B
4. Solution of non linear Equation (Newtons Raphson scheme, BFGS (Broyden et al) methods, introduction to line
search algorithms.
5. Eigen values problems (Jacobi, QR Method, LR Method, Introduction to Determinant search method, Subspace
Iteration, Householder & Given’s algorithms)
6. Initial & two point boundary value problem, Euler’s, Runge-Kutta, Milne’s Methods, Computer oriented algorithms.
I FST03 MATRIX ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES
SECTION A
280
1. Stiffness method for plane truss and plane frames.
2. Stiffness method for plane grid and space frames.
3. Analysis of building systems for horizontal loads.
SECTION B
4. Effect of shear deformation, internal member end releases.
5. Solution technique with banded & skyline technique, band minimization, frontal technique.
PRACTICAL :
Minimum six practicals based on above syllabus.
I FST04 STRUCTURAL INSTRUMENTATION AND MATERIAL SCIENCE
SECTION A
1. Study of various transducers & Principle of their working, displacement velocity acceleration.
2. Stress-strain measurement, strain gauges static and dynamics strain measurement, Calculation stresses from
measurement of strain, deflections etc.
3. Special materials for building constructions i.e. steel fibre reinforced concrete, fibre reinforce plastics.
SECTION B
4. Non-destructive testing of concrete/ steel /ultrasonic techniques etc, model Analysis related to structures.
5. Admixture for concrete, theories of corrosion and its preventions.
6. Special concrete like lightweight concrete, no fines concrete, Ferro cement, fly ash concrete etc. high performance
concrete.
PRACTICAL :
Minimum Six practicals based on above syllabus.
I FST05 PLASTIC ANALYSIS & DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES.
SECTION A
1. Plastic behavior, review curves of structural steel, plastic moments, shape factors, load factors plastic hinge, types of
collapse, collapse mechanism, collapse load factor.
2. Upper and lower bound, uniqueness theorems, principle of virtual work, statical method, minimum and maximum
theorems, step by step method.
3. Methods of release of restrains , load interaction diagrams, method of inequalities.
SECTION B
4. Plastic Moment distribution applied to continues beam & portal frames (Max two bays single storey)
5. Effect of Axial force & Shear force on plastic moment of resistance
6. Design of beams, continuous beams and portal frames up to two storey- two bays.
7. Minimum weight analysis, introduction to stability.
281
Syllabus of Examination for
Second Semester M.Tech. (Structural Engineering) Full Time
I FST01 THEORY OF PLATES AND SHELLS
SECTION A
1. Introduction, Moment curvature relation in pure bending, Symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates,
Uniformly loaded circular plates with clamped and Governing differential equations of thin rectangular plates with
various boundary conditions & loading.
2. Laterally loaded rectangular plates, Differential equation of the deflection surface (Lagrange’s equation), Boundary
conditions, Simply supported plates under sinusoidal loading, Navier’s solution.
3. Finite difference method, Differential equation to bent surface of anisotropic plate, Application to grid.
SECTION B
4. General shell geometry, classifications, Members theory of cylindrical shells, equation of equilibrium, stress
resultants under dead load and snow load for circular, cycloidal, catemary and parabolic cylindrical shells.
5. Bending theory of cylindrical shells, Finster walder theory, Cchorer’s theory.
6. Approximate analysis of cylindrical shells by beam arch method.
II FST02 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
SECTION A
1. Principles and discretization, Elements stiffens/ mass formulation basedon direct, variational and weighted residual
techniques.
2. Shape function, convergence, displacement formulation for rectangular, triangular elements in Cartesian
coordinates, Application to 2D stress analysis.
3. Natural coordinates, Isoparametric elements, Numerical integration, Convergence of Isoperimetric elements,
Application to 1D problems.
SECTION B
4. Isoperimetric elements for two-dimensional and axisymmetric stress analysis for plane stress/ strain problems.
5. Isoperimetric formulation for thin and thick plates and shells.
6. Modeling techniques, application of FEM packages to general engineering structures.
II FST03 FOUNDATION DESIGN
SECTION A
1. Design of isolated and combined footings, proportioning of footing for equal settlements.
2. Theory of sub grade reaction, beam on elastic foundation.
3. Design of rafts – I.S. code method, introduction to various methods.
SECTION B
4. Floating foundations, analysis and design of pile foundations, negative skin friction, group action in piles, design of
pile cap.
282
5. Foundation subjected to eccentric loads, pull out resistance of foundation structures.
6. Analysis and design of simple machine foundation using I.S. code.
II FST04 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
SECTION A
1. Fundamentals of Rigid/ Deformable body dynamics, Analysis of undamped and viscously damped, single degree
freedom systems.
2. Response of single degree freedom systems to harmonic loading, support motion and transmissibility, Duhamels
integral.
3. Study of IS 1893-1984 and 2000 applicable to buildings and water tanks.
SECTION B
4. Free vibrations of lumped mass multi degree freedom systems, shear buildings, orthogonality criteria, Rayleigh’s
method.
5. Dynamic analysis of systems with distributed properties, approximate design method, Transformation factors.
6. Response spectra, Introduction to vibrations due to earthquake.
PRACTICAL :
Minimum Six experiments based on above syllabus.
II FST04 ELECTIVE – I
i) DESIGN OF EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT STRUCTURES.
SECTION A
1. Engineering geology of earthquakes, faults, Propogation of earthquake waves, quantification of earthquake,
magnitude, energy, intensity of earthquake, accelerograph, accelogram, recording and analysis of earthquake
records, seismicity of the world, Analysis and interpretation of earthquake data, determination of magnitude
epicenter, epicenter distances, focal depth, focal mechanism, seismic zoning.
2. Causes of sources of earthquake damage, damage due to ground failure, History of part earthquakes, generation of
response spectrum from available earthquake records, Evolution of seismic risk, Concept of response spectra,
generation of site – specific spectrum, characteristics of earthquake ground motion.
3. Guideline for achieving efficient seismic resistant design, geotechnical design consideration, determination of
average shear wave velocity, average SPT etc.
SECTION B
4. Strength, ductility and energy absorption, ductility of reinforced members subjected to flexure, axial loads & shear.
Detailing of RCC members, beam column, Beam-column joints for ductile behaviors, IS code provisions.
5. Special aspects in Multi – storey buildings, Effect of torsion, flexible first story, P-delta effect, soil-structure,
interaction on building response, drift limitation.
6. Study of IS: 1893. IS: 13920 for analysis and ductile design of RCC structures and other related codes.
Reference Books :
283
1. IS : 1893-2002
2. IS: 13920-1993
3. Handbook on seismic analysis and design of structures, Farzad neaim
SYLLABUS OF EXAMINATION FOR

THIRD SEMESTER M.TECH (STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING) FULL TIME
III FST01 ADVANCE CONCRETE STRUCTURES
SECTION A
1. Analysis and Design of Slab type & T-Beam bridge, IRC Recommendations.
2. Analysis and Design of Elevated service Reservoirs, IS Recommendations for wind & earthquake, Ductile detailing.
SECTION B
3. Analysis and design of Multistoried building, calculation of loads, Approximate analysis, Preliminary sizing,
IS:87S, IS: 1893 recommendation, ductile detailing.
4. Analysis and design of special structures i.e. pipes (underground, on ground, Elevated), silos, Bunkers, chimneys, IS
recommendations.
PRACTICAL :
Minimum two Designs/ Experiments based on above syllabus.
Reference Books :
1. Plain & reinforced concrete Structures Vol= II, Jain & Jaikrishna
2. IS: 1893-2002
4. Seismic design of R C & masonry Building, paulay and Prestiley
5. Earthquake resistant Design for engineers & Architects, Dowrick D J
6. Concrete Structures in earthquake regions, Booth E.
III FST02 Elective – II
i) HIGH RISE STRUCTURES
SECTION A
1. Performance of buildings, behaviors of various type of buildings in past earthquakes, modes of failures, influence of
unsymmetry, infill walls, foundations, soft story & detailing of reinforcement in buildings.
2. Frames-shear walled buildings, mathematical modeling of buildings with different structural systems, Analysis of
frames shear walled buildings, Analysis of coupled shear walled buildings.
3. Special aspects in Multi-story buildings, Effect of torsion, flexible first story, P-delta effect, soil-structure interaction
on building response, drift limitation.
284
SECTION B
4. Strength, ductility and energy absorption, ductility of reinforced members subjected to flexure, axial loads and
shear. Detailing of RCC members, beam, column, Beam-Column joints for ductile behaviors. IS code provisions.
5. Design of multi-story buildings with bracings & infills.
6. Seismic design of floor diaphragm.
Reference Book :
1. IS: 1893-2002
3. Seismic design of R C & masonry Buildings, paulay & Prestiley
4. Earthquake resistant Design for engineers & Architects, Dowrick D J
5. Concrete Structures in earthquake regions, Booth E.
6. Reinforced Concrete Structures, Park & Paulay.
285
SYLLABUS AND SCHEME FOR MBA.
286
287
SEMESTER-I
C11- PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Introduction - Nature, function, definition and importance of management, Definition, nature, purpose and scope
of management, Functions of a manager, an overview of planning, organizing, staffing leading and controlling. Is
management a science or art?
Unit II: Development of Management Thought - Scientific management; Contribution of Taylor, Fayol, Mary Follet,
Elton Mayo; Hawthorne experiments, Contingency approach, Indian heritage in production and consumption. Management
and administration, Management as a profession, Professionalism of management in India, Management ethics
and management culture, Skills required of manager, Classification of skills, Methods of skills development
Unit III: Management Planning - Concept of planning, objectives, Nature, Types of plan, Stages involved in planning,
Characteristics of a good plan, Importance, Limitations of planning, Making planning effective, Strategic planning in
Indian Industry, MBO. Decision Making - Concept, characteristics of decisions, Types of decisions, Steps Involved in
decision making, Importance of decision making, Methods of decision making, Committee Decision Making.
Unit IV: Organisation - Concepts, Principle of organization, Importance, Features of good organization structure, Types
of Organisation structure. Authority, Responsibilities and Accountability, Delegation of Authority Barriers to effective
delegation, Span of control.
Unit V: Coordination & Direction Concept - Importance and need for coordination, Principles of coordination, Methods
of achieving effective coordination; Meaning of direction, Importance and Principles of direction, Characteristics of good
directives.
Unit VI: Control - Concept, planning-control relationship, process of control –setting objectives, establishing standards,
measuring performance, correcting deviations. Brief review of Traditional Techniques & Modern Techniques of Control;
Human response to control; Dimensions or Types of Control - (a) Feed forward control (b) Concurrent Control
(Real Time Information & Control), (c) Feedback Control v) Techniques of Control.
Suggested Readings:
1. Essentials of Management, Harold Koontz & Heinz, Weihrich, 5th Tata McGraw Hill
2. Management Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. ,6th ,Prentice Hall
3. Management (A Global Perspective), Heinz Weihrich & Harnold Koontz, 10th Tata McGraw Hill
4. A Dictionary of Business 3ed. By Elizabeth Martin – Oxford
5. Fundamentals of Management, Robins ,3rd Pearson Education Asia
6. Management, 6e, Stoner, Pearson Education Asia
288
C12: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Unit –I :Introduction to Managerial Economics: Definition, Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics, Application of
Economics to Business Decision, Relationship of Economics with various areas of Management and OR; role of
managerial economist.
Unit – II: Demand and Supply Functions –Theory of Demand: Demand Analysis, Elasticity of demand, types and
significance of Elasticity of Demand. Demand estimation – Marketing research approaches to demand estimation. Need for
forecasting, forecasting techniques. Supply Analysis – Supply function, the Law of Supply, Elasticity of Supply. Practical
Problems on Demand curve and Demand Function
Unit–III: Production & Cost Analysis - Production & Production Function: Concept, Forms of production function, Law
of variable Proportions, Returns to scale. Cost concept, Short term and long term cost. Average cost curves, cost output
relationship, Cost curves, Economies & Diseconomies of scale. Practical Problems on estimation of production function –
Cobb-Douglas production function.
Unit– IV Market Structure and Pricing practices: Features and Types of different competitive situations - Price-Output
determination in Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly both the long run and short run.
Pricing philosophy Pricing methods in practice: Price discrimination, Practical Problems on pricing.
Unit V National Income: basic concept-measurement of national income concept of GDP & GNP –Methods of measuring
national income-net output method, income determination theorem, concept of equilibrium income, factors determining
level of income factor income method, expenditure method; Practical Problems on computation of national income.
Concept of multiplier accelerator.
Unit VI Business cycles & Stabilization - Concept, Causes & Impact of business cycle , Policy; Inflation & deflation-
types, causes, effects remedial measures; Monetary and Fiscal policy- meaning, scope and instruments; Factors
determining economic environment of business.
Suggested Readings:
1. Managerial Economics, P. L. Mehta, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi
2. Managerial Economics, D.N.Dwidevi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
3. Managerial economics in a Global economy, Dominick Salvatore, Thomson learning Press
4. Managerial Economics, Suma Damodran, 2006, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
5. Indian Economy, Mishra & Puri, 2007, Himalaya Publishing House
6. Managerial Economics, Suma damodaran, Oxford University Press
7. Mathematical Methods and Economic Theoory, Anjan Mukerji, Oxford University Press
289
C13- FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Unit II: Introduction to Accounting: Introduction of financial accounting, Importance, Objectives and Principles of
Accounting, Concepts and conventions, and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), Accounting
Process- Journal and ledger, Trial Balance, Classification of capital and revenue expenses, preparation of subsidiary book
cash book (single and double column), other subsidiary books. Reconciliation between bank pass book and cash book.
Unit II: Valuation of goodwill and shares: Concept and nature of Goodwill, factors responsible for goodwill, methods of
determining Goodwill – Based on Simple Profit (Purchase of number of years, Capitalisation of Simple profit), Based on
Super profit (Number of years purchase, sliding scale valuation method, capitalisation method and annuity method),
Valuation of shares – Net Assets Method, Yield Method, Earning Capacity Method (Overall rate of Return Method), Fair
Value Method
Unit III: Accounting of Non – profit making institutions: Introduction of non – profit making institutions, features of
receipt and payment account, income and expenditure Naccount and difference between the two, preparation of final
accounts of non – profit making institutions.
Unit IV: Final Account of Joint Stock Companies - Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies – contents, and
preparation of Trading and Manufacturing, Profit and Loss Account, Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and Balance
sheet with adjustment
Unit V: Financial Analysis-I: Statement of Changes in Working Capital, Funds from Operations, paid cost and unpaid
costs. Distinction between cash profits and book profits. Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and funds flow
statement
Unit VI: Issue of Shares and Debentures: Entries for Issue of shares, forfeiture and re-issue of forfeited shares. Issue of
shares at Discount and premium. Issue and Redemption of Debentures: Meaning, issue of debentures for cash and other
than cash, treatment of discounts and losses on issue, meaning of redemption, redemption out of capital and profits.
Suggested Readings:
1. Dr.S.N. Maheshwari and Dr.S.K. Maheshwari: Financial Accounting, Vikas, 2009.
2. Gokul Sinha: Financial Statement Analysis, PHI, 2009
3. Ambrish Gupta: Financial Accounting Management An Analytical Perspective, Pearson Education-2009
4. Jawaharlal: Accounting for Management, HPH,2008
5. Stice & Stice: Financial Accounting Reporting & Analysis, Cengage, 7/e, 2008.
6. Financial Accounting for management, Gupta, Pearson Education Asia
7. Management Accounting, Bhattachryya, Pearson Education Asia
290
C14- ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Introduction to Environment Management - Definition, Scope & importance, Need for public awareness-
institution in environment, Fundamentals– sustainable development, Unsustainable to sustainable development. Natural
resources - Renewable and non renewable resources, and associated problems, Role of an individual in conservation of
natural resources; equitable use of resources for sustainable life cycles;
Unit II: Ecosystem & Biodiversity - Concept of an Ecosystem , ecosystem degradation, resource utilization; Structure &
functions of an ecosystem-producers, consumers and decomposers; Ecological succession; food chains, food webs and
ecological pyramids; Ecosystem types – characteristics features, structure and functions of forest, grassland, desert
and aquatic ecosystems, Industrial Ecology and Recycling Industry. Introductionbiodiversity at genetic, species and
ecosystem levels; Bio-geographic classification of India; Value of diversity– Consumption use value, Productive use value,
Social, Ethical, Moral, aesthetic and optional value if diversity; India as mega-diversity nation
Unit III: Human population & environment - Global population growth, variations among nations. Population
explosion, Family welfare Programmes-methods of sterilization; Urbanization, Environment & human health-climate and
human health, infectious diseases, water related diseases, risk due to chemicals in food, Cancer and environment. Human
rights Equity, Nutrition and health rights, intellectual property rights (IPRS), HIV/AIDS; Women
and children Welfare; Information technology in environment and human health. Application
of carbon rating and its uses.
Unit IV: Environment Pollution: Soil, Water, Marine, Noise, Thermal & Nuclear
Pollution- Introduction, impact on health, environment and industry, measures of control, individual contribution. Green
House Effect, Global Warming, Acid Rain, Rain Water Harvesting, Ozone Layer depletion.
Unit V: Social issues and environment - Construction of dams: problems and concerns of resettlement, rehabilitation of
affected people; Environmental ethics– issues and possible solutions, resource consumption patterns and need for equitable
utilization; Equity disparity in western and eastern countries; Urban and rural equity issues; Need for gender equity;
Public awareness–Using an environmental calendar of activities. Environmental Economics- Estimation of Costs and
Benefits- Cost-Benefit Analysis.
Unit VI: Environment legislation & Institutions - Environmental (protection) Act, The water (prevention and control of
Pollution); The wild life protection Act; Forest conservation Act; Issues involved in enforcement of environmental
legislations; Environment Impact Assessment; Environmental Auditing; Clearance/Permission for establishing Industry.
Ministry of Environment and Forest, Central Pollution Control Boards, State Pollution Control Boards, Local Bodies- their
scopes, organizational and functional issues.
Suggested Readings
1. A text book of environmental by K M Agrawal, P K Sikdar, S C Deb, published by Macmillan
2. Environment management by N K Uberoi, published by Excel Books
3. Environment management by Dr. Swapan Deb, published by Jaico Publishing House.
4. Environmental Studies by Rajagopalan- Pub. By Oxford.
5. Gupta & Dass - Environmental Accounting- (S. Chand & Co.)
6. Pandey, G. N. – Environment Management, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997.
7. Mohanty, S. K. – Environmental & Pollution Law Manual, Universal Law Pub., New Delhi 1996.
291
C15- QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES
Unit I: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion - Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode, Comparison of Mean,
Median and Mode. Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, Relative Dispersion: Coefficient of
Variance.
Unit II: Regression Analysis - Regression: Method of Least Squares, Regression Coefficient, Standard Errors of
Estimate.; Uses and properties of regression coefficient.
Unit III: Correlation Analysis – Karl Pearson‘s method, Coefficient of Determination, Rank Correlation. Uses &
properties of correlation coefficient. Lag and lead in correlation, Correlation in grouped data; Concept of Covariance,
multiple and partial; correlation.
Unit IV: Time Series Analysis and Forecasting - Components of Time Series, Trend - Moving averages, semi-averages
and least-squares, seasonal variation, cyclic variation and irregular variation, Index numbers, calculation of seasonal
indices, Additive and multiplicative models, Forecasting, Non linear trend – second degree parabolic trends
Unit V: Probability and Statistical Decision Theory: Key concepts-Experiment, events, definition, subjective
probability, set theory approach, Venn diagram, rule of addition, compound probability, Bayes‘s theorem, Bernoulli trials.
Elements in decision making – acts,states of nature, decision making under certainty and uncertainty. Decision Choice
criteria – MAXIMIN, MAXIMAX, MINIMAX regret, EMV and EOL
Unit VI: Linear Programming and Problem formulation: Meaning of LPP and optimization, constraints and feasible
region, Formulation of LPP for 2 and more variables, Determination of optimum solution by graphical method only.
Suggested Readings:-
1. Business Statistics, G. C. Beri (Tmh)
2. Quantitative Techniques In Management, N. D. Vohra (Tmh)
3. Quantitative Methods For Business, Anderson ( Thomson Learning Books)
4. Statistical Methods, S.P. Gupta ( S Chand)
5. Levin Richard & Rubin David – Statistics For Management (Prentice Hall Of India)
6. Quantitative Methods – S Saha, S Mukherji (Central)
7. Fundamentals Of Business Statistics, Sharma, Pearson Education Asia
292
C16- BUSINESS LEGISLATION
Unit I: Law of Contract -1872: Nature of contract and essential elements of valid contract, Offer and Acceptance,
Consideration, Capacity to contract and free consent, Legality of object. Unlawful and illegal agreements, Contingent
contracts, Performance and discharge of contracts, Remedies for breach of contract. Indemnity and guarantee
Unit II: The Companies Act 1956 - Definition & characteristics of a company, , Kinds of Companies, Provisions relating
to incorporation, : Memorandum of Association, Doctrine of ultra-vires, Articles of Association, Doctrine of indoor
management & constructive notice, Concept of Prospectus. Company Meetings, Resolutions Concept of Prospectus. Role
& duties of promoter, transfer and transmission; Management –Appointment of Directors, Powers, duties, & liabilities of
Directors. Winding Up of the Company - Types of Winding up.
Unit III Negotiable Instruments Act 1881: Negotiable Instruments- Promissory Note, Bills of Exchange, & Cheque, and
their definitions and characteristics, Types of endorsements, Holder- Holder in due course, Discharge of Parties. Procedure
to be followed in case of dishonour of cheques
Unit IV Indian Partnership Act 1932:-Definition of partnership, types of partnership, formation of partnership,
registration of partnership, kinds of partners, rights and liabilities of partners, minor‘s status in a partnership firm,
dissolution of partnership firm. Requirements in a partnership deed Limited Liability Partnership Act 2008
Unit V Information Technology Act 2000 Object and Scope of the IT Act Scope of the Act Digital Signature - Digital
Signature Certificate Electronic Governance Electronic Records Certifying Authorities Penalty & Adjudication
Unit VI Consumer Protection Act, 1986 Definitions of Consumer, Complainant, Goods, Service - Meaning of Consumer
Dispute, Complaint - Unfair Trade Practices – Restrictive Trade Practices Rights of Consumers Consumer Disputes
Redressal Agencies
Suggested Readings:
1. Akhileshwar Pathak: Legal Aspects of Business, TMH, 3/e, 2009
2. K.R. Bulchandani: Business Law for Management, , Himalaya, 2008
3. Kuchal: Business Law, Vikas, 2009
4. Tulsian:Business Law, TMH, 2008.
5. N.D.Kapoor: Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2009. .
6. S.N.Maheshwari & Maheshwari: Business Law and Regulation, Himalaya,.2008
7. Business Law, Seth, Pearson Education Asia
293
E17- COMMUNICATION SKILLS- I
Course Objectives: Guide students in enhancing their skills in written as well as oral Communications, through theoretical
inputs and practical exercises. This course will help students in understanding the principles & techniques of business
communication and familiarize them with the terminologies and complexities of business communications
UNIT I: Communication Fundamentals: Meaning and importance of communication in business, Types of

communication: formal and informal and their characteristics, Essentials of effective business communication, Channels of
communication, their effectiveness, limitations, Barriers of communication, approaches to effective Communication
UNIT II: Communication Process: Interpersonal perception, selective attention, feedback, variables, listening, barriers to
listening, persuasion.
UNIT III: Types of Communications: Verbal: Elements of Punctuation, Emphasis, Use of quotations and anecdotes in
Oral Presentation, Group Discussion and Speech; Non-verbal: Open and Closed features, Appearance, Gestures, Postures,
Eye contact, Proxemics, Expressions & kinesics, Cultural Conventions, Meta-messages, Emotive Intelligence.
UNIT IV: Forms of Communication: Written Communication: Principles of Effective Written Communication; Effective
notes taking, Strategies to improve reading skills, Speech Writing, Creative Writing. Oral Communication: Speaking skills,
Public Speaking, Effective Listening, Strategies for Communicating in Teams.
UNIT V: Exercises for Oral Communications: Individual and Group Presentations, Extempore, Role Playing, Debates
and Quiz
UNIT VI: Exercises for Written Communications: Essay writing, Poster Making, Writing an Advertisement Copy,
Slogans, Captions, & preparing Press notes
Suggested Readings:
1. McGraith – Basic Managerial Skills for all Prentice Hall of India – 6th Edition 2002.
2. Raymond V. Lesikar, John D. Pettit and Mary E. Flatley – Lesikars Basic Communication Tata McGraw
Will 8th Edition,1999
3. Krizan et al (2010). Effective Business Communication, Cengage Learning.
4. Scot, O. (2009). Contemporary Business Communication, Biztantra, New Delhi.
5. Raman & Singh – Business Communications- Oxford University Press
6. Diwan & Aggarwal Business Communication Excel
7. Communication Skills, Sanjay Kumar, Oxford University Press
8. Skills Development for Business and Management students, Oxford University Press
9. Guide to Interpersonal Communication, Pearson Education Asia
10. Guide to Managerial Communication, Pearson Education Asia
294
E18- COMPUTERS FOR MANAGERS
Course Objective: To provide a foundation for understanding information technology in modern context as well as to
provide the skills necessary for solving a range of information based problems in competitive business environment. The
Course offers a range of learning from basics to advanced knowledge in the field of Information as applied to business
Unit I: Introduction to Computers: Types of Computer systems, Basic Computer operations, Networks: Internet, Intranet
and Extranet Applications, Functional units of Computers, Practical data processing application in business, and Computer
applications in various areas of business.
Unit II: The Software: Software types, Systems Software, Classification of Operating System, Application Software,
Introduction to Programming Language, Types of Programming Languages. Introduction to Microsoft Office, working
with MS Word, MS Excel, MS Power point, Data Base, Data Base Management System
Unit III: Internet, Security and E-Commerce: Introduction, History and Core features of the Internet, Internet
Applications, Internet and World Wide Web, Extranet and E-mail, Mobile Computing, Electronic Commerce, Types of E-
Commerce and their utilities
Unit IV: Management Information Systems: Introduction to MIS, Principles of MIS, Characteristics, functions, structure
& Classification of MIS, information for decisions; strategic importance of MIS, MIS in Manufacturing, Marketing,
Finance Human Resource Management, Materials & Project Management; ERP: CRM and Supply Chain management.
Managers and Decision making, Decision support systems: for Individuals, groups and Enterprise, Intelligent Support
Systems.
Unit V: Managing Knowledge: Introduction to Knowledge Management, Organizational Learning and Memory,
knowledge management activities, Approaches to Knowledge management, Information Technology in Knowledge
Management, knowledge Management Systems implementation, Roles of people in knowledge management, Managerial
Issues in Knowledge Management.
Unit VI: Corporate Performance Management and Business Intelligence: A framework of Business Intelligence:
Concepts and Benefits, Business Analytics: Online analytical processing reporting and querying, Data Text Web mining
and Predictive Analytics, Data Visualization, Geographical Information Systems and virtual reality, Real time business
intelligence and competitive Intelligence, Business Performance Management Scorecards and Dashboards.
Suggested Readings:
1. Turban, McLean, Wetherbe 2003, Information technology for Management, John Wiley & Sons
2. S. Sudalaimuthu, S.Anthony Raj. 2008, ―Computer Application in Business‖, Himalaya Publishing House
3. O‘Brien, J.A. (2004). Management Information Systems: Managing IT in the Business Enterprise. (6th
edition) Prentice Hall
4. Lucas, H. C. Jr. (2004). Information Technology For Management. (7th ed.). New Delhi: TMH
5. Jaiswal & Mittal, (2010), Management Information Systems, Oxford University Press
6. V. K. Narayanan, Managing Technology and Innovation for Competitive Advantage, 1/e, Pearson Education
7. Information Technology for Management, B Muthukumaran, Oxford University Press
295
E18-FIELD STUDY
Rationale & Objectives:

The Field work is an enrichment program which aims to familiarize the students with the real business environment
through, interaction, on-job-training, Analysis of Business problems and Industry assignments based learning. The primary
goal of the Field Work is to help students focus on an area of specialization early on in order to gain specialized knowledge
and skills in their chosen area/ domain. Whereas the First Semester will only have introductory Course comprising of
Methods and techniques of performing a field study, and shall mainly focus on creating awareness and understanding the
importance of field work. During Semester I the students are required to study the processes & techniques used for field
study. Following topics are suggested to be taught as instructions for carrying out the field work.
1. Making Career Choice and Defining Career Goals.
2. Aligning Career objectives with the Course Contents
3. Making a Choice for the Field work.
4. Developing the knowledge and focus study of the subject of field work.
5. Selection of topic of Field work.
6. Developing the framework for undertaking the field work.
7. Development of skill sets for the Field Study
8. Gathering of Information from the field, Texts, Videos, Cases, and Critical Incidents.
9. Application of Theory and comparison of theory with Practice
10. Analysis of Gap and making recommendations.
A field study would mean study of a real problem related to any business activity in any functional areas of business. The
study shall conclude with the submission of a report of the study covering following headings:
• Introduction to business activity
• Identification of problem
• Brief introduction of the company, persons and processes associated to the problem
• Need and scope of study
• Objectives of study
• Tools of data collection used (preferably Survey method)
• Presentation of data
• Interpretations and findings
• Limitations and future scope of study
• References used in study.
296
SEMESTER-II
C21- MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Introduction to marketing; concepts, marketing environment; interaction of marketing with other functions,
segmentation, targeting & positioning, marketing mix (4Ps, 7Ps, etc.), PLC.
Unit II: New product development process, pricing, pricing methods, techniques and strategies, promotion basics,
promotion methods & strategies, Distribution, logistics & supply chain management, warehousing & storage.
Unit III: Marketing of services, Customer relationship management (CRM), internet marketing, Social Media Optimisation
(SMO), Social Media Marketing (SMM) and Search Engine Optimisation (SEO).
Unit IV: Personal Selling, selling processes, types of sales organizations, staffing
(recruitment, selection & training) of sales organizations.
Unit V: Sales forecasting, designing sales strategies and sales programmes, designing sales force compensation & incentive
plans, designing sales target setting & territory distribution programmes.
Unit VI: Sales cost analysis, managing sales performance, sales monitoring, sales reporting, methods of sales control and
motivating sales force.
Suggested Readings:
1. Marketing Management – Kotler, Keller, Koshy, Jha
2. Principles of Marketing – Kotler, Armstrong, Agnihotri, Haque
3. Sales Management – Still, Cundiff & Govoni
4. Sales Management – Matin Khan
5. Selling & Sales Management – Jobber, Lancaster
6. Internet Marketing Start to Finish - Juon / Greiling / Buerkle
7. Global Search Engine Marketing: Getting Better International Search Engine Results -
Kennedy / Hauksson
8. Social Media Marketing: Strategies for Engaging in Facebook, Twitter & Other Social
Media - Evans
9. Facebook Marketing - Levy
10. YouTube for Business: Online Video Marketing for Any Business - Miller
11. The Ultimate Web Marketing Guide - Miller
297
C22- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Introduction - Concept of business finance, finance function, scope, Responsibilities of finance executive, Goals
& objectives of financial management, Sources of financing -LONG TERM: shares, debentures, term loans, lease & hire
purchase, retained earnings, public deposits, bonds (Types, features & utility); SHORT TERM: bank finance, commercial
paper & trade credit & bills discounting.
Unit II: Capital structure - Concept, meaning, principles & importance. Introduction to Trading on equity, Capital
gearing & leveraging, Cost of capital, Cost of different sources of finance, Weighted average cost of capital, Over
capitalization – Concept, Symptoms, causes, Consequences & remedies, Under capitalisation - Concept, causes,
Consequences & remedies, Watered Stock, Watered stock Vs Over capitalization
Unit – III: Capital budgeting - Concept of time value of money, Compounding & discounting; Future value of single
amount & annuity, present value of single amount & annuity; Practical application of time value technique. Nature and
significance & techniquesof capital budgeting –Pay Back Method, Accounting rate of return, Net Present Value, IRR and
profitability index.
Unit IV: Working capital - Concept, significance, types. Adequacy of working capital, Factors affecting working capital
needs, Financing approaches for working capital, Methods of forecasting working capital requirements. Estimate of
working Capital requirement,Working capital finance from banks
Unit V: Dividend policies - Concept, determinants and factors affecting, relevance and
irrelevance concept, dividend valuation models – Gordon, Walter and Modigliani-Miller
models Stability of dividends – concept and significance.
Unit – VI: Corporate restructuring - Reasons & drivers of restructuring, Methods of
restructuring- mergers, takeovers, acquisitions, divesting, spin-off, split ups, privatization,
buyback & joint ventures.
Suggested Readings:
1. Financial Management by Ravi Kishore, Taxmann‘s.
2. Financial Management by S. M. Inamdar, Everest Publishing house, 12th Edition 2004.
3. Financial Management by Sharma & Gupta , Kalyani Publishers.
4. Financial Management by R.M. Srivastav, Kalyani Publishers.
5. Financial Accounting for Management by P. Shah- Pub, by Oxford
6. Financial Management by Dr. R. P. Rustagi.
7. Financial Management by Kapil,Pearson Publication
298
C23- HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Unit I: The Strategic Role of HRM - Nature, scope, objectives, importance and functions, Human resource as an asset in
organization, Evolution of the concept of HRM, Human resource management in India; human resource management in
dynamic environment –External & Internal Environment Systems approach to HRM, Strategic HRM, Strategic roles
of HR manager, Qualities of HR Manager
Unit II: Job Analysis & Design - Job Analysis – Meaning, Uses, Process and methods of collecting data for job analysis,
Competency approach to job analysis, Job Description, Job Specifications & Role Analysis, Factors affecting Job Design,
Techniques of Job Design, Cases and Exercises in understanding Job Analysis.
Unit III: Human Resources Planning & Hiring Policy - Human Resources Planning; Need for Human Resources
Planning; Process of Human Resources Planning; Human Resource Planning System; Responsibility for Human Resource
Planning. Selection, Induction & Placement - Selection Process, New tools /Methods of selection – Interviews, Tests and
assessment of effectiveness of selection tools. Induction Programme, Problems in Induction, Requisites of effective
Induction, Typical Induction Programme – Internal Mobility, Transfers, Employee Separations.
Unit IV: Employee Growth: Training & Development Training - Introduction of Training; Objectives and Importance
of Training; Training Needs Identification. Organization Analysis; Task Analysis; Man Analysis; Training Areas Identified
by Trainers; Types and Techniques of Training and Development; Objectives of Training Methods; Classification of
Training Methods/Techniques; Training by Supervisors; Need and Importance of Management Development; Evaluation
of Training; Reasons of Training Failure; Improving Effectiveness of Training.
Unit V: Performance Appraisal - Nature, Objectives, limitations–various methods – Modern & Traditional, Multiple
Person Evaluation Methods; Performance Tests & Field Review Techniques; Appraisal, Praise and Recognition; Rewards
and Incentives; Promotions. HR Records, MIS HR Reports, HR Formats – Personnel Files, Attendance, Leave, Medical
Records.
Unit VI: Compensation Management - Wage & Salary Administration-Introduction; Wage & Salary Administration;
Theories to Determine the Wages; Classification of Wages; Machinery for Fixing Wages; Job Satisfaction, Job Evaluation;
Objectives of Job Evaluation; Job Evaluation Methods; Advantages and Limitations of Job Evaluation. Employee Benefits
& Incentives - Employee Benefits: Meaning, Types of Benefits & Services, Principles of Fringes, Incentive plans.
Suggested Readings
1. A Text book of Human Resource Management – C. B. Mamoria & S. V. Gankar. Publication - Himalaya
Publishing House
2. Personnel and human Resource management - Text & cases, P Subba Rao, Publication - Himalaya
Publishing House
3. Human resource Management – P. Jyothi, Publication – Oxford University Press.
4. Human Resource Management , Ninth Edition, R. Wayne Mondy, Robert M, Noe, Publication- Pearson
Education
5. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and cases, K. Aswathappa, Publication - McGraw-
Hill Publishing co. ltd.
299
C24- OPERATION MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Introduction - Nature, Scope, Importance and Functions Evolution from manufacturing to operations management
- Evolution of the factory system – manufacturing systems –quality – mass customization. Contribution of Henry Ford,
Deming, Crossby,Taguchi, Break even analysis - Break even analysis in terms of physical units, sales value, and
percentage of full capacity. Break even for Multi Product situations, Capacity expansion decisions, Product add or drop
decisions, Make or Buy decisions, Equipment Selection decisions, Production process selection decisions, Managerial uses
of break even analysis, Limitations of Breakeven analysis.
Unit II: Facilities Location & Layout – Strategic importance - Factors affecting location & layout - Installation of
facilities – Single location, multi-location decisions. Principles and Types of Facilities Layout. Facility layout planning.
Layout and its objectives for manufacturing operations, warehouse operations, service operations, and office operations.,
principles, types of plant layouts – product layout, process layout, fixed position layout, cellular manufacturing layouts,
hybrid layouts, Factors influencing layout changes.
Unit III: Importance and Functions of Production Planning & Control - Introduction to PERT / CPM - Network
Crashing (Numerical expected for PERT/CPM), Capacity Planning : Concept and overview of aggregation demand and
capacity options and strategies in production and services, capacity and value, financial impact of capacity decisions,
aggregate planning types and procedure, capacity requirement planning, concepts of yields (productivity) and its impact on
capacity.
Unit IV: Materials Management - Role of Materials Management- materials and profitability, Purchase functions,
Procurement procedures including bid systems, Vendor selection and development, Vendor rating, ethics in purchasing.
Roles and responsibilities of purchase professionals. Concepts of lead time, purchase requisition, purchase order,
amendments, forms used and records maintained. Inventory Management: Concepts of inventory, types, Classification,
selective inventory management, ABC analysis. Inventory costs, Inventory models – EOQ, safety stocks, Re order point,
Quantity discounts. Storestypes, functions, roles responsibilities, Inventory records.
Unit V: Quality Management - Basic concepts of quality of products and services, dimensions of quality. Relationships
between quality, productivity, costs, cycle time and value. Quality Function Deployment and its benefits. Quality Systems
– Need, benefits, linkage with generic strategies, ISO 9000 – 2000 clauses, coverage, linkages with functional domains like
production, marketing, six sigma concepts, kaizen, organizing for continuous improvement, Excellence models, awards
and standards awards Quality. Concept of specification limits, statistical control limits, Process control and control charts
for both attributes and variable data. Operators role in quality assurance.
Unit VI: Employee Productivity - Productivity and work study, Productivity and the standard of living, Productivity and
the organization, productivity, variables affecting labour productivity, work content and time, Work Study and related
working conditions and human factors. Method Study. Introduction to Method Study, Data collection, recording,
examining, and improving work, Material flow and material handling study, Worker flow study, worker area study,
Introduction to work measurement, Time study and setting standards.
Suggested Readings:
1. Operations Management Theory and Practice, B. Mahadevan, Pearson education,
Second impression 2007
2. Operations Management, William J. Stevenson 8th 2005 edition,
3. Operations Management, Richard B Chase11theditionTMH,
4. Production & Operations Management – Chary
5. Manufacturing & Operations Management - L.C. Jhamb
300
C25- RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Unit I: Introduction - Meaning, Objectives and Types of research, Research Approach, Research Process, Defining
research problem, problem identification process, Formulation of research hypothesis. Procedure for hypothesis testing;
Communication and presentation of research, Types of research reports, formulation, Layout, format and guidelines for
effective report.
Unit II: Research Design - Features of good Design, Types of Research Design – exploratory, descriptive, experimental,
Research design process, Classification of research designs – exploratory, secondary source analysis, two-tiered and
descriptive; Basic principles of experimental Design, Causality, Validity in experimentation, factors affecting internal and
external validity of experiment Classifications of experimental designs – pre, quasi, true and statistical designs.
Unit III: Data Collection: Primary and secondary data, Data collection methods – observation, interview, schedules, focus
group, personal interview method, projective techniques – sentence completion, word association, story completion, verbal
projection
tests, Pictorial techniques; play techniques, quizzes, tests and examinations, Socio-metric analysis, Content analysis. Use of
mechanical devices.
Unit IV: Scaling and Questionnaire design: Introduction, types of measurement scales, classification of scales, Scaling
and scale construction technique. Measurement error criteria for good measurement Criteria for questionnaire design, types
of questionnaire, design procedure, types of questions, structure of questionnaire, physical characteristics, pilot testing,
administering the questionnaire, reliability and validity of questionnaire, Equestionnaire – salient features. Data coding;
Editing and Tabulation.
Unit V: Parametric and Non-Parametric testing: Cross tabulation, Use of correlation and regression Analysis, Test of
significance of regression parameters, application of regression analysis in various functional areas of management. Z, t,
goodness of fit and F test, Small and large sample concept, Practical problems involving parametric and non parametric
tests.
Unit VI: Advanced Data Analysis Techniques- Multivariate technique, Factor Analysis, Cluster Analysis, Discriminant
Analysis, Conjoint Analysis, Multi Dimensional Scaling. Application of advanced techniques in decision making, decision
situations and application suitability of these techniques.
.
Suggested Readings:
1. Zikmund : Business Research Methods, (Thomson Learning Books)
2. Marketing Research, G C Beri third edition (McGraw Hill)
3. Dwivedi – Research Methods in Behaviourial Science (Macmillan)
4. Bennet, Roger : Management Research, ILO, 1993
5. Salkind, Neil J. : Exploring Research, (Prentice – Hall, 1997)
6. Research Methodology: Concepts and Cases, Dr. Deepak Chawla & Dr. Neena Sondhi (Vikas
Publications)
7. Business Research Methods,Naval Bajpai,Pearson Publication
301
C26- ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOR
Unit I: Organizational Behaviour - The nature of organisations: Components of organisations; Organisations as open
systems, Managers in organisations, Productivity and.managerial performance, Organisational behaviour and the
workplace, Managing human.rights in the workplace, Managing developments in information technologies, Managing
organisational transitions, Managing new forms of Organisation. OB in virtual organisations.
Unit II: Learning, Perception, Attitudes and values - Biographical characteristics, ability, and learning Perception:
Introduction, Halo effect, Stereotyping, pigeonholing and compartmentalisation; Self-fulfilling prophecy; Perceptual
mythology; other influences on perception. Attitudes, Components of attitudes, Attitudes and behaviour, Attitudes and
cognitive consistency, Job satisfaction as an attitude; development Values, Sources and types of values, Patterns and trends
in values, Managing values and attitudes
Unit III: -.Motivation- Concepts, Theories of Maslow, Herzberg, McClelland, Porter & Lawler Model, Application of
Motivation concept, Individual motivation and motivation in the organization, Cultural Differences in Motivation, Intrinsic
and Extrinsic Motivation, Social Motivation, Motivation and Health, Role of motivation in human behaviour
Unit IV: Foundations of group behaviour - The nature of groups: groups and teams, informal and formal groups,
purpose of teams, Teams and team building: selecting team members, team roles, stages in team development, team
building, team identity, team loyalty, commitment to shared beliefs, multi-disciplinary teams, Team Dynamics: group
norms, decision-making behaviour, dysfunctional teams, Cohesiveness. Leadership: Basic qualities of leadership,
Leadership theories, Managers are leaders.
Unit V: Conflict and Organizational Change Management- Substantive and emotional conflicts, Levels of conflict,
Sources of conflict in organisations, Symptoms of conflict Causes of conflict, Strategies for the management of conflict
Organizational Change - Nature, levels and dilemmas of change, Pressures for change, The Domino effect, Responses to
change, Force field analysis, Change process, Resistance to change, Dynamics of change.
Unit VI: Organizational Development Techniques - Goals of organizational development: Principles underlying
organisational development, The process of organisational development: Action research and organisational development,
OD interventions: Organisation-wide interventions, Smaller group and inter-group interventions, Individual interventions
OD Techniques - Traditional: Grid Training, Survey Method; Modern: Process Consultation Method, Third Party, Team
Building, Transactional Analysis.
Suggested Readings:
1. Organisation Behaviour, Luthans 8th Tata McGraw Hill
2. Organisation Behaviour, Robbins, 9th Pearson Education Asia
3. Principal of Organizational Behaviour 4th Ed. By R. Fincham –Oxford
4. Prentice Hall India Organisational Behaviour: Human Behaviour at Work Newstrom & Davis, Tata
McGraw Hill
5. Brooks I — Organisational Behaviour: Individuals, Groups and Organisation Second Edition (Prentice Hall,
2002)
302
C27- BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Unit I: Political Environment And Economic Systems-History of economic thought and economic systems, Market
economy, planned economy, mixed economy, economic growth measuring development and measurement of poverty,
Anatomy of Indian economy, Economic reforms of India.
Unit II: Globalisation and Business Environment - Globalization-Meaning, Scope, Phases, Indicators, Economic
reforms and competitive environment; Business Environment and sector wise analysis-Telecom, Information Technology,
Insurance, Banking Finance, FMCG, Textiles, Agriculture, Automobile, Chemical, Pharmaceuticals (Market Structure,
International Scenario, Recent Developments and SWOC Analysis)
Unit III: Industrial Policy- Five Year Planning Summary; Industrial Policy Resolution- 1948, 1946, 1977, 1980;
Industrial Licensing Policy; Industrial Policy 1991; SSI; Privatization - Modes, Reasons, Problems, Indian Scenario and
Difficulties in process; Global Outsourcing-Rationale, Gains, Gainers and looser; India‘s Perspective.
Unit IV: Economic and Business Environment in Europe-Economic Environment And Policies In Europe, Potential
And Prospects Of Doing Business In Euro Countries; Impact Of Recent Development In Austria, Belgium, Finland,
France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain; Economic Challenges, Role Of
Government,
Human Welfare, Tax Structure And Future.
Unit V: Economic and Business Environment in SAARC Countries-SAARC Objectives, Structure of Economies In
SAARC Region, Brief Country Profile, Economic Environment, Problems And Prospects In Bangladesh, Sri-Lanka,
Nepal, Pakistan, India
Unit VI: Economic And Business Environment In South America- Ups And Downs Of South America In 21st Century,
Overview Of The Continent, Brief Country Profile , Similarities And Differences Of Countries In South America-Brazil,
Argentina, Venezuela, Chile, Columbia; Regional Trade blocks And Road Ahead.
Suggested Readings:
1) Business Environment-Text and Cases-Justin Paul (Tata Mc Graw Hill)
2) Business Environment, Fernando, Pearson Education Asia
3) Business Environment , Shaikh, Pearson Education Asia
4) Business Environment,Saleem, Pearson Education Asia
303
C28- COST & MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Unit I: Introduction to Cost and Management Accounting: Meaning of Cost, Costing and Cost Accounting, Features,
Scope and Functions of Cost Accounting, Advantages and Limitations of Cost Accounting; Concept of Cost; Analysis and
Classification of Costs; Elements of Cost; Introduction to Management Accounting, importance and scope of management
of Accounting, tools and techniques of management accounting Management accounting Vs. Cost accounting vs. financial
accounting, role of accounting information in planning and control
Unit II: Unit Output Costing & Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts:
Preparation of Cost Sheet (Statement of Cost); Quotations and tender. Introduction; need for reconciliation, reasons for
disagreement in Profit; Procedure/Methods of Reconciliation; Reconciliation Statement;
Unit III: Contract and Operating Costing: Silent clauses and accounting features of Contract costing, Retention money
clause and Escalation clause, Profit of uncompleted Contract, WIP in balance sheet. Features of operating costing:
Transport costing (Standard charge, running and operating cost, maintenance charges and log sheet), Canteen, Hospital
and hotels costing.
Unit IV: Ratio Analysis: Introduction, Meaning of Ratio; Mode of Expression; Steps in Ratio Analysis; Importance of
Ratio Analysis; Nature of Ratio Analysis; Limitations of Ratio Analysis; Classification of Ratios; Balance Sheet Ratios;
Revenue Statement Ratios; Activity of Turnover Ratios; Profit Cover Ratios; Du pont Chart; Miscellaneous Practical
Problems.
Unit V: Marginal Costing: Introduction, Application of Marginal costing in terms of cost control , profit planning,
Closing down a plant, dropping a product line, charging general and specific fixed costs, fixation of selling price, make or
buy decisions, key or limiting factor, selection of suitable product mix, desired level of profits, diversification of products,
closing down or su pending activities, level of activity planning- Break-even-analysis: Application of BEP for various
business problems. Inter-firm comparison: Need for inter-firm comparison, types of comparisons, advantages.
Unit VI: Budgets and Budgetary Control: Concept of Budget; Objectives of a Budget; Budgetary Control;
Characteristics, Advantages and Limitations of Budgetary Control; Master Budget; Classification of Budgets; Long Term
Budget; Short Term Budget; Fixed and Flexible Budget; Sales Budget; Production Budget; Material Budget; Labour
Budget; Capital Expenditure Budget; Cash Budget; Preparation of Flexible Budget and Cash Budget; Zero
Base Budgeting.
Suggested Readings:
1. Cost and Management Accounting V. K. Saxena & C. D. Vashist, Sultan Chand & Sons Publication.
2. Management Accounting, Bhagwati & Pillai, Second Edition, S. Chand &. Company ltd.
3. Cost Accounting Theory and Practice, Bhahatosh Banerjee, PHI
4. Cases In Management Accounting & Control System, Allen, Pearson
5. Cost & Management Accounting, Ravi M Kishore, Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd.
6. Management Accounting: Theory and Problems, M.Y. Khan, P.K. Jain, TMH
304
E29- PROFICIENCY MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives: To make budding managers aware about themselves so as to help them find the strength and
weaknesses (deficiencies) within the self, To prepare them to meet with the expectations of different roles they will
perform as a manager or as an entrepreneur, To equip them with essential skills required for effective and efficient
performance that will ensure personal and career growth, To ensure smoother and faster adaptation (accommodation and
assimilation) to corporate culture & changing demands of the work environment.
Unit I: Self Awareness / Know thyself: Methods of Introspection- SWOT analysis, Johari Window, Transactional
analysis Individual Peculiarities- Life Positions, Personality Types, Defence Mechanisms. Perceptions – perceived risks,
Attitude formation, Motivations. Introduction to Personality Assessment & Testing tools (MBTI, FIRO-B, 16 PF)
Unit II: Role of different Intelligence: Intellectual Intelligence – factor theories and process – oriented theories of
intelligence (Sp. G-factor theory, Multifactor theory, Information processing theory), Emotional Intelligence, managing
self and other‘s emotions.
Unit III: Role of a Manager: Tasks and responsibilities of a Professional Manager, Efficient performance of managerial
functions, Organisational Hierarchies & reporting systems, Introduction to various Management Systems and Processes,
Management by Objectives, Management by Exception.
Unit IV: Self Development: Thinking – Thinking process, Lateral thinking and Creative thinking, Logical thinking
(inductive and deductive logic) Learning–Levels of learning, Honey & Mumford‘s learning styles, Cognitive learning,
Social learning, Experiential Learning. Memory–levels of Forgetting, causes of forgetting, memory techniques.
Understanding Organisational Culture, Creating and managing personal identity at work
place.
Unit V: Self Management : Goal setting, Time management, Stress Management – effective coping strategies, Conflict
Management – types, conflict resolution techniques, Negotiation skills, Problem solving & Decision making skills,
Knowledge management, Organizational skills, Leadership Styles and their application, Situational Leadership.
Unit VI: Other’s Management : Social Skills – Interpersonal relations, Empathy, Management of Work Life Balance,
Foundations of Group Behaviour - group decision making techniques, work teams, virtual teams, Getting and Giving
Information, Understanding group needs and characteristics, Knowing and understanding group resources,
Controlling the Group members, Counselling, Setting the Example.
Suggested Readings:
1. Wallance, Masters, Personality Development, Cengage, 2009
2. Ramesh & Ramesh, The ACE of Soft Skills: Attitude, Comm. and Etiquette for Success, Pearson, 2010
3. Lewis, Body Language, Sage Publication, 2008
4. Hurlock, Personality Development, Tata McGraw hill, 2010
5. Bhatti, the Dynamics of Personality, Pearson, 2009
6. BELBIN R. M., Management teams: why they succeed or fail, Oxford, Butterworth-Heinemann, 1981
7. Morgan, King, Weiss & Schopler, Introduction to psychology, Tata McGraw Hill.
305
E29- TAXATION
Unit I: Basics of taxation and income from salary: Previous year, Assessment year, assesses, types of assessee, person,
income, Gross total income, Total taxable income, Residential status and incidence of tax liability, Agricultural income,
income exempted from tax u/s 10, Computation of Income under the head salary, assessment of Individual.
Unit II: Income from Business & Profession & Capital gains: concept of business, profession and vocation,
computation of income from business and profession (including professionals) and concept of Minimum Alternative Tax
(MAT), Income from capital gains.
Unit III: Deductions and other provisions: Deductions under section 80C to 80U (Chapter VI). Set of & Carry forward
of losses, Tax deducted at source, Return of Income, Authoritiesand Assessment Procedure
Unit IV: Central Excise laws: Basis of chargeability of duties of Central Excise, Goods, Excisable goods, Manufacture
and manufacturer, Classification, Valuation of excisable goods, Related Person, Captive Consumption, registration and
procedure in central excise law. Basic procedures, Export, SSI, Job Work, CENVAT credit rules.
Unit V: Customs laws: Basic concepts of customs law; Types of custom duties., Anti- Dumping Duty, Safeguard Duty;
Valuation of custom duty; Customs Procedures,, Baggage, Exemptions, Warehousing, Demurrage, Duty Drawback.,
Special Economic Zones.
Unit VI: VAT Act and Service Tax:. VAT, Salient feature of State VAT Acts; Treatment of stock & branch transfer
under State VAT Acts, Filing & Return under State VAT Acts. Introduction, Nature of Service Tax; Service Provider and
Service Receiver; Registration procedure; Records to be maintained; Classification of taxable services; Valuation of
taxable services. Exemptions and Abatements. Payment of service tax, Return and Taxable Services.
Suggested Readings:
1. Ahuja, G. K. & Gupta, Ravi, Systematic Approach to Income Tax. Allahabad, Bharat
Law House.
2. Datey V. S.: Indirect Taxes, Taxmann Publications, New Delhi
3. Bhagwati Prasad, Direct Taxes Law & Practice, Wishwa Prakashan.
4. N Hariharan, Income Tax – Law and Practices, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
5. Singhania V. K., Singhania Kapil, Singhania Monica, Students Guide to Income Tax,
Taxmann Publications, New Delhi.
306
E20- OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Unit I: LPP - Resource Allocation: Introduction to Linear Programming Problems, Graphical Method - Assumptions,
Formulation and Solution by Graphical Method: Feasibility Region, Unboundedness, Infeasibility, Multiple Optimum
Solutions. Simplex method of solution. Use of primal-dual computational formulas to find a solution of an LPP.
Unit II: LPP – Transportation & Assignment – Transportation: Formulation and Solution by North West Corner Rule
(NWC), Least Cost Method (LCM) and Vogel‘s Approximation Method (VAM); Optimization by Modified Distribution
Method (MODI). Assignment: Formulation and Solution.
Unit III: Queuing Theory - Queuing model, Static and Dynamic Arrivals, Single Server and Multiple Server Queues.
Transition-rate diagrams. Role of the exponential distribution in queuing models, Introduction to Simulation Process,
Monte Carlo Simulation, Generation of Random Numbers, Queuing Model [M/M/1: ( /FCFS)], Simulation of Queuing
System.
Unit IV: Replacement & Inventory models - Replacement Policies: Equipment Deteriorate Gradually, Time Value of
Money Considered. Equipment Fail Suddenly (Group Replacement), Staff Replacement. Inventory Models with
Probabilistic & Deterministic Demand. Classic EOQ, EOQ with bulk purchasing, EOQ with storage limitations, Simulation
on Inventory System.
Unit V: PERT/CPM - Rules of Network Construction, Network Analysis (Forward Pass, Backward Pass, Critical Paths
and Floats). Resource Analysis and Allocation (Crashing), Probability in PERT, PERT vs. CPM. Limitations and
Difficulties in Network Methods.
Unit VI: Game Theory - Terminology, Game Models, Two Person Zero Sum Games and their Solutions, Graphical
Method, Algebraic Method, Arithmetic Methods, Methods of Matrices. Sequencing - Introduction, Terminology &
Assumptions, Processing jobs through 2, 3 and ‗m‘ machines. Idle time minimization through sequencing models.
Suggested Readings:-
1. Introduction to Operations Research- Hillier & Liberman – McGraw Hill
2. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N. D. Vohra – Tata McGraw Hill
3. Operations Research - Paneersevam – Prentice Hall of India
4. Operations Research – J. K. Sharma - McMillan
5. Operations Research – Hira and Gupta – S. Chand & Co.
6. Operations Research – V.K. Kapoor – Sultan Chand &. Sons, New Delhi.
307
E20- BUSINESS ETHICS
Unit I: Business Ethics: Introduction, Concepts and theories : Introduction, definitions, importance and need for Business
ethics, Values and morals. Management and ethics, Normative Theories, – Gandhian Approach, Friedman‘s Economic
theory, Kant‘s Deontological theory, Mill & Bentham‘s Utilitarianism theory.
Unit II: Business & Organisational Ethics: The Indian Business scene, Ethical Concerns, LPG & Global trends in
business ethics, Business ethics rating in India. Organizations & Organisation culture, Types of Organization, Corporate
code of ethics – Formulating, Advantages, implementation Professionalism and professional ethics code.
Unit III: Corporate Governance: Introduction, mechanisms and systems of corporate governance, Indian model of
Corporate Governance, OECD principles, World Bank on Corporate Governance, McKinsey Survey on CG, Indian
Committees and guidelines.
Unit IV: Corporate social Responsibility: Introduction, Models for implementation of CSR, Advantages, Scope, and
steps to attain CSR, Prestigious awards for CSR, CSR & Indian Corporations-A Score Card, Future of Indian CSR
Unit V: Environment Ethics, Marketing Ethics & Ethics in HRM: India‘s Environment Policy, Environment Risk
Management, Environment Audit, Areas in Marketing Ethics, Beyond the 4P‘s,Role of HR in creating an ethical
organisation.
Unit VI: Globalisation & Business ethics: Growth of Global Corporations, Factors facilitating Globalisation, Impact of
globalization on Indian corporate and social culture, Advantages and disadvantages of MNC‘s to the Host Country,
International codes of Business Conduct, Whistle blowing and its codes.
Suggested Readings:
1. Business Ethics – Concept & Practice - B. H. Agalgatti & R. P. Banerjee – (Nirali
Publication)
2. Ethics in Business & Management - R. P. Banerjee (Himalaya Publication)
3. Business Ethics. by Crane – Pub. By Oxford Press
4. Corporate Governance & Business Ethics – (Text & Cases), U. C. Mathur,
Macmillan India Ltd.
5. Business Ethics, C S V Murthy, Himalaya Publishing House
6. Business Ethics & Corporate Governance, by A.C. Fernando
308
E20- BUSINESS ETHICS
Unit I: Business Ethics: Introduction, Concepts and theories : Introduction, definitions, importance and need for Business
ethics, Values and morals. Management and ethics, Normative Theories, – Gandhian Approach, Friedman‘s Economic
theory, Kant‘s Deontological theory, Mill & Bentham‘s Utilitarianism theory.
Unit II: Business & Organisational Ethics: The Indian Business scene, Ethical Concerns, LPG & Global trends in
business ethics, Business ethics rating in India. Organizations & Organisation culture, Types of Organization, Corporate
code of ethics – Formulating, Advantages, implementation Professionalism and professional ethics code.
Unit III: Corporate Governance: Introduction, mechanisms and systems of corporate governance, Indian model of
Corporate Governance, OECD principles, World Bank on Corporate Governance, McKinsey Survey on CG, Indian
Committees and guidelines.
Unit IV: Corporate social Responsibility: Introduction, Models for implementation of CSR, Advantages, Scope, and
steps to attain CSR, Prestigious awards for CSR, CSR & Indian Corporations-A Score Card, Future of Indian CSR
Unit V: Environment Ethics, Marketing Ethics & Ethics in HRM: India‘s Environment Policy, Environment Risk
Management, Environment Audit, Areas in Marketing Ethics, Beyond the 4P‘s,Role of HR in creating an ethical
organisation.
Unit VI: Globalisation & Business ethics: Growth of Global Corporations, Factors facilitating Globalisation, Impact of
globalization on Indian corporate and social culture, Advantages and disadvantages of MNC‘s to the Host Country,
International codes of Business Conduct, Whistle blowing and its codes.
Suggested Readings:
1. Business Ethics – Concept & Practice - B. H. Agalgatti & R. P. Banerjee – (Nirali
Publication)
2. Ethics in Business & Management - R. P. Banerjee (Himalaya Publication)
3. Business Ethics. by Crane – Pub. By Oxford Press
4. Corporate Governance & Business Ethics – (Text & Cases), U. C. Mathur,
Macmillan India Ltd.
5. Business Ethics, C S V Murthy, Himalaya Publishing House
6. Business Ethics & Corporate Governance, by A.C. Fernando
309
SEMESTER-III
C31- STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Strategic management - Introduction to strategic management, Strategic decision making, Strategic management
process; Difference between Policy, Strategy and Tactics. Vision, Mission & goals, Preparation of Vision & Mission
Statement; Organisational objectives, Hierarchy of objectives & strategies, setting of Objectives.
Unit II: Internal & Resource analysis - SWOT analysis, Resource analysis- a) Organisation capabilities & competitive
advantage b) Value chain analysis; Concept of synergy – Core competency, Competitive analysis - Interpreting the five
forces model, Competitors analysis. External analysis - Environment analysis a) Components of External environment b)
Components of Internal environment c) Environmental scanning. Industry Analysis a) A Framework for industry analysis
b) Michael Porter‘s Analysis c) Usefulness of industry analysis.
Unit III: Strategy Formulation - Corporate level strategy: A) Growth-Concentration, Horizontal, Vertical, B)
Diversification- Concentric, conglomerate. C) Expansion through Cooperation; Merger, Acquisitions, Joint ventures &
strategic alliances D) Stability - Pause/proceed with caution, No change, Profit strategies. E) Retrenchment –Turnaround,
Captive Company Strategy, Selling out Bankruptcy, Liquidation.
Unit IV: Portfolio Approach & analysis - a) Portfolio analysis, advantages & disadvantages, b) BCG Matrix c) General
Electric‘s Business Screen, d) Life cycle or Arthur D Little matrix, e) Balance scorecard. 7s Framework, Strategic Business
Unit (SBUS), Merits & Demerits of SBU; Leadership, Power & organisation culture.
Unit V: Business Level strategy & Functional level strategy - A) Business Level strategy- Competitive advantage, Low
cost strategy, Differential strategy and Focus strategy, B) Functional level strategy - Operations strategy, Marketing
strategy, Financial strategy, Human Resource strategy. Global strategy - Reasons for globalization, Global expansion
strategy, International Portfolio Analysis; Market entry strategy, International strategy & competitive advantage.
Unit VI: Strategic Implementation Strategic evaluation, Control & continuous Improvement - Establishing strategic
evaluation & control; The quality imperative: continuous Improvement to build customer value, Fundamentals of Six
sigma approach for continuous improvement.
Suggested Readings:
1. Strategic Planning & Formulation of Corporate Strategy, V S Ramaswami, S Namaumari, Publication-
Macmillan, India.
2. Strategic Management ,9 th Edition – John A Pearce II, Richard B Robinson, Jr Publication-Tata
McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
3. Understanding Strategic Management,Henry, Oxford University Press
4. Crafting & executive strategy -14 th edition, Arthur A. Thompson Jr, A.J. Strickland III, Publication-
Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
5. Management Policy & strategic Management – R.M. Srivastava Publication – Himalaya Publishing
House.
6. Global Strategic management – Kamel Mellahi, J. George Frynas, Paul Finlay Publication- Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
7. Strategic Management,Chandrasekara,Anant Narayanan, Oxford University Press
310
C32- INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Unit I: International Trade – Concepts And Theories: International Trade, Origin, Need & Importance, Historical
Background, Barter Trade, Factor Endowment Theory, Comparative Cost Theory, Opportunity Cost Theory, Modern
Theory Of International Trade.
Unit II: Global Trade Scenario Overview., Trading Blocs, (Eu, Nafta Etc),Trade Agreements, Trade & Tariff Barriers,
Specific & Advaloram Tariff, Non Tariff Areas Quota, Subsidies, Gatt & Unctad, Impact Of Globalisation And Wto On
World Trade
Unit III: International Business Environment – Factors Affecting Environment – Economic, Social, Cultural
Commercial, Competitive,, Political, Legal, Technological Etc.
Unit IV: Foreign Trade Of India – Direction, Flow And Trends, Exim Policy, Institutional Support For Foreign Trade –
Dgft, Exim Bank, Ecgc, Export Promotion Councils, Epz, Eou, Sez Etc.
Unit V: Exchange Rate Management – Basic Concepts – Balance Of Trade, Balance Of Payments, Exchange Rate
Theory (Purchasing Power Parity), Working Of Foreign Exchange Markets, Determination Of Rate Of Exchange, Role Of
Rbi, Introduction To Fema.
Unit VI: International Economic Organisations And International Monetary/ Financial System – World Bank, Imf, Ifc,
Adb Etc., Settlement Of International Financial Transactions, Balance Of Payments, Exchange Rate Theories, International
Liquidity.,
Suggested Readings:
1. International Business – Subba Rao, Himalaya Publications
2. International Business – R.M. Joshi, Oxford University Press
3. International Business Strategy – A. Nag, Vikas Publishing House
4. Global Business Management – M. Adhikary, Macmillan Publishers
311
C33- ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
Unit I: Entrepreneurship – Entrepreneurship and its Relationship with the Economic Development, Barriers to
Entrepreneurship (Factors affecting Growth of Entrepreneurship), Theory of Achievement Motivation, McClelland‘s
Experiments, Women Entrepreneur‘s. Entrepreneurship Development in India: Issues and Opportunities, Small-Scale
Sector in India.
Unit II: Entrepreneurship Trends - Forms of Ownerships, Franchising, Types of Entrepreneurship, Career Planning,
Choice of Entrepreneurship as a Career, Cases from Indian Industry. The ED Cycle, Identifying & Developing
Entrepreneurial Potential, Techno economics innovation and entrepreneurship, Socio-psychological factors influencing
entrepreneurship development.
Unit III: Business Idea and Business Plan -, Creativity and Innovation, Business Ideas Generation Process, Evaluation of
Business Idea. Building the Business Plan, Venturing an Enterprise, Financial Considerations (Cash Flow Management,
Financial Plan, Business Plan). Role of chamber of commerce, industries associations and other bodies like, FICCI,
CII, TIE, DICCI etc.
Unit IV: - Registration of new venture and Support Systems - Steps and processes involved in setting up a
manufacturing unit and a service unit. Process of registration and formalities; Activities of SIDBI, EDI, NIESBUD, DIC,
NABARD Government policy, Agency supporting entrepreneurial development Industrial estates. Role of MSME,
MITCON, MIDC and MCED.
Unit V: The Industry and Ancillarization: Role of Intrapreneurship in Indian industry; Success cases, Ancillarization,
Ancillarization in India, Ancillaries & Industrial Development, Ancillary Opportunities in different Economic Sectors:
Agro Industries, Logistics, BPO, Banking and Finance, Sub-contracting System, Supplier Organization Network Global
Aspect of Entrepreneurship. NGOs and entrepreneurship.
Unit VI: DPR and Financial incentives: Preparation of DPR, Format and contents of a DPR, Bank financing and formats,
Document and clearances required by nationalized banks, SCBA; Schemes for educated unemployed, Fiscal incentives,
Procurement of industrial equipment, marketing support. Role of KVIC and Government schemes of financing.
Suggested Readings:
1. Entrepreneurship 6 th edition. Robert D Hisrich , Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Kuratko- Entrepreneurship – A Contemporary Approach, (Thomson Learning Books)
3. Small-Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship. Desai, Vasant (2003). Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
4. Chary – Business Gurus speaks ( Macmillan)
5. S.S. Khanka – Entrepreneurial Development (S. Chand & Co.)
6. Exploring Entrepreneurship,Blundel & Lockett, Oxford University Press
7. Entrepreneurship, Roy, Oxford University Press
8. Entrepreneurship,Barringer & Ireland, Pearson Publication
9. Entrepreneurship Small Business Enterprises, Charantimath, Pearson Publication
312
C-34 SUMMER INTERNSHIP PROJECT
1. At the end of second semester examination, every student of MBA will undergo on-thejob practical training in an
organization. The training will be of 8 to 10 weeks duration.
2. During the training, the student is expected to learn about the organization and analyze and suggest solutions of a live
problem. The objective is to equip the student with the knowledge of actual functioning of the organization and problems
faced by them for exploring feasible solutions and suggestions.
3. During the course of training, the organization (where the student is undergoing training) will assign a problem/project
to the student.
4. The student, after the completion of training will submit a report to the College/Institute, which will form part of third
semester examination. However, the report must be submitted by the end of August during third semester so that it is
evaluated well in time.
5. The report (based on training and the problem/project studied) prepared by the student will be known as Summer Project
Report (SPR). The report should ordinarily be based on primary data. It should reflect in depth study of micro problem,
ordinarily assigned by the organization where student undergoes training. Relevant tables and bibliography should support
it. One comprehensive chapter must be included about the organization where the student has undergone training. This
should deal with brief history of the organization, its structure, performance products/services and problems faced. This
chapter will form part I of the Report. Part II of the Report will contain the study of micro research problem. The
average size of Report ordinarily will be 75 to 125 typed pages in standard font size (12) and double spacing. Three neatly
typed and soft bound (paperback) copies of the report will be submitted to the College/Institute. The report will be typed in
A-4 size paper.
6. The Report will have two certificates; one by the Head of the Institute/College and another by the Reporting Officer of
the organization where the student has undergone training. These two certificates should be attached in the beginning of the
report.
7. The report will be evaluated by two examiners appointed by the Director. It will carry total 100 marks divided into
written report of 50 marks and presentation of 50 marks. Person having minimum 3 years of experience of teaching MBA
OR a person from industry having 3 years experience at managerial level shall be appointed as examiner.
8. It is mandatory that the student will make presentation in the presence of teachers and
students. The student is expected to answer to the queries and questions raised in such a
presentation.
313
E35- COMMUNICATION SKILLS- II
Objective: This course aims train students on all important aspects of Business Communications, which can be
professionals through The basic objective is to sharpen the communication skills of students for getting ready for efficient
and effective management
Unit I: Communications in Business: Systems approach, forms of business communication, management and
communication, factors facilitating communications, Business applications of Communication.
Unit II: Dimensions of Communications: The Cross Cultural Dimensions of Business Communication, Technology and
Communication, Ethical & Legal Issues in Business Communication, Mass Communications and its role in Business,
Negotiation Process Management, Communications and its impact on Business
Unit III: Business Correspondence: Etiquettes of Business writing, Business letters: Memos, minutes, agendas, enquiries,
orders, sales letters, notice, tenders, letters of application, letter of complaints, Job applications/ Covering letters
Unit IV: Group communication: Role of Communications in Committees, conference, Seminar, Symposia and other
formal communications; Meeting - types of meetings, agenda and minutes of the meeting, Mass Communications -
Publicity, Press Releases, Marketing Communications, Public Relations, business writing in media and social networking
platforms, Newsletters.
Unit V: Report Writing: TECHNICAL REPORTS: Product manuals, User Guides and statutory communications,
Format, Choice of vocabulary, coherence and cohesion, paragraph writing, organization of Report. PROJECT REPORTS:
Writing a Summer Project Report, Components of a Project Report, Project proposal, Executive Summary writing,
appraisal reports, Presentation of a Report, Fundamentals of Open-defense.
Unit VI: Exercise in Communications: Exercises on Corporate Writing, Group Discussion and Employment Interviews,
Designing Visual Communication, Creating and Delivering Sales Pitch / Presentations, E-mail writing.
Suggested Readings:
1. Sharan J. Genrson and Steven M. Gerson – "Technical Writing – Process and Product" – Pearson Education, 2000
2. Baugh, Frayer & Thomas How to write first class Business Correspondence-Viva Books.
3. Raymond V. Lesikar, John D. Pettit and Mary E. Flatley – Lesikars Basic Communication Tata McGraw Will 8th
Edition,1999
4. Herta A Murphy & Herbert W Hildebrandt - Effective Business Communication - Mc Graw – Hill international Edition.
5. Boove, C.L., Thill, J.V. & Chaturvedi, M. (2009). Business Communication Today, Pearson.
6. Stevel. E. Pauley, Daniel G. Riordan – Technical Report Writing Today – AITBS Publishing & Distributors, India 5th
edition ,2000.
7. How to Do well in GDs and Interviews,Trishna, Pearson Education
314
E36- BUSINESS PLAN/ FIELD REPORT
Objective: To equip students with the skills of writing a business plan and to effectively deploy the conceptual knowledge
for creating a practical, rational and real business proposal.
Unit I: Opportunity / Competition Analysis: Analysis of the business opportunity, SWOT, Risk analysis, the four Cs of
credit: Character, Cash flow, Collateral and equity contribution. Description of Venture Product(s), Service(s), Size of
business, Background of entrepreneurs, Writing Vision / Mission statements, Using information from sources like Trade
associations, Government reports, Published studies, Searching the Net for information, Information
filtering
Unit II: Target Market: Industry Analysis , PESTEL, Future outlook and trends, Industry forecasts ,Analysis of
competitors, Differentiation, Market Segmentation; Define the market - its total potential and approximate size,
Demographic information; Psychographic Information of Customers & Businesses.
Unit III: Marketing & Sales plan: Industry Trends, Product/Service, Target Market, Competitive Analysis; Marketing
Mix- Pricing, Distribution, Promotion, Product forecasts, Controls; Marketing Budgets & Promotion mix.
Unit IV: Production / Operations Plan: Manufacturing process, Subcontracted work, Land & Building, Physical plant,
Machinery and equipment, raw materials suppliers and alternative suppliers, Suppliers comparison chart, Regulatory &
Tax environment - Central, State & Local; Organizational structure; Human Resource - Analysis of availability ,
Compensation, Benefits, facilities etc.
Unit V: Development plans: Future growth and expansion plans, strategies for expansion, resource requirements and
source of generation of resources, assumptions made, Explanation of rowth variables.
Unit VI: Financials & Backup Documents: Proforma income statement, Cash flow projections, Proforma balance sheet,
Break-even analysis, Sources and applications of funds, Detailed calculations of various financial figures (Depreciation,
Interest, Salaries & Wages, other Overheads); Backup material-letters, Market data, Leases or contracts, Price lists from
suppliers etc.
Suggested Readings:
1. The Definitive Business Plan: The Fast Track to Intelligent Business Planning for Executives and Entrepreneurs
(Financial Times Series), Sir Richard Stutely
2. How to Write a Great Business Plan (Harvard Business Review Classics), William A Sahlman.
3. How to Write a Business Plan, Third Edition, Brian Finch, Replika Press Pvt. Ltd. India
315
E36- APTITUDE DEVELOPMENT
Objective: The objective of this course is to enhance the Numerical ability and Aptitude of the students by acclimatizing
them with the various analytical techniques. By improving Verbal and Non-verbal ability of students, the course will help
them in acquiring the skills to solve placement papers of Companies.
Unit I: Arithmetic Aptitude: Mathematical Solutions: Simplification, Square Root and Cube Root, Surds and Indices,
H.C.F, L.C.M, Decimal Fraction, Permutation and Combination, Number System, Percentage , Average , Speed &
Distance, Probability, Mensuration, Volume. Spatial: Trains, Time and Distance, Height and Distance, Time and
Work, Boats and Streams. Interests: Simple Interest, Compound Interest, Profit and Loss, Partnership & Percentage. Time:
Problems on Ages, Calendar & Clock. Area: Averages, Area, Volume and Surface Area. Ratio and Proportion: Stocks and
Shares. Alligations: Chain Rule, Pipes and Cistern, Mixture, Races and Games, Probability, Odd Man Out and
Series.
Unit II: Data Interpretation: Table Charts, Data Sufficiency, Bar Charts, Tables, Pie Charts, Graphs and Line Charts
Unit III: Logical Reasoning: Number Series, Letter and Symbol Series, Verbal Classification, Analogies, Artificial
Language, Matching Definitions, Making Judgments, Verbal Reasoning, Logical Problems, Logical Games, Analyzing
Arguments, Statement and Assumption, Course of Action, Statement and Conclusion, Cause and Effect, Statement and
Argument, Logical Deduction
Unit IV: Verbal Reasoning: Logical Sequence of Words, Blood Relation Test, Syllogism, Series Completion, Cause and
Effect, Dice, Venn Diagrams, Cube and Cuboids, Analogy, Seating Arrangement, Character, Puzzles, Direction Sense
Test, Classification, Arithmetic Reasoning, Verification of Truth.
Unit V: Non Verbal Reasoning : Series Analogy, Classification, Analytical Reasoning,Mirror Images, Water Images,
Embedded Images, Pattern Completion, Figure Matrix, Paper Folding, Paper Cutting, Rule Detection, Grouping of Images,
Dot Situation, ShapeConstruction, Image Analysis, Cubes and Dice.
Unit VI: Verbal Ability: Comprehension, One Word Substitutes, Idioms and Phrases,Change of Voice, Change of
Speech, Verbal Analogies, Spotting Errors, Synonyms,Antonyms, Selecting Words, Spellings, Sentence Formation,
Ordering of Words, SentenceCorrection, Sentence Improvement, Completing Statements, Ordering of Sentences,
Paragraph Formation
Suggested Readings:
1. Quantitative Aptitude by R.S. Agarwal

2. Verbal & Non-verbal Reasoning by R.S. Agarwal
3. English Grammar, Wren & Martin
4. Cracking the Test of Reasoning & Data Interpretation, Prof. Jagdeep Vaishnav, Nishant B. Patel, Biztantra
5. Test of Reasoning, Edgar Thorpe, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2007
316
GROUP 1: MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Paper I: RETAIL & SERVICES MARKETING
Unit I: Retail marketing and retail management, strategic retail marketing, retail marketing mix, CRM and retail
marketing, CBB & retail marketing.
Unit II: Retail location & related strategies, retail store operations, retail organizations &structure, applications of IT in
retail, retail distribution and SCM
Unit III: Retail pricing and promotional pricing, retail branding strategies, store & non-storebrands, merchandising and
warehousing, global retailing, modern trade and new trends inretailing
Unit IV: Services, nature, characteristics, service product & pricing, service positioning,pricing services
Unit V: CRM and services, managing service quality, CBB and services marketing, servicedemand management,
promoting & services
Unit VI: MIS & research for services, demand analysis for services, managing serviceprocesses, service distribution,
employees (people) and services marketing
Suggested Readings:
1. Retail Marketing Management – David Gilbert

2. Retail Marketing – A Sivakumar
3. Retail Marketing – P Mcgoldrick
4. Retail Management – Barry Berman/ Joel R Evans/ Mini Mathur
5. Services Marketing – K Rama Mohan Rao
6. Services Marketing - Alan Wilson,Valarie Zeithaml,Mary Jo Bitner,Dwayne Gremler
7. Services Marketing – Christopher Lovelock/ Jochen Wirtz/ Jayanta Chatterji
8. Services Marketing – Harsh Verma
9. Principles of Services Marketing – Adrian Palmer
10. Services Marketing, Apte,Oxford University Press
Paper II: PRODUCT MANAGEMENT & BRAND MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Product Life Cycle and its variants, levels of a product, product mix, product portfoliodecisions, BCG matrix and
its applications.
Unit II: Product planning, new product development process, Innovation and Creativity,product testing, product placement
& commercialisation, conducting financial cost benefitanalysis and its tools.
Unit III: Introduction to brands, branding and brand management, brand research and brandequity, branding for different
product categories, branding & differentiation, brand image,brand element and brand association.
Unit IV: Brand equity measurement, competitive analysis, brand positioning, brandhierarchies and brand portfolio
analysis.
Unit V: CBBE (Customer based brand equity), Branding & IMC, branding and marketingmix, branding and product mix,
brand attributes, branding and segmentation.
Unit VI: Developing brand strategies, brand image and awareness, brand equity systems,brand value, brand extensions,
brand roadmap, sustaining and managing brand equity andglobal branding.
317
Suggested Readings:
1. Product Strategy & Management – M Baker & S Hart
2. Strategic Brand Management – K Keller, MG Parameswaran, Isaac Jacob
3. Expert Product Management – Brian Lawley
4. 42 Rules of Product Management – Greg Cohen
5. The Product Manager‘s Handbook –Linda Gorchels
6. Building Strong Brands – David Aaker
7. Managing Strong Brands – David Aaker
8. Branding Unbound – Mathieson
9. United we Brand – Moser
10. Strategic Brand Management,Eliott & Percy,Oxford Publication
Paper III: CONSUMER BUYING BEHAVIOUR & INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
Unit I: Concept of consumer personality & brand personality as related to STP, buying influences on consumers and
organizational buyers, consumer motivation, perception,learning & attitudes.
Unit II: Reference groups, buying process, factors influencing buying decisions, models ofbuying behaviour, post
purchase behaviour.
Unit III: Marketing research, methods of research and research process, data collection techniques, sources of secondary
data for marketing decisions, relevance of secondary data,marketing metrics.
Unit VI: IMC definition, scope, elements, role, etc., models of IMC, media and media planning, IMC strategy and process,
new media
Unit V: IMC and brand communication process, role of advertising in branding process BTL,OOH, etc., promotions in
IMC – consumer, trade sales, co-branding, in-branding, etc.
Unit VI: Creativity and innovation in IMC, packaging and labelling in IMC, PR and ethics inPR, corporate
communications, International communications, cross cultural issues in IMC.
Suggested Readings:
1. Consumer Behaviour – Schiffman, Kanuk & Kumar
2. Consumer Behaviour & Branding – Kumar
3. Integrated Advertising, Promotion & Marketing Communications – Clow & Baack
4. Advertising – Jafkins
5. Advertising Management – R Batra, J Myers, D Aaker
Paper IV: ADVANCED MARKETING TECHNIQUES
Unit I: Global marketing, country analysis & study of global /emerging markets, marketentry and global sourcing
strategies, global marketing using internet.
Unit II: Strategic Marketing Process, types of strategies like follower, leader, etc., valuechain analysis and value creation
strategies, growth strategies.
Unit III: Nature & scope of rural markets, characteristics of rural customers and buyerprofile, marketing to cooperatives,
channels of distribution in rural India.
Unit IV: Marketing Engineering: Customer value assessment and valuing customers,marketing response models.
Unit V: Inbound marketing, qualification of opportunities, reverse marketing, up-selling,down-selling and cross selling
techniques.
318
Unit VI: Business marketing, characteristics of business markets, organizational buyingbehaviour, pricing and
negotiations, B2B channel management, IMC for B2B marketing
Suggested Readings:
1. Global Marketing – Douglas Lamont
2. Global Marketing Management – Warren J Keegan
3. Strategic Marketing – David W Cravens & Nigel Piercy
4. Rural Marketing – Pradeep Kashyap
5. Marketing Strategy – A Ranchhod & Calin Gurau
6. Marketing Strategy & Competitive Positioning – G Hooley, Nigel Piercy, B Nicouland
7. Contemporary Direct & Interactive Marketing – L Spiller & M Baier
8. Marketing Engineering – Gary L Lilien, Arvind Rangaswamy & Arnaud De Bruyn
9. B2B Marketing – Steve Minett
10. The DNA of Marketing – Ira Kalb
319
GROUP 1: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Paper I: ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Capital structure & Value of firm - Assumptions & definitions, NI approach, NOIapproach, Traditional Position,
MM position, Taxation & capital structure, Trade off theory,Signaling theory. EBIT-EPS Analysis.
Unit II: Cash & Receivables Management - Motives of holding cash, factors determiningthe cash balance, managing the
cash flow, Options for investing surplus funds & strategiesfor managing surplus funds, Cash Management Models- the
Baumol model, The Beranek Model, The Miller-Orr Model. Credit policies, Evaluating the debtors, Credit analysis &
decision, Credit terms & collection policies, Control of accounts receivables, Heuristic
approach
Unit III: Leasing, Hire-purchase & Project Finance - Types of leases, rationale for leasing, Mechanics of leasing,
Operating lease, Leasing as financial decision, Lease Vs borrow & buy evaluation, Hire-purchase arrangement, Choice
between leasing & hire purchase, Project finance – Private Equity, Venture Capital.
Unit IV: Risk Analysis in Capital Budgeting - Sources & perspective of risk, Sensitivity analysis, Scenario analysis,
Breakeven analysis, Miller Model, Simulation analysis, Decision tree analysis, Corporate risk analysis, Managing risk,
Project selection under risk, Risk analysis in practice.
Unit V: Valuation of business and Mergers & Acquisitions - Valuation of business- Adjusted book value method, value
o\f shares and debt method, comparison method, DCF method. M&A – Exchange ratio Financial evaluation of mergers,
M&A as capital budgeting decision, Economic value added & market value added Taxation aspects.
Unit VI: Contemporary issues in Financial Management –Public offerings - IPO, FPO, ASBA, book building, Reverse
book building, private placement, Green shoe option, Red Herring Prospectus. ESOP, ESPP, Refinancing, Securitization,
Private equity, venture Capital, Carbon Credit, Sarbanes ‗Oxley Act, Balanced score card, Sub-prime crisis, P notes,
GDR, ADR, ECB, Indian Depository Receipts, Hundi, Parta system,
NB: Numerical shall be based on Unit I, Unit II, Unit III, Unit IV, and Unit V only
Suggested Readings:
1. Financial Management- Ravi Kishore, Taxmann‘s, New Delhi.

2. Financial Management: Problems and Solutions, Ravi Kishore, Taxmann, New Delhi
3. Financial Management – Theory & Practice by Prasanna Chandra, TMH Publishers 2004
4. Financial Management-I.M. Pandey, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi.
5. Financial Management & Policy – V. K. Bhalla – (Anmol Publication, New Delhi)
6. Strategic Financial Management – Dr. J.B. Gupta – Taxmann‘s, New Delhi
7. Financial Management – Rajiv shrivastava, Anil Misra – Oxford Higher Education.
8. Financial Management – M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain – Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 6th Edition
Paper-II: RISK MANAGEMENT AND DERIVATIVES
Unit I: Risk, Return and Market Indices- Types of Risk; Significance of Beta, Beta versus Standard Deviation; Risk –
Return Trade-Off, Understanding Interest rates, Understanding the Stock Index, Economic Significance of Index
Movements, Index Construction Issues, Desirable Attributes of an Index – impact cost, Applications of Index. Construction
and composition - Sensex and Nifty, Calculation of indices. Free float Market capitalization.
Unit II: Introduction to Derivatives Trading and Settlement-Types of Derivative Contracts, History of Financial
Derivatives Markets, Participants in a Derivative Market, Economic Function of The Derivative Market; Trading of
Derivatives Contracts Futures and Options Trading System, The Trader Workstation, Futures and Options Market
Instruments, Criteria for Stocks and Index Eligibility for Trading, Charges ; Clearing and Settlement - Clearing Entities,
Clearing Mechanism, Settlement Procedure, Risk Management, Margining System
320
Unit III: Option Derivatives and Trading Strategies using options – Types of Options - Call Options, Put Options;
Option Pay-Offs; Terminologies used in the Options Market; Option Pricing – Binomial Model and Black & Scholes
Model; Trading Strategies using options- caps, collars, butterfly, straddle, strangle etc. Option Greeks.
Unit IV: Futures Derivatives and Trading Strategies using futures – Types of Futures – On the basis of Maturity, On
the basis of the underlying asset; Margining in the Futures market; Terminologies used in the Futures Market; Futures
Pricing – Cost of Carry Model; Trading Strategies using futures.
Unit V: Foreign Exchange risk & Corporate Exposure Management – Types of Exposure – Transaction, Economic
and Translation; Foreign Exchange Risk – Types, Risk Management Techniques – External and Internal. International
portfolio diversification and transfer pricing, Risk Management practices in India.
Unit VI: Swaps and Credit Derivatives – Concept and Characteristics; Types of Swaps – Interest Rate Swaps and
Currency Swaps; Structure of Interest Rate Swaps and Intermediated Interest Rate Swaps; Relation between Interest Rate
Swaps and Forward Rate Agreements; Calculations on Swaps. Concept of Credit Derivatives; Evolution and the Global
Scenario; Types – Credit Default Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Credit Options, Credit Linked Notes. RBI guidelines.
NB: Numerical shall be based on Unit I, Unit III, Unit IV, Unit V and Unit VI only.
Suggested Readings:
1. Derivatives and Risk Management, Rajeev Shrivastava, Oxford Higher Education
2. Derivatives and Risk Management, Janakiramnan, Pearson Education Asia
3. Financial Management – Rajiv Shrivastava , Anil Misra – Oxford Higher Education
8. Options Futures and other Derivatives – John C.Hull, PHI-EEE, 2011
9. Reference Material of NCFM from www.nseindia.com
Paper-III FINANCIAL SERVICES MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Financial System- Financial markets [Money, Debt and Equity Markets]- structure, regulatory bodies- Role and
functions–(RBI, IRDA, PFRDA and SEBI); Product features and uses (CP/CD, T bills, REPO, reverse REPO, dated
securities, rated securities, equity shares) and participants – Role and functions (CCIL, FIMMDA, PDs, NSCCL, NSDL,
CDSL. )
Unit II: Banking Services and Operations -Definition of banks, Functions of Commercial Banks, Banking Structure in
India, Role of RBI vis-a-vis other commercial banks, Introduction to Bank Deposits, Types of Deposit Accounts, Common
guidelines of opening and operating accounts and KYC, Deposit Insurance, Principles of Lending and Loan Policy,
Basics of Loan Appraisal, Credit decision-making and Review, Types of Advances- lien, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage,
and charge, Management of Non Performing Assets; Bank Investment Policy, Statutory Reserve Requirements, Non-SLR
Requirements, Concept of PLR, Base rate.
Unit III: Insurance Services - Concept of insurance, principles of insurance, Traditional and Unit linked policies,
individual and group policies, with profit and without profit policies, Different type of insurance products – whole life
products, interest sensitive products, term assurance annuities, endowment, assurance. Medi-Claim and health insurance
products - Different types of products available in the market, Salient features, Tax treatment General Insurance Products -
Different types of products available in the market, Salient features.
Unit IV: Underwriting, Premium, and Claims – Insurance underwriting, underwriters Vs. Actuaries, factors to be
considered in insurance underwriting, underwriting philosophy and guidelines, individual and group underwriting; risk
analysis and evaluation, Classification of risks, methods of acceptance of risk, underwriting process, recent trends in
underwriting; Claims – introduction, types, claim procedure – maturity, death, Surrender and rider; Other precautions
during settlement
321
Unit V: Credit Rating Services – Introduction, regulatory framework, SEBI Credit Rating Agencies Regulation, Credit
rating agencies in India, Credit rating process and methodology, CAMEL model, Rating symbols and grades, Significance,
advantages and Limitations of credit rating.
Unit VI: Mutual Funds – Organization Structure, Classification of Funds –Types of Funds – Equity Funds, Debt Funds,
Liquid Funds, Balanced Funds, Monthly Income Plans, ETFs, Commodity Funds, Fund of Funds, Real-Estate Funds;
Calculation of NAV; Systematic Investment Plans; Concept of Cost Averaging and Value Averaging; AMFI; AGNI.
Recent developments in the Mutual Fund industry.
NB: Numerical shall be based on Unit IV, and Unit VI only
Suggested Readings:
1. Strategic Financial Management – Dr. J.B. Gupta – Taxmann‘s, New Delhi
2. Financial Management – Rajiv Shrivastava , Anil Misra – Oxford Higher Education
7. Options Futures and other Derivatives – John C. Hull, PHI-EEE, 2011
8. Financial Institutions and Markets – L. M. Bhole – 4th Edition
9. Reference Material of NCFM from www.nseindia.com
10. Reference Material of NISM Mutual Fund Module from www.nseindia.com
Paper IV: SECURITY ANALYSIS & PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Shares and their valuation – Features of equity, Methods of valuation, Valuation of goodwill, valuation of shares-
asset backing method, EPS method, Market value, Yield based methods, Fair value of shares, Dividend discount models-
with constant dividend, with constant growth, multistage growth models. P/E based valuation.
Unit II: Bond Valuation and Management – Types Of Bonds - Dated Securities And Zero Coupon Bonds; Strips, Bond
Risks – Systematic And Unsystematic; Yield, Current Yield, YTM, Yield To Call, Term Structure Of Interest Rates,
Theories Of Term Structure – Yield Curve, Sensitivity Of Bond Prices, Convexity Tenure, Term To Maturity, Duration
And Modified Duration, Bond Management Strategies.
Unit III: Portfolio Theory - Risk and return for one security, two security and portfolio. Efficient frontier, Investor utility,
Capital Market theory - Background, risk free asset, the market portfolio; capital asset pricing Model, systematic and
unsystematic risk, CML, SML; Arbitrage pricing theory – empirical test of APT, Sharpe‘s Single Index Model.
Unit IV: Equity Portfolio Management - Passive v/s. Active, Value v/s. Growth, Fundamental analysis - Concept,
process, Economy analysis, sector analysis, company analysis; Tools and techniques of fundamental analysis, business
cycle and industry analysis. Preparation of equity research report.
Unit V: EMH and Technical Analysis - Need, EMH – forms, tests and results, Implications of efficient capital markets;
Dow Theory, Random walk Hypothesis, Indian Markets and Efficiency. Technical Analysis – Fundamental Principles;
Charts – Line Charts, Bar Charts, Japanese Candlestick Chart; Trends – Reversal of Trend, Flat Trends, Chart
Patterns/Price Patterns – Reversal Patterns, Continuation Patterns; Moving averages – Simple and Exponential; Momentum
analysis/Relative Strength Index (RSI); Bollinger Bands. MACD
Unit VI: Wealth Management - Investor life cycle and investment goals, Investment options available and their
comparison, Portfolio management process. Rule of 72, Rule of 69, Asset Allocation Strategies – Integrated, Strategic,
Tactical, Insured; Selecting appropriate allocation, Benjamin Graham‘s and Bogle‘s Strategic Asset Allocation Model,
Jacob‘s 4 Step Program to developing a Model Portfolio, Evaluation of Portfolio performance - Treynor, Sharpe, Jensen,
Sortino measure, Fama‘s Performance Measure, Fama‘s 3-Factor Model, Carhart‘s 4-Factor Model, Portfolio Style
Evaluation and Portfolio Attribute Analysis. Strategies of Great Masters.
NB: Numerical shall be based on Unit I, Unit II, Unit III, Unit V and Unit VI only.
Suggested Readings
322
1. Security analysis and Portfolio management, Rangnatham, Pearson Education Asia
2. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers 1/E, 2002
3. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, V.A.Avadhani,2007, Himalaya Publishing House
4. Investment Science, David G.Luenberger, Oxford Univeristy Press.
5. Financial Management, R.P.Rustagi, Galgotia Publication House.
6. Investment – William Sharpe (PHI)
7. Financial Management by S. M. Inamdar, Everest Publishing house, 12th Edition 2004.
323
GROUP 1 : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Paper I: PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT & COMPENSATION
Unit I: Job Evaluation / Grade Structure - a. Purpose and Methods of Job Evaluation, Ranking Systems, Job
Classification / Grading method, Points System, Factor Comparison Method, Packaged Point Plans, Implementation; b. Job
Analysis; Nature/Use, Methods, Job Identification Summary, Relationships, Responsibilities and Duties, Writing Job
Specifications and Descriptions – Judgmental and Statistical Methods.
Unit II: Compensation Planning - Concepts, Nature and objectives of Compensation, Wages, Wage Fixation, Wage
differentials, legal Status of Wages (basics), Wages – Variable Compensation and Supplementary Compensation – Perks,
Fringe Benefits, Pay for Performance – Incentives.
Unit III: Competency Mapping / Workflow Mapping - Concept, Practical Application, Implementation HR Scorecard /
Balanced Scorecard - Introduction, Concept, Structure, Practical Application
Unit IV: Performance Management System - Introduction, Objectives, Tools, Methods of PA, Graphic Rating Scales,
BARS, Alternation Ranking, Forced Distribution Method, Critical Incident Method, MBO, Assessment Centers, Group
Appraisal; 360 deg Feedback, Appraisal Interview; Performance Planning and Potential Appraisal – Trait Based, Behavior
Based and Result Based, Pitfalls.
Unit V: Career Management - Career Development Plan - Employee‘s and Employer‘s Role, Career Anchors, Nature of
Careers, Career Problems – Low ceiling Careers, Career Mapping, Career Counseling, Succession Planning.
Unit VI: Ancillary Topics - Goal Setting, Promotions and Transfers; Separations- Retirement, VRS, Deputation, Death,
Retrenchment, Pink Slips.
Suggested Readings
1. Human Resource Management, by Snell / Bohlander Publication – Thomson
2. Compensation by Milkovich & Neman, 8 th edition. Publication – McGraw –Hill
3. Human Resource Management, by Gary Dessler Publication – Thomson
4. Accounting Practices in HRM by M. Kolay
5. Managing Human Resources by Monappa Publication – Macmillan
6. Performance Management, Herman Aguinis, Pearson Publication
7. Compensation Management,Dipak Kumar Bhattacharya,Oxford University Press.
Paper- II: TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT PRACTICES
Unit I: Training and Development - What is training? Nature of training, Significance of training, Importance of training,
Scope & Objectives of training, Benefits of training, Philosophy of training.
Unit II: Training Need Analysis and Design - Identification of training needs, Environment for training, Areas of
training, Responsibilities for providing training, Training Calendar, Facilities for training. Training Design - Perspectives
for Designing Training, Designing a training programme, Objectives, components and methods of training designs,
Training Process, Training of trainers (TOT).
Unit III: Training & Development Methods and Techniques - Approaches to Training, On the Job Training & Off the
Job Training, Training Methodology – Case Study, Management Games, Brain Storming, Role Play, In- Basket exercises,
Group Discussion; Teaching aids and techniques, Audio-visual aids, Cross cultural training. Concept & Importance of
MDP‘s, Steps in MDP‘s, Methods and Techniques of MDP‘s.
Unit IV- Evaluation of Training - Feedback from participants, Measurement of training effectiveness, Types of
evaluation techniques, Evaluation of trainers and facilities for training.
324
Unit V-Introduction to HRD - Field of HRD: A multi dimensional and new concept, Goals and challenges, Objectives
and determinants, Approaches to HRD. Issues in HRD – Strategy for HRD: Diversify in work force, exit strategy,
competitive advantage and relationship management; Human Resource Planning for diversification, expansion, mergers,
acquisitions and takeovers.
Unit VI- HRD In Different Sectors: - HRD Organizations, Government Agencies and their role in HRD, Rural
development through HRD, Emerging Sectors: I.T. and I.T.E.S.
Suggested Readings
1. Personnel Management and Human Resources – N.C. Jain & Saakshi (Allied Publisher)
2. Effective Human Resource Training and Development Strategy – Dr. B. Rathan Reddy Publication –Himalaya
Publication House
3. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and cases, K. Aswathappa, Publication - McGraw- Hill Publishing
co. ltd
4. Human Resource Management , Tenth Edition, Gary Dessler, Publication- Pearson Education
5. Human Resource Management , Ninth Edition, R.Wayne Mondy, Robert M, Noe, Publication- Pearson Education
6. Human Resource and Personnel Management, by K Aswathapha, Publisher: Mc-Graw Hill.
7. Strategic Human Resource Management, by Tanuja Agrawal, Publisher: Oxford University Press.
8. Personnel and Human Resource Management: Text and Cases, By P. Subba Rao, Publisher: Himalaya Publishing
House.
9. Knowledge Management and the Role of HR by Chris Harman, Publisher: FT Prentice Hall
10. HR Interventions in the Global Competitive Regime: Strategies for Leadership by Charles Xavier, C.S. Adhikary and
Ramana Murty, Publisher: Excel Books
11. Effective Training,P. Nick. Blanchard, James W. Thacker, Pearson Education
Paper-III: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS & LABOUR REGULATIONS
Unit I: Industrial Relation& Democracy - Definition and concept of industrial relation, basic facts, scope, aspects &
ideologies of Industrial relations, Approaches to Industrial relations. (A) COLLECTIVE BARGAINING, definition,
importance, types ,prerequisites of effective collective Bargaining & Collective Bargaining in India; (B) WORKERS
PARTICIPATION: Concept & meaning, Aims & objective, Forms & levels of participation, conditions essential of
working of the scheme.
Unit II: Grievances & Disputes - Nature & causes, settlement machinery, social obligations, Industrial Disputes, causes,
remedial & prevention measures. Consequences of Industrial disputes on Industry & Society, Significance of Peace &
Harmony to Industrial Productivity & progress.
Unit III: Labour Welfare & Social Security Concept - Meaning & scope, Labour welfare & welfare officer in Indian
Industry, his role, perceptive, limitations, role perception and role performance, New challenges & expectations, Training
of welfare officers; Aims of social security measures, methods of providing social security, benefits to workers-social
assistance and social insurance, origin and growth of the idea of social security.
Unit IV: Labour Legislations & ILO - Nature, Scope, character growth & development of labour legislation In India,
Legislation & the constitution of India; Constitution, working & impact of ILO on Labour Legislations in India, ILO
convention & recommendations
Unit V- Normative Labour Legislations - Factories Act, 1948, Bombay shop & Establishment Act 1948, PULP Act
1971.Wage Legislation - Minimum wages Act, Payment Of wages Act 1936, Payment of Bonus Act 1965.Industrial
Relations Legislations – Trade Union Act 1926, Industrial Employment standing order Act 1946, Bombay Industrial
Relations Act, Industrial Dispute Act 1947.Social Security Legislations - Workmen‘s compensation Act, Employees state
Insurance Act 1948, Provident Fund Act 1952 and Payment of Gratuity Act 1972.
Unit VI: Functions & Working Of Offices Attached To Labour Ministry - Directorate – General of Employment &
Training; Labour Bureau; Welfare Commissioners; Various committee constitute by the Government of India (Ministry Of
Labour).
325
Suggested Readings :
1. Dynamics of Industrial Relations by Mamoria & Mamoria – Publisher: Himalaya Publishing House.
2. Industrial Jurisprudence & Labour Legislation by A.M. Sarma, 9 th revised edition –Publisher: Himalaya Publishing
House
3. Labour Laws --- Taxman‘s
4. Essentials of Human Resource Management & Industrial Relations by P. Subbha Rao – Publisher: Himalaya Publishing
House.
5. Industrial Relations by C. S. Venkata Ratnam – Publisher: Oxford University Press.
6. Employee Relations Management, Singh, Kumar ,Pearson Publication
Paper-IV: GLOBAL HRM SCENARIO & PRACTICES
Unit I: Introduction - Business Management of Global Companies - Characteristics of global companies, Difference
between domestic and global companies, H.R. strategy planning for global organizations, HRM approaches in global
companies objectives an scope of international HRM, cultural and reality shock.
Unit II: Comparative Employment Policy - Concept, significance, convergence theory,Marxist theory, the cultural
approach power Distance (PDI), Uncertainty avoidance (UAI),Individuality (INV), Masculinity (MASC).
Unit III: Social Environment ,Staffing and Compensation - Concept, Social environment and HR practices, Staffing:
International recruitment, selection, training and hiring policies, Staff retaining and motivating techniques, International
Compensation - Principles of International Compensation, Methods and practices of International Compensation,
International Compensation and employee satisfaction, case study.
Unit IV: Cultural Literacy and HR Information System in Global Business – Cultural awareness: essentials,
advantages, cultural skills for co-operative advantages, HR information system: Concept, limitations and Uses, Designing
of HRIS, Computerized skill inventories.
Unit V: Developing Global Managers - Global literate leader: concept, essential qualities, communication and
interpersonal Relations, Training, Career development, succession planning, managerial stimulation‘s; case study.
Unit VI: HRM in Europe Japan And America - Background of Europe, the institutions of the European Community
(E.C.): the council of ministers, the commission, the court of justice, the parliament, the social charter, E.C. legislation
procedure, case study; Japans Employee management: Introduction, lifetime employment, characteristics, importance,
limitations, the seniority wage system, relevance of Japanese Management in Indian Context, case study.
Suggested Readings:
1. Strategic Human Resource Management by RANDALL S. SCHULER and SUSAN E JACKSON Publisher:Blackwell
Publishing,
2. Human Resource Champions by Dave Ulrich, Publisher: Harvard Business School Press.
3. International Human Resource Management by Randall Schuler & Dennis Briscoe,(Routledge Global Human Resource
Management Series
4. International Human Resource Management by Monir Tayeb, Publisher: Oxford University Press.
5. Corporate HRD by Biswajeet Pattanayak, Publisher: Excel Books
6. International Human Resource Management,Tony Edwards & Chris Rees, Pearson Publication
326
GROUP 2: INFORMATION SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Paper I: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Unit I: Introduction to Database Management System - DBMS (Database Management System), FMS(File
Management System), FMS Versus DBMS, Over view of DBMS, DBMS Model, DBMS Architecture. Design
Consideration, Decomposition, Functional Dependency, Normalization, 1NF(First Normal Form), 2NF(Second Normal
Form),3NF(Third Normal Form),BCNF(Boyce-Codd Normal Form) (First Normal Form),4NF(Fourth Normal
Form),5NF(Fifth Normal Form), De-normalization.
Unit II: Entity / Relationship (ER) Modeling - Aspects of ER modeling, Types of Relationship, Practical Applications,
Developing of ER Diagrams of various systems (e.g. Organizations, Educational Institutions and any live entity examples).
Relational Model -Relational Database Primer, Relational Database Characteristics, Relational Algebra,Relational
Calculus, Database Integrity, Keys, Entity & Referential Integrity, Views, Joins.
Unit III: Brief Introduction to SQL - History & standardization of SQL, Benefits of SQL,Elements of SQL languages,
Database Objects, Reserve words, Variables, data types, DDL commands(CREATE, DROP, MODIFY, ALTER), DML
COMMANDS (INSERT,UPDATE,DELETE, SELECT), DCL commands, Embedded SQL, Dynamic SQL.
Unit IV: Data Mining & Data Warehousing - Data Mining- Concept, Terminology,Functions, Applications, Types (Text,
Concept, Graph, Sequence, Tree), Techniques,Software. Data Warehousing - Concept, History, Storage Methods, Success
Parameters,Software Evaluation, Architecture, Developing Strategy, Use in Strategic Decision Making,
Maintenance Issues, Web Data Analysis.
Unit V: Object Technology - Introduction to Object Technology, Abstraction,Encapsulation, Inheritance, Object

Technology & RDBMS, Object Oriented Database Management System (OODBMS).
Unit VI: Advanced Topics in DBMS - Deductive Databases: features, Overview of Logic,knowledge representation,
Internet & DBMS, Multimedia Database, Digital Libraries and Mobile Databases. Database Security - Threats & Risk,
Cryptography, Digital Signature, Database Control, User & Database Privileges.
Suggested Readings:
1. Introduction to Database Management Systems,Atul Khate, Oxford Higher Education

2. Database Processing; Fundamentals, Design, and Implementation: David Kroenke, McMillan
3. An Introduction to Database Systems,C. J. Date,A. Kannan, S. Swamynathan, Oxford Higher Education
4. Systems and Developers Manual for a RDBMS such as ORACLE
5. Data Warehousing,Thareja,Oxford Higher Education
6. Guide to SQL: Philips Pratt, Boston Boyd and Fraser, 1990
7. Data Mining,Vikram Pudi,P.Radhakrishna, Oxford Higher Education
8. Object Oriented Analysis: Peter Coad and Yourdon Edward, 2nd Ed, Eaglewood Cliff, New Jersey Yourdon Press
9. Database Management: Fred McFadden and Jeffery Hoofer, 3rd Ed., Redwood City, Benjamin – Cummins,
1991
10. Data Mining Techniques: For Marketing, Sales, and Customer Relationship Management by Michael J. A.
Berry
Paper II: E-BUSINESS
UNIT- I: Introduction-Definition of E-commerce, Unique Features of E-commerce Technology: Ubiquity, Global Reach,
Universal Standards, Richness, Interactivity, Information Density, Personalization/Customization, Social Technology: User
Content Generation and Social Networking, Web 2.0, Play My version; Growth of the Internet and the Web, Origins and
Growth of E-commerce, Insight on Technology: Spider Webs, Bow Ties,Scale-Free Networks and Deep Web Technology
and E-commerce in Perspective
327
Unit – II: E-Business Technologies-The Internet: Key Technology Concepts: Packet Switching, Transmission Control
Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), IP Addresses, Domain Names, DNS, and URLs, Client/Server Computing The
Internet Today: The Internet Backbone, Internet Exchange Points, Campus Area Networks (CANs), Internet Service
Providers, Intranets and Extranets, Who Govern the Internet? Building an E-commerce Website: Planning: The Systems
Development Life Cycle, Systems Analysis/Planning: Identify Business Objectives, System Functionality and Information
Requirements. , System Design: Hardware and Software Platforms, Building Your-Own versus Outsourcing, Host
your Own versus Outsourcing,
UNIT – III: E-Business Models- Eight Key Elements of a Business Model: Value Proposition, Revenue Model, Market
Opportunity, Competitive Environment, Competitive Advantage, Market Strategy, Major Business to-Consumer (B2C)
Business Models: Portal, E-tailer, Insight on Technology: Search, ads and Apps: The future for Google, (and
Microsoft), Content Provider, Transaction Broker, Market Creator, Service Provider, Community Provider, Major
Business-to-business (B2B) Business Model: E-distributor, EProcurement,Exchanges, Insight on Business: Onvia Evolves,
Industry Consortia, Private Industrial Networks, Business Models in Emerging E-commerce Areas: Consumer-toconsumer
(C2C) Business Models, Peer-to-peer (P2P) Business Models, M-commerce Business Models , E-Commerce Enablers: The
Gold Rush Models, Insight on Society: Is Privacy Possible in a Wireless World?, How the Internet and the Web Change
Business: Strategy, Structure, and Process, Industry structure , Industry Value Chains, Firm Value
Chains, Firm Value Webs, Business Strategy.
UNIT- IV: Back Office Automatics For E-Business - Basics of Enterprise Resource Planning, ERP Decision, Enterprise
Architecture Planning, ERP Implementation, ERP Architecture and Toolkit Evolution, Implementation Supply Chain
Management And EFulfillment: The Basics of Supply Chain Management, Internet-Enabled SCM, E-Supply
Chain Fusion, Management Issues in e-supply Chain Fusion, The continuing Evolution of e-Supply Chains, A Roadmap
for Managers, Demystifying E-Procurement: Buy-Side, Sell-Side, Net Markets And Trading Exchanges: Evolution of e-
Procurement Models, Evolution of Procurement Processes, e- Procurement Infrastructure Integrating Ordering, Fulfillment,
and payment, E-Procurement, Analysis and Administration Applications, Marketplace Enables, A Roadmap for e-
Procurement Managers.
UNIT-V: Moving To E-Business - Spotting E-Business Trends, Trends Driving E-Business,Customer-Oriented Trends,
E- Service Trends, Organizational Trends, Employee Megatrends, Enterprise Technology, Trends, General Technology
Trends, What These 20 Trends Have In Common, Digitizing The Business: E-Business Patterns, E-Business Patterns:
The Structural Foundation, The E-Channel Pattern, The Click-And-Brick Pattern, The EPortal Pattern, The E- Market
Maker Pattern, The Pure-E ―Digital Products‖ Pattern, Thinking E-Business Design: More Than Technology, The Race
To Create Novel E-Business Designs, Step: 1: Self – Diagnosis, Step: 2: Reverse The Value Chain, Step: 3: Choose A
Focus, Step 4: Execute Flawlessly, Lessons From E-Business Design.
UNIT – VI: Ethical, Social And Political Issues -Understanding Ethical, Social, and Political Issues in E-commerce, A
Model for organizing the issues, Basic Ethical Concepts: Responsibility, Accountability, and Liability, Analyzing Ethical
Dilemmas, Candidate Ethical Principles, Privacy and Information Rights, Information Collected at Ecommerce Sites,
Profiling and Behaviourial Targeting, The Internet and Government Invasions of Privacy:, Ecommerce
Surveillance, Legal Protections, Informed Consent, Intellectual Property Rights, Types of Intellectual Property Protection,
Copyright: The Problem of Perfect Copies and Encryption, Patents: Business Methods and Processes, Trademarks: Online
Infringement and Dilution, Challenge: Balancing the Protection of Property with other values.
Suggested Readings:
1. E-Business & E-Commerece for Managers,Deitel,Pearson Education

2. Michael Allen's E-Learning Library: Creating Successful E-Learning: A Rapid System For Getting It Right
First Time, Every Time (Michael Allen's E-Library) by Michael W. Allen
3. E-Business Amanagement Perspective,Reynolds, Oxford Higher Education
4. Harvard Business Review on Corporate Governance (Harvard Business Review Paperback Series) by Walter J. Salmon,
Jay William Lorsch, Gordon Donaldson, and John Pound
5. E-Commerce: Business, Technology, Society (3rd Edition) by Kenneth Laudon and Carol Traver
6. Knowledge Management by Carl Frappaolo
328
Paper III: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Introduction: The Software Engineering Discipline – Evolution And Impact; Programs Vs. Software Products;
Why Should Software Engineering; Emergence Of Software Engineering: Early Computer Programming, High-level
Language Programming, Control Flow-based Design, Data Structure-oriented Design, Data Flow-oriented Design,
Object-oriented Design; Software Life Cycle Models; Classical Waterfall Model; Iterative Watermall Model; Prototyping
Model; Evolutionary Model; Spiral Model
Unit II: Software Project Management; Responsibilities Of A Software Project Manager; Project Planning; Materials
For Project Size Estimation: Lines Of Code (LOC), Function Point Metric; Project Estimation Techniques: Empirical
Estimation Techniques, Heuristic Techniques, Analytical Estimation Techniques; Empirical Estimation Techniques: Expert
Judgment Technique, Delphi Cost Estimation; Cocomo – A Heirostoc Estimation Technique: Basic Cocomo Model,
Staffing Level Estimation: Norden‘s Work, Putnam‘s Work Risk Management: Risk Identification, Risk Assessment, Risk
Containment
Unit III: Classical Analysis And Design Of Software Requirements Gathering And Analysis; Software Requirements
Specification (SRS): Contents Of The Srs Document, Functional Requirements, Traceability , Characteristics Of A Good
Srs Document; Software Design; Cohesion And Coupling, Classification Of Cohesiveness, Classification Of
Coupling; Software Design Approaches: Function-oriented Design, Object-oriented Design; Function-oriented Software
Design; Overview Of SA/SD Methodology; Structured Analysis; Data Flow Diagrams (DFDs): Primitive Symbols Used
For Constructing DFDs, Some Important Concepts Associated With Designing DFDs; Structured Design: Flow Chart Vs.
Structure Chart, Transformation Of A DFD Model Into A Structure Chart
Unit IV: Object Oriented Software Analysis And Design - Object Modeling Using UML; Unified Modeling Language
(UML): UML Diagrams Use Case Model: Representation Of Use Cases, Use Case Packaging; Class Diagrams; Interaction
Diagrams; Activity Diagrams; State Chart Diagram Object-oriented Software Development; Design Patterns
Unit V: Software Quality - Software Reliability And Quality Management: Software Reliability: Reliability Metrics,
Statistical Testing; Software Quality; Software Quality Management System: Evolution of Quality System; SEI Capability
Maturity Model: Comparison between ISO 9000 Certification And SEI /CMM; Six Sigma
Unit VI: Software Testing - Coding: Coding Standards And Guidelines; Code Review: Code Walk-through, Code
Inspection; Testing: Verification Vs. Validation, Design Of Test Cases; Unit Testing; Blackbox Testing; White-box
Testing; Debugging; Integration Testing; System Testing: Performance Testing; Software testing fundamentals-Testing-
related terminology like Errors, Bugs, Defect, Objectives of the testing, Test techniques, Testing
types, Defect Analysis and Defect reports, Overview of Testing Tool ‗Winruner‘.
Suggested Readings:
1. Software Engineering - A Practitioner‘s Approach by Roget Pressman

2. System Analysis and Design by Elias Awad
3. Software Engineering (7th Edition) (International Computer Science Series) by Ian Sommerville
4. The Engineering of Software: A Technical Guide for the Individual by Dick Hamlet and Joe Maybee
5. Schaum's Outline of Software Engineering by David Gustafson
Paper IV: ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
Unit I: Introduction to ERP - Concepts: Enterprise System, Resource Planning, Enterprise Potential, Total Enterprise
Solution, ERP-II. History & Evolution of ERP, Benefits of ERP, Critical Success Factors for ERP. Estimation Procedures -
System Evaluation, RFI, FRS, RFP, Evaluation Components, Build / Buy Decisions.
Unit II: ERP Life Cycle - ERP Project, Stages of Project Life Cycle, System Requirements for ERP Implementation, Pre-
Implementation, Implementation And Post-Implementation, ERP Product Life Cycle, Risks in ERP / SAP Implementation.
ERP Architecture – Client Server, Distributed, Web Enabled.
Unit III: Product Selection - ERP Market, Market share of various Companies: Oracle EBusiness Suite, SAP R/3,
PeopleSoft, BaaN, JD Edwards One World and IFS, Vendor Comparison, Market Analysis, ERP Packages for SME.
329
Project Management - Scope, Skillsets, Teams, Leaders, Consultants, Vendors etc, Change Management in ERP, Need /
Value / Strategy / Layers / Standards of System Integration.
Unit IV: ERP Modules I - Finance (FICO), Sales and Distribution (S&D)-Features, Benefits and Overall Functionality
Unit V: ERP Modules II - HRM, CRM and ABAP- Features, Benefits and Overall Functionality
Unit VI: ERP Market - Reasons for high demand of ERP, Emerging Standards, Managing Change in ERP; Role of ERP
in Industries like: Automotive, Process, Capital Goods, Project Engineering and Pharmaceuticals, Best Business Practices.
ERP Cases - TISCO, Mahindra & Mahindra, HLL, L & T, Escorts, Electrolux, BPCL.
Suggested Readings:
1. Textbook of Enterprise Resource Planning: Jaiswal / Vanapalli, McMillan

2. Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning by Joseph Brady, Ellen Monk, and Bret Wagner
3. From Underdogs to Tigers: The Rise and Growth of the Software Industry in Brazil, China, India, Ireland, and Israel by
Ashish Arora and Alfonso Gambardella
4. Countdown 2000, Leon Alexix, TATA McGraw Hill
330
GROUP 2: HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT
Paper -I: HEALTHCARE AND SOCIAL POLICY
Unit I: Social Welfare, Social policy, Factors in Social Policy: Situational, Structural, Ideological and Environmental,
Health Policy formulation: Factors, Determinants and other sectoral issues.
Unit II: Health care and Social development.
Unit III: National health policy: Review of different committees. Health policy: Input, Output and Performance; Role of
Private and Voluntary groups; Role of national and International agencies. Health and Social Policy: International
Perspective; Health policy the Disadvantaged.
Unit IV: Concept of Health Care Planning, Health Expenditures, Hospitals as a Health Care Delivery System.
Management of Health Care Systems. Dimensions of Health Care Management.
Unit V: Concepts of Environmental Health Care; Microbiological considerations; Laundries,CSSD, Insect, Rodent
Control, Emergency and Disaster Planning; Safety Management; Patients and Personnel Safety, Fire Safety, General
Sanitation.
Unit VI: Hazardous Waste Management; Solid Waste Handling & Disposal; Liquid Waste Handling, Collection &
Disposal; Water Treatment and Distribution, Planning and Organising for Safety and Waste management. Legal and Social
Aspects of Waste Management; Trends and Practices.
1. Chatterice, Meera, "Implementing Health Policy". 1988, Manohar, New Delhi,

2. Djunkanovic, V and Mach, E P. ed "Alternative Approaches to Meeting Basic Health Needs in Developing Countries",
1975. WHO, Geneva.
3. Lee, Kenneth and Mills, Anne. "Policy making and Planning in Health Sector". 1987, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
4. Leichter, HM. "A comparative approach to Policy Analysis: Health Care Policies in Four Nations", 1979. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
5. Roemer, M I. "Comparative National Policies on Health Care‖. 1977. Mareel Dekker, New York.
6. Ferry, Ted Safety & Health Management Planning, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. 1990.
7. Journal of Hazardous Waste Management. U.S.A.
8. Zweife, Peter I and Friedrich Breyer Health Economics, Oxford University Press, New York, 1997.
9. Kurt. Darr & Jonathan S R, Hospital Organization and Management Text and Brading, CBS Publishers & Distributors,
1992
10. Goyal, R.C Handbook of Hospital Personnel Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1993
Paper -II: COMMUNITY HEALTH, EPIDEMIOLOGY & POPULATION MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Meaning and scope of epidemiology.
Unit II: Health statistics and health indicator, Morbidity, Mortality. Data sources, collection, analysis and uses, Health
Information System, Use of Computers.
Unit III: Primary health care and community participation. Models and factors associated with health and diseases.
Unit IV: Organizational aspects of community health. Clinical care.
Unit V: Physical aspects of community health, Psychological aspects of community health. Special aspects of community
health, Drugs, Alcoholism etc. Preventive and promotive health care.
Unit VI: Population policy, Planning and management.
331
1. Alderson, M."An Introduction to Epldemeology". 2nd,ed. 1983. MacMillan, London.

2. Hill, A B. "A short textbooks of Medical Statistics". 1~84. UNI Books
3. Jolly, K G. "Family Planning in India 1969-84: A District Level Study", 1986. Hindustan, Delhi.
4. Abelln, T Brzenskl, Z J and Carstalrs, V D. "Measurement in Health Promotion and Protection", 1987, WHO,
Copenhagen.
5. Pollard, A H. etc. "Demo graphic Techniques", 1981. Pergamon, Oxford.
Paper -III: HEALTH SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Systems analysis and systems dynamics in health care. Health systems: Characteristics, Planning methodologies,
Goals and functions.
Unit II: Quantitative foundations of health services management.
Unit III: Health Systems research: Uses and applications; Evaluation methodologies for monitoring the performance and
needs in health services, Operational planning and management Issues in health care. Health care decision making for
mega problems: Approaches.
Unit IV: Contemporary trends in health care; Health Manpower policy.
Unit V: Planning and management. Management of Costs; Health care Budgeting; Cost Containment.
Unit VI: Project Management in Health care.
1. Ferrer, H P. ed. "The Health Services Administration Research and Management", 1972. Butterworths, London
2. Hodgetts, R M and Cascio, D M. "Modern Health Care Administration", 1983. Academic Press, New York
3. Hornby, P. etc. "Guidelines for Health Manpower Planning", 1981. WHO, Geneva
4. "National Conference on Evaluation of Primary Health Care Programmes‖, '1980. ICMR, New Deihl.
5. Wortman P M. ad "Methods for Evaluating Health Services". 1981. Sage, London.
Paper -IV: HEALTH AND HOSPITAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Unit I: Concept of Health; Health Care and Hospitals, Indian Health Care System. Unit II: Government- Health Care
Interface; Hospital as a Subsystem of Health Care System. Hospital Functions; Hospital Organization, Classification of
Hospitals; Components of a Hospital System; Changing Role of Hospital Administration; Need for Managerial
Functional Specialists.
Unit III: Decision making in Hospitals, Understanding Decision making Process;Drawbacks of Hospital Communication
System; Need for Systems approach to Hospital;Concepts of Computers and Communication Technology. Database
Concepts, Networks and Communication; Types of Networks, Network Topologies, Information Technology in
Hospitals; Information System Concepts, Types of Information Systems. Hospital Information System; Systems Analysis
and Design of Hospital Information Systems; Design Considerations; Development Approaches.
Unit IV: Issues and Challenges of Hospital Management. Implementation Strategies; Functionality of Computerized
Hospital Information Systems.
Unit V: Merits and Demerits of CHIS, Trends in HIS.
Unit VI: HIS as a Control System; Resource Utilization & Control in Hospitals.
332
1. Lele, R D Computers in Medicine, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi.1988.
2. Panko, Raymond R Business Data Communications. Prentice Hall Inc. London. 1997.
3. Hospital Information Systems - The Next Generation, Velde, Rudi Van de Springer Verlag, 1992
4. Health Information In India, Central Bureau of Health Intelligence, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, Govt. Of
India, New Deihl. .
5. Awad, Elias M..Systems Analysis & Design, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. 1990
333
GROUP 2: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Paper I: EXTERNAL SECTOR IN INDIA – POLICY, PROCEDURES & PRACTICES
Unit I: Composition, Growth And Direction Of Exports & Imports From India (Countries & Commodities/ Products)
Major Export & Import Products & Services, Iec Codes Importance And Procedures, Export Incentives, Thrust Areas For
Export Promotion.
Unit II: Role Of Government/ Institutions In Export Promotion – Commerce Ministry, Dgft,Chambers Of Commerce,
Export Promotion Councils, State Trading Corporations,Commodity Boards, Eou Etc.
Unit III: Export Quality & Packaging Standards, Customs And Excise Regulations Applicable To Exports & Imports,
Role Of Clearing & Forwarding Agents.
Unit IV: Exim Documentation, Preparation of Contracts, Processing Export Order, Introduction To Letters Of Credit,
Incoterms & Ucp 600, Ispm-15 (Fumigation)
Unit V: Logistics Management, Shipping Cargo, Vessels and Charters, Multi Modal Transport, Shipping Documents.
Unit VI: Marine / Air Insurance, Export Risk Coverage (Ecgc) Settlement of International Trade Disputes, Arbitration
Suggested Readings:
1. International Business Environment– V.K. Bhalla, Anmol Publications

2. Export Management – Khurana, Galgotia Publications
3. Export Import Procedures & Documentation – K.S. Jain, Himalaya Publishing
4. International Business, Sumati Varma, Pearson Education
Paper II:FOREIGN EXCHANGE MANAGEMENT & EXPORT FINANCE
Unit I: Foreign Exchange Framework – Exchange Rate Systems, Foreign Exchange Markets (Nature, Functions &
Participants) , Determination Of Exchange Rates.
Unit II: Foreign Exchange Arithmetic – Types Of Exchange Rates, (Spot / Forward Etc. ) Direct Quotation, Calculation Of
Rate Of Exchange, Cross Rates & Chain Rule.
Unit III: Overview of Fema – General Provisions Applicable For Export / Import Transactions
Unit IV: Finance Of Foreign Trade – Need, Importance Of Export Finance, Funded And Non Funded Facilities, Pre-
Shipment, Post Shipment Credit Principles And Procedures, ]Preshipment Credit In Foreign Currency (Pcfc), Factoring
And Forfaiting, Role Of Financing Bank In Export Finance, Concept Of Central Bank & Its Control On International Trade
In Country.
Unit V: Risk Management In Foreign Exchange – Foreign Exchange Risk Nature And Implications, Transaction,
Translation And Economic Exposure, Hedging, Forward, Future, Swaps And Options
Unit VI: Foreign Exchange Inflows (Major Sources) - Nri Accounts Types, Eefc Accounts, Fdi And Fii, Ecb, Adrs And
Gdrs, Nastro & Vastro Accounts.
Suggested Readings:
1. Foreign Exchange – Jeevanandam C. Sultan Chand & Sons

2. International Financial Management – V.K. Bhalla, Anmol Publications
3. Foreign Trade & Foreign Exchange – Chaudhari & Agrawal, Himalaya Publishing House
334
Paper III: INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
Unit I: Globalisation and International Business – Concepts And Features Of Globalisation and International Business,
Transformation Of International Business Due To Globalisation
Unit II: International Marketing – Basic Concepts, Difference between International Trade and International Marketing,
Relevance of Marketing Mix (7p‘s) In International Marketing
Unit III: International Marketing Environment –Study of Environmental Factors, Analysis and Identification Of Target
Markets.
Unit IV: Product Design and Development for Global Markets, Adaptation And Product Positioning, Technology Issues,
Competitiveness Of Products
Unit V: Marketing Strategies Of Multinational Corporations, Global Outlook, Loca Orientation, Promotional And Pricing
Strategies, For International Markets.
Unit VI: Entry And Operating Decision In International Markets, Agency Arrangements,International Distribution, Setting
Marketing Setup Abroad, Collaborations, Joint Ventures,Mergers, Acquisitions For Global Expansion, Home & Host
Country Approach,
Suggested Readings:
1. International Marketing – Rathor & Jani, Himalaya Publishing

2. International Marketing – Rajagopal, Vikas Publishing House
3. International Marketing – Varshney & Bhattacharya, Sultan Chand & Sons
Paper IV: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE & HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Unit I: International Financial Markets, And Instruments - Indian Legal System Governing The International Financial
Markets & Supporting The International Trade, Special Reference Eu, Origin And Development Of Euro Currency
Markets, Importance and Features Of Euro Markets , Equity And Debt Instruments In Euro Markets
Unit II: Long Term And Short Term Fund Sources In International Financial Markets -Features Of Euro Bonds,
Syndicated Credit, Equity,, Euro Notes, Euro Commercial Paper.,
Unit III: International Finance - Contemporary Issues and Challenges Currency Risks,Currency Fluctuations, Domestic
Interest Rates Affecting International Trade Libor/Mibor.Transfer Pricing, Derivatives, International Accounting and
Taxation, Transfer Pricing, Tax Treaties, Oecd.
Unit IV: International Human Resource Management, Concept, Need And Importance In Global Operations.
Unit V: International Human Resource Management – Strategy and Practices -Organisational Structure Decision,
Orientation of Policies and Procedures, Cross Cultural Issues.
Unit VI:International Human Resource Management Functions - Recruitment, Selection,Training, Placement And
Compensation Of Expatriates And Local Staff Of Foreign Branches.
Suggested Readings:
1. International Business – Subba Rao, Himalaya Publications

2. International Business – R.M. Joshi, Oxford University Press
3. International Financial Management – V. Sharan Prentice Hall India
4. Textbook of International Hrm – S.C. Gupta, Macmillan Publishers India
335
GROUP 2: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Paper I: SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Understanding the Supply Chain, Supply Chain Performance and Drivers: What is Supply Chain, Objectives
of a Supply Chain, Importance of Supply Chain Decision, and Decision Phases in a Supply Chain, Competitive and Supply
Chain Strategies, Achieving Strategic Fit, Drivers of Supply Chain Performance, Framework for Structuring Drivers,
competitive advantages through supply chain management?
Unit II: Designing the Supply Chain Network Designing Distribution Networks and Applications to e-Business: Role
of distribution in a supply chain, Factors influencing distribution network design, design options for a distribution network,
e-Business and the distribution network, Network Design in the Supply Chain: the role of network design in the supply
chain, factors influencing network design decisions, framework for network design decisions, models for facility location
and capacity allocation, Network Design in an Uncertain Environment: Impact of uncertainty on network design.
Unit III: Planning Demand and Supply in a Supply Chain Demand Forecasting in a Supply Chain: The role of
forecasting in a supply chain, Characteristics of forecast, Components of forecast and forecasting methods, Basic approach
to demand forecasting,managing, Impact of Bullwhip effect Predictable Variability: Responding to predictable
variability in a supply chain, Managing supply and demand, Managing predictability and implementing solutions to
predictable variability in practice, Integrated Supply Chain
Unit IV: Planning and Managing Inventories in a Supply Chain Managing Economies of Scale in a Supply Chain:
Role of Cycle Inventory, Economies of Scale to exploit fixed cost and quantity discount, Short term discounting, Managing
Multi-echelon Cycle Inventory, Managing Uncertainty in a Supply Chain: Role of Safety Inventory in a supply chain,
Determining Appropriate Level of Safety Inventory, Managing Safety Inventory in a multiechelon supply chain.
Unit V: Designing and Planning Transportation Networks Transportation in a Supply Chain: Role, Modes of
transportation, transportation Infrastructure, Design options for a transportation network, trade-offs in transportation
design, Risk management in transportation.
Unit VI: Managing Information Flow in Supply Chains The Role of IT in a Supply Chain, The Supply Chain IT
framework, Customer Relationship Management, Supplier Relationship Management, Internal Supply Chain Management,
Supply Chain Technologies: Bar Code, RFID, EDI, e-business suites etc.
1. Supply Chain Management, Chopra, Meindl and Kalra, Pearson Education, 3rd edition and after
2. Designing and Managing the Supply Chain, David, Kaminsky, Edith, TMH Edition, 2nd Edition and after
3. Supply Chain Management Text & Cases, Vinod V Sople, Pearson Education
4. Supply Chain Management,Janat Shah,Pearson Education
5. Supply Chain Management ,Ballau and Srivastava,Pearson Education
6. Operations ManagementKrajewski,Malhotra,Ritzman,Srivastava, Oxford Higher Education
7. Supply Chain Management,Sharma, Oxford Higher Education
Paper II: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Understanding Quality and Quality Philosophies - Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Quality
Planning, Quality costs, Quality Philosophy of Deming, Joseph Juran, Philip Crosby, Genich Taguchi.
Unit II: TQM Principles - What is TQM?, What Does TQM Cover?, Guiding Principles of TQM, Managerial Perspective
to TQM
336
Unit III: Statistical Process Control (SPC) and Other Quality Improveme nt Techniques – Process Control Charts,
Control Charts for variables and attributes, Pareto Diagrams, Scatter Diagrams, Run Charts, Cause and Effect Diagrams,
Concept of six sigma.
Unit IV: TQM Tools - Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment
(QFD), QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi‘s Quality Loss Function, Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – Concept,
Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA.
Unit V: Quality Improvement Systems - Kaizen, Lean, Poka-Yoke, 5S, 3M, Quality Circles, Value Analysis and Value
Engineering.
Unit VI: Business Process Reengineering - What is BPR? Need for BPR, BPR in USA,Europe, India.
1. Total Quality Management, Dale H. Besterfiled, et al., Pearson Education Asia, 1999. (Indian reprint 2002)
2. The Management and Control of Quality, James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, (5th Edition), South-Western (Thomson
Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5).
3. Total Quality Management, Feigenbaum, McGraw-Hill, 1991
4. Total Quality Management, Poornima M. Charantimath, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education
5. TQM an Integrated Approach, Shailendra Nigam, Excel Books
6. Total Quality Management,Kanishka Bedi, Oxford Higher Education
Paper III: PRODUCTION AND MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Introduction to Materials Management - Operating environment, Supply chain concept, what is material
management? Supply chain metrics
Unit 2: Production Planning System and Master Scheduling – Manufacturing Planning and Control System, Sales and
Operations Planning, MRP, ERP, Making the Production Plan, Developing a MPS, Production Planning, Master
Scheduling and Sales
Unit 3: Capacity Management and Production Activity Control - Definition, Capacity Planning, Capacity
Requirements Planning, Capacity Available, Capacity Required, Scheduling Orders, Making the plan, Load Leveling,
Scheduling Bottlenecks, Theory of constraints
Unit 4: Order Quantity and Independent demand Ordering System – EOQ and its variations, Quantity Discount, Fixed
Period and Fixed Quantity Ordering Systems, Order Point System, Safety Stocks, Determination of Service Levels,
Periodic Review System, Dependent Demand Ordering System, Kanban system.
Unit 5: Purchasing - Introduction, Establishing Specifications and Functional Specification Description, Selecting
Suppliers, Price Determination, Impact of Material Requirement planning on purchasing, Expansion of purchasing into
supply chain management and its organizational implications
Unit 6: JIT Manufacturing and Lean Production - JIT Philosophy, JIT Environment, Manufacturing Planning and
control in JIT Environment, Lean Production, Difference between Kanban, JIT and Lean, 5S.
Suggested Reading:
1. Introduction to Materials Management-J.R. Tony Arnold, Stephen Chapman, Pearson Education 6th Education
2. Procurement-Principles and Management, Baily, 10th Edition, Pearson
3. Purchasing and Materials Management, Gopalakrishnan, McGraw-Hill
4. Purchasing and Materials Management,Anand Kumar Mishra,D K Publishers and Distributers
5. Purchasing and Materials Management,K.C. Jain,S. Chand
6. Productions and Operations Management,Kanishka Bedi, Oxford Higher Education
337
Paper IV: PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Unit 1: Introduction, Structures and Frameworks of Project Management – Introduction of the project, Historical
Perspective, Definition, Current Issues, Relationship between general Management and Project Management, Project
Management, Knowledge Management Base, Project Model, 4 phase of project management, 7-S of Project
Management, The project environment, Complexities of project,
Unit 2: Strategy, Project Management and Project Definition - Why Strategy,Organizational Strategy and Projects,
Project Management as a strategic capability, Resource Coordination, Project and organizational goals, project
performance measurement, Developing the concept, Scope Management, Project Process, Work Breakdown Structure,
Process Mapping, Establishing Check Points, Stakeholder Management, Project Management Software
Unit 3: Time Planning and Critical Chain Project Management - The Process, Gantt Charts, Estimating, Activity on
Arrow and Critical Path Analysis, Activity on Node Diagrams, Activity on Arrow vs. Activity on Node, Scheduling,
Computer Assisted Project Planning, Fast Track Projects, Project Evaluation and Termination
Unit 4: Cost and Quality Planning - Cost Planning, Cost Estimating, Cost Build up, Cost Budget, Quality Planning
Process, Quality Conformance and quality performance planning
Unit 5: Plan Analysis and Risk Management - Analyzing Time Plan, Analyzing Cost Plan,Analyzing Quality Plan, Risk
Management, and Risk Quantification Technique
Unit 6: Project Organization: Structure and Teams - Role of team, Pure Project Organization, Matrix Management,
Structure Selection, Team Work, Life Cycle of Team, Managing personalities in a team, Effective Team Work
Suggested Readings:
1. Project Management, Maylor 3rd Edition,

2. Project Management: Achieving Competitive Advantage & MS Project, Pinto (Publisher)
3. Project Management, Meredith, Mantek, 7th Edition, Wiley India
4. Project Management and Control, Narendra Singh, Himalaya Publishing House
5. Project Management; Strategic Decision and Implementation, David Cleland, McGraw-Hill
338
GROUP 2: BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES MANAGEMENT
Paper I – BANKING OPERATIONS AND SERVICES
Unit I: Overview - Definition-utility of banks – banks and economic development -types of banks with their individual
functions –Role of RBI – Monetary management –business in the globalized era, Rights of a banker, Clayton's case,
Banker's Obligation to honour cheques, Secrecy of customers' accounts. Cu stomers' Accounts -.Introduction for opening
new accounts, opening of savings, current and fixed deposit accounts Minor's accounts, Club accounts, Partnership
accounts, Joint stock company's account. Attorney's account, Joint accounts, Insolvency of the customer
Unit II: Payment and Collection of Cheques - Form of Cheque, Date, Amount, Insufficiency of funds, customer's
signature, Countermanding payment of cheque, Crossing, Not Negotiable Crossing, Endorsements and Effect of Material
Alterations. Liability for conversion, Protection to the collecting Banker, Duties of Collecting Banker.
Unit III: Bills of Exchange - Definition, Parties, Accommodation Bill, Calculation of Date of Maturity, Dishonour of
Bills, Noting and Protesting, Drawee in Case of Need. Bank Drafts - salient features
Unit IV: Advances - Advances against various securities, Life Policy, Fixed Deposit Receipt, Goods, Shares, Advances
against Guarantees, Advances to Small-scale industries, Registration of Charge under Companies Act, 1956. Accounts
Receivable financing Advances for priority sectors—Hypothecation, Documentation.
Unit V: Investment Banking services: Fee based and Fund based services: Credit Cards,Debit Cards, , Venture Capital,
Factoring, Forfeiting and Bill Discounting. Leasing and Hire Purchase, Housing Finance, Other investment banking a
services including distribution of Insurance and Mutual fund products, PMS – Process and monitoring.
Unit VI: Merchant Banking Services - Merchant Banking: An Introduction, Issue Management, Corporate Restructuring
and Mergers and Project Financing. Securitization. Credit Rating.
Suggested Readings:
1. Management of Banking and Financial Services,Padmalatha Suresh & Justin Paul, Pearson Education
2. Basics of Banking IIBF, Mumbai Taxmann Publications – paper I
3. Banking Law & Practices by H.C. Agarwal, Siwan Publications. –paper I
4. Indian Financial System & Commercial Banking by Shri B. Raviramchandran, Dr. Dwivedi et al, IIBF,
Mumbai Paper I
5. An introduction to documentary Credit – RupNarayan Bose, Macmilan India Ltd. New Delhi –paper I
6. Financial Institutions, Markets & money by David S. Kidwell & others, John Willy & Sons
7. The Indian Financial System,3rd Edition,Bharati V.Pathak, Pearson Education
Paper II – BANK FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Objective of bank management - Raising financial resources of different types at most competitive rates;
deployment of funds profitably in various avenues such as loans, securities, project finance, etc.; management of various
risks accompanying these functions; compliance with various regulations; keeping expenses under control and optimizing
the value to the shareholders.
Unit II: Bank Profitability and Productivity-Analysis of Bank profits - computation of profit -various components of
casts and yields and their parameters - indicators of return to shareholders. Need for growth – inter-dependability of growth
in profits and in assets - growth of profits through improvement in efficiency (operating profitability and asset
utilization) and through growth in assets (equity multiplier) - limitations on growth (regulation - risk management -
technology and other costs - economic cycles)
339
Unit III: Bank capital and Treasury Management - Need for Bank Capital, Ideal Characteristics of Bank Capital,
Common Stock, Financial Flexibility, Capital Adequacy. Treasury Management - Concept and Practice .Role of Treasury
and ALCO in asset-liability management Risk Management - Credit Risk Definition, Credit Risk and its underlying risks
-Default risk, Exposure risk, Recovery risk, Collateral risk, Third party guarantee risk
Unit IV: Liquidity Issues - Structuring of timing of cash flows - inflow / outflow. Identification of availability of liquidity
sources to match specific liquidity needs over the time horizon of short, intermediate and long-term needs, Sourcing
liquidity from the money market and dependence on Liquidity Adjustment Facility of the Central Bank. Tying up back
stop facilities / line of credit for contingent needs; Use of other on-balance sheet and offbalance sheet instruments for
liquidity; Developing suitable investment management strategies to synchronize with liquidity needs
Unit V: Liquidity Management - Objective of Liquidity Management - i) Liquidity management policies and plans, ii)
Recognizing distinct liquidity needs - short, intermediate and long, iii) Recognizing distinct group of liquidity sources:
liquidity through fresh borrowings, liquidity through repayments from borrowers, liquidity through statutory
reserves. Determination of optimal level of liquidity in terms of CRR and SLR.
Unit VI: Interest rate management -Fundamental factors affecting interest rates – Concept of interest, time, liquidity
preferences, role of expectation in the interest rate formation, nominal and real interest rates, interest rate theories, role of
the central bank in liquidity management, Role of Money Market and sources of liquidity in the Indian money market,
RBI's policy and impact of Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF)
1. Financial Management- Theory and Practice, 6th Ed., - Prasanna Chandra

2. Financial Management- Theory and Practice, Khan & Jain
3. Finance for Managers - Harvard Business Essentials
4. BUSINESS MASTERMINDS: WARREN BUFFETT by heller robert
5. Financial Management- I M Pandey
6. Treasury Management & Risk Management by Trivedi & Hasan, Genesis Publishers, Mumbai. – Paper V
Paper III – LAWS AND REGULATIONS TO BANKING
Unit I: RBI Act, BR Act, NI Act, FERA, FEMA, Laws relating to NRI Accounts.
Unit II: Clearing House for settlement between banks; Transfer of funds between different places including places in
foreign countries.
Unit III: Laws relating to gross real Time Settlement System. Universal Banking, Core Banking Services, International
Standard Practices for Bankers
Unit IV: Foreign Bills, Export Finance, Laws pertaining to settlement of Export Bills. Laws relating to shipment, letter of
credit and Operation of UCPDC 500.
Unit V: NASTRO and VASTRO accounts SWIFT, CHIPS, CHAPS, FEDWIRE.
Unit VI: Cyber Laws as applicable to Banks; Various other laws relating to Banking transactions and procedures. Know
Your Customer; Bankers relation with customers; Need for better services; Consumer Protection Act 1986 as applicable to
banking transactions.
1. Law & Practice Relating to Author: M.R. Umarji, Securitisation of Fimamcail Assets & Publishers: Taxmann Allied
Services, Enforcement of Security Interest. New Delhi
340
2. Practical Approach to Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial and Enforcement of Security Management in
Banks/FIs by B.C. Kohli, Taxmann Allied Services, Delhi.
3. S.K. Krishnamurthi Aiyar‘s law relating to Negotiable Instruments Act, by S.K. Savaria, Universal Law Publishing Co.
4. User‘s Manual on foreign exchange Management Act, 1999 by R.R. Beedu, Snowwhite.
5. Banking Regulation Act 1949
6. Reserve Bank of India Act, 1935.
Paper IV – BASICS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR BANKERS
Unit I: Basics of Business Accounts- Calculation of Simple Interest, Bank Discount, Compound Interest, Ordinary
Annuities, Other Annuities, Amortization and Sinking Funds; Bonds, Calculation of YTM, Duration, Bond Pricing,
Premium and Discount.
Unit II:. Subsidiary Books- Maintenance of Cash/Subsidiary Books and Ledger Record Keeping Basics, Account
Categories, Debit and Credit Concepts, Account and Columnar Accounting Mechanics, Journalizing - Writing Cash Books,
etc.
Unit III: Reconciliation of Statements- Bank Reconciliation Statement, Trial Balance, Adjusting and Closing Entries;
Capital & Revenue Expenditure/Depreciation/Inventory Valuation/Bills of exchange/Consignment/Joint Venture.
Unit IV: Special Accounts – Leasing and Hire Purchase Company Accounts, Accounts of Non-Trading Concerns –
Receipts and Payments.
Unit V: Final Accounts- Balance Sheet Structure, Accounts, Categories, Assets, Liabilities and Net Worth
Components/Partnership Accounts, Partner‘s Fixed Capital Accounts, Current Accounts, Loan Accounts, Treatment of
Intangible like Goodwill etc. Final Accounts of Banking Companies, Accounting in a computerized environment, Methods,
Procedures.
Unit VI: Norms of Corporate Governance in Banking - Preparation of statement of accounts as per the revised norms in
the globalized context, Submission of Returns to RBI and Government Authorities as per the Legal Provision of various
Acts. CG reporting Study of recent annual reports of public and private sector banks
1. Taxmann‘s risk based internal audit in banks by D.P. Gupta & R. k. Gupta, Taxmann.
2. Options, Futures and Other Derivatives,John C. HullPrenticce-Hall of India,2006.(With CD)
3. Management Accounting & Financial Management by Shri K. Ganesan et al, IIBF, Mumbai.
4. Finance of International Trade by Paul Cowdell et al., A.I.TB.S Publishers
5. Inflation Accounting in a Developing Economy: A Study of India by L. S. Porwal and N. Mishra
6. Financial Accounting for Bankers (Edge Development Group Credit Skills)
341
GROUP 2: AGRI-BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Paper I: AGRO-INPUT MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Fertilizers: Introduction, Concept of Agricultural Inputs; Role of fertilizer in agri production, raw materials needed
for and principles of manufacture of nitrogen, phosphatic, and potassic fertilizers, secondary nutrient sources and
micronutrients formulation; infrastructures for marketing and distribution of fertilizers; fertilizer quality control and
pricing policy, constraints in fertilizer use and emerging scenario of fertilizer use, scope of bio-fertilizers; environmental
pollution due to fertilizers. fertilizer sampling, quality evaluation, formulation of fertilizer mixture, and methods of
fertilizer recommendation for crops, study of fertilizer marketing systems.
Unit II: Agro-Input Management: Demand and supply scenario of major agro inputs seed,fertilizers, agrochemical
tractor and other farm machines, pricing agro inputs; information system for agro-input marketing, Role of trade fairs like
Agro Vision.
Unit III: Agro-Chemicals & Technology Management: Role, status and organisation of agro-chemical industry in the
Country; alternate of novel methods of pest control, integrated pest management; role of biological controls as plant
protection methods; methods of quality control qualitative and quantitative agrochemicals and residue analysis; guidelines
for the use of agrochemicals, environment; adulteration and legal requirements.
Unit IV: Seed Production Technology: Importance of quality seeds in agriculture; principles and methods of seed
production of cereals, pulses, oilseeds and miscellaneous field crops; principles of seed certification and certification
agency, seed laws and seed law enforcement; seed processing drying, cleaning, grading, treatment, weighing, bagging and
handling of seeds;
Unit V: Seed Processing: Installation and management of seed processing plants- Seed storage; loss of seed viability
during storage; seed packaging storing breeder, foundation and certified seeds; Seed industry in India-present status and
future prospects;
Unit VI: managing seed industry: Role of public, private and cooperative sectors; national policy and programmes seed
demand and supply; forecasting seed demands; seed trade and export potential, organization of seed industry in India;
Human resource development in seed industry, managing seed industry efficiently.
1. Agri Business Management/Himanshu. Jaipur, Ritu
2. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Marketing : Marketing of Farm Inputs Seed, Fertilizer and Irrigation, Vo. IX/Jagdish
Prasad
3. Advances in Seed Science and Technology, Vol. I : Recent Trends in Seed Technology and Management/edited by K.
Vanangamudi, N. Natarajan, K. Natarajan, A. Bharathi, R. Umarani and T. Saravanan
4. Seed Technology/Dhirendra Khare and Mohan S. Bhale
5. Plant Compost-Manure and Agro-Chemicals Analysis : A Laboratory Manual/P.K. Behera
6. Agro Based Hand Book of Cultivation, Plantation and Farming : With Directory of Manufacturers/Suppliers of
Agricultural Equipments & Implements and Suppliers of Agricultural Fertilizer, Seeds, Chemicals etc
7. Industrial Agriculture/Payman Mahasti
Paper II: LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT
Unit I: Livestock Industry: Present status of livestock products industry in India-dairy,meat, poultry, skin, hides,- wool;
selection of livestock type, production and processing units;processing industry in India; alternate production and
processing technology; demand scenario for livestock products in domestic and global markets; improvement in products
through disease control;
342
Unit II :Feed Business Management: Role of management in feed manufacturing industry,organizing and planning feed
manufacturing unit with special emphasis on design of manufacturing processes, equipment, material handling and
physical facilities, control procedures in feed manufacturing units with emphasis on inventory management, developing
and evaluation of purchasing organisations system, planning and production of good quality feeds, quality control of raw
material and finished products, regulations relating to the manufacture and sale of feed stuff
Unit III: Storage and transport: Veterinary advisory services, extension activities, quality control system; packaging,
preservation and storage systems for livestock products; transport means for domestic and global markets; quality control
during storage & transit; extent of losses during storage and transport and ways to minimize the same; slaughtering and
processing-plant design and operations; treatment of by- products; marketing and distribution of animal products existing
and desired; quality standards for various products, and environmental and legal issues.
Unit IV: Poultry and Hatchery Management: Poultry and hatchery industry, role of management in poultry industry
establishing a poultry and hatchery unit -location, size and construction, equipment and physical facilities, organizing and
managing poultry. Incubation and hatching, production of quality chicks and eggs, factors affecting hatchability, bio
security and hatchery sanitation, handling of hatching eggs,
Unit V: maintaining chick quality: chick grading, sexing, packing, dispatch, transportation and chick delivery, franchise
hatcheries, custom hatching, brooding, growing and laying management, crises management, industrial feeding, housing
and disease management, waste management, record management accounting and budgetary control, risks and insurance,
personnel management including wages and salaries, job evaluation and employee appraisal
Unit VI: Marketing of Livestock: Direct sale and sale through franchisees/ agents, advertisement, sale and after sale
services, other innovative sales strategies. Managementdirect sale and sale through franchisees/agents, advertisement, sale
services, other innovative sales. Recent trends
1. Livestock Feeding Strategies for Dry Regions/edited by P.S. Pathak and S.S. Kundu
2. Trends in Livestock Research/S.K. Kaushish
3. Livestock Economy of India/P.C. Bansil and S.P. Malhotra
4. Sustainable Agriculture: Status and Prospects/P.N. Kalla, Anita Singh, S.S. Pareek,Shanti K. Sharma and Hanuman Ram
5. Hand Book of Poultry Farming and Feed Formulations
6. The Complete Technology Book of Dairy and Poultry Industries : With Farming and Processing
7. Fertility and Hatchability of Chicken and Turkey Eggs/Lewis W. Taylor
Paper III: FLORICULTURE, BIOTECH AND FOOD PROCESSING UNITS
Unit I: Management of Floriculture and Landscaping: Recent advances in floricultureindustry; evolution of new
cultivators and production technology of ornamental plants; commercial cultivation of flower crops: rose, gladiolus,
tuberose, marigold, aster, carnation, cilium chrysanthemum special techniques for forcing of dehydration of flowers;
response of flowers to environmental conditions; landscape gardening; style of gardening,
Unit II: Flower Management: An aesthetic and Socio- aesthetic newly developed towns and cities;, use of plant
sircquluors flower production, extraction, purification and storage of essential oils and perfumes; post harvest changes in
cut flowers, storage and packing of cut flowers determining optimum time harvesting of flowers for export and home use.
Unit III: Management of Biotech Industries: Agricultural needs & application of biotechnology for agricultural uses and
benefits; tissue culture, disease surveillance and diagnostics industries bioprocess engineering and quality products and
productivity based industries, their structure, quality parameters, marketing, Intellectual Property Rights biodiversity
concepts and social and legal implications.
343
Unit IV: Food Technology : Present status of food industry in India; organisational structure of agro industry; major
dimensions of agro based industries; risk management; unit operations of food industry; deteriorative factors and their
control; laws and regulation related to food industry; quality management in food industry-quality standards and ISO
Unit V: Processing Management: Principles of food preservation and' processing;preservation through temperature
reduction, water removal, radiation, heat processing, fermentation and use of preservatives, technology of extrusion,
solvent extraction, refining and hydrogenation; processing of dairy products; cereals milling; pulse milling; oil seeds
crushing; processing of fruits and vegetable; confectionery; tea and coffee processing; food additive and toxicology;
protection of food during storage, and transportation; packaging distribution of food products.
Unit VI: Fruit Production & Post-Harvest Management: Present status of fruit industry in India and emerging
scenario; major fruit growing zones, management of fruit production technology for domestic and global market; post
harvest handling technology harvesting, precooling, grading, packing, storage and transportation for cooling, grading,
packing, storage and transportation, pre and post harvest management for quality and shelf life; fruit processing industry;
international trade in fruits problems and prospects and global marketing of fruits, and government policy, incentives
domestic and global trade.
1. vFood Processing and Preservation/Neelam Khetarpaul

2. Modern Technology of Food Processing and Agro Based Industries
3. Fruit Production : Problems and Solutions/R.R. Sharma
4. Post-Harvest Management of Horticultural Crops/edited by M.A. Mir, G.M. Beigh,Hafiza Ahsan, Qazi Nissar Ahmad,
H.R. Naik and Abdul Hamid Rather
5. Emerging Trends in Post Harvest Processing and Utilization of Plant Foods/Neelam Khetarpaul, R.B. Grewal, Sudesh
Jood and Umaid Singh
6. Post Harvest Technology of Vegetables/Manoranjan Kalia
7. Food Processing/Vikas Ahlluwalia
Paper IV: RURAL MARKETING
Unit I: Introduction to Rural Marketing - Meaning, Scope, definition & importance, Rural versus urban mindsets,
Growth of rural markets, Basic differences between rural, semi urban and urban markets. Rural Market Research & Profile
of Rural Consumer - Research, Location for Conducting Research, Classification of Rural Consumer based on economic
Status, Profile of Rural Consumer, Rural Consumer Behaviour.
Unit II: Rural Market Segmentation - Basis of Market Segmentation, Multi-Attribute Segmentation Classification of
Markets - Regulated Market, Defects/Problems of Regulated Market, Role of Regulated Markets on Marketing of
Agricultural Produce, Significance of Regulated Markets to Agriculturists Prevalence of Beoparis and Arahatias (Rural
Mandi‘s, APMC‘s, etc.).
Unit III: Rural Communications - Rural Communication, Role of Media in Rural Markets,Conventional Media, the Main
Problems in Rural Communication Rural Marketing Strategies - Product Strategies, Pricing Strategies, Distribution
Strategies, Production Strategies, Methods of Sale, Hatha System, Private Negotiations, Quotations on Samples, Dara and
Moghum Sale Methods, Open Auction Method. Modern techniques for rural distribution. Case Study of ITC‘s ―e-
choupal‖ Initiative
Unit IV:. Role of Government in the Development of Agricultural Marketing - Government Intervention in Marketing
System, Role of agencies like, Council of State Agricultural Marketing Boards, (COSAMB), State Trading, Cooperative
Marketing, Types of Cooperative Marketing Societies, Cooperative Processing, National Agricultural Cooperative
Marketing Federation (NAFED), National Co-operative Development Corporation (NCDC), Public Distribution system
(PDS), Food corporation of India, Directorate of Marketing and Inspection (DMI), National Institute of Agricultural
Marketing (NIAM), Self help Groups (SHG‘s).
344
Unit V:. Agricultural Credit, Crop Insurance and Commodity Markets – Agricultural Credit Policy, Institutional
Agreements for Agricultural Credit, Crop Insurance, Agricultural Insurance. Commodity derivatives evolution of
commodity exchanges Commodity Exchange Role of Commodity Exchanges , Commodity Derivative Markets in India,
Indian Commodity Exchanges.
Unit VI: Agricultural commodities on Commodities markets: Difference between commodity and financial derivatives
physical settlement, warehousing, and quality of underlying, Commodity derivatives – evolution of exchange, role, Indian
commodity exchanges, NCDEX platform- structure, Commodities traded and Instruments available for trading, Using
commodity futures, trading and settlement process.
1. Rural marketing – Rajagopal

2. New perspectives on rural marketing – Ramkishen Y
3. Rural Marketing in India – K S Habeeb Rahman (Himalaya Publishing)
4. Rural Marketing in India by R. V. Bedi, (Himalaya Publishing)
5. Integrated Rural Development – R. C. Arora (S. Chand & Co.)
6. NCFM Commodity module Study Material.
345
GROUP 2: POWER MANAGEMENT
Paper I: CONVENTIONAL AND NON-CONVENTIONAL RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS
Unit I: Steam power stations: - Site selection, Prime movers, Arrangement of plant and principle auxiliaries, Operating
costs.
Unit II: Hydro power stations: - Site selection, Prime movers, Arrangement of plant and principle auxiliaries, Operating
costs, Surge tank and penstock.
Unit III: Nuclear power stations: - Fission and fusion technology fundamentals, Layout and reactors, Prospects and
limitations.
Unit IV: Major non-conventional energy sources: - Solar energy, Wind Energy: -Principles, Scope and Availability.
Unit V: Other non-conventional/Renewable energy sources: - Ocean thermal energy, Tidal and wave energy, Geothermal
energy, Principles, Scope and Availability.
Unit VI: Bio-energy: - Biomass and its uses, Classification of biomass as energy sources,Characteristics of bio-mass and
its conversion process.
1. Generation of electrical energy by B.R. Gupta.

2. Elements of Power system design by M.V. Deshpande
3. Power Stations by Domkundwar
4. Renewable energy sources by Twidell and Weir, engineering language book society,London.
5. Energy Technology by S. Rao and Parulekar
Paper II: ENERGY AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT
Unit I: General energy problem, energy use pattern of various types of consumers, scope for energy conservation.
Unit II: Energy Audit, Energy monitoring, energy accounting and analysis.
Unit III: Auditing and targeting of electrical energy, electrical energy conservation in building and industries.
Unit IV: Load curve analysis and load management, energy efficient drives, Tariffs and power factor improvement.
Unit V: Economic operation of power plant operation, Economic scheduling of power stations.
Unit VI: Economic operation of power system, Demand side management: - Concepts,planning and implementation
methods.
Suggested Readings
1. Generation of electrical energy by B.R. Gupta.

2. Energy and energy resource management by Mahajan, Agnihotri, Atparia. Deep and Deep publication P. Ltd.
3. Power Stations by Domkundwar
4. Energy Management by Paul W. and O‘Callagnan, McGraw Hill, N.D.
Paper III: ENERGY SYSTEMS PLANNING
346
Unit I: Energy, economy and environment interaction, environmental repercussions and the economic structure, Criteria
for economic growth.
Unit II: Energy Models: - Econometric models, Techno-economic models. Energy analysis using input-output models
Unit III: Models for energy policy: - Introduction, Systems perspective on energy.
Unit IV: Data base requirements and survey of energy requirements at National, Regional and Settlement level.
Unit V: Energy planning process at National, Regional and Settlement level.
Unit VI: Energy planning for Industries and Agriculture.
Suggested Readings
1. Renewable energy by A.K.N. Reddy and Johanson, Earth Scan Publication

2. Tata Energy Research Institute Journals
3. Energy and Economic development: What Next : Jyoti Parikh
4. Energy and energy resource management by Mahajan, Agnihotri, Atparia. Deep and
Deep publication P. Ltd.
5. Energy consumption in India (Pattern & Determinants) by Raikhy and Singh, Deep and Deep publication P. Ltd.
Paper IV: POWER PRICING & POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENTS
Unit I: Present energy pricing scenario in India and world, Coal Pricing, Gas pricing, Oil pricing, history of energy pricing
mechanism- Indian and world.
Unit II: Basic theory of energy pricing models, pricing under various environments, cost and supply analysis, price and
output determination.
Unit III: Types of electricity, Tariff structure- fixed tariff, availability based tariff, time of the day tariff, long term tariff,
etc., Regulatory frame work and aspects of tariff setting.
Unit IV: Requirements of PPA, Risk and responsibilities in a power purchase agreement,Desirable principles of power
purchase agreements.
Unit V: Assessment of Tariff levels Scope of the PPA, Articles and schedules of a model PPA Definition and
interpretation of terms of a model PPA.
Unit VI: Negotiating Power purchase agreements PPA- Financial and legal issues, Drafting of a model PPA.
1. Document of CERC-2000 CERC Publisher.

2. Managerial economics by GS Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill publishing Co. Ltd.
3. Energy pricing in India by Herry sarkar and Gopal K. Kadekoli-publisher- United National Development Program &
Economic commission for Pacific and Asia.
347
GROUP 2: ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
Paper I: RENEWABLE AND NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES
Unit I: Introduction: Renewable and Non-Renewable Resources, Concepts, Types,Comparison, Advantages and
Disadvantages
Unit II: Forest and Mineral Resources: Biodiversity, Use and Over-exploitation,Deforestation, Timber Extraction, Mining,
Dams and their effects on Forest and Tribal People. Mineral Resources: Use and Exploitation, Environmental Effects of
Extracting and Using Mineral Resources
Unit III: Land and Water Resources: Land Resources: Land as a Resource, Land Degradation, Man Induced Landslides,
Soil Erosion and Desertification. Use and overutilization of Surface and Ground Water, Floods, Drought, Conflicts over
Water, Dams-Benefits and Problems.
Unit IV: Renewable Energy: Growing Energy Needs, Renewable and Non Renewable Energy Sources, Use of Alternate
Energy Sources, Biomass, Geothermal Energy, Ocean Thermal Energy, Solar Energy, Tidal Energy, Wave Energy, Wind
Energy, Bio-fuels
Unit V: Trends in Renewable and Non-renewable Resources: Municipal Waste, Demand Side Management, Solid Waste
Management: Causes, effects and control measures of Urban and Industrial Wastes, Wasteland Reclamation, Consumerism
and Waste Products
Unit VI: Disaster Management: Concepts and Measures in disasters like Floods,Earthquakes, Cyclones and Landslides.
Suggested Readings:
1. Renewable Energy, 2/e, Boyle, Oxford University Press

2. Environmental Studies: From Crises to Cure, 2/e, Rajgopalan, Oxford University Press
3. Environmental Studies, N.K.Uberoi, Excel Books
4. Environment Management, G.N.Pande, Vikas Publication
Paper II: ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT
Unit I: Introduction: Concept of Energy and Environment, Effect of Climate Change on Environment, Energy Scenario in
India
Unit II: Sources of Energy: Concepts, Advantages and Limitations of Fossil, Electrical,Nuclear, and Renewable Sources
of Energy
Unit III: Pollution: Causes, Effects and Control Measures of Air, Water, Soil, Marine, Noise Thermal and Nuclear
Pollution
Unit IV: Energy Conservation: Interior Lighting, Office Equipments, Computer & Electronic Equipments, Air
Conditioning, Domestic Refrigeration, Heating & Ventilation, Cooking, Domestic Equipment, Energy Conservation in
Industry
Unit V: Carbon Credits: Carbon Emission Reductions; CER Trading; CDM Projects in Renewable Energy Projects, Fuel
substitution, Energy Efficiency Improvement, Carbon Sequestration Projects, Management of Methane Emissions from
Municipal Landfills, Management of Methane Emissions from Agriculture and Cat tle Manure Management; and
Fuel Shift from Liquid Fuel to CNG/LPG in Transport Sector.
348
Unit VI: Energy Audits: Principal, Types (Benchmarking, Walk-through or preliminary audit, General Audit, Investment-
grade audit), Home and Industrial Energy Audits, Pollution Audits, Building Energy Rating Systems
Suggested Readings:
1. Environment Management, H.B.Behera, Himalaya Publication

2. Environmental Accounting, n.Das Gupta, S.Chand Publication
3. Environmental studies, Anindita Basak, Pearson Publication
4. Ecology, Chemistry & Management of Environment pollution, M.C.Dash,Mc Millan Publication
Paper III: SOCIAL ISSUES IN ENVIRONMENT
Unit I: Population Growth: Variation among Nations, Population explosion – Family Welfare Programme, Problems
related to Energy and Pollution
Unit II: Water Conservation: Need, Rain Water Harvesting in Rural and Urban Areas,
Watershed Management, Government Schemes, Role of NGO‘s
Unit III: Resettlement and Rehabilitation: Problems and Concerns, Issues in construction of Dams, Displacing Villages in
Forests, Land Reforms
Unit IV: Environmental Ethics: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development, Role of Individuals in Prevention of
Pollution., Corporate Social Responsibility
Unit V: Social Issues: Environment and Human Health, Human Rights, Value Education, HIV/AIDS, Women and Child
Welfare, Role of Information Technology in Environment and human health.
Unit VI: Global Environmental Issues: Climate Change, Global Warming, Acid Rain, Ozone Layer Depletion, Nuclear
Accidents and Holocaust, Wasteland Reclamation, Sea Level Rise, Environmental Management of Offshore Oil and Gas
Development, Global Sustainable Development
Suggested Readings:
1. Man & Environment, Dash M.P., Mc Millan Publication

2. Environmantal Economics, Lick Hanley, Mc Millan Publication
3. Core Module Syllabus for Environmental Studies, Erach Bharucha,UGC Publications
4. Environmental Management, Jadhav H.V., Himalaya Publication
5. Environmetal Education, R.A.Sharma, Surya Publication
Paper IV: ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
Unit I: Environment Protection Act 1986: Definition, Rules to Regulate Environmental Pollution, Offences by Companies
and Government Departments
Unit II: Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981: Definition, Central Pollution Control Board, State Pollution
Control Board, Power of Central and State Government to make rules
Unit III: Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act 1974: Definition, Constitution of Central, State and Joint Boards,
Power of Central and State Government to make rules
349
Unit IV: Wildlife Protection Act 1972: Definition, Hunting, Ownership and Penalties
Unit V: Forest Conservation Act 1980: Definition, Restriction on the preservation of forests or use of forest land,
Constitution of advisory committee, Offences by authorities and Government departments, Power to make rules, Repeal
and Saving
Unit VI: Constitutional Perspective (Directive Principal – Status and Role), Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation, Public awareness, ISO 14000
Suggested Readings:
1. Global Pollution & Environmental Monitoring, H.V.Jadhav, S.H.Purohit, Himalaya Publications

2. Environment Managment,Anand S.Bal, Himalay Publications
3. Fundamental Concept in Environmental Studies, D.D.Mishra, S.Chand Publication
4. Environment Management,Joseph P.M.,Himalaya Publication
350

UNIT - II Partial Differentiation 12 Hrs PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

UNIT - II Partial Differentiation 12 Hrs PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SYLLABUS FOR B.E.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I (BESI-1)

UNIT- I: Differential Calculus: (12 Hrs)

UNIT- II: Partial Differentiation: (12 Hrs)

UNIT - III: Matrices (06 Hrs)

UNIT - IV: First Order Differential Equations (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V: Higher Order Differential Equations (14 Hrs)

UNIT - VI: Complex Numbers (06 Hrs)

Unit - I: Quantum Mechanics (10 Hrs)

Unit - II: Wave Packet & Wave Equations (10 Hrs)

Unit - III: Crystal Structure (08 Hrs)

Unit - IV: Semiconductor Physics (12 Hrs)

Unit – I: Water Technology (12 Hrs)

Unit – II: Corrosion Science (10 Hrs)

Unit – III: Construction Materials (08 Hrs)

Unit – IV: Green Chemistry and Battery Technology (10 Hrs)

Unit – I: Electric Circuits (10Hrs)

Unit – II: Magnetic Circuits (8Hrs)

Unit - III: AC Circuits (12Hrs)

Unit – IV :Single Phase Transformer (10Hrs)

Unit –I: (10 Hrs)

Unit – II: (10 Hrs)

Unit –III: (10 Hrs)

Unit –IV: (10 Hrs)

UNIT – I: (08 Hrs)

UNIT – II (08 Hrs)

UNIT – III (07 Hrs)

3. N.D. Bhatt: Machine Drawing, Charotor Publishing house, Anand, India.

Following points are to be covered while demonstration of Communication Skill Practicals:

1. Principles of Public Speaking

1. Professional Communication Skill

Fundamentals of Computers and Operating System

Fundamentals of “C” language

Fundamentals of Decision Control Structures

Fundamentals of Loop Control Structures

Fundamentals of One Dimensional Arrays

Fundamentals of Two Dimensional Arrays

APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II (BESII-1)

UNIT - I : Integral Calculus-I

UNIT - II: Integral Calculus-II

UNIT- III: Multiple Integrals and their Applications

UNIT - IV:Vector Differential Calculus

UNIT- V : Vector Integral Calculus

Unit - I: Lasers & Wave Optics (07 Hrs)

Unit - II: Electron Ballistics (05 Hrs)

Unit - III: Electron Optics (06Hrs)

Unit - IV: Optical Fiber & Nanoscience (12Hrs)

Unit - I: Energy-I (10 Hrs)

Unit – II: Energy-II (10 Hrs)

Unit – III: Lubrication (10 Hrs)

Unit – IV :Advanced materials (10 Hrs )

Unit - III : (10 Hrs)

Unit -IV: (10 Hrs)

Unit – I : Introduction to Electrical Power System : (8Hrs)

Unit – II :DC Machines (12Hrs)

Unit – III :Utilization of Electrical Energy Tariff (8Hrs)

Unit – IV :AC motor (12Hrs)

Introduction to CAD (10 Hrs)

Sections of Solids (08 Hrs)

Development of Lateral Surfaces (DLS) of Solids (06 Hrs )

Interpretation of Given Views/Missing Views (06 Hrs)

3. D. N. Johle, Engineering Drawing, Tata Mcgraw-hill Publishing Co. Ltd..

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - I 4 CEO1 / 4 ST01